Vinaya-Pitaka, Suttavibhanga 1: Parajika, Samghadisesa, Aniyata, Nissaggiyapacittiya
Based on the edition by Hermann Oldenberg: The Vinaya Piṭakam, Vol. III:
The Suttavibhaṅga, First Part (Pârâjika, Saṃghâdisesa, Aniyata, Nissaggiya),
London : Pali Text Society 1881
(Reprinted 1964, 1984, 1993)
Input by the Dhammakaya Foundation, Thailand, 1989-1996
[GRETIL-Version vom 27.1.2015]
NOTICE
This file is (C) Copyright the Pali Text Society and the Dhammakaya Foundation, 2015.
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International License.
These files are provided by courtesy of the Pali Text Society for
scholarly purposes only.
In principle they represent a digital edition (without revision or
correction) of the printed editions of the complete set of Pali
canonical texts published by the PTS. While they have been subject to a
process of checking, it should not be assumed that there is no
divergence from the printed editions and it is strongly recommended that
they are checked against the printed editions before quoting.
PLAIN TEXT VERSION
(In order to fascilitate word search, all annotations have been removed,
and the line breaks of the printed edition have been converted into floating text.)

THIS GRETIL TEXT FILE IS FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY!
COPYRIGHT AND TERMS OF USAGE AS FOR SOURCE FILE.
Text converted to Unicode (UTF-8).
(This file is to be used with a UTF-8 font and your browser's VIEW configuration
set to UTF-8.)

description: | multibyte sequence:
long a | ā
long A | Ā
long i | ī
long I | Ī
long u | ū
long U | Ū
vocalic r | ṛ
vocalic R | Ṛ
long vocalic r | ṝ
vocalic l | ḷ
vocalic L | Ḷ
long vocalic l | ḹ
velar n | ṅ
velar N | Ṅ
palatal n | ñ
palatal N | Ñ
retroflex t | ṭ
retroflex T | Ṭ
retroflex d | ḍ
retroflex D | Ḍ
retroflex n | ṇ
retroflex N | Ṇ
palatal s | ś
palatal S | Ś
retroflex s | ṣ
retroflex S | Ṣ
anusvara | ṃ
visarga | ḥ
long e | ē
long o | ō
l underbar | ḻ
r underbar | ṟ
n underbar | ṉ
k underbar | ḵ
t underbar | ṯ

Unless indicated otherwise, accents have been dropped in order
to facilitate word search.
For a comprehensive list of GRETIL encodings and formats see:
https://tylergneill.github.io/gretil-mirror/gretil/gretdiac.pdf
and
https://tylergneill.github.io/gretil-mirror/gretil/gretdias.pdf
For further information see:
https://tylergneill.github.io/gretil-mirror/gretil.htm

Vinayapiṭaka Vol. III Suttavibhaṅga Part I
[page 001]
1
VINAYAPIṬAKAṂ
SUTTAVIBHAṄGA (PĀRĀJIKAṂ).
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa.
I.
PĀRĀJIKA, I.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Verañjāyaṃ viharati Naḷerupucimandamūle mahatā bhikkhusaṃghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi. assosi kho Verañjo brāhmaṇo: samaṇo khalu bho Gotamo Sakyaputto Sakyakulā pabbajito Verañjāyaṃ viharati Naḷerupucimandamūle mahatā bhikkhusaṃghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi. taṃ kho pana bhagavantaṃ Gotamaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato: iti pi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā, so imaṃ lokaṃ sadevakaṃ samārakaṃ sabrahmakaṃ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṃ pajaṃ sadevamanussaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti, so dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhe kalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ savyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti. sādhu kho pana tathārūpānaṃ arahataṃ dassanaṃ hotīti. ||1|| atha kho Verañjo brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
[page 002]
2 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 1. 2-3.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ekamantaṃ nisinno kho Verañjo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: sutaṃ metaṃ bho Gotama, na samaṇo Gotamo brāhmaṇe jiṇṇe vuḍḍhe mahallake addhagate vayo anuppatte abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti vā āsanena vā nimantetīti. tayidaṃ bho Gotama tath'; eva, na hi bhavaṃ Gotamo brāhmaṇe jiṇṇe vuḍḍhe mahallake addhagate vayo anuppatte abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti vā āsanena vā nimanteti. tayidaṃ bho Gotama na sampannam evā 'ti. nāhan taṃ brāhmaṇa passāmi sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya, yam ahaṃ abhivādeyyaṃ vā paccuṭṭheyyaṃ vā āsanena vā nimanteyyaṃ.
yaṃ hi brāhmaṇa tathāgato abhivādeyya vā paccuṭṭheyya vā āsanena vā nimanteyya, muddhāpi tassa vipateyyā 'ti. ||2||
arasarūpo bhavaṃ Gotamo 'ti. atthi khv'; esa brāhmaṇa pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya arasarūpo samaṇo Gotamo 'ti. ye te brāhmaṇa rūparasā saddarasā gandharasā rasarasā phoṭṭhabbarasā, te tathāgatassa pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālā vatthukatā anabhāvaṃ gatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. ayaṃ kho brāhmaṇa pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya arasarūpo samaṇo Gotamo 'ti, no ca kho yaṃ tvaṃ sandhāya vadesi.
nibbhogo bhavaṃ Gotamo 'ti. atthi khv'; esa brāhmaṇa pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya nibbhogo samaṇo Gotamo 'ti. ye te brāhmaṇa rūpabhogā saddabhogā gandhabhogā rasabhogā phoṭṭhabbabhogā, te tathāgatassa pahīnā . . . anuppādadhammā. ayaṃ kho brāhmaṇa pariyāyo . . . no ca kho yaṃ tvaṃ sandhāya vadesi. akiriyavādo bhavaṃ Gotamo 'ti. atthi khv'; esa brāhmaṇa pariyāyo, yena maṃ . . . akiriyavādo samaṇo Gotamo 'ti. ahaṃ hi brāhmaṇa akiriyaṃ vadāmi kāyaduccaritassa vacīduccaritassa manoduccaritassa anekavihitānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ akiriyaṃ vadāmi. ayaṃ kho brāhmaṇa pariyāyo . . . no ca kho yaṃ tvaṃ sandhāya vadesi. ucchedavādo bhavaṃ Gotamo 'ti. atthi khv'; esa brāhmaṇa pariyāyo, yena maṃ . . . ucchedavādo samaṇo Gotamo 'ti. ahaṃ hi brāhmaṇa ucchedaṃ vadāmi rāgassa dosassa mohassa anekavihitānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ucchedaṃ vadāmi. ayaṃ kho brāhmaṇa pariyāyo . . .
[page 003]
I. 1. 3-4.] PĀRĀJIKA, I. 3
no ca kho yaṃ tvaṃ sandhāya vadesi. jegucchī bhavaṃ Gotamo 'ti. atthi khv'; esa brāhmaṇa pariyāyo, yena maṃ . . . jegucchī samaṇo Gotamo 'ti. ahaṃ hi brāhmaṇa jigucchāmi kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena manoduccaritena anekavihitānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā. ayaṃ kho brāhmaṇa pariyāyo . . . no ca kho yaṃ tvaṃ sandhāya vadesi. venayiko bhavaṃ Gotamo 'ti. atthi khv'; esa brāhmaṇa pariyāyo, yena maṃ . . . venayiko samaṇo Gotamo 'ti. ahaṃ hi brāhmaṇa vinayāya dhammaṃ desemi rāgassa dosassa mohassa anekavihitānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ vinayāya dhammaṃ desemi. ayaṃ kho brāhmaṇa pariyāyo . . . no ca kho yaṃ tvaṃ sandhāya vadesi. tapassī bhavaṃ Gotamo 'ti. atthi khv'; esa brāhmaṇa pariyāyo, yena maṃ . . . tapassī samaṇo Gotamo 'ti.
tapanīy'; ahaṃ brāhmaṇa pāpake akusale dhamme vadāmi kāyaduccaritaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ manoduccaritaṃ. yassa kho brāhmaṇa tapanīyā pāpakā akusalā dhammā pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālā vatthukatā anabhāvaṃ gatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā, taṃ ahaṃ tapassīti vadāmi. tathāgatassa kho brāhmaṇa tapanīyā pāpakā akusalā dhammā . . . anuppādadhammā. ayaṃ kho brāhmaṇa pariyāyo . . . no ca kho yaṃ tvaṃ sandhāya vadesi. apagabbho bhavaṃ Gotamo 'ti.
atthi khv'; esa brāhmaṇa pariyāyo, yena maṃ . . . apagabbho samaṇo Gotamo 'ti. yassa kho brāhmaṇa āyatiṃ gabbhaseyyā punabbhavābhinibbatti pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālā vatthukatā anabhāvaṃ gatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā, taṃ ahaṃ apagabbho 'ti vadāmi. tathāgatassa kho brāhmaṇa āyatiṃ gabbhaseyyā . . . anuppādadhammā. ayaṃ kho brāhmaṇa pariyāyo . . . no ca kho yaṃ tvaṃ sandhāya vadesi. ||3||
seyyathāpi brāhmaṇa kukkuṭiyā aṇḍāni aṭṭha vā dasa vā dvādasa vā tān'; assu kukkuṭiyā sammā adhisayitāni sammā pariseditāni sammā paribhāvitāni, yo nu kho tesaṃ kukkuṭacchāpakānaṃ paṭhamataraṃ pādanakhasikhāya vā mukhatuṇḍakena vā aṇḍakosaṃ padāletvā sotthinā abhinibbijjheyya kinti sv āssa vacanīyo jeṭṭho vā kaṇiṭṭho vā 'ti. jeṭṭho 'ti 'ssa bho Gotama vacanīyo, so hi nesaṃ jeṭṭho hotīti. evam eva kho ahaṃ brāhmaṇa avijjāgatāya pajāya aṇḍabhūtāya pariyonaddhāya avijjaṇḍakosaṃ padāletvā eko 'va loke anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho.
[page 004]
4 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 1. 4-7.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] sv āhaṃ brāhmaṇa jeṭṭho seṭṭho lokassa. ||4|| āraddhaṃ kho pana me brāhmaṇa viriyaṃ ahosi asallīnaṃ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṃ cittaṃ ekaggaṃ. so kho ahaṃ brāhmaṇa vivicc'; eva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja vihāsiṃ. vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja vihāsiṃ. pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca vihāsiṃ, sato ca sampajāno sukhañ ca kāyena paṭisaṃvedesiṃ, yan taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti upekkhako satimā sukhavihārīti tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja vihāsiṃ. sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṃgamā adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja vihāsiṃ. ||5|| so evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaṇiye ṭhite ānañjappatte pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmesiṃ, so anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarāmi seyyath'; īdaṃ: ekam pi jātiṃ dve pi jātiyo tisso pi jātiyo catasso pi jātiyo pañca pi jātiyo dasa pi jātiyo vīsatiṃ pi jātiyo tiṃsaṃ pi jātiyo cattārīsaṃ pi jātiyo paññāsaṃ pi jātiyo jātisataṃ pi jātisahassaṃ pi jātisatasahassaṃ pi aneke pi saṃvaṭṭakappe aneke pi vivaṭṭakappe aneke pi saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe, amutrāsiṃ evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhapaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṃ, tatrāp'; āsiṃ evaṃnāmo . . . evaṃsukhadukkhapaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto idh'; uppanno 'ti, iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarāmi. ayaṃ kho me brāhmaṇa rattiyā paṭhame yāme paṭhamā vijjā adhigatā avijjā vihatā vijjā uppannā tamo vihato āloko uppanno yathā taṃ appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato. ayaṃ kho me brāhmaṇa paṭhamā abhinibbidhā ahosi kukkuṭacchāpakasseva aṇḍakosamhā. ||6|| so evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaṇiye ṭhite ānañjappatte sattānaṃ cutūpapātañāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmesiṃ.
[page 005]
I. 1. 7-8.] PĀRĀJIKA, I. 5
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] so dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passāmi cavamāne uppajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāmi, ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapannā, ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannā 'ti, iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passāmi cavamāne uppajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāmi. ayaṃ kho me brāhmaṇa rattiyā majjhime yāme dutiyā vijjā adhigatā avijjā vihatā vijjā uppannā tamo vihato āloko uppanno yathā taṃ appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato. ayaṃ kho me brāhmaṇa dutiyā abhinibbidhā ahosi kukkuṭacchāpakasseva aṇḍakosamhā. ||7|| so evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaṇiye ṭhite ānañjappatte āsavānaṃ khayañāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmesiṃ, so idaṃ dukkhan ti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ, ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo 'ti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ, ayaṃ dukkhanirodho 'ti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ, ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā 'ti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ, ime āsavā 'ti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ, ayaṃ āsavasamudayo 'ti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ, ayaṃ āsavanirodho 'ti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ, ayaṃ āsavanirodhagāminī paṭipadā 'ti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ. tassa me evaṃ jānato evaṃ passato kāmāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccittha, bhavāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccittha, diṭṭhāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccittha, avijjāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccittha, vimuttasmiṃ vimuttam iti ñāṇaṃ ahosi, khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā 'ti abbhaññāsiṃ. ayaṃ kho me brāhmaṇa rattiyā pacchime yāme tatiyā vijjā adhigatā avijjā vihatā vijjā uppannā tamo vihato āloko uppanno yathā taṃ appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato. ayaṃ kho me brāhmaṇa tatiyā abhinibbidhā ahosi kukkuṭacchāpakasseva aṇḍakosamhā 'ti. ||8||
[page 006]
6 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 1. 8-2. 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]
evaṃ vutte Verañjo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: jeṭṭho bhavaṃ Gotamo, seṭṭho bhavaṃ Gotamo. abhikkantaṃ bho Gotama, abhikkantaṃ bho Gotama, seyyathāpi bho Gotama nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhintīti, evam eva bho Gotama bhotā Gotamena anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. es'; āhaṃ bhagavantaṃ Gotamaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañ ca bhikkhusaṃghañ ca, upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ Gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gataṃ, adhivāsetu ca me bhavaṃ Gotamo Verañjāyaṃ vassāvāsaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghenā 'ti. adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhibhāvena. atha kho Verañjo brāhmaṇo bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. ||9||1||
tena kho pana samayena Verañjā dubbhikkhā hoti dvīhitikā setaṭṭhikā salākāvuttā na sukarā uñchena paggahena yāpetuṃ. tena kho pana samayena Uttarāpathakā assavāṇijā pañcamattehi assasatehi Verañjaṃ vassāvāsaṃ upagatā honti, tehi assamaṇḍalikāsu bhikkhūnaṃ patthapatthamūlakaṃ paññattaṃ hoti. bhikkhū pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya Verañjaṃ piṇḍāya pavisitvā piṇḍaṃ alabhamānā assamaṇḍalikāsu piṇḍāya caritvā patthapatthamūlakaṃ ārāmaṃ haritvā udukkhale koṭṭetvā koṭṭetvā paribhuñjanti. āyasmā panānando patthamūlakaṃ silāyaṃ pisitvā bhagavato upanāmeti, taṃ bhagavā paribhuñjati.
assosi kho bhagavā udukkhalasaddaṃ. jānantāpi tathāgatā pucchanti, jānantāpi na pucchanti, kālaṃ viditvā pucchanti, kālaṃ viditvā na pucchanti, atthasaṃhitaṃ tathāgatā pucchanti no anatthasaṃhitaṃ, anatthasaṃhite setughāto tathāgatānaṃ. dvīhi ākārehi buddhā bhagavanto bhikkhū paṭipucchanti, dhammaṃ vā desessāma, sāvakānaṃ vā sikkhāpadaṃ paññāpessāmā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi: kin nu kho so Ānanda udukkhalasaddo 'ti. atha kho āyasmā Ānando bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi.
[page 007]
I. 2. 1-3. 1.] PĀRĀJIKA, I. 7
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] sādhu sādhu Ānanda, tumhehi Ānanda sappurisehi vijitaṃ, pacchimā janatā sālimaṃsodanaṃ atimaññissatīti. ||1||
atha kho āyasmā Mahāmoggallāno yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Mahāmoggallāno bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: etarahi bhante Verañjā dubbhikkhā dvīhitikā setaṭṭhikā salākāvuttā na sukarā uñchena paggahena yāpetuṃ. imissā bhante mahāpaṭhaviyā heṭṭhimatalaṃ sampannaṃ, seyyathāpi khuddamadhuṃ anīlakaṃ evamassādaṃ. sādh'; āhaṃ bhante paṭhaviṃ parivatteyyaṃ, bhikkhū pappaṭakojaṃ paribhuñjissantīti. ye pana te Moggallāna paṭhavīnissitā pāṇā te kathaṃ karissasīti. ekāhaṃ bhante pāṇiṃ abhinimminissāmi seyyathāpi mahāpaṭhavī, ye paṭhavīnissitā pāṇā te tattha saṃkāmessāmi, ekena hatthena paṭhaviṃ parivattessāmīti. alaṃ Moggallāna, mā te rucci paṭhaviṃ parivattetuṃ, vipallāsaṃ pi sattā paṭilabheyyun ti. sādhu bhante sabbo bhikkhusaṃgho Uttarakuruṃ piṇḍāya gaccheyyā 'ti. alaṃ Moggallāna mā te rucci sabbassa bhikkhusaṃghassa Uttarakuruṃ piṇḍāya gamanan ti. ||2||2||
atha kho āyasmato Sāriputtassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: katamesānaṃ kho buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ brahmacariyaṃ na ciraṭṭhitikaṃ ahosi, katamesānaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ brahmacariyaṃ ciraṭṭhitikaṃ ahosīti. atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto sāyaṇhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Sāriputto bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: idha mayhaṃ bhante rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko . . . ahosīti. katamesānaṃ kho bhante buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ brahmacariyaṃ na ciraṭṭhitikaṃ ahosi, katamesānaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ brahmacariyaṃ ciraṭṭhitikaṃ ahosīti. bhagavato ca Sāriputta Vipassissa bhagavato ca Sikhissa bhagavato ca Vessabhussa brahmacariyaṃ na ciraṭṭhitikaṃ ahosi, bhagavato ca Sāriputta Kakusandhassa bhagavato ca Konāgamanassa bhagavato ca Kassapassa brahmacariyaṃ ciraṭṭhitikaṃ ahosīti. ||1||
[page 008]
8 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 3. 1-3.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yena bhagavato ca Vipassissa bhagavato ca Sikhissa bhagavato ca Vessabhussa brahmacariyaṃ na ciraṭṭhitikaṃ ahosīti. bhagavā ca Sāriputta Vipassī bhagavā ca Sikhī bhagavā ca Vessabhū kilāsuno ahesuṃ sāvakānaṃ vitthārena dhammaṃ desetuṃ appakañ ca nesaṃ ahosi suttaṃ geyyaṃ veyyākaraṇaṃ gāthā udānaṃ itivuttakaṃ jātakaṃ abbhutadhammaṃ vedallaṃ, appaññattaṃ sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ, anuddiṭṭhaṃ pātimokkhaṃ. tesaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ antaradhānena buddhānubuddhānaṃ sāvakānaṃ antaradhānena ye te pacchimā sāvakā nānānāmā nānāgottā nānājaccā nānākulā pabbajitā, te taṃ brahmacariyaṃ khippañ ñeva antaradhāpesuṃ. seyyathāpi Sāriputta nānāpupphāni phalake nikkhittāni suttena asaṃgahitāni tāni vāto vikirati vidhamati viddhaṃseti, taṃ kissa hetu, yathā taṃ suttena asaṃgahitattā, evam eva kho Sāriputta tesaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ antaradhānena buddhānubuddhānaṃ sāvakānaṃ antaradhānena ye te pacchimā sāvakā nānānāmā nānāgottā nānājaccā nānākulā pabbajitā, te taṃ brahmacariyaṃ khippañ ñeva antaradhāpesuṃ.
akilāsuno ca te bhagavanto ahesuṃ sāvake cetasā ceto paricca ovadituṃ. bhūtapubbaṃ Sāriputta Vessabhū bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho aññatarasmiṃ bhiṃsanake vanasaṇḍe sahassaṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ cetasā ceto paricca ovadati anusāsati evaṃ vitakketha mā evaṃ vitakkayittha evaṃ manasikarotha mā evaṃ manas'; ākattha idaṃ pajahatha idaṃ upasampajja viharathā 'ti. atha kho Sāriputta tassa bhikkhusahassassa Vessabhunā bhagavatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena evaṃ ovadiyamānānaṃ evaṃ anusāsiyamānānaṃ anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṃsu. tatra sudaṃ Sāriputta bhiṃsanakassa vanasaṇḍassa bhiṃsanakatasmiṃ hoti yo koci avītarāgo taṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ pavisati yebhuyyena lomāni haṃsanti. ayaṃ kho Sāriputta hetu ayaṃ paccayo yena bhagavato ca Vipassissa bhagavato ca Sikhissa bhagavato ca Vessabhussa brahmacariyaṃ na ciraṭṭhitikaṃ ahosīti. ||2|| ko pana bhante hetu ko paccayo yena bhagavato ca Kakusandhassa bhagavato ca Konāgamanassa bhagavato ca Kassapassa brahmacariyaṃ ciraṭṭhitikaṃ ahosīti. bhagavā ca Sāriputta Kakusandho bhagavā ca Konāgamano bhagavā ca Kassapo akilāsuno ahesuṃ sāvakānaṃ vitthārena dhammaṃ desetuṃ bahuñ ca nesaṃ ahosi suttaṃ geyyaṃ veyyākaraṇaṃ gāthā udānaṃ itivuttakaṃ jātakaṃ abbhutadhammaṃ vedallaṃ,
[page 009]
I. 3. 3-4.] PĀRĀJIKA, I. 9
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] paññattaṃ sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ, uddiṭṭhaṃ pātimokkhaṃ. tesaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ antaradhānena buddhānubuddhānaṃ sā vakānaṃ antaradhānena ye te pacchimā sāvakā nānānāmā nānāgottā nānājaccā nānākulā pabbajitā, te taṃ brahmacariyaṃ ciraṃ dīgham addhānaṃ ṭhapesuṃ. seyyathāpi Sāriputta nānāpupphāni phalake nikkhittāni suttena susaṃgahitāni tāni vāto na vikirati na vidhamati na viddhaṃseti, taṃ kissa hetu, yathā taṃ suttena susaṃgahitattā, evam eva kho Sāriputta tesaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ antaradhānena buddhānubuddhānaṃ sāvakānaṃ antaradhānena ye te pacchimā sāvakā nānānāmā nānāgottā nānājaccā nānākulā pabbajitā, te taṃ brahmacariyaṃ ciraṃ dīgham addhānaṃ ṭhapesuṃ. ayaṃ kho Sāriputta hetu ayaṃ paccayo yena bhagavato ca Kakusandhassa bhagavato ca Konāgamanassa bhagavato ca Kassapassa brahmacariyaṃ ciraṭṭhitikaṃ ahosīti. ||3||
atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena bhagavā ten'; añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: etassa bhagavā kālo, etassa sugata kālo, yaṃ bhagavā sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññāpeyya uddiseyya pātimokkhaṃ yatha yidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikan ti. āgamehi tvaṃ Sāriputta, āgamehi tvaṃ Sāriputta. tathāgato 'va tattha kālaṃ jānissati.
na tāva Sāriputta satthā sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññāpeti uddisati pātimokkhaṃ yāva na idh'; ekacce āsavaṭṭhāniyā dhammā saṃghe pātubhavanti. yato ca kho Sāriputta idh'; ekacce āsavaṭṭhāniyā dhammā saṃghe pātubhavanti, atha satthā sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññāpeti uddisati pātimokkhaṃ tesañ ñeva āsavaṭṭhāniyānaṃ dhammānaṃ paṭighātāya. na tāva Sāriputta idh'; ekacce āsavaṭṭhāniyā dhammā saṃghe pātubhavanti yāva na saṃgho rattaññumahattaṃ patto hoti. yato ca kho Sāriputta saṃgho rattaññumahattaṃ patto hoti, atha idh'; ekacce āsavaṭṭhāniyā dhammā saṃghe pātubhavanti, atha satthā sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññāpeti uddisati pātimokkhaṃ tesañ ñeva āsavaṭṭhāniyānaṃ dhammānaṃ paṭighātāya.
[page 010]
10 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 3. 4-4.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] na tāva Sāriputta idh'; ekacce āsavaṭṭhāniyā dhammā saṃghe pātubhavanti yāva na saṃgho vepullamahattaṃ patto hoti. yato ca kho Sāriputta saṃgho vepullamahattaṃ patto hoti, atha idh'; ekacce āsavaṭṭhāniyā dhammā saṃghe pātubhavanti, atha satthā sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññāpeti uddisati pātimokkhaṃ tesañ ñeva āsavaṭṭhāniyānaṃ dhammānaṃ paṭighātāya. na tāva Sāriputta idh'; ekacce āsavaṭṭhāniyā dhammā saṃghe pātubhavanti yāva na saṃgho lābhaggamahattaṃ patto hoti. yato ca kho Sāriputta saṃgho lābhaggamahattaṃ patto hoti, atha idh'; ekacce āsavaṭṭhāniyā dhammā saṃghe pātubhavanti, atha satthā sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññāpeti uddisati pātimokkhaṃ tesañ ñeva āsavaṭṭhāniyānaṃ dhammānaṃ paṭighātāya. na tāva Sāriputta idh'; ekacce āsavaṭṭhāniyā dhammā saṃghe pātubhavanti yāva na saṃgho bāhusaccamahattaṃ patto hoti.
yato ca kho Sāriputta saṃgho bāhusaccamahattaṃ patto hoti, atha idh'; ekacce āsavaṭṭhāniyā dhammā saṃghe pātubhavanti, atha satthā sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññāpeti uddisati pātimokkhaṃ tesañ ñeva āsavaṭṭhāniyānaṃ dhammānaṃ paṭighātāya. nirabbudo hi Sāriputta bhikkhusaṃgho nirādīnavo apagatakāḷako suddho sāre patiṭṭhito, imesaṃ hi Sāriputta pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ yo pacchimako bhikkhu so sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyano 'ti. ||4||3||
atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi: āciṇṇaṃ kho pan'; etaṃ Ānanda tathāgatānaṃ yehi nimantitā vassaṃ vasanti na te anapaloketvā janapadacārikaṃ pakkamanti. āyāma Ānanda Verañjaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ apalokessāmā 'ti. evaṃ bhante 'ti kho āyasmā Ānando bhagavato paccassosi. atha kho bhagavā nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya āyasmatā Ānandena pacchāsamaṇena yena Verañjassa brāhmaṇassa nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. atha kho Verañjo brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi, ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho Verañjaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ bhagavā etad avoca: nimantit'; amhā tayā brāhmaṇa vassaṃ vutthā,
[page 011]
I. 4-5. 1.] PĀRĀJIKA, I. 11
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] apalokāma taṃ, icchāma mayaṃ janapadacārikaṃ pakkamitun ti. saccaṃ bho Gotama nimantit'; attha mayā vassaṃ vutthā, api ca yo deyyadhammo so na dinno. tañ ca kho no asantaṃ no pi adātukamyatā, taṃ kut'; ettha labbhā, bahukiccā gharāvāsā bahukaraṇīyā.
adhivāsetu me bhavaṃ Gotamo svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghenā 'ti. adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhibhāvena.
atha kho bhagavā Verañjaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. atha kho Verañjo brāhmaṇo tassā rattiyā accayena sake nivesane paṇītaṃ khādaniyaṃ bhojaniyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi: kālo bho Gotama, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattan ti. atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya yena Verañjassa brāhmaṇassa nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghena. atha kho Verañjo brāhmaṇo buddhapamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ paṇītena khādaniyena bhojaniyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ ticīvarena acchādesi ekamekañ ca bhikkhuṃ ekamekena dussayugena acchādesi. atha kho bhagavā Verañjaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. atha kho bhagavā Verañjāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā anupagamma Soreyyaṃ Saṃkassaṃ Kaṇṇakujjaṃ yena Payāgapatiṭṭhānaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Payāgapatiṭṭhāne Gaṅgaṃ nadiṃ uttaritvā yena Bārāṇasī tad avasari. atha kho bhagavā Bārāṇasiyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena Vesālī tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. anupubbena cārikañ caramāno yena Vesālī tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ bhagavā Vesāliyaṃ viharati Mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. ||4||
Verañjabhāṇavāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
tena kho pana samayena Vesāliyā avidūre Kalandakagāmo nāma hoti, tattha Sudinno nāma Kalandakaputto seṭṭhiputto hoti. atha kho Sudinno Kalandakaputto sambahulehi sahāyakehi saddhiṃ Vesāliṃ agamāsi kenacid eva karaṇīyena.
[page 012]
12 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 5. 1-2.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tena kho pana samayena bhagavā mahatiyā parisāya parivuto dhammaṃ desento nisinno hoti. addasa kho Sudinno Kalandakaputto bhagavantaṃ mahatiyā parisāya parivutaṃ dhammaṃ desentaṃ nisinnaṃ, disvān'; assa etad ahosi: yaṃ nūnāhaṃ pi dhammaṃ suṇeyyan ti. atha kho Sudinno Kalandakaputto yena sā parisā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi, ekamantaṃ nisinnassa kho Sudinnassa Kalandakaputtassa etad ahosi: yathā yathā kho ahaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, na yidaṃ sukaraṃ agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā ekantaparipuṇṇaṃ ekantaparisuddhaṃ saṅkhalikhitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajeyyan ti. atha kho sā parisā bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. atha kho Sudinno Kalandakaputto aciravuṭṭhitāya parisāya yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho Sudinno Kalandakaputto bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: yathā yathāhaṃ bhante bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, na yidaṃ sukaraṃ agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā ekantaparipuṇṇaṃ ekantaparisuddhaṃ saṅkhalikhitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ. icchām'; ahaṃ bhante kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajituṃ, pabbājetu maṃ bhagavā 'ti. anuññāto 'si pana tvaṃ Sudinna mātāpitūhi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāyā 'ti. na kho ahaṃ bhante anuññāto mātāpitūhi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāyā 'ti. na kho Sudinna tathāgatā ananuññātaṃ mātāpitūhi puttaṃ pabbājentīti. so 'haṃ bhante tathā karissāmi yathā maṃ mātāpitaro anujānissanti agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāyā 'ti. ||1|| atha kho Sudinno Kalandakaputto Vesāliyaṃ taṃ karaṇīyaṃ tīretvā yena Kalandakagāmo yena mātāpitaro ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā mātāpitaro etad avoca: amma tāta yathā yathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, na yidaṃ sukaraṃ agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā ekantaparipuṇṇaṃ ekantaparisuddhaṃ saṅkhalikhitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ, icchām'; ahaṃ kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajituṃ.
[page 013]
I. 5. 2 3.] PĀRĀJIKA, I. 13
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] anujānātha maṃ agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāyā 'ti. evaṃ vutte Sudinnassa Kalandakaputtassa mātāpitaro Sudinnaṃ Kalandakaputtaṃ etad avocuṃ: tvaṃ kho 'si tāta Sudinna amhākaṃ ekaputtako piyo manāpo sukhedhito sukhaparihato, na tvaṃ tāta Sudinna kiñci dukkhassa jānāsi, maraṇena pi mayan te akāmakā vinābhavissāma, kiṃ pana mayaṃ taṃ jīvantaṃ anujānissāma agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāyā 'ti. dutiyam pi kho Sudinno Kalandakaputto mātāpitaro etad avoca: amma tāta . . . pabbajjāyā 'ti. dutiyam pi kho Sudinnassa Kalandadaputtassa mātāpitaro . . . pabbajjāyā 'ti. tatiyam pi kho Sudinno Kalandakaputto mātāpitaro etad avoca: amma tāta . . . pabbajjāyā 'ti. tatiyam pi kho Sudinnassa Kalandakaputtassa mātāpitaro . . . pabbajjāyā 'ti. atha kho Sudinno Kalandakaputto na maṃ mātāpitaro anujānanti agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāyā 'ti tatth'; eva anantarahitāya bhūmiyā nipajji idh'; eva me maraṇaṃ bhavissati pabbajjā vā 'ti. atha kho Sudinno Kalandakaputto ekaṃ pi bhattaṃ na bhuñji dve pi bhattāni na bhuñji tīṇi pi bhattāni na bhuñji cattāri pi bhattāni na bhuñji pañca pi bhattāni na bhuñji cha pi bhattāni na bhuñji satta pi bhattāni na bhuñji. atha kho Sudinnassa Kalandakaputtassa mātāpitaro Sudinnaṃ Kalandakaputtaṃ etad avocuṃ: tvaṃ kho 'si tāta Sudinna amhākaṃ ekaputtako piyo manāpo sukhedhito sukhaparihato, na tvaṃ tāta Sudinna kiñci dukkhassa jānāsi, maraṇena pi mayan te akāmakā vinābhavissāma, kiṃ pana mayaṃ taṃ jīvantaṃ anujānissāma agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajjāya. uṭṭhehi tāta Sudinna, bhuñja ca piva ca paricārehi ca, bhuñjanto pivanto paricārento kāme paribhuñjanto puññāni karonto abhiramassu, na taṃ mayaṃ anujānāma agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāyā 'ti. evaṃ vutte Sudinno Kalandakaputto tuṇhī ahosi.
dutiyaṃ pi kho --pa-- tatiyaṃ pi kho Sudinnassa Kalandakaputtassa mātāpitaro . . . na taṃ mayaṃ anujānāma agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāyā 'ti. tatiyam pi kho Sudinno Kalandakaputto tuṇhī ahosi. ||2|| atha kho Sudinnassa Kalandakaputtassa sahāyakā yena Sudinno Kalandakaputto ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā Sudinnaṃ Kalandakaputtaṃ etad avocuṃ: tvaṃ kho 'si samma Sudinna mātāpitunnaṃ ekaputtako piyo manāpo sukhedhito sukhaparihato,
[page 014]
14 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 5. 3-4.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] na tvaṃ samma Sudinna kiñci dukkhassa jānāsi, maraṇena pi te mātāpitaro akāmakā vinābhavissanti, kiṃ pana taṃ jīvantaṃ anujānissanti agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāya.
uṭṭhehi samma Sudinna, bhuñja ca piva ca paricārehi ca, bhuñjanto pivanto paricārento kāme paribhuñjanto puññāni karonto abhiramassu, na taṃ mātāpitaro anujānissanti agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāyā 'ti. evaṃ vutte Sudinno Kalandakaputto tuṇhī ahosi. dutiyaṃ pi kho --pa-- tatiyaṃ pi kho Sudinnassa Kalandakaputtassa sahāyakā Sudinnaṃ Kalandakaputtaṃ etad avocuṃ: tvaṃ kho 'si samma Sudinna --pa-- tatiyaṃ pi kho Sudinno Kalandakaputto tuṇhī ahosi. ||3|| atha kho Sudinnassa Kalandakaputtassa sahāyakā yena Sudinnassa Kalandakaputtassa mātāpitaro ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā Sudinnassa Kalandakaputtassa mātāpitaro etad avocuṃ: amma tāta eso Sudinno anantarahitāya bhūmiyā nipanno idh'; eva me maraṇaṃ bhavissati pabbajjā vā 'ti. sace tumhe Sudinnaṃ nānujānissatha agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāya, tatth'; eva maraṇaṃ āgamissati. sace pana tumhe Sudinnaṃ anujānissatha agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāya, pabbajitaṃ pi naṃ dakkhissatha. sace Sudinno nābhiramissati agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāya, kā tassa aññā gati bhavissati, idh'; eva paccāgamissati. anujānātha Sudinnaṃ agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāyā 'ti. anujānāma tāta Sudinnaṃ agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāyā 'ti. atha kho Sudinnassa Kalandakaputtassa sahāyakā yena Sudinno Kalandakaputto ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā Sudinnaṃ Kalandakaputtaṃ etad avocuṃ: uṭṭhehi samma Sudinna, anuññāto 'si mātāpitūhi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāyā 'ti. atha kho Sudinno Kalandakaputto anuññāto 'mhi kira mātāpitūhi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāyā 'ti haṭṭho pahaṭṭho udaggo pāṇinā gattāni paripuñchanto vuṭṭhāsi. atha kho Sudinno Kalandakaputto katipāhaṃ balaṃ gahetvā yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
ekamantaṃ nisinno kho Sudinno Kalandakaputto bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: anuññāto 'haṃ bhante mātāpitūhi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāya, pabbājetu maṃ bhagavā 'ti.
[page 015]
I. 5. 4-6.] PĀRĀJIKA, I. 15
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] alattha kho Sudinno Kalandakaputto bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ alattha upasampadam. acirūpasampanno ca panāyasmā Sudinno evarūpe dhūtaguṇe samādāya vattati: āraññiko hoti piṇḍapātiko paṃsukūliko sapadānacāriko, aññataraṃ Vajjigāmaṃ upanissāya viharati. ||4||
tena kho pana samayena Vajjī dubbhikhā hoti dvīhitikā setaṭṭhikā salākāvuttā na sukarā uñchena paggahena yāpetuṃ.
atha kho āyasmato Sudinnassa etad ahosi: etarahi kho Vajjī dubbhikkhā dvīhitikā setaṭṭhikā salākāvuttā na sukarā uñchena paggahena yāpetuṃ, bahū kho pana me Vesāliyaṃ ñātī aḍḍhā mahaddhanā mahābhogā pahūtajātarūparajatā pahūtavittupakaraṇā pahūtadhanadhaññā. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ ñātī upanissāya vihareyyaṃ, ñātī maṃ nissāya dānāni dassanti puññāni karissanti, bhikkhū ca lābhaṃ lacchanti ahañ ca piṇḍakena na kilamissāmīti. atha kho āyasmā Sudinno senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya yena Vesālī tena pakkāmi, anupubbena yena Vesālī tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ āyasmā Sudinno Vesāliyaṃ viharati Mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. assosuṃ kho āyasmato Sudinnassa ñātakā: Sudinno kira Kalandakaputto Vesāliṃ anuppatto 'ti, te āyasmato Sudinnassa saṭṭhimatte thālipāke bhattābhihāraṃ abhihariṃsu.
atha kho āyasmā Sudinno te saṭṭhimatte thālipāke bhikkhūnaṃ vissajjetvā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya Kalandakagāmaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi, Kalandakagāme sapadānaṃ piṇḍāya caramāno yena sakapitu nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami. ||5|| tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Sudinnassa ñātidāsī ābhidosikaṃ kummāsaṃ chaḍḍetukāmā hoti. atha kho āyasmā Sudinno taṃ ñātidāsiṃ etad avoca: sace taṃ bhagini chaḍḍanīyadhammaṃ idha me patte ākirā 'ti. atha kho āyasmato Sudinnassa ñātidāsī taṃ ābhidosikaṃ kummāsaṃ āyasmato Sudinnassa patte ākirantī hatthānañ ca pādānañ ca sarassa ca nimittaṃ aggahesi. atha kho āyasmato Sudinnassa ñātidāsī yenāyasmato Sudinnassa mātā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmato Sudinnassa mātaraṃ etad avoca: yagghe 'yye jāneyyāsi ayyaputto Sudinno anuppatto 'ti.
sace je saccaṃ bhaṇasi adāsiṃ taṃ karomīti. tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Sudinno taṃ ābhidosikaṃ kummāsaṃ aññataraṃ kuḍḍamūlaṃ nissāya paribhuñjati. pitāpi kho āyasmato Sudinnassa kammantā āgacchanto addasa āyasmantaṃ Sudinnaṃ taṃ ābhidosikaṃ kummāsaṃ aññataraṃ kuḍḍamūlaṃ nissāya paribhuñjantaṃ,
[page 016]
16 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 5. 6-7.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] disvāna yenā yasmā Sudinno ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Sudinnaṃ etad avoca: atthi nāma tāta Sudinna ābhidosikaṃ kummāsaṃ paribhuñjissasi, nanu nāma tāta Sudinna sakaṃ gehaṃ gantabban ti. agamamhā kho te gahapati gehaṃ, tatrāyaṃ ābhidosiko kummāso 'ti. atha kho āyasmato Sudinnassa pitā āyasmato Sudinnassa bāhāyaṃ gahetvā āyasmantaṃ Sudinnaṃ etad avoca: ehi tāta Sudinna gharaṃ gamissāmā 'ti. atha kho āyasmā Sudinno yena sakapitu nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. atha kho āyasmato Sudinnassa pitā āyasmantaṃ Sudinnaṃ etad avoca: bhuñja tāta Sudinnā 'ti. alaṃ gahapati, kataṃ me ajja bhattakiccan ti. adhivāsehi tāta Sudinna svātanāya bhattan ti. adhivāsesi kho āyasmā Sudinno tuṇhibhāvena. atha kho āyasmā Sudinno uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.
atha kho āyasmato Sudinnassa mātā tassā rattiyā accayena haritena gomayena paṭhaviṃ opuñjāpetvā dve puñje kārāpesi ekaṃ hiraññassa ekaṃ suvaṇṇassa. tāva mahantā puñjā ahesuṃ: orato ṭhito puriso pārato ṭhitaṃ purisaṃ na passati, pārato ṭhito puriso orato ṭhitaṃ purisaṃ na passati. te puñje kilañjehi paṭicchādāpetvā majjhe āsanaṃ paññāpetvā tirokaraṇiyaṃ parikkhipitvā āyasmato Sudinnassa purāṇadutiyikaṃ āmantesi: tena hi tvaṃ vadhu yena alaṃkārena alaṃkatā puttassa Sudinnassa piyā ahosi manāpā, tena alaṃkārena alaṃkarā 'ti. evaṃ ayye 'ti kho āyasmato Sudinnassa purāṇadutiyikā āyasmato Sudinnassa mātuyā paccassosi. ||6|| atha kho āyasmā Sudinno pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya yena sakapitu nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi.
atha kho āyasmato Sudinnassa pitā yenāyasmā Sudinno ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā te puñje vivarāpetvā āyasmantaṃ Sudinnaṃ etad avoca: idan te tāta Sudinna mātumattikaṃ itthikāya itthidhanaṃ, aññaṃ pettikaṃ aññaṃ pitāmahaṃ. labbhā tāta Sudinna hīnāyāvattitvā bhogā ca bhuñjituṃ puññāni ca kātuṃ. ehi tvaṃ tāta Sudinna hīnāyāvattitvā bhoge ca bhuñjassu puññāni ca karohīti.
[page 017]
I. 5. 7-8.] PĀRĀJIKA, I. 17
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tāta na ussahāmi na visahāmi, abhirato ahaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carāmīti. dutiyam pi kho --pa-- tatiyam pi kho āyasmato Sudinnassa pitā āyasmantaṃ Sudinnaṃ etad avoca: idan te tāta Sudinna mātumattikaṃ itthikāya itthidhanaṃ, aññaṃ pettikaṃ aññaṃ pitāmahaṃ. labbhā tāta Sudinna hīnāyāvattitvā bhogā ca bhuñjituṃ puññāni ca kātuṃ. ehi tvaṃ tāta Sudinna hīnāyāvattitvā bhoge ca bhuñjassu puññāni ca karohīti. vadeyyāma kho taṃ gahapati sace tvaṃ nātikaḍḍheyyāsīti. vadehi tāta Sudinnā 'ti.
tena hi tvaṃ gahapati mahante mahante sāṇipasibbake kārāpetvā hiraññasuvaṇṇassa pūrāpetvā sakaṭehi nibbāhāpetvā majjhe Gaṅgāya sote otārehi. taṃ kissa hetu. yaṃ hi te gahapati bhavissati tatonidānaṃ bhayaṃ vā chambhitattaṃ vā lomahaṃso vā ārakkho vā, so te na bhavissatīti. evaṃ vutte āyasmato Sudinnassa pitā anattamano ahosi, kathaṃ hi nāma putto Sudinno evaṃ vakkhatīti. atha kho āyasmato Sudinnassa pitā āyasmato Sudinnassa purāṇadutiyikaṃ āmantesi: tena hi vadhu tvaṃ piyā ca manāpā ca, app eva nāma putto Sudinno tuyhaṃ pi vacanaṃ kareyyā 'ti. atha kho āyasmato Sudinnassa purāṇadutiyikā āyasmato Sudinnassa pādesu gahetvā āyasmantaṃ Sudinnaṃ etad avoca: kīdisā nāma tā ayyaputta accharāyo yāsaṃ tvaṃ hetu brahmacariyaṃ carasīti. na kho ahaṃ bhagini accharānaṃ hetu brahmacariyaṃ carāmīti. atha kho āyasmato Sudinnassa purāṇadutiyikā ajjatagge maṃ ayyaputto Sudinno bhaginivādena samudācaratīti tatth'; eva mucchitā papatā. ||7|| atha kho āyasmā Sudinno pitaraṃ etad avoca: sace gahapati bhojanaṃ dātabbaṃ detha, mā no viheṭhayitthā 'ti. bhuñja tāta Sudinnā 'ti. atha kho āyasmato Sudinnassa mātā ca pitā ca āyasmantaṃ Sudinnaṃ paṇītena khādaniyena bhojaniyena sahatthā santappesuṃ sampavāresuṃ. atha kho āyasmato Sudinnassa mātā āyasmantaṃ Sudinnaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ etad avoca: idaṃ tāta Sudinna kulaṃ aḍḍhaṃ mahaddhanaṃ mahābhogaṃ pahūtajātarūparajataṃ pahūtavittupakaraṇaṃ pahūtadhanadhaññaṃ. labbhā tāta Sudinna hīnāyāvattitvā bhogā ca bhuñjituṃ puññāni ca kātuṃ. ehi tvaṃ tāta Sudinna hīnāyāvattitvā bhoge ca bhuñjassu puññāni ca karohīti. amma na ussahāmi na visahāmi,
[page 018]
18 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 5. 8-9.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] abhirato ahaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carāmīti. dutiyam pi kho --pa-- tatiyam pi kho āyasmato Sudinnassa mātā āyasmantaṃ Sudinnaṃ etad avoca: idaṃ tāta Sudinna kulaṃ aḍḍhaṃ mahaddhanaṃ mahābhogaṃ pahūtajātarūparajataṃ pahūtavittupakaraṇaṃ pahūtadhanadhaññaṃ, tena hi tāta Sudinna bījakaṃ pi dehi, mā no aputtakaṃ sāpateyyaṃ Licchaviyo atiharāpesun ti. etaṃ kho me amma sakkā kātun ti. kahaṃ pana tāta Sudinna etarahi viharasīti.
Mahāvane ammā 'ti. atha kho āyasmā Sudinno uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. ||8|| atha kho āyasmato Sudinnassa mātā āyasmato Sudinnassa purāṇadutiyikaṃ āmantesi: tena hi vadhu yadā utunī ahosi pupphan te uppannaṃ hoti, atha me āroceyyāsīti.
evaṃ ayye 'ti kho āyasmato Sudinnassa purāṇadutiyikā āyasmato Sudinnassa mātuyā paccassosi. atha kho āyasmato Sudinnassa purāṇadutiyikā na cirass'; eva utunī ahosi, pupphaṃ sā uppajji. atha kho āyasmato Sudinnassa purāṇadutiyikā āyasmato Sudinnassa mātaraṃ etad avoca: utuni 'mhi ayye, pupphaṃ me uppannanti. tena hi vadhu yena alaṃkārena alaṃkatā puttassa Sudinnassa piyā ahosi manāpā, tena alaṃkārena alaṃkarā 'ti. evaṃ ayye 'ti kho āyasmato Sudinnassa purāṇadutiyikā āyasmato Sudinnassa mātuyā paccassosi. atha kho āyasmato Sudinnassa mātā āyasmato Sudinnassa purāṇadutiyikaṃ ādāya yena Mahāvanaṃ yenāyasmā Sudinno ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Sudinnaṃ etad avoca: idaṃ tāta Sudinna kulaṃ aḍḍhaṃ mahaddhanaṃ mahābhogaṃ pahūtajātarūparajataṃ pahūtavittupakaraṇaṃ pahūtadhanadhaññaṃ, tena hi tāta Sudinna bījakaṃ pi dehi, mā no aputtakaṃ sāpateyyaṃ Licchaviyo atiharāpesun ti. etaṃ kho me amma sakkā kātun ti purāṇadutiyikāya bāhāyaṃ gahetvā Mahāvanaṃ ajjhogāhetvā appaññatte sikkhāpade anādīnavadasso purāṇadutiyikāya tikkhattuṃ methunaṃ dhammaṃ abhiviññāpesi. sā tena gabbhaṃ gaṇhi. bhummā devā saddaṃ anussāvesuṃ: nirabbudo vato bho {bhikkhusaṃgho} nirādīnavo, Sudinnena Kalandakaputtena abbudaṃ uppāditaṃ ādīnavo uppādito 'ti.
bhummānaṃ devānaṃ saddaṃ sutvā Cātumahārājikā devā saddaṃ anussāvesuṃ --la-- Tāvatiṃsā devā --la-- Yāmā devā --la-- Tusitā devā --la-- Nimmānaratī devā -- la --
[page 019]
I. 5. 9-10.] PĀRĀJIKA, I. 19
Paranimmitavasavattī devā --la-- Brahmakāyikā devā saddaṃ anussāvesuṃ: nirabbudo vata bho bhikkhusaṃgho nirādīnavo, Sudinnena Kalandakaputtena abbudaṃ uppāditaṃ ādīnavo uppādito 'ti. iti ha tena khaṇena tena muhuttena yāva Brahmalokā saddo abbhuggañchi. atha kho āyasmato Sudinnassa purāṇadutiyikā tassa gabbhassa paripākam anvāya puttaṃ vijāyi. atha kho āyasmato Sudinnassa sahāyakā tassa dārakassa Bījako 'ti nāmaṃ akaṃsu, āyasmato Sudinnassa purāṇadutiyikāya Bījakamātā 'ti nāmaṃ akaṃsu, āyasmato Sudinnassa Bījakapitā 'ti nāmaṃ akaṃsu.
te aparena samayena ubho agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitvā arahattaṃ sacchākaṃsu. ||9|| atha kho āyasmato Sudinnassa ahud eva kukkuccaṃ ahū vippaṭisāro: alābhā vata me na vata me lābhā, dulladdhaṃ vata me na vata me suladdhaṃ, yv'; āhaṃ evaṃ svākkhāte dhammavinaye pabbajitvā nāsakkhiṃ yāvajīvaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ caritun ti. so ten'; eva kukkuccena tena vippaṭisārena kiso ahosi lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto dhamanisanthatagatto antomano līnamano dukkhī dummano vippaṭisārī pajjhāyi. atha kho āyasmato Sudinnassa sahāyakā bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ Sudinnaṃ etad avocuṃ: pubbe kho tvaṃ āvuso Sudinna vaṇṇavā ahosi pīnindriyo pasannamukhavaṇṇo vippasannachavivaṇṇo, so dāni tvaṃ etarahi kiso lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto dhamanisanthatagatto antomano līnamano dukkhī dummano vippaṭisārī pajjhāyasi.
kacci no tvaṃ āvuso Sudinna anabhirato brahmacariyaṃ carasīti. na kho ahaṃ āvuso anabhirato brahmacariyaṃ carāmi. atthi me pāpaṃ kammaṃ kataṃ, purāṇadutiyikāya methuno dhammo paṭisevito, tassa mayhaṃ āvuso ahud eva kukkuccaṃ . . . parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ caritun ti.
alaṃ hi te āvuso Sudinna kukkuccāya, alaṃ vippaṭisārāya, yaṃ tvaṃ evaṃ svākkhāte dhammavinaye pabbajitvā na sakkhissasi yāvajīvaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ. nanu āvuso bhagavatā anekapariyāyena virāgāya dhammo desito no sarāgāya, visaṃyogāya dhammo desito no saṃyogāya, anupādānāya dhammo desito no saupādānāya. tattha nāma tvaṃ āvuso bhagavatā virāgāya dhamme desite sarāgāya cetessasi, visaṃyogāya dhamme desite saṃyogāya cetessasi,
[page 020]
20 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 5. 10-11.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] anupādānāya dhamme desite saupādānāya cetessasi. nanu āvuso bhagavatā anekapariyāyena rāgavirāgāya dhammo desito, madanimmadanāya pipāsavinayāya ālayasamugghātāya vaṭṭupacchedāya taṇhakkhayāya virāgāya nirodhāya nibbānāya dhammo desito. nanu āvuso bhagavatā anekapariyāyena kāmānaṃ pahānaṃ akkhātaṃ, kāmasaññānaṃ pariññā akkhātā, kāmapipāsānaṃ paṭivinayo akkhāto, kāmavitakkānaṃ samugghāto akkhāto, kāmapariḷāhānaṃ vūpasamo akkhāto. n'; etaṃ āvuso appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya pasannānaṃ vā bhiyyobhāvāya, atha khv'; etaṃ āvuso appasannānañ c'; eva apasādāya pasannānañ ca ekaccānaṃ aññathattāyā 'ti. ||10|| atha kho te bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ Sudinnaṃ anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṃghaṃ sannipātāpetvā āyasmantaṃ Sudinnaṃ paṭipucchi: saccaṃ kira tvaṃ Sudinna purāṇadutiyikāya methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevīti. saccaṃ bhagavā. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: ananucchaviyaṃ moghapurisa ananulomikaṃ appaṭirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa evaṃ svākkhāte dhammavinaye pabbajitvā na sakkhissasi yāvajīvaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ. nanu mayā moghapurisa anekapariyāyena virāgāya . . . tattha nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa mayā virāgāya . . . cetessasi.
nanu mayā moghapurisa anekapariyāyena rāgavirāgāya . . . nanu mayā moghapurisa anekapariyāyena kāmānaṃ pahānaṃ . . . vūpasamo akkhāto. varan te moghapurisa āsīvisassa ghoravisassa mukhe aṅgajātaṃ pakkhittaṃ na tv eva mātugāmassa aṅgajāte aṅgajātaṃ pakkhittaṃ. varan te moghapurisa kaṇhasappassa mukhe aṅgajātaṃ pakkhittaṃ na tv eva mātugāmassa aṅgajāte aṅgajātaṃ pakkhittaṃ. varan te moghapurisa aṅgārakāsuyā ādittāya sampajjalitāya sajotibhūtāya aṅgajātaṃ pakkhittaṃ na tv eva mātugāmassa aṅgajāte aṅgajātaṃ pakkhittaṃ. taṃ kissa hetu. tatonidānaṃ hi moghapurisa maraṇaṃ vā nigaccheyya maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkhaṃ, na tv eva tappaccayā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjeyya, itonidānañ ca kho moghapurisa kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjeyya.
[page 021]
I. 5. 11-6.] PĀRĀJIKA, I. 21
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tattha nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa yaṃ tvaṃ asaddhammaṃ gāmadhammaṃ vasaladhammaṃ duṭṭhullaṃ odakantikaṃ rahassaṃ dvayaṃdvayasamāpattiṃ samāpajjissasi, bahunnaṃ kho tvaṃ moghapurisa akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ādikattā pubbaṃgamo. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya pasannānaṃ vā bhiyyobhāvāya, atha khv'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānañ c'; eva apasādāya pasannānañ ca ekaccānaṃ aññathattāyā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Sudinnaṃ anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya dupposatāya mahicchatāya asantuṭṭhitāya saṃgaṇikāya kosajjassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsitvā anekapariyāyena subharatāya suposatāya appicchassa santuṭṭhassa sallekhassa dhūtassa pāsādikassa apacayassa viriyārambhassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsitvā bhikkhūnaṃ tadanucchavikaṃ tadanulomikaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: tena hi bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññāpessāmi dasa atthavase paṭicca: saṃghasuṭṭhutāya saṃghaphāsutāya dummaṅkūnaṃ puggalānaṃ niggahāya pesalānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ phāsuvihārāya diṭṭhadhammikānaṃ āsavānaṃ saṃvarāya samparāyikānaṃ āsavānaṃ paṭighātāya appasannānaṃ pasādāya pasannānaṃ bhiyyobhāvāya saddhammaṭṭhitiyā vinayānuggahāya. evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭiseveyya, pārājiko hoti asaṃvāso 'ti.
evañ c'; idaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti. ||11||5||
Sudinnabhāṇavāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu Vesāliyaṃ Mahāvane makkaṭiṃ āmisena upalāpetvā tassā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevati. atha kho so bhikkhu pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya Vesāliṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi.
tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā yena tassa bhikkhuno vihāro ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu.
addasa kho sā makkaṭī te bhikkhū dūrato 'va āgacchante, disvāna yena te bhikkhū ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ purato kaṭiṃ pi cālesi cheppaṃ pi cālesi kaṭiṃ pi oḍḍi nimittam pi akāsi.
[page 022]
22 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 6.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: nissaṃsayaṃ kho so bhikkhu imissā makkaṭiyā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevatīti ekamantaṃ nilīyiṃsu.
atha kho so bhikkhu Vesāliyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā piṇḍapātaṃ ādāya-paṭikkami. atha kho sā makkaṭī yena so bhikkhu ten'; upasaṃkami. atha kho so bhikkhu taṃ piṇḍapātaṃ ekadesaṃ bhuñjitvā ekadesaṃ tassā makkaṭiyā adāsi. atha kho sā makkaṭī taṃ piṇḍaṃ bhuñjitvā tassa bhikkhuno kaṭiṃ oḍḍi. atha kho so bhikkhu tassā makkaṭiyā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevati. atha kho te bhikkhū taṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avocuṃ: nanu āvuso bhagavatā sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ. kissa tvaṃ āvuso makkaṭiyā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevasīti. saccaṃ āvuso bhagavatā sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ tañ ca kho manussitthiyā no tiracchānagatāyā 'ti. nanu āvuso tath'; eva taṃ hoti. ananucchaviyaṃ āvuso ananulomikaṃ appaṭirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ āvuso evaṃ svākkhāte dhammavinaye pabbajitvā na sakkhissasi yāvajīvaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ. nanu āvuso bhagavatā anekapariyāyena virāgāya dhammo desito no sarāgāya --la-- kāmapariḷāhānaṃ vūpasamo akkhāto. n'; etaṃ āvuso appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya . . . aññathattāyā 'ti. atha kho te bhikkhū taṃ bhikkhuṃ anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṃghaṃ sannipātāpetvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ paṭipucchi: saccaṃ kira tvaṃ bhikkhu makkaṭiyā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevīti. saccaṃ bhagavā. vigarahi . . . (ch.5.11. Instead of mātugāmassa read makkaṭiyā.) . . . dvayasamāpattiṃ samāpajjissasi, n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa-- evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭiseveyya antamaso tiracchānagatāya pi, pārājiko hoti asaṃvāso 'ti.
evañ c'; idaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti. ||6||
makkaṭivatthu.
[page 023]
I. 7-8. 1.] PĀRĀJIKA, I. 23
tena kho pana samayena sambahulā Vesālikā Vajjiputtakā bhikkhū yāvadatthaṃ bhuñjiṃsu yāvadatthaṃ supiṃsu yāvadatthaṃ nhāyiṃsu, yāvadatthaṃ bhuñjitvā yāvadatthaṃ supitvā yāvadatthaṃ nhāyitvā ayoniso manasikaritvā sikkhaṃ apaccakkhāya dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭiseviṃsu. te aparena samayena ñātivyasanena pi phuṭṭhā bhogavyasanena pi phuṭṭhā rogavyasanena pi phuṭṭhā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ vadenti: na mayaṃ bhante Ānanda buddhagarahino na dhammagarahino na saṃghagarahino, attagarahino mayaṃ bhante Ānanda anaññagarahino. mayaṃ ev'; amhā alakkhikā mayaṃ appapuññā, ye mayaṃ evaṃ svākkhāte dhammavinaye pabbajitvā māsakkhimhā yāvajīvaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ. idāni ce pi mayaṃ bhante Ānanda labheyyāma bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ labheyyāma upasampadaṃ, idāni pimayaṃ vipassakā kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pubbarattāpararattaṃ bodhipakkhikānaṃ dhammānaṃ bhāvanānuyogaṃ anuyuttā vihareyyāma. sādhu bhante Ānanda bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocehīti. evam āvuso 'ti kho āyasmā Ānando Vesālikānaṃ Vajjiputtakānaṃ paṭisuṇitvā yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. aṭṭhānaṃ etaṃ Ānanda anavakāso yaṃ tathāgato Vajjīnaṃ vā Vajjiputtakānaṃ vā kāraṇā sāvakānaṃ pārājikaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ samūhaneyyā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: yo pana bhikkhave bhikkhu sikkhaṃ apaccakkhāya dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevati, so āgato na upasampādetabbo. yo ca kho bhikkhave sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya dubbalyaṃ āvikatvā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevati, so āgato upasampādetabbo. evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno sikkhaṃ apaccakkhāya dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭiseveyya antamaso tiracchānagatāya pi, pārājiko hoti asaṃvāso 'ti. ||7||
yo panā 'ti yo yādiso yathāyutto yathājacco yathānāmo yathāgotto yathāsīlo yathāvihārī yathāgocaro thero vā navo vā majjhimo vā,
[page 024]
24 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 8. 1-2.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] eso vuccati yo panā 'ti.
bhikkhū 'ti: bhikkhako 'ti bhikkhu, bhikkhācariyaṃ ajjhūpagato 'ti bhikkhu, bhinnapaṭadharo 'ti bhikkhu, sāmaññāya bhikkhu, paṭiññāya bhikkhu, ehi bhikkhū 'ti bhikkhu, tīhi saraṇagamanehi upasampanno 'ti bhikkhu, bhadro bhikkhu, sāro bhikkhu, sekho bhikkhu, asekho bhikkhu, samaggena saṃghena ñatticatutthena kammena akuppena ṭhānārahena upasampanno 'ti bhikkhu. tatra yv'; āyaṃ bhikkhu samaggena saṃghena ñatticatutthena kammena akuppena ṭhānārahena upasampanno ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti.
sikkhā 'ti: tisso sikkhā adhisīlasikkhā adhicittasikkhā adhipaññāsikkhā. tatra yāyaṃ adhisīlasikkhā ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā sikkhā 'ti.
sājīvaṃ nāma yaṃ bhagavatā paññattaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ etaṃ sājīvaṃ nāma, tasmiṃ sikkhati, tena vuccati sājīvasamāpanno 'ti. ||1||
sikkhaṃ apaccakkhāya dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvā 'ti: atthi bhikkhave dubbalyāvikammañ c'; eva hoti sikkhā ca apaccakkhātā, atthi bhikkhave dubbalyāvikammañ c'; eva hoti sikkhā ca paccakkhātā.
kathañ ca bhikkhave dubbalyāvikammañ c'; eva hoti sikkhā ca apaccakkhātā. idha bhikkhave bhikkhu ukkaṇṭhito anabhirato sāmaññā cavitukāmo bhikkhubhāvaṃ aṭṭiyamāno harāyamāno jigucchamāno gihibhāvaṃ patthayamāno upāsakabhāvaṃ patthayamāno ārāmikabhāvaṃ patthayamāno sāmaṇerabhāvaṃ patthayamāno titthiyabhāvaṃ patthayamāno titthiyasāvakabhāvaṃ patthayamāno asamaṇabhāvaṃ patthayamāno asakyaputtiyabhāvaṃ patthayamāno yaṃ nūnāhaṃ buddhaṃ paccakkheyyan ti vadati viññāpeti: evam pi bhikkhave dubbalyāvikammañ c'; eva hoti sikkhā ca apaccakkhātā. athavā pana ukkaṇṭhito anabhirato . . . asakyaputtiyabhāvaṃ patthayamāno yaṃ nūnāhaṃ dhammaṃ paccakkheyyan ti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- yaṃ nūnāhaṃ saṃghaṃ --pa-- yaṃ nūnāhaṃ sikkhaṃ --pa-- yaṃ nūnāhaṃ vinayaṃ --pa-- yaṃ nūnāhaṃ pātimokkhaṃ --pa-- yaṃ nūnāhaṃ uddesaṃ --pa-- yaṃ nūnāhaṃ upajjhāyaṃ
[page 025]
I. 8. 2.] PĀRĀJIKA, I. 25
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] --la-- yaṃ nūnāhaṃ ācariyaṃ --pa-- yaṃ nūnāhaṃ saddhivihārikaṃ --pa-- yaṃ nūnāhaṃ antevāsikaṃ --pa-- yaṃ nūnāhaṃ samānupajjhāyakaṃ --pa-- yaṃ nūnāhaṃ samānācariyakaṃ --pa-- yaṃ nūnāhaṃ sabrahmacāriṃ paccakkheyyan ti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- yaṃ nūnāhaṃ gihī assan ti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- yaṃ nūnāhaṃ upāsako assan ti --la-- yaṃ nūnāhaṃ ārāmiko assan ti --pa-- yaṃ nūnāhaṃ sāmaṇero assan ti --pa-- yaṃ nūnāhaṃ titthiyo assan ti --pa-- yaṃ nūnāhaṃ titthiyasāvako assan ti --pa-- yaṃ nūnāhaṃ asamaṇo assan ti --pa-- yaṃ nūnāhaṃ asakyaputtiyo assan ti vadati viññāpeti: evam pi bhikkhave dubbalyāvikammañ c'; eva hoti sikkhā ca apaccakkhātā. athavā pana ukkaṇṭhito anabhirato . . . asakyaputtiyabhāvaṃ patthayamāno yadi panāhaṃ buddhaṃ paccakkheyyan ti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- yadi panāhaṃ asakyaputtiyo assan ti vadati viññāpeti --paḥ ap'; āhaṃ buddhaṃ paccakkheyyan ti vadati viññāpeti ḥpaḥ ap'; āhaṃ asakyaputtiyo assan ti vadati viññāpeti ḥpaḥ handāhaṃ buddhaṃ paccakkheyyan ti vadati viññāpeti ḥpaḥ handāhaṃ asakyaputtiyo assan ti vadati viññāpeti ḥpaḥ hoti me buddhaṃ paccakkheyyan ti vadati viññāpeti ḥpaḥ hoti me asakyaputtiyo assan ti vadati viññāpeti: evam pi bhikkhave dubbalyāvikammañ c'; eva hoti sikkhā ca apaccakkhātā. athavā pana ukkaṇṭhito anabhirato . . . asakyaputtiyabhāvaṃ patthayamāno mātaraṃ sarāmīti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- pitaraṃ sarāmīti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- bhātaraṃ sarāmīti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- bhaginiṃ sarāmīti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- puttaṃ sarāmīti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- dhītaraṃ sarāmīti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- pajāpatiṃ sarāmīti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- ñātake sarāmīti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- mitte sarāmīti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- gāmaṃ sarāmīti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- nigamaṃ sarāmīti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- khettaṃ sarāmīti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- vatthuṃ sarāmīti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- hiraññaṃ sarāmīti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- suvaṇṇaṃ sarāmīti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- sippaṃ sarāmīti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- pubbe hasitaṃ lapitaṃ kīḷitaṃ samanussarāmīti vadati viññāpeti: evam pi bhikkhave dubbalyāvikammañ c'; eva hoti sikkhā ca apaccakkhātā.
[page 026]
26 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 8. 2-3.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] athavā pana ukkaṇṭhito anabhirato . . . asakyaputtiyabhāvaṃ patthayamāno mātā me atthi sā mayā posetabbā 'ti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- pitā me atthi so mayā posetabbo 'ti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- bhātā me atthi so mayā posetabbo 'ti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- bhaginī me atthi sā mayā posetabbā 'ti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- putto . . .'ti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- dhītā . . .'ti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- pajāpatī . . .'ti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- ñātakā me atthi te mayā posetabbā 'ti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- mittā me atthi te mayā posetabbā 'ti vadati viññāpeti: evam pi bhikkhave dubbalyāvikammañ c'; eva hoti sikkhā ca apaccakkhātā. athavā pana ukkaṇṭhito anabhirato . . . asakyaputtiyabhāvaṃ patthayamāno mātā me atthi sā maṃ posessatīti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- pitā me atthi so maṃ posessatīti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- . . . --pa-- mittā me atthi te maṃ posessantīti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- gāmo me atthi tena p'; āhaṃ jīvissāmīti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- nigamo me atthi tena p'; āhaṃ jīvissāmīti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- khettaṃ . . . vatthu . . . hiraññaṃ . . . suvaṇṇaṃ . . . sippaṃ me atthi tenāhaṃ jīvissāmīti vadati viññāpeti: evam pi bhikkhave dubbalyāvikammaṃ c'; eva hoti sikkhā ca apaccakkhātā. athavā pana ukkaṇṭhito anabhirato . . . asakyaputtiyabhāvaṃ patthayamāno dukkaran ti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- na sukaran ti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- duccaran ti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- na sucaran ti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- na ussahāmīti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- na visahāmīti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- na ramāmīti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- nābhiramāmīti vadati viññāpeti: evam pi bhikkhave dubbalyāvikammaṃ c'; eva hoti sikkhā ca apaccakkhātā. ||2||
kathañ ca bhikkhave dubbalyāvikammañ c'; eva hoti sikkhā ca paccakkhātā. idha bhikkhave bhikkhu ukkaṇṭhito anabhirato . . . asakyaputtiyabhāvaṃ patthayamāno buddhaṃ paccakkhāmīti vadati viññāpeti: evam pi bhikkhave dubbalyāvikammañ c'; eva hoti sikkhā ca paccakkhātā. athavā pana ukkaṇṭhito anabhirato . . . asakyaputtiyabhāvaṃ patthayamāno dhammaṃ paccakkhāmīti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- saṃghaṃ paccakkhāmīti vadati viññāpeti
[page 027]
I. 8. 3-4.] PĀRĀJIKA, I. 27
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] --pa-- sikkhaṃ . . . vinayaṃ . . . pātimokkhaṃ . . . uddesaṃ . . . upajjhāyaṃ . . . ācariyaṃ . . . saddhivihārikaṃ . . . antevāsikaṃ . . . samānupajjhāyakaṃ . . . samānācariyakaṃ . . . sabrahmacāriṃ paccakkhāmīti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- gihīti maṃ dhārehīti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- upāsako 'ti maṃ dhārehīti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- ārāmiko . . . sāmaṇero . . . titthiyo . . . titthiyasāvako . . . asamaṇo . . . asakyaputtiyo 'ti maṃ dhārehīti vadati viññāpeti: evam pi bhikkhave dubbalyāvikammañ c'; eva hoti sikkhā ca paccakkhātā. athavā pana ukkaṇṭhito anabhirato . . . asakyaputtiyabhāvaṃ patthayamāno alaṃ me buddhenā 'ti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- alaṃ me sabrahmacārīhīti vadati viññāpeti: evam pi --pa--.
athavā pana --pa-- kiṃ nu me buddhenā 'ti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- kiṃ nu me sabrahmacārīhīti vadati viññāpeti: evam pi --pa--. athavā pana --pa-- na mam'; attho buddhenā 'ti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- na mam'; attho sabrahmacārīhīti vadati viññāpeti: evam pi --pa--. athavā pana --pa-- sumutt'; āhaṃ buddhenā 'ti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- sumutt'; āhaṃ sabrahmacārīhīti vadati viññāpeti: evam pi . . . paccakkhātā. yāni vā pan'; aññāni pi atthi buddhavevacanāni vā dhammavevacanāni vā saṃghavevacanāni vā sikkhāvevacanāni vā . . . sabrahmacārivevacanāni vā gihivevacanāni vā . . . asakyaputtiyavevacanāni vā, tehi ākārehi tehi liṅgehi tehi nimittehi vadati viññāpeti: evaṃ kho bhikkhave dubbalyāvikammañ c'; eva hoti sikkhā ca paccakkhātā. ||3||
kathañ ca bhikkhave apaccakkhātā hoti sikkhā. idha bhikkhave yehi ākārehi yehi liṅgehi yehi nimittehi sikkhā paccakkhātā hoti, tehi ākārehi tehi liṅgehi tehi nimittehi ummattako sikkhaṃ paccakkhāti: apaccakkhātā hoti sikkhā.
ummattakassa santike sikkhaṃ paccakkhāti: apaccakkhātā hoti sikkhā. khittacitto sikkhaṃ paccakkhāti . . . khittacittassa santike . . . vedanaṭṭo . . . vedanaṭṭassa santike . . . devatāya santike . . . tiracchānagatassa santike sikkhaṃ paccakkhāti: apaccakkhātā hoti sikkhā. ariyakena milakkhukassa santike sikkhaṃ paccakkhāti so ca na paṭivijānāti: apaccakkhātā hoti sikkhā. milakkhukena ariyakassa santike . . . ariyakena ariyakassa santike . . . milakkhukena milakkhukassa santike sikkhaṃ paccakkhāti so ca na paṭivijānāti:
[page 028]
28 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 8. 4-9. 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] apaccakkhātā hoti sikkhā. davāya sikkhaṃ paccakkhāti . . . ravāya sikkhaṃ paccakkhāti . . . asāvetukāmo sāveti . . . sāvetukāmo na sāveti . . . aviññussa sāveti . . . viññussa na sāveti . . . sabbaso vā pana na sāveti: apaccakkhātā hoti sikkhā. evaṃ kho bhikkhave apaccakkhātā hoti sikkhā. ||4||
methunadhammo nāma: yo so asaddhammo gāmadhammo vasaladhammo duṭṭhullaṃ odakantikaṃ rahassaṃ dvayaṃdvayasamāpatti, eso methunadhammo nāma.
paṭisevati nāma: yo nimittena nimittaṃ aṅgajātena aṅgajātaṃ antamaso tilaphalamattaṃ pi paveseti, eso paṭisevati nāma.
antamaso tiracchānagatāya pīti: tiracchānagatitthiyāpi methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevitvā asamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo, pag eva manussitthiyā, tena vuccati antamaso tiracchānagatāya pīti.
pārājiko hotīti: seyyathāpi nāma puriso sīsacchinno abhabbo tena sarīrabandhanena jīvituṃ, evam eva bhikkhu methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevitvā asamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo, tena vuccati pārājiko hotīti.
asaṃvāso 'ti: saṃvāso nāma ekakammaṃ ekuddeso samasikkhātā, eso saṃvāso nāma. so tena saddhiṃ n'; atthi, tena vuccati asaṃvāso 'ti. ||5||8||
tisso itthiyo manussitthi amanussitthi tiracchānagatitthi.
tayo ubhatovyañjanakā manussubhatovyañjanako amanussubhatovyañjanako tiracchānagatubhatovyañjanako. tayo paṇḍakā manussapaṇḍako amanussapaṇḍako tiracchānagatapaṇḍako.
tayo purisā manussapuriso amanussapuriso tiracchānagatapuriso. manussitthiyā tayo magge methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevantassa āpatti pārājikassa vaccamagge passāvamagge mukhe.
amanussitthiyā --pa-- tiracchānagatitthiyā tayo . . . mukhe. manussubhatovyañjanakassa --pa-- amanussubhatovyañjanakassa --pa-- tiracchānagatubhatovyañjanakassa tayo . . . mukhe. manussapaṇḍakassa dve magge methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevantassa āpatti pārājikassa vaccamagge mukhe. amanussapaṇḍakassa --pa-- tiracchānagatapaṇḍakassa --pa-- manussapurisassa --pa-- amanussapurisassa --pa-- tiracchānagatapurisassa dve . . . mukhe. ||1||
[page 029]
I. 9. 2-3.] PĀRĀJIKA, I. 29
bhikkhussa sevanacittaṃ upaṭṭhite manussitthiyā vaccamaggaṃ aṅgajātaṃ pavesentassa āpatti pārājikassa. bhikkhussa . . . passāvamaggaṃ --pa-- mukhaṃ aṅgajātaṃ pavesentassa āpatti pārājikassa. bhikkhussa . . . amanussitthiyā --pa-- tiracchānagatitthiyā --pa-- manussubhatovyañjanakassa --pa-- amanussubhatovyañjanakassa --pa-- tiracchānagatubhatovyañjanakassa vaccamaggaṃ --la-- passāvamaggaṃ --pa-- mukhaṃ aṅgajātaṃ pavesentassa āpatti pārājikassa. bhikkhussa sevanacittaṃ upaṭṭhite manussapaṇḍakassa vaccamaggaṃ --pa-- mukhaṃ aṅgajātaṃ pavesentassa āpatti pārājikassa. bhikkhussa . . . amanussapaṇḍakassa . . . tiracchānagatapaṇḍakassa . . . manussapurisassa . . . amanussapurisassa . . . tiracchānagatapurisassa vaccamaggaṃ --pa-- mukhaṃ aṅgajātaṃ pavesentassa āpatti pārājikassa. ||2||
bhikkhupaccatthikā manussitthiṃ bhikkhussa santike ānetvā vaccamaggena aṅgajātaṃ abhinisīdenti, so ce pavesanaṃ sādiyati paviṭṭhaṃ sādiyati ṭhitaṃ sādiyati uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati, āpatti pārājikassa. bhikkhupaccatthikā . . . abhinisīdenti, so ce pavesanaṃ na sādiyati paviṭṭhaṃ sādiyati ṭhitaṃ sādiyati uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati, āpatti pārājikassa.
bhikkhupaccatthikā . . . abhinisīdenti, so ce pavesanaṃ na s. paviṭṭhaṃ na s. ṭhitaṃ s. uddharaṇaṃ s., āpatti pārājikassa. bhikkhupaccatthikā . . . abhinisīdenti, so ce pavesanaṃ na s., paviṭṭhaṃ na s., ṭhitaṃ na s., uddharaṇaṃ s., āpatti pārājikassa. bhikkhupaccatthikā . . . abhinisīdenti, so ce pavesanaṃ na s., paviṭṭhaṃ na s., ṭhitaṃ na s., uddharaṇaṃ na s., anāpatti. bhikkhupaccatthikā manussitthiṃ bhikkhussa santike ānetvā passāvamaggena --pa-- mukhena aṅgajātaṃ abhinisīdenti. so ce pavesanaṃ sādiyati paviṭṭhaṃ sādiyati ṭhitaṃ sādiyati uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati, āpatti pārājikassa --pa-- na sādiyati, anāpatti. bhikkhupaccatthikā manussitthiṃ jāgarantiṃ --pa-- suttaṃ --pa-- mattaṃ --pa-- ummattaṃ --pa-- pamattaṃ --pa-- mataṃ akkhayitaṃ --pa-- mataṃ yebhuyyena akkhayitaṃ --pa-- āpatti pārājikassa. mataṃ yebhuyyena khayitaṃ bhikkhussa santike ānetvā vaccamaggena --pa-- passāvamaggena --pa-- mukhena aṅgajātaṃ abhinisīdenti, so ce pavesanaṃ sādiyati paviṭṭhaṃ sādiyati ṭhitaṃ sādiyati uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati,
[page 030]
30 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 9. 3-4.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] āpatti thullaccayassa --pa-- na sādiyati, anāpatti. bhikkhupaccatthikā amanussitthiṃ --pa-- tiracchānagatitthiṃ --pa-- manussubhatovyañjanakaṃ --pa-- amanussubhatovyañjanakaṃ --pa-- tiracchānagatubhatovyañjanakaṃ bhikkhussa santike ānetvā vaccamaggena --pa-- passāvamaggena --pa-- mukhena aṅgajātaṃ abhinisīdenti, so ce pavesanaṃ sādiyati . . . uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati, āpatti pārājikassa --pa-- na sādiyati, anāpatti. bhikkhupaccatthikā tiracchānagatubhatovyañjanakaṃ jāgarantaṃ --pa-- suttaṃ . . . mataṃ yebhuyyena akkhayitaṃ --pa-- āpatti pārājikassa. mataṃ yebhuyyena khayitaṃ bhikkhussa santike ānetvā vaccamaggena --pa-- passāvamaggena --pa-- mukhena aṅgajātaṃ abhinisīdenti, so ce pavesanaṃ sādiyati . . . uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati, āpatti thullaccayassa --pa-- na sādiyati, anāpatti. bhikkhupaccatthikā manussapaṇḍakaṃ --pa-- amanussapaṇḍakaṃ --pa-- tiracchānagatapaṇḍakaṃ bhikkhussa santike ānetvā vaccamaggena --pa-- mukhena aṅgajātaṃ abhinisīdenti, so ce . . . uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati, āpatti pārājikassa --pa-- na sādiyati, anāpatti. bhikkhupaccatthikā tiracchānagatapaṇḍakaṃ jāgarantaṃ --pa-- suttaṃ . . . mataṃ yebhuyyena akkhayitaṃ --pa-- āpatti pārājikassa. mataṃ yebhuyyena khayitaṃ bhikkhussa santike ānetvā vaccamaggena --pa-- mukhena aṅgajātaṃ abhinisīdenti, so ce pavesanaṃ . . . uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati, āpatti thullaccayassa --pa-- na sādiyati, anāpatti. bhikkhupaccatthikā manussapurisaṃ --pa-- amanussapurisaṃ --pa-- tiracchānagatapurisaṃ bhikkhussa santike ānetvā vaccamaggena --pa-- mukhena aṅgajātaṃ abhinisīdenti, so ce pavesanaṃ sādiyati . . . uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati, āpatti pārājikassa --pa-- na sādiyati, anāpatti. bhikkhupaccatthikā tiracchānagatapurisaṃ jāgarantaṃ --pa-- suttaṃ . . . mataṃ yebhuyyena akkhayitaṃ --pa-- mataṃ yebhuyyena khayitaṃ bhikkhussa santike ānetvā vaccamaggena --pa-- mukhena aṅgajātaṃ abhinisīdenti, so ce pavesanaṃ sādiyati . . . uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati, āpatti thullaccayassa --pa-- na sādiyati, anāpatti. ||3|| bhikkhupaccatthikā manussitthiṃ bhikkhussa santike ānetvā vaccamaggena
[page 031]
I. 9. 4.] PĀRĀJIKA, I. 31
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] --pa-- passāvamaggena --pa-- mukhena aṅgajātaṃ abhinisīdenti santhatāya asanthatassa --pa-- asanthatāya santhatassa --pa-- santhatāya santhatassa --pa-- asanthatāya asanthatassa.
so ce pavesanaṃ sādiyati . . . uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati, āpatti pārājikassa --pa-- na sādiyati, anāpatti. bhikkhupaccatthikā manussitthiṃ jāgarantiṃ --pa-- suttaṃ . . . mataṃ yebhuyyena akkhayitaṃ --pa-- āpatti pārājikassa. mataṃ yebhuyyena khayitaṃ bhikkhussa santike ānetvā vaccamaggena --pa-- passāvamaggena --pa-- mukhena aṅgajātaṃ {abhinisīdenti} santhatāya asanthatassa . . . asanthatāya asanthatassa. so ce pavesanaṃ sādiyati . . . uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati, āpatti thullaccayassa --pa-- na sādiyati, anāpatti. bhikkhupaccatthikā amanussitthiṃ --pa-- tiracchānagatitthiṃ --pa-- manussubhatovyañjanakaṃ --pa-- amanussubhatovyañjanakaṃ --pa-- tiracchānagatubhatovyañjanakaṃ bhikkhussa santike ānetvā vaccamaggena --pa-- passāvamaggena --pa-- mukhena aṅgajātaṃ abhinisīdenti santhatassa asanthatassa --pa-- asanthatassa santhatassa --pa-- santhatassa santhatassa --pa-- asanthatassa asanthatassa. so ce pavesanaṃ sādiyati . . . uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati, āpatti pārājikassa --pa-- na sādiyati, anāpatti. bhikkhupaccatthikā tiracchānagatubhatovyañjanakaṃ jāgarantaṃ --pa-- suttaṃ . . . mataṃ yebhuyyena akkhayitaṃ --pa-- āpatti pārājikassa. mataṃ yebhuyyena khayitaṃ bhikkhussa santike ānetvā vaccamaggena --pa-- passāvamaggena --pa-- mukhena . . . uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati, āpatti thullaccayassa --pa-- na sādiyati, anāpatti. bhikkhupaccatthikā manussapaṇḍakaṃ --pa-- amanussapaṇḍakaṃ --pa-- tiracchānagatapaṇḍakaṃ --pa-- manussapurisaṃ --pa-- amanussapurisaṃ --pa-- tiracchānagatapurisaṃ bhikkhussa santike ānetvā vaccamaggena --pa-- mukhena . . . uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati, āpatti pārājikassa --pa-- na sādiyati, anāpatti. bhikkhupaccatthikā tiracchānagatapurisaṃ jāgarantaṃ --pa-- suttaṃ . . . mataṃ yebhuyyena akkhayitaṃ --pa-- āpatti pārājikassa. mataṃ yebhuyyena khayitaṃ bhikkhussa santike ānetvā vaccamaggena --pa-- mukhena . . . uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati,
[page 032]
32 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [ I. 9. 4-6.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] āpatti thullaccayassa --pa-- nasādiyati, anāpatti. ||4|| bhikkhupaccatthikā bhikkhuṃ manussitthiyā santike ānetvā aṅgajātena vaccamaggaṃ --pa-- passāvamaggaṃ --pa-- mukhaṃ abhinisīdenti. so ce pavesanaṃ sādiyati . . . uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati, āpatti pārājikassa. na sādiyati, anāpatti. bhikkhupaccatthikā bhikkhuṃ manussitthiyā jāgarantiyā --pa-- suttāya --pa-- mattāya --pa-- ummattāya --pa-- pamattāya --pa-- matāya akkhayitāya --pa-- matāya yebhuyyena akkhayitāya --pa-- āpatti pārājikassa. matāya yebhuyyena khayitāya santike ānetvā aṅgajātena vaccamaggaṃ --pa-- passāvamaggaṃ --pa-- mukhaṃ abhinisīdenti. so ce pavesanaṃ sādiyati . . . uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati, āpatti thullaccayassa. na sādiyati, anāpatti. bhikkhupaccatthikā bhikkhuṃ amanussitthiyā --pa-- tiracchānagatitthiyā --pa-- manussubhatovyañjanakassa --pa-- amanussubhatovyañjanakassa --pa-- tiracchānagatubhatovyañjanakassa --pa-- manussapaṇḍakassa --pa-- amanussapaṇḍakassa --pa-- tiracchānagatapaṇḍakassa --pa-- manussapurisassa --pa-- amanussapurisassa --pa-- tiracchānagatapurisassa santike ānetvā aṅgajātena vaccamaggaṃ --pa-- mukhaṃ abhinisīdenti. so ce pavesanaṃ sādiyati . . . uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati, āpatti pārajikassa. na sādiyati, anāpatti. bhikkhupaccatthikā bhikkhuṃ tiracchānagatapurisassa jāgarantassa --pa-- suttassa . . . matassa yebhuyyena akkhayitassa --pa-- āpatti pārājikassa. matassa yebhuyyena khayitassa santike ānetvā aṅgajātena vaccamaggaṃ --pa-- mukhaṃ abhinisīdenti. so ce pavesanaṃ sādiyati . . . uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati, āpatti thullaccayassa. na sādiyati, anāpatti. ||5|| bhikkhupaccatthikā bhikkhuṃ manussitthiyā santike ānetvā aṅgajātena vaccamaggaṃ passāvamaggaṃ mukhaṃ abhinisīdenti santhatassa asanthatāya, asanthatassa santhatāya, santhatassa santhatāya, asanthatassa asanthatāya. so ce pavesanaṃ sādiyati . . . uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati, āpatti pārājikassa. na sādiyati, anāpatti. bhikkhupaccatthikā bhikkhuṃ manussitthiyā jāgarantiyā --pa-- suttāya . . . matāya yebhuyyena akkhayitāya --pa-- āpatti pārājikassa. matāya yebhuyyena khayitāya santike ānetvā aṅgajātena vaccamaggaṃ passāvamaggaṃ mukhaṃ abhinisīdenti santhatassa asanthatāya
[page 033]
I. 9. 6-8.] PĀRĀJIKA, I. 33
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] . . . asanthatassa asanthatāya. so ce pavesanaṃ sādiyati . . . uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati, āpatti thullaccayassa. na sādiyati, anāpatti.
bhikkhupaccatthikā bhikkhuṃ amanussitthiyā . . . tiracchānagatapurisassa santike ānetvā aṅgajātena vaccamaggaṃ mukhaṃ abhinisīdenti santhatassa asanthatassa, asanthatassa santhatassa, santhatassa santhatassa, asanthatassa asanthatassa. so ce pavesanaṃ sādiyati . . . uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati, āpatti pārājikassa. na sādiyati, anāpatti. bhikkhupaccatthikā bhikkhuṃ tiracchānagatapurisassa jāgarantassa . . . matassa yebhuyyena akkhayitassa --pa-- āpatti pārājikassa. matassa yebhuyyena khayitassa santike ānetvā aṅgajātena vaccamaggaṃ mukhaṃ abhinisīdenti santhatassa asanthatassa . . . asanthatassa asanthatassa. so ce pavesanaṃ sādiyati . . . uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati, āpatti thullaccayassa. na sādiyati, anāpatti. ||6||
yathā bhikkhupaccatthikā vitthāritā evam pi vitthāritā kātabbā rājapaccatthikā corapaccatthikā dhuttapaccatthikā uppalagandhapaccatthikā --pa--. santhataṃ vaṇṇitaṃ eva.
maggena maggaṃ paveseti, āpatti pārājikassa. maggena amaggaṃ paveseti, āpatti pārājikassa. amaggena maggaṃ paveseti, āpatti pārājikassa. amaggena amaggaṃ paveseti, āpatti thullaccayassa. bhikkhu suttabhikkhumhi vippaṭipajjati. paṭibuddho sādiyati: ubho nāsetabbā. paṭibuddho na sādiyati: dūsako nāsetabbo. bhikkhu suttasāmaṇeramhi vippaṭipajjati. paṭibuddho sādiyati: ubho nāsetabbā. paṭibuddho na sādiyati: dūsako nāsetabbo. sāmaṇero suttabhikkhumhi vippaṭipajjati. paṭibuddho . . . nāsetabbo.
sāmaṇero suttasāmaṇeramhi vippaṭipajjati. paṭibuddho . . . nāsetabbo. ||7||
anāpatti ajānantassa asādiyantassa ummattakassa khittacittassa vedanaṭṭassa ādikammikassā 'ti. ||8||9||
santhatabhāṇavāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
makkaṭī, Vajjiputtā ca, gihī, naggo ca, titthiyā,
dārik', Uppalavaṇṇā ca, vyañjanehi 'pare duve, |
mātā, dhītā, bhaginī ca, jāyā ca, mudu, lambinā,
[page 034]
34 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 10. 1-4.
dve vaṇā, lepacittañ ca, dārudhītalikāya ca, |
Sundarena saha pañca, pañca sīvathik', aṭṭhikā,
nāgī, yakkhī ca, petī ca, paṇḍako, upahato, chupe, |
Bhaddiye, arahaṃ, sutto, Sāvatthiyaṃ caturo 'pare,
Vesāliyā tayo, Mallā, supine Bhārukacchako, |
Supabbā, Saddhā, bhikkhunī, sikkhamānā, sāmaṇerī ca,
vesiyā, paṇḍako, gihī, aññamaññaṃ, vuḍḍhapabbajito,
migo 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu makkaṭiyā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi: bhagavatā sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ, kacci nu kho ahaṃ pārājikaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi --pa--. āpattiṃ tvaṃ bhikkhu āpanno pārājikan 'ti. ||1||
tena kho pana samayena sambahulā Vesālikā Vajjiputtakā bhikkhū sikkhaṃ apaccakkhāya dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭiseviṃsu. tesaṃ kukkuccaṃ ahosi: bhagavatā sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ, kacci nu kho mayaṃ pārājikaṃ āpattiṃ āpannā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ --pa--. āpattiṃ tumhe bhikkhave āpannā pārājikan ti. ||2||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu evaṃ me anāpatti bhavissatīti gihiliṅgena methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevi. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu evaṃ me anāpatti bhavissatīti naggo hutvā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevi. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu evaṃ me anāpatti bhavissatīti kusacīraṃ nivāsetvā --pa-- vākacīraṃ nivāsetvā --pa-- phalakacīraṃ nivāsetvā --pa-- kesakambalaṃ nivāsetvā --pa-- vālakambalaṃ nivāsetvā --pa-- ulūkapakkhakaṃ nivāsetvā --pa-- ajinakkhipaṃ nivāsetvā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevi. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. ||3||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro piṇḍacāriko bhikkhu pīṭhake nipannaṃ dārikaṃ passitvā sāratto aṅguṭṭhaṃ aṅgajātaṃ pavesesi, sā kālam akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti saṃghādisesassā 'ti. ||4||
[page 035]
I. 10. 5-8.] PĀRĀJIKA, I. 35
tena kho pana samayena aññataro māṇavako Uppalavaṇṇāya bhikkhuniyā paṭibaddhacitto hoti. atha kho so māṇavako Uppalavaṇṇāya bhikkhuniyā gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭhāya kuṭikaṃ pavisitvā nilīno acchi. Uppalavaṇṇā bhikkhunī pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā pāde pakkhāletvā kuṭikaṃ pavisitvā mañcake nisīdi. atha kho so māṇavako Uppalavaṇṇaṃ bhikkhuniṃ uggahetvā dūsesi. Uppalavaṇṇā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīnaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesi. bhikkhuniyo bhikkhūnaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anāpatti bhikkhave asādiyantiyā 'ti. ||5||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno itthiliṅgaṃ pātubhūtaṃ hoti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave taṃ yeva upajjhaṃ tam eva upasampadaṃ tāni vassāni bhikkhunīhi saṃkamituṃ, yā āpattiyo bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīhi sādhāraṇā tā āpattiyo bhikkhunīnaṃ santike vuṭṭhātuṃ, yā āpattiyo bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīhi asādhāraṇā tāhi āpattīhi anāpattīti. tena kho pana samayena aññatarissā bhikkhuniyā purisaliṅgaṃ pātubhūtaṃ hoti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave taṃ yeva upajjhaṃ tam eva upasampadaṃ tāni vassāni bhikkhūhi saṃkamituṃ, yā āpattiyo bhikkhunīnaṃ bhikkhūhi sādhāraṇā tā āpattiyo bhikkhūnaṃ santike vuṭṭhātuṃ, yā āpattiyo bhikkhunīnaṃ bhikkhūhi asādhāraṇā tāhi āpattīhi anāpattīti. ||6||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu evaṃ me anāpatti bhavissatīti mātuyā --pa-- dhītuyā --pa-- bhaginiyā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa--. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. āpattiṃ tvaṃ bhikkhu āpanno pārājikan ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu purāṇadutiyikāya methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevi. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. ||7||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu mudupiṭṭhiko hoti. so anabhiratiyā pīḷito attano aṅgajātaṃ mukhena aggahesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu lambī hoti. so anabhiratiyā pīḷito attano aṅgajātaṃ attano vaccamaggaṃ pavesesi.
tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. ||8||
[page 036]
36 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 10. 9-13.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu matasarīraṃ passi, tasmiṃ ca sarīre aṅgajātasāmantā vaṇo hoti. so evaṃ me anāpatti bhavissatīti aṅgajāte aṅgajātaṃ pavesetvā vaṇena nīhari. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu matasarīraṃ passi, tasmiṃ ca sarīre aṅgajātasāmantā vaṇo hoti. so evaṃ me anāpatti bhavissatīti vaṇe aṅgajātaṃ pavesetvā aṅgajātena nīhari.
tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. ||9||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu sāratto lepacittassa nimittaṃ aṅgajātena chupi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu sāratto dārudhītalikāya nimittaṃ aṅgajātena chupi. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||10||
tena kho pana samayena Sundaro nāma bhikkhu Rājagahā pabbajito rathikāya gacchati. aññatarā itthi muhuttaṃ bhante āgamehi vandissāmīti sā vandantī antaravāsakaṃ ukkhipitvā mukhena aṅgajātaṃ aggahesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa--. sādiyi tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti. nāhaṃ bhagavā sādiyin ti. anāpatti bhikkhu asādiyantassā 'ti. ||11||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarā itthi bhikkhuṃ passitvā etad avoca: ehi bhante methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevā 'ti.
alaṃ bhagini n'; etaṃ kappatīti. ehi bhante ahaṃ vāyamissāmi tvaṃ mā vāyami, evan te anāpatti bhavissatīti. so bhikkhu tathā akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- āpattiṃ tvaṃ bhikkhu āpanno pārājikan ti. tena kho pana samayena aññatarā itthi bhikkhuṃ passitvā etad avoca: ehi bhante methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevā 'ti. alaṃ bhagini n'; etaṃ kappatīti. ehi bhante tvaṃ vāyama ahaṃ na vāyamissāmi, evan te anāpatti bhavissatīti. so bhikkhu tathā akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. tena kho pana samayena aññatarā itthi bhikkhuṃ passitvā . . . n'; etaṃ kappatīti. ehi bhante abbhantaraṃ ghaṭṭetvā bahi mocehi --pa-- bahi ghaṭṭetvā abbhantaraṃ mocehi. evan te anāpatti bhavissatīti. so bhikkhu tathā akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. ||12||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu sīvathikaṃ gantvā akkhayitaṃ sarīraṃ passitvā tasmiṃ methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevi.
[page 037]
I. 10. 13-17.] PĀRĀJIKA, I. 37
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu sīvathikaṃ gantvā yebhuyyena akkhayitaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu sīvathikaṃ gantvā yebhuyyena khayitaṃ . . . anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu sīvathikaṃ gantvā chinnasīsaṃ passitvā vattakate mukhe chupantaṃ aṅgajātaṃ pavesesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- āpattiṃ tvaṃ bhikkhu āpanno pārājikan ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu sīvathikaṃ gantvā chinnasīsaṃ passitvā vattakate mukhe acchupantaṃ aṅgajātaṃ pavesesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu aññatarissā itthiyā paṭibaddhacitto hoti, sā kālaṃkatā, susāne chaḍḍitāni aṭṭhikāni vippakiṇṇāni honti. atha kho so bhikkhu sīvathikaṃ gantvā aṭṭhikāni saṃkaḍḍhitvā nimitte aṅgajātaṃ paṭipādesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||13||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu nāgiyā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevi --pa-- yakkhiniyā . . . petiyā . . . paṇḍakassa methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevi. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. ||14||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu upahatindriyo hoti. so nāhaṃ vediyāmi sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā, evaṃ anāpatti me bhavissatīti methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevi --pa--. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. vedayi vā so bhikkhave moghapuriso na vā vedayi, āpatti pārājikassā 'ti. ||15||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu itthiyā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevissāmīti chupitamatte vippaṭisārī ahosi --pa--. anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti saṃghādisesassā 'ti. ||16||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu Bhaddiye Jātiyāvane divāvihāragato nipanno hoti, tassa aṅgamaṅgāni vātupatthaddhāni honti. aññatarā itthi passitvā aṅgajāte abhinisīditvā yāvadatthaṃ katvā pakkāmi. bhikkhū kilinnaṃ passitvā bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
[page 038]
38 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 10. 17-21.
pañcahi bhikkhave ākārehi aṅgajātaṃ kammaṇiyaṃ hoti: rāgena, vaccena, passāvena, vātena, uccāliṅgapāṇakadaṭṭhena.
imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; ākārehi aṅgajātaṃ kammaṇiyaṃ hoti. aṭṭhānam etaṃ bhikkhave anavakāso yaṃ tassa bhikkhuno rāgena aṅgajātaṃ kammaṇiyaṃ assa. arahaṃ so bhikkhave bhikkhu, anāpatti bhikkhave tassa bhikkhuno 'ti. ||17||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu Sāvatthiyaṃ Andhavane divāvihāragato nipanno hoti. aññatarā gopālikā passitvā aṅgajāte abhinisīdi. so bhikkhu pavesanaṃ sādiyi paviṭṭhaṃ sādiyi ṭhitaṃ sādiyi uddharaṇaṃ sādiyi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa--. āpattiṃ tvaṃ bhikkhu āpanno pārājikan ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu Sāvatthiyaṃ . . . aññatarā ajapālikā passitvā --pa-- aññatarā kaṭṭhahārikā passitvā --pa-- aññatarā gomayahārikā passitvā aṅgajāte . . . pārājikan ti. ||18||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu Vesāliyā Mahāvane divāvihāragato nipanno hoti. aññatarā itthi passitvā aṅgajāte abhinisīditvā yāvadatthaṃ katvā sāmantā hasamānā ṭhitā hoti. so bhikkhu paṭibujjhitvā taṃ itthiṃ etad avoca: tuyh'; idaṃ kamman ti. āma mayhaṃ kamman ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa--. sādiyi tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti. nāhaṃ bhagavā jānāmīti. anāpatti bhikkhu ajānantassā 'ti. ||19|| tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu Vesāliyā Mahāvane divāvihāragato rukkhaṃ apassāya nipanno hoti. aññatarā itthi passitvā aṅgajāte abhinisīdi.
so bhikkhu sahasā vuṭṭhāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa--.
sādiyi tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti. nāhaṃ bhagavā sādiyin ti. anāpatti bhikkhu asādiyantassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu Vesāliyā Mahāvane divāvihāragato rukkhaṃ apassāya nipanno hoti. aññatarā itthi passitvā aṅgajāte abhinisīdi. so bhikkhu akkamitvā pavaṭṭesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa--. sādiyi . . . asādiyantassā 'ti. ||20||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu Vesāliyā Mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ divāvihāragato dvāraṃ vivaritvā nipanno hoti, tassa aṅgamaṅgāni vātupatthaddhāni honti.
tena kho pana samayena sambahulā itthiyo gandhañ ca mālañ ca ādāya ārāmaṃ āgamaṃsu vihārapekkhikāyo.
[page 039]
I. 10. 21-25.] PĀRĀJIKA, I. 39
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha kho tā itthiyo taṃ bhikkhuṃ passitvā aṅgajāte abhinisīditvā yāvadatthaṃ katvā purisusabho vatāyan ti vatvā gandhañ ca mālañ ca āropetvā pakkamiṃsu. bhikkhū kilinnaṃ passitvā bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. pañcahi bhikkhave ākārehi aṅgajātaṃ kammaṇiyaṃ . . . (= 17) . . . anāpatti bhikkhave tassa bhikkhuno. anujānāmi bhikkhave divā paṭisalliyantena dvāraṃ saṃvaritvā paṭisalliyitun ti. ||21||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro Bhārukacchako bhikkhu supinantena purāṇadutiyikāya methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevitvā asamaṇo ahaṃ vibbhamissāmīti Bhārukacchaṃ gacchanto antarā magge āyasmantaṃ Upāliṃ passitvā etam atthaṃ ārocesi. āyasmā Upāli evam āha: anāpatti āvuso supinantenā 'ti. ||22||
tena kho pana samayena Rājagahe Supabbā nāma upāsikā buddhappasannā hoti, sā evaṃdiṭṭhikā hoti: yā methunaṃ dhammaṃ deti sā aggadānaṃ detīti. sā bhikkhuṃ passitvā etad avoca: ehi bhante methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevā 'ti. alaṃ bhagini n'; etaṃ kappatīti. ehi bhante urantarikāya ghaṭṭehi, evan te anāpatti bhavissatīti --pa-- ehi bhante nābhiyā ghaṭṭehi --pa-- udaravaṭṭiyā . . . upakacchake . . . gīvāya . . . kaṇṇacchidde . . . kesavaṭṭiyā . . . aṅgulantarikāya ghaṭṭehi --pa-- ehi bhante hatthena upakkamitvā mocessāmi, evan te anāpatti bhavissatīti. so bhikkhu tathā akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi. anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti saṃghādisesassā 'ti. ||23||
tena kho pana samayena Sāvatthiyaṃ Saddhā nāma upāsikā buddhapasannā hoti, sā evaṃdiṭṭhikā hoti: yā methunaṃ dhammaṃ deti sā aggadānaṃ detīti. sā bhikkhuṃ passitvā etad avoca: ehi bhante methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevā 'ti. alaṃ bhagini n'; etaṃ kappatīti. ehi bhante urantarikāya ghaṭṭehi --pa-- ehi bhante hatthena upakkamitvā mocessāmi evan te anāpatti bhavissatīti. so bhikkhu tathā akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi. anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti saṃghādisesassā 'ti. ||24||
tena kho pana samayena Vesāliyaṃ Licchavikumārakā bhikkhuṃ gahetvā bhikkhuniyā vippaṭipādesuṃ.
[page 040]
40 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 10. 25-27.
ubho sādiyiṃsu: ubho nāsetabbā. ubho na sādiyiṃsu: ubhinnaṃ anāpatti. tena kho pana samayena Vesāliyaṃ Licchavikumārakā bhikkhuṃ gahetvā sikkhamānāya vippaṭipādesuṃ --pa-- sāmaṇeriyā vippaṭipādesuṃ. ubho sādiyiṃsu: ubho nāsetabbā. ubho na sādiyiṃsu: ubhinnaṃ anāpatti. tena kho pana samayena Vesāliyaṃ Licchavikumārakā bhikkhuṃ gahetvā vesiyā vippaṭipādesuṃ --pa-- paṇḍake vippaṭipādesuṃ --pa-- gihiniyā vippaṭipādesuṃ.
bhikkhu sādiyi: bhikkhu nāsetabbo. bhikkhu na sādiyi: bhikkhussa anāpatti. tena kho pana samayena Vesāliyaṃ Licchavikumārakā bhikkhū gahetvā aññamaññaṃ vippaṭipādesuṃ. ubho sādiyiṃsu: ubho nāsetabbā. ubho na sādiyiṃsu: ubhinnaṃ anāpatti. ||25||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro vuḍḍhapabbajito bhikkhu purāṇadutiyikāya dassanaṃ agamāsi. sā ehi bhante vibbhamā 'ti aggahesi. so bhikkhu paṭikkamanto uttāno paripati. sā ubbhujitvā aṅgajāte abhinisīdi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa--. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. sādiyi tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti. nāhaṃ bhagavā sādiyin ti. anāpatti bhikkhu asādiyantassā 'ti. ||26||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu araññe viharati.
migapotako tassa passāvaṭṭhānaṃ āgantvā passāvaṃ pivanto mukhena aṅgajātaṃ aggahesi. so bhikkhu sādiyi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. āpattiṃ tvaṃ bhikkhu āpanno pārājikan ti. ||27||10||
paṭhamapārājikaṃ samattaṃ.
[page 041]
41
PĀRĀJIKA, II.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Gijjhakūṭe pabbate. tena kho pana samayena sambahulā sandiṭṭhā sambhattā bhikkhū Isigilipasse tiṇakuṭiyo karitvā vassaṃ upagacchiṃsu. āyasmāpi Dhaniyo kumbhakāraputto tiṇakuṭikaṃ karitvā vassaṃ upagañchi.
atha kho te bhikkhū vassaṃ vutthā temāsaccayena tiṇakuṭiyo bhinditvā tiṇañ ca kaṭṭhañ ca paṭisāmetvā janapadacārikaṃ pakkamiṃsu, āyasmā pana Dhaniyo kumbhakāraputto tatth'; eva vassaṃ vasi tattha hemantaṃ tattha gimhaṃ. atha kho āyasmato Dhaniyassa kumbhakāraputtassa gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭhassa tiṇahāriyo kaṭṭhahāriyo tiṇakuṭikaṃ bhinditvā tiṇañ ca kaṭṭhañ ca ādāya agamaṃsu. dutiyam pi kho āyasmā Dhaniyo kumbhakāraputto tiṇañ ca kaṭṭhañ ca saṃkaḍḍhitvā tiṇakutikaṃ akāsi. dutiyam pi kho āyasmato Dhaniyassa kumbhakāraputtassa gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭhassa tiṇahāriyo kaṭṭhahāriyo tiṇakuṭikaṃ bhinditvā tiṇañ ca kaṭṭhañ ca ādāya agamaṃsu. tatiyam pi kho āyasmā Dhaniyo kumbhakāraputto tiṇañ ca kaṭṭhañ ca saṃkaḍḍhitvā tiṇakuṭikaṃ akāsi. tatiyam pi kho āyasmato Dhaniyassa kumbhakāraputtassa gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭhassa tiṇahāriyo kaṭṭhakāriyo tiṇakuṭikaṃ bhinditvā tiṇañ ca kaṭṭhañ ca ādāya agamaṃsu. atha kho āyasmato Dhaniyassa kumbhakāraputtassa etad ahosi: yāvatatiyakaṃ kho me gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭhassa tiṇahāriyo kaṭṭhahāriyo tiṇakuṭikaṃ bhinditvā tiṇañ ca kaṭṭhañ ca ādāya agamaṃsu. ahaṃ kho pana susikkhito anavayo sake ācariyake kumbhakārakamme pariyodātasippo. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ sāmaṃ cikkhallaṃ madditvā sabbamattikāmayaṃ kuṭikaṃ kareyyan ti. atha kho āyasmā Dhaniyo kumbhakāraputto sāmaṃ cikkhallaṃ madditvā sabbamattikāmayaṃ kuṭikaṃ karitvā tiṇañ ca kaṭṭhañ ca gomayañ ca saṃkaḍḍhitvā taṃ kuṭikaṃ paci.
[page 042]
42 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [II. 1. 1-3.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] sā ahosi kuṭikā abhirūpā dassanīyā pāsādikā lohitikā seyyathāpi indagopako, seyyathāpi nāma kiṅkiṇikāsaddo evam eva tassā kuṭikāya saddo ahosi. ||1|| atha kho bhagavā sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ Gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasa taṃ kuṭikaṃ abhirūpaṃ dassanīyaṃ pāsādikaṃ lohitikaṃ, disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi: kiṃ etaṃ bhikkhave abhirūpaṃ dassanīyaṃ pāsādikaṃ lohitikaṃ seyyathāpi indagopako 'ti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: ananucchaviyaṃ bhikkhave tassa moghapurisassa ananulomikaṃ appaṭirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma so bhikkhave moghapuriso sabbamattikāmayaṃ kuṭikaṃ karissati. na hi nāma bhikkhave tassa moghapurisassa pāṇesu anuddayā anukampā avihesā bhavissati. gacchath'; etaṃ bhikkhave kuṭikaṃ bhindatha mā pacchimā janatā pāṇesu pātavyataṃ āpajji.
na ca bhikkhave sabbamattikāmayā kuṭikā kātabbā. yo kareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. evaṃ bhante 'ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paṭisuṇitvā yena sā kuṭikā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā taṃ kuṭikaṃ bhindiṃsu. atha kho āyasmā Dhaniyo kumbhakāraputto te bhikkhū etad avoca: kissa me tumhe āvuso kuṭikaṃ bhindathā 'ti. bhagavā āvuso bhedāpetīti. bhindathāvuso sace dhammasāmī bhedāpetīti. ||2||
atha kho āyasmato Dhaniyassa kumbhakāraputtassa etad ahosi: yāvatatiyakaṃ kho me gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭhassa tiṇahāriyo kaṭṭhahāriyo tiṇakuṭikaṃ bhinditvā tiṇañ ca kaṭṭhañ ca ādāya agamaṃsu, yāpi mayā sabbamattikāmayā kuṭikā katā, sāpi bhagavatā bhedāpitā. atthi ca me dārugahe gaṇako sandiṭṭho. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ dārugahe gaṇakaṃ dārūni yācitvā dārukuṭikaṃ kareyyan ti. atha kho āyasmā Dhaniyo kumbhakāraputto yena dārugahe gaṇako ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā dārugahe gaṇakaṃ etad avoca: yāvatatiyakaṃ kho me āvuso gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭhassa tiṇahāriyo kaṭṭhahāriyo tiṇakuṭikaṃ . . . sāpi bhagavatā bhedāpitā.
dehi me āvuso dārūni, icchāmi dārukuṭikaṃ kātun ti. n'; atthi bhante tādisāni dārūni yān'; āhaṃ ayyassa dadeyyaṃ.
[page 043]
II. 1. 3-5.] PĀRĀJIKA, II. 43
atthi bhante devagahadārūni nagarapaṭisaṃkhārikāni āpadatthāya nikkhittāni, sace tāni rājā dāpeti, harāpetha bhante 'ti. dinnāni āvuso raññā 'ti. atha kho dārugahe gaṇakassa etad ahosi: ime kho samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā dhammacārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā, rājāp'; imesaṃ abhippasanno, na arahati adinnaṃ dinnan ti vattun ti. atha kho dārugahe gaṇako āyasmantaṃ Dhaniyaṃ kumbhakāraputtaṃ etad avoca: harāpetha bhante 'ti. atha kho āyasmā Dhaniyo kumbhakāraputto tāni dārūni khaṇḍākhaṇḍikaṃ chedāpetvā sakaṭehi nibbāhāpetvā dārukuṭikaṃ akāsi. ||3||
atha kho Vassakāro brāhmaṇo Magadhamahāmatto Rājagahe kammante anusaññāyamāno yena dārugahe gaṇako ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā dārugahe gaṇakaṃ etad avoca: yāni tāni bhaṇe devagahadārūni nagarapaṭisaṃkhārikāni āpadatthāya nikkhittāni kahaṃ tāni dārūnīti. tāni sāmi dārūni devena ayyassa Dhaniyassa kumbhakāraputtassa dinnānīti. atha kho Vassakāro brāhmaṇo Magadhamahāmatto anattamano ahosi: kathaṃ hi nāma devo devagahadārūni nagarapaṭisaṃkhārikāni āpadatthāya nikkhittāni Dhaniyassa kumbhakāraputtassa dassatīti. atha kho Vassakāro brāhmaṇo Magadhamahāmatto yena rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā rājānaṃ Māgadhaṃ Seniyaṃ Bimbisāraṃ etad avoca: saccaṃ kira deva devena devagahadārūni nagarapaṭisaṃkhārikāni āpadatthāya nikkhittāni Dhaniyassa kumbhakāraputtassa dinnānīti. ko evam āhā 'ti. dārugahe gaṇako devā 'ti. tena hi brāhmaṇa dārugahe gaṇakaṃ āṇāpehīti. atha kho Vassakāro brāhmaṇo Magadhamahāmatto dārugahe gaṇakaṃ baddhaṃ āṇāpesi.
addasa kho āyasmā Dhaniyo kumbhakāraputto dārugahe gaṇakaṃ baddhaṃ niyyamānaṃ, disvāna dārugahe gaṇakaṃ etad avoca: kissa tvaṃ āvuso baddho niyyasīti. tesaṃ bhante dārūnaṃ kiccā 'ti. gacchāvuso ahaṃ pi āgacchāmīti.
eyyāsi bhante pur'; āhaṃ haññāmīti. ||4||
atha kho āyasmā Dhaniyo kumbhakāraputto yena rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisārassa nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. atho kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro yenāyasmā Dhaniyo kumbhakāraputto ten'; upasaṃkami,
[page 044]
44 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [II. 1. 5-6.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Dhaniyaṃ kumbhakāraputtaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi, ekamantaṃ nisinno kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro āyasmantaṃ Dhaniyaṃ kumbhakāraputtaṃ etad avoca: saccaṃ kira mayā bhante devagahadārūni nagarapaṭisaṃkhārikāni āpadatthāya nikkhittāni ayyassa dinnānīti. evaṃ mahārājā 'ti. mayaṃ kho bhante rājāno nāma bahukiccā bahukaraṇīyā, datvāpi na sareyyāma, iṅgha bhante sarāpehīti. sarasi tvaṃ mahārāja paṭhamābhisitto evarūpiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitaṃ: dinnañ ñeva samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ tiṇakaṭṭhodakaṃ paribhuñjantū 'ti. sarām'; ahaṃ bhante. santi bhante samaṇabrāhmaṇā lajjino kukkuccakā sikkhākāmā, tesaṃ appamattake pi kukkuccaṃ uppajjati, tesaṃ mayā {saddhāya} bhāsitaṃ, tañ ca kho araññe apariggahitaṃ. so tvaṃ bhante tena lesena dārūni adinnaṃ harituṃ maññasi. kathaṃ hi nāma mādiso samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā vijite vasantaṃ haneyya vā bandheyya vā pabbājeyya vā. gaccha bhante, lomena tvaṃ mutto 'si, mā puna pi evarūpaṃ akāsīti. ||5||
manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: alajjino ime samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā dussīlā musāvādino, ime hi nāma dhammacārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā paṭijānissanti, n'; atthi imesaṃ sāmaññaṃ, n'; atthi imesaṃ brāhmaññaṃ, naṭṭhaṃ imesaṃ sāmaññaṃ, naṭṭhaṃ imesaṃ brāhmaññaṃ, kuto imesaṃ sāmaññaṃ, kuto imesaṃ brāhmaññaṃ, apagatā ime sāmaññā, apagatā ime brāhmaññā.
rājānaṃ p'; ime vañcenti, kiṃ pan'; aññe manusse 'ti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khīyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. ye te bhikkhū appicchā santuṭṭhā lajjino kukkuccakā sikkhākāmā, te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma āyasmā Dhaniyo kumbhakāraputto rañño dārūni adinnaṃ ādiyissatīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṃghaṃ sannipātāpetvā āyasmantaṃ Dhaniyaṃ kumbhakāraputtaṃ paṭipucchi: saccaṃ kira tvaṃ Dhaniya rañño dārūni adinnaṃ ādiyīti. saccaṃ bhagavā. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: ananucchaviyaṃ moghapurisa ananulomikaṃ appaṭirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa rañño dārūni adinnaṃ ādiyissasi.
[page 045]
II. 1. 6-2.] PĀRĀJIKA, II. 45
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya pasannānaṃ vā bhiyyobhāvāya, atha khv'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānañ c'; eva apasādāya pasannānañ c'; eva ekaccānaṃ aññathattāyā 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro purāṇavohāriko mahāmatto bhikkhūsu pabbajito bhagavato avidūre nisinno hoti. atha kho bhagavā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: kittakena kho bhikkhu rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro coraṃ gahetvā hanati vā bandhati vā pabbājeti vā 'ti. pādena vā bhagavā pādārahena vā atirekapādena vā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena Rājagahe pañcamāsako pādo hoti. atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Dhaniyaṃ kumbhakāraputtaṃ anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya --pa-- evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu adinnaṃ theyyasaṃkhātaṃ ādiyeyya yathārūpe adinnādāne rājāno coraṃ gahetvā haneyyuṃ vā bandheyyuṃ vā pabbājeyyuṃ vā coro 'si bālo 'si mūḷho 'si theno 'sīti, tathārūpaṃ bhikkhu adinnaṃ ādiyamāno ayaṃ pi pārājiko hoti asaṃvāso 'ti.
evañ c'; idaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti. ||6||1||
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū rajakattharaṇaṃ gantvā rajakabhaṇḍikaṃ avaharitvā ārāmaṃ haritvā bhājesuṃ. bhikkhū evam āhaṃsu: mahāpuññ'; attha tumhe āvuso, bahuṃ tumhākaṃ cīvaraṃ uppannan ti. kuto āvuso amhākaṃ puññaṃ, idāni mayaṃ rajakattharaṇaṃ gantvā rajakabhaṇḍikaṃ avaharimhā 'ti. nanu āvuso bhagavatā sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ. kissa tumhe āvuso rajakabhaṇḍikaṃ avaharitthā 'ti. saccaṃ āvuso bhagavatā sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ tañ ca kho gāme no araññe 'ti. nanu āvuso tath'; eva taṃ hoti. ananucchaviyaṃ āvuso ananulomikaṃ appaṭirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ.
kathaṃ hi nāma tumhe āvuso rajakabhaṇḍikaṃ avaharissatha.
n'; etaṃ āvuso appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya pasannānaṃ vā bhiyyobhāvāya, atha khv'; etaṃ āvuso appasannānañ c'; eva apasādāya pasannānañ ca ekaccānaṃ aññathattāyā ti. atha kho te bhikkhū chabbaggiye bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
[page 046]
46 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [II. 2-3.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṃghaṃ sannipātāpetvā chabbaggiye bhikkhū paṭipucchi: saccaṃ kira tumhe bhikkhave rajakattharaṇaṃ gantvā rajakabhaṇḍikaṃ avaharitthā 'ti. saccaṃ bhagavā. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: ananucchaviyaṃ moghapurisā ananulomikaṃ appaṭirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma tumhe moghapurisā rajakattharaṇaṃ gantvā rajakabhaṇḍikaṃ avaharissatha. n'; etaṃ moghapurisā appasannānaṃ . . . aññathattāyā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā chabbaggiye bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya --pa-- viriyārambhassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsitvā bhikkhūnaṃ tadanucchavikaṃ tadanulomikaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi --pa-- evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu gāmā vā araññā vā adinnaṃ theyyasaṃkhātaṃ ādiyeyya yathārūpe adinnādāne rājāno coraṃ gahetvā haneyyuṃ vā bandheyyuṃ vā pabbājeyyuṃ vā coro 'si bālo 'si mūḷho 'si theno 'sīti, tathārūpaṃ bhikkhu adinnaṃ ādiyamāno ayaṃ pi pārājiko hoti asaṃvāso 'ti. ||2||
yo panā 'ti yo yādiso --pa--. bhikkhū 'ti --pa-- ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti.
gāmo nāma: ekakuṭiko pi gāmo dvikuṭiko pi gāmo tikuṭiko pi gāmo catukuṭiko pi gāmo, samanusso pi gāmo amanusso pi gāmo, parikkhitto pi gāmo aparikkhitto pi gāmo, gonisādiniviṭṭho pi gāmo, yo pi sattho atirekacatumāsaniviṭṭho so pi vuccati gāmo. gāmupacāro nāma parikkhittassa gāmassa indakhīle ṭhitassa majjhimassa purisassa leḍḍupāto, aparikkhittassa gāmassa gharupacāre ṭhitassa majjhimassa purisassa leḍḍupāto. araññaṃ nāma ṭhapetvā gāmañ ca gāmupacārañ ca avasesaṃ araññaṃ nāma.
adinnaṃ nāma yaṃ adinnaṃ anissaṭṭhaṃ apariccattaṃ rakkhitaṃ gopitaṃ mamāyitaṃ parapariggahitaṃ etaṃ adinnaṃ nāma. theyyasaṃkhātan ti theyyacitto avaharaṇacitto. ādiyeyyā 'ti ādiyeyya hareyya avahareyya iriyāpathaṃ vikopeyya ṭhānā cāveyya saṃketaṃ vītināmeyya. yathārūpaṃ nāma pādaṃ vā pādārahaṃ vā atirekapādaṃ vā.
[page 047]
II. 3-4. 2.] PĀRĀJIKA, II. 47
rājāno nāma pathavyā rājā padesarājā maṇḍalikā antarabhogikā akkhadassā mahāmattā ye vā pana chejjabhejjaṃ anusāsanti ete rājāno nāma. coro nāma yo pañcamāsakaṃ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṃ vā agghanakaṃ adinnaṃ theyyasaṃkhātaṃ ādiyati, eso coro nāma.
haneyyuṃ vā 'ti hatthena vā pādena vā kasāya vā vettena vā addhadaṇḍakena vā chejjāya vā haneyyuṃ. bandheyyuṃ vā 'ti rajjubandhanena vā andubandhanena vā saṃkhalikabandhanena vā gharabandhanena vā nagarabandhanena vā gāmabandhanena vā nigamabandhanena vā bandheyyuṃ purisaguttiṃ vā kareyyuṃ. pabbājeyyuṃ vā 'ti gāmā vā nigamā vā nagarā vā janapadā vā janapadapadesā vā pabbājeyyuṃ.
coro 'si bālo 'si mūḷho 'si theno 'sīti paribhāso eso. tathārūpaṃ nāma pādaṃ vā pādārahaṃ vā atirekapādaṃ vā.
ādiyamāno 'ti ādiyamāno haramāno avaharamāno iriyāpathaṃ vikopayamāno ṭhānā cāvayamāno saṃketaṃ vītināmayamāno.
ayaṃ pīti purimaṃ upādāya vuccati. pārājiko hotīti: seyyathāpi nāma paṇḍupalāso bandhanā pamutto abhabbo haritattāya, evam eva bhikkhu pādaṃ vā pādārahaṃ vā atirekapādaṃ vā adinnaṃ theyyasaṃkhātaṃ ādiyitvā asamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo, tena vuccati pārājiko hotīti.
asaṃvāso 'ti: saṃvāso nāma ekakammaṃ ekuddeso samasikkhātā, eso saṃvāso nāma. so tena saddhiṃ n'; atthi, tena vuccati asaṃvāso 'ti. ||3||
bhummaṭṭhaṃ thalaṭṭhaṃ ākāsaṭṭhaṃ vehāsaṭṭhaṃ udakaṭṭhaṃ nāvaṭṭhaṃ yānaṭṭhaṃ bhāraṭṭhaṃ ārāmaṭṭhaṃ vihāraṭṭhaṃ khettaṭṭhaṃ vatthuṭṭhaṃ gāmaṭṭhaṃ araññaṭṭhaṃ udakaṃ dantapoṇaṃ vanappati haraṇakaṃ upanidhi suṅkaghātaṃ pāṇo apadaṃ dvipadaṃ catuppadaṃ bahuppadaṃ ocarako oṇirakkho saṃvidhāvahāro saṃketakammaṃ nimittakamman ti. ||1||
bhummaṭṭhaṃ nāma bhaṇḍaṃ bhūmiyaṃ nikkhittaṃ hoti nikhātaṃ paṭicchannaṃ. bhummaṭṭhaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharissāmīti theyyacitto dutiyaṃ vā pariyesati kuddālaṃ vā piṭakaṃ vā pariyesati gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
[page 048]
48 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [II. 4. 2-5.
tatthajātakaṃ kaṭṭhaṃ vā lataṃ vā chindati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. paṃsuṃ khaṇati vā vyūhati vā uddharati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. kumbhiṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa; phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti pārājikassa.
attano bhājanaṃ pavesetvā pañcamāsakaṃ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṃ vā agghanakaṃ theyyacitto āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa; phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; attano bhājanagataṃ vā karoti muṭṭhiṃ vā chindati, āpatti pārājikassa.
suttārūḷhaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ vā pāmaṅgaṃ vā kaṇṭhasuttakaṃ vā kaṇṇasuttakaṃ vā kaṭisuttakaṃ vā sāṭakaṃ vā veṭhanaṃ vā theyyacitto āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa; phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; koṭiyaṃ gahetvā uccāreti, āpatti thullaccayassa; ghaṃsanto nīharati, āpatti thullaccayassa; antamaso kesaggamattaṃ pi kumbhimukhā moceti, āpatti pārājikassa.
sappiṃ vā telaṃ vā madhuṃ vā phāṇitaṃ vā pañcamāsakaṃ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṃ vā agghanakaṃ theyyacitto ekena payogena pivati, āpatti pārājikassa; tatth'; eva bhindati vā chaḍḍeti vā jhāpeti vā aparibhogaṃ vā karoti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||2||
thalaṭṭhaṃ nama bhaṇḍaṃ thale nikkhittaṃ hoti. thalaṭṭhaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharissāmīti theyyacitto dutiyaṃ vā pariyesati gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa; āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa; phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti pārājikassa. ||3||
ākāsaṭṭhaṃ nāma bhaṇḍaṃ ākāsagataṃ hoti moro vā kapiñjaro vā tittiro vā vaṭṭako vā sāṭakaṃ vā veṭhanaṃ vā hiraññaṃ vā suvaṇṇaṃ vā chijjamānaṃ patati. ākāsaṭṭhaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharissāmīti theyyacitto dutiyaṃ vā pariyesati gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa; gamanaṃ upacchindati, āpatti dukkaṭassa; āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa; phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti pārājikassa. ||4||
vehāsaṭṭhaṃ nāma bhaṇḍaṃ vehāsagataṃ hoti mañce vā pīṭhe vā cīvaravaṃse vā cīvararajjuyā vā bhittikhīle vā nāgadante vā rukkhe vā laggitaṃ hoti antamaso pattādhārake pi. vehāsaṭṭhaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharissāmīti theyyacitto dutiyaṃ vā pariyesati gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa; āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa; phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti pārājikassa. ||5||
[page 049]
II. 4. 6-10.] PĀRĀJIKA, II. 49
udakaṭṭhaṃ nāma bhaṇḍaṃ udake nikkhittaṃ hoti.
udakaṭṭhaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharissāmīti theyyacitto dutiyaṃ vā pariyesati gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa; nimujjati vā ummujjati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa; āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa; phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti pārājikassa. tatthajātakaṃ uppalaṃ vā padumaṃ vā puṇḍarīkaṃ vā bhisaṃ vā macchaṃ vā kacchapaṃ vā pañcamāsakaṃ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṃ vā agghanakaṃ theyyacitto āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa; phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti pārājikassa. ||6||
nāvā nāma yāya tarati. nāvaṭṭhaṃ nāma bhaṇḍaṃ nāvāya nikkhittaṃ hoti. nāvaṭṭhaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharissāmīti theyyacitto dutiyaṃ vā pariyesati gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa; āmasati . . . pārājikassa. nāvaṃ avaharissāmīti theyyacitto . . . gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa; āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa; phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; bandhanaṃ moceti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; bandhanaṃ mocetvā āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa; phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; uddhaṃ vā adho vā tiriyaṃ vā antamaso kesaggamattaṃ pi saṃkāmeti, āpatti pārājikassa. ||7||
yānaṃ nāma vayhaṃ ratho sakaṭaṃ sandamānikā. yānaṭṭhaṃ nāma bhaṇḍaṃ yāne nikkhittaṃ hoti. yānaṭṭhaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharissāmīti . . . gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa; āmasati . . . pārājikassa. yānaṃ avaharissāmīti . . . gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa; āmasati . . . pārājikassa. ||8||
bhāro nāma sīsabhāro khandhabhāro kaṭibhāro olambako.
sīse bhāraṃ theyyacitto āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa; phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; khandhaṃ oropeti, āpatti pārājikassa. khandhe bhāraṃ theyyacitto āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa; phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; kaṭiṃ oropeti, āpatti pārājikassa. kaṭiyā bhāraṃ theyyacitto āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa; phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; hatthena gaṇhati, āpatti pārājikassa. hatthe bhāraṃ theyyacitto bhūmiyaṃ nikkhipati, āpatti pārājikassa; theyyacitto bhūmito gaṇhati, āpatti pārājikassa. ||9||
ārāmo nāma pupphārāmo phalārāmo. ārāmaṭṭhaṃ nāma bhaṇḍaṃ ārāme catūhi ṭhānehi nikkhittaṃ hoti bhummaṭṭhaṃ thalaṭṭhaṃ ākāsaṭṭhaṃ vehāsaṭṭhaṃ. ārāmaṭṭhaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharissāmīti
[page 050]
50 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [II. 4. 10-14.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] . . . gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa; āmasati . . . āpatti pārājikassa. tatthajātakaṃ mūlaṃ vā tacaṃ vā pattaṃ vā pupphaṃ vā phalaṃ vā pañcamāsakaṃ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṃ vā agghanakaṃ theyyacitto āmasati . . . āpatti pārājikassa. ārāmaṃ abhiyuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa; sāmikassa vimatiṃ uppādeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; sāmiko na mayhaṃ bhavissatīti dhuraṃ nikkhipati, āpatti pārājikassa; dhammaṃ caranto sāmikaṃ parājeti, āpatti pārājikassa; dhammaṃ caranto parajjati, āpatti thullaccayassa. ||10||
vihāraṭṭhaṃ nāma bhaṇḍaṃ vihāre catūhi ṭhānehi nikkhittaṃ hoti bhummaṭṭhaṃ thalaṭṭhaṃ ākāsaṭṭhaṃ vehāsaṭṭhaṃ. vihāraṭṭhaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharissāmīti . . . gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa; āmasati . . . āpatti pārājikassa.
vihāraṃ abhiyuñjati . . . parajjati, āpatti thullaccayassa. ||11||
khettaṃ nāma yattha pubbaṇṇaṃ vā aparaṇṇaṃ vā jāyati.
khettaṭṭhaṃ nāma bhaṇḍaṃ khette catūhi ṭhānehi nikkhittaṃ hoti bhummaṭṭhaṃ thalaṭṭhaṃ ākāsaṭṭhaṃ vehāsaṭṭhaṃ.
khettaṭṭhaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharissāmīti . . . gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa; āmasati . . . āpatti pārājikassa. tatthajātakaṃ pubbaṇṇaṃ vā aparaṇṇaṃ vā pañcamāsakaṃ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṃ vā agghanakaṃ theyyacitto āmasati . . . āpatti pārājikassa. khettaṃ abhiyuñjati . . . parajjati, āpatti thullaccayassa. khīlaṃ vā rajjuṃ vā vatiṃ vā mariyādaṃ vā saṃkāmeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; ekaṃ payogaṃ anāgate, āpatti thullaccayassa; tasmiṃ payoge āgate, āpatti pārājikassa. ||12||
vatthu nāma ārāmavatthu vihāravatthu. vatthuṭṭhaṃ nāma bhaṇḍaṃ vatthusmiṃ catūhi ṭhānehi nikkhittaṃ hoti bhummaṭṭhaṃ thalaṭṭhaṃ ākāsaṭṭhaṃ vehāsaṭṭhaṃ. vatthuṭṭhaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharissāmīti . . . gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa; āmasati . . . āpatti pārājikassa. vatthuṃ abhiyuñjati . . . parajjati, āpatti thullaccayassa. khīlaṃ vā rajjuṃ vā vatiṃ vā pākāraṃ vā saṃkāmeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; ekaṃ payogaṃ anāgate, āpatti thullaccayassa; tasmiṃ payoge āgate, āpatti pārājikassa. ||13||
gāmaṭṭhaṃ nāma bhaṇḍaṃ gāme catūhi ṭhānehi nikkhittaṃ hoti bhummaṭṭhaṃ thalaṭṭhaṃ ākāsaṭṭhaṃ vehāsaṭṭhaṃ.
gāmaṭṭhaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharissāmīti . . . gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa; āmasati . . . āpatti pārājikassa. ||14||
[page 051]
II. 4. 15-20.] PĀRĀJIKA, II. 51
araññaṃ nāma yaṃ manussānaṃ pariggahitaṃ hoti taṃ araññaṃ. araññaṭṭhaṃ nāma bhaṇḍaṃ araññe catūhi ṭhānehi nikkhittaṃ hoti bhummaṭṭhaṃ thalaṭṭhaṃ ākāsaṭṭhaṃ vehāsaṭṭhaṃ. araññaṭṭhaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharissāmīti . . . gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa; āmasati . . . āpatti pārājikassa. tatthajātakaṃ kaṭṭhaṃ vā lataṃ vā tiṇaṃ vā pañcamāsakaṃ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṃ vā agghanakaṃ theyyacitto āmasati . . . āpatti pārājikassa. ||15||
udakaṃ nāma bhājanagataṃ vā hoti pokkharaṇiyā vā taḷāke vā. taṃ theyyacitto āmasati . . . āpatti pārājikassa.
attano bhājanaṃ pavesetvā pañcamāsakaṃ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṃ vā agghanakaṃ udakaṃ theyyacitto āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa; phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; attano bhājanagataṃ karoti, āpatti pārājikassa. mariyādaṃ chindati, āpatti dukkaṭassa; mariyādaṃ chinditvā pañcamāsakaṃ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṃ vā agghanakaṃ udakaṃ nikkhāmeti, āpatti pārājikassa; atirekamāsakaṃ vā ūnapañcamāsakaṃ vā agghanakaṃ udakaṃ nikkhāmeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; māsakaṃ vā ūnamāsakaṃ vā agghanakaṃ udakaṃ nikkhāmeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||16||
dantapoṇaṃ nāma chinnaṃ vā acchinnaṃ vā. pañcamāsakaṃ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṃ vā agghanakaṃ theyyacitto āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa; phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti pārājikassa. ||17||
vanappati nāma yo manussānaṃ pariggahito hoti rukkho paribhogo. theyyacitto chindati, pahāre pahāre āpatti dukkaṭassa; ekaṃ pahāraṃ anāgate, āpatti thullaccayassa; tasmiṃ pahāre āgate, āpatti pārājikassa. ||18||
haraṇakaṃ nāma aññassa haraṇakaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ. theyyacitto āmasati . . . āpatti pārājikassa. sahabhaṇḍahārakaṃ nessāmīti paṭhamaṃ pādaṃ saṃkāmeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; dutiyaṃ pādaṃ saṃkāmeti, āpatti pārājikassa. patitaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ gahessāmīti pātāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; patitaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ pañcamāsakaṃ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṃ vā agghanakaṃ theyyacitto āmasati . . . āpatti pārājikassa. ||19||
upanidhi nāma upanikkhittaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ. dehi me bhaṇḍan ti vuccamāno nāhaṃ gaṇhāmīti bhaṇati, āpatti dukkaṭassa; sāmikassa vimatiṃ uppādeti, āpatti thullaccayassa;
[page 052]
52 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [II. 4. 20-27.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] sāmiko na mayhaṃ dassatīti dhuraṃ nikkhipati, āpatti pārājikassa; dhammaṃ caranto sāmikaṃ parājeti, āpatti pārājikassa; dhammaṃ caranto parajjati, āpatti thullaccayassa. ||20||
suṅkaghātaṃ nāma raññā ṭhapitaṃ hoti pabbatakhaṇḍe vā nadītitthe vā gāmadvāre vā atra paviṭṭhassa suṅkaṃ gaṇhantū 'ti. tatra pavisitvā rājagghaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ pañcamāsakaṃ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṃ vā agghanakaṃ theyyacitto āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa; phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; paṭhamaṃ pādaṃ suṅkaghātaṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; dutiyaṃ pādaṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti pārājikassa; anto suṅkaghāte ṭhito bahi suṅkaghātaṃ pāteti, āpatti pārājikassa; suṅkaṃ pariharati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||21||
pāṇo nāma manussapāṇo vuccati. theyyacitto āmasati . . . āpatti pārājikassa. padasā nessāmīti paṭhamaṃ pādaṃ saṃkāmeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; dutiyaṃ pādaṃ saṃkāmeti, āpatti pārājikassa. ||22||
apadaṃ nāma ahimacchā. pañcamāsakaṃ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṃ vā agghanakaṃ theyyacitto āmasati . . . āpatti pārājikassa. ||23||
dvipadaṃ nāma manussā pakkhajātā. theyyacitto āmasati . . . āpatti pārājikassa. padasā nessāmīti paṭhamaṃ pādaṃ saṃkāmeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; dutiyaṃ pādaṃ saṃkāmeti, āpatti pārājikassa. ||24||
catuppadaṃ nāma hatthī assā oṭṭhā goṇā gadrabhā pasukā. theyyacitto āmasati . . . āpatti pārājikassa. padasā nessāmīti paṭhamaṃ pādaṃ saṃkāmeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; dutiyaṃ pādaṃ saṃkāmeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; tatiyaṃ pādaṃ saṃkāmeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; catutthaṃ pādaṃ saṃkāmeti, āpatti pārājikassa. ||25||
bahuppadaṃ nāma vicchikā satapadī uccāliṅgapāṇakā.
pañcamāsakam vā atirekapañcamāsakaṃ vā agghanakaṃ theyyacitto āmasati . . . āpatti pārājikassa. padasā nessāmīti saṃkāmeti, pade pade āpatti thullaccayassa; pacchimaṃ pādaṃ saṃkāmeti, āpatti pārājikassa. ||26||
ocarako nāma bhaṇḍaṃ ocaritvā ācikkhati itthannāmaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharā 'ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; so taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharati, āpatti ubhinnaṃ pārājikassa. ||27||
[page 053]
II. 4. 28-5. 3.] PĀRĀJIKA, II. 53
oṇirakkho nāma āhaṭaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ gopento pañcamāsakaṃ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṃ vā agghanakaṃ theyyacitto āmasati . . . āpatti pārājikassa. ||28||
saṃvidhāvahāro nāma sambahulā saṃvidahitvā eko bhaṇḍaṃ avaharati, āpatti sabbesaṃ pārājikassa. ||29||
saṃketakammaṃ nāma saṃketaṃ karoti purebhattaṃ vā pacchābhattaṃ vā rattiṃ vā divā vā tena saṃketena taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharā 'ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. tena saṃketena taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharati, āpatti ubhinnaṃ pārājikassa. taṃ saṃketaṃ pure vā pacchā vā taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharati, mūlaṭṭhassa anāpatti, avahārakassa āpatti pārājikassa. ||30||
nimittakammaṃ nāma nimittaṃ karoti akkhiṃ vā nikhaṇissāmi bhamukaṃ vā ukkhipissāmi sīsaṃ vā ukkhipissāmi, tena nimittena taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharā 'ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. tena nimittena taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharati, āpatti ubhinnaṃ pārājikassa. taṃ nimittaṃ pure vā pacchā vā taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharati, mūlaṭṭhassa anāpatti, avahārakassa āpatti pārājikassa. ||31||4||
bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ āṇāpeti itthannāmaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharā 'ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. so taṃ maññamāno taṃ avaharati, āpatti ubhinnaṃ pārājikassa. bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ āṇāpeti itthannāmaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharā 'ti, so taṃ maññamāno aññaṃ avaharati, mūlaṭṭhassa anāpatti, avahārakassa āpatti pārājikassa. bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ . . . so aññaṃ maññamāno taṃ avaharati, āpatti ubhinnaṃ pārājikassa. bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ . . . so aññaṃ maññamāno aññaṃ avaharati, mūlaṭṭhassa anāpatti, avahārakassa āpatti pārājikassa. ||1||bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ āṇāpeti itthannāmassa pāvada itthannāmo itthannāmassa pāvadatu itthannāmo itthannāmaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharatū 'ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; so itarassa āroceti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; avahārako paṭigaṇhāti, mūlaṭṭhassa āpatti thullaccayassa; so taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharati, āpatti sabbesaṃ pārājikassa. bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ āṇāpeti itthannāmassa pāvada . . . avaharatū 'ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; so aññaṃ āṇāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; avahārako paṭigaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; so taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharati, mūlaṭṭhassa anāpatti, āṇāpakassa ca avahārakassa ca āpatti pārājikassa. ||2|| bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ āṇāpeti itthannāmaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharā 'ti,
[page 054]
54 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [II. 5. 3-6. 2.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] āpatti dukkaṭassa. so gantvā puna paccāgacchati nāhaṃ sakkomi taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharitun ti, so puna āṇāpeti yadā sakkosi tadā taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharā 'ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. so taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharati, āpatti ubhinnaṃ pārājikassa. ||3|| bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ āṇāpeti itthannāmaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharā 'ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
so āṇāpetvā vippaṭisārī na sāveti mā avaharīti, so taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharati, āpatti ubhinnaṃ pārājikassa. bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ . . . so āṇāpetvā vippaṭisārī sāveti mā avaharīti, so āṇatto ahaṃ tayā 'ti taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharati, mūlaṭṭhassa anāpatti, avahārakassa āpatti pārājikassa. bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ . . . so āṇāpetvā vippaṭisārī sāveti mā avaharīti, so suṭṭhū 'ti oramati, ubhinnaṃ anāpatti. ||4||5||
pañcah'; ākārehi adinnaṃ ādiyantassa āpatti pārājikassa: parapariggahitañ ca hoti, parapariggahitasaññī ca, garuko ca hoti parikkhāro pañcamāsako vā atirekapañcamāsako vā, theyyacittañ ca paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti: āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa; phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti pārājikassa.
pañcah'; ākārehi adinnaṃ ādiyantassa āpatti thullaccayassa: parapariggahitañ ca hoti, parapariggahitasaññī ca, lahuko ca hoti parikkhāro atirekamāsako vā ūnapañcamāsako vā, theyyacittañ ca paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti: āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa; phandāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa, ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti thullaccayassa.
pañcah'; ākārehi adinnaṃ ādiyantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa: parapariggahitañ ca . . . parikkhāro māsako vā ūnamāsako vā, theyyacittañ ca paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti: āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa; phandāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||1||
chah'; ākārehi adinnaṃ ādiyantassa āpatti pārājikassa: na ca sakasaññī, na ca vissāsagāhī, na ca tāvakālikaṃ, garuko ca hoti parikkhāro pañcamāsako vā atirekapañcamāsako vā, theyyacittañ ca paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti: āmasati . . . āpatti pārājikassa.
chah'; ākārehi adinnaṃ ādiyantassa āpatti thullaccayassa: na ca sakasaññī . . . lahuko ca hoti parikkhāro atirekamāsako vā ūnapañcamāsako vā,
[page 055]
II. 6. 2-4.] PĀRAJIKA, II. 55
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] theyyacittañ ca . . . āpatti thullaccayassa.
chah'; ākārehi adinnaṃ ādiyantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa: na ca sakasaññī . . . lahuko ca hoti parikkhāro māsako vā ūnamāsako vā, theyyacittañ ca . . . āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||2||
pañcah'; ākārehi adinnaṃ ādiyantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa: na ca parapariggahitaṃ hoti, parapariggahitasaññī ca, garuko ca . . . atirekapañcamāsako vā, theyyacittañ ca paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti: āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa; phandāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
pañcah'; ākārehi adinnaṃ ādiyantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa: na ca parapariggahitaṃ hoti, parapariggahitasaññī ca, lahuko ca hoti . . . ūnapañcamāsako vā, theyyacittañ ca paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti: āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa; phandāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
pañcah'; ākārehi adinnaṃ ādiyantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa: na ca parapariggahitaṃ hoti, parapariggahitasaññī ca, lahuko ca hoti . . . ūnamāsako vā, theyyacittañ ca paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti: āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa; phandāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||3||
anāpatti sakasaññissa vissāsagāhe tāvakālike petapariggahe tiracchānagatapariggahe paṃsukūlasaññissa ummattakassa khittacittassa vedanaṭṭassa ādikammikassā 'ti. ||4||6||
adinnādānamhi paṭhamabhāṇavāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
rajakehi pañca akkhātā, caturo attharaṇehi ca,
andhakārena ve pañca, pañca hāraṇakena ca, |
niruttiyā pañca akkhātā, vātehi apare duve,
asambhinne, kusāpāto {jantaggena} sahā dasa, |
vighāsehi pañca akkhātā, pañca c'; eva amūlakā,
dubbhikkhe kuru-maṃsañ ca, pūva-sakkhali-modakā, |
saparikkhāra-thavikā, bhisi-vaṃsā, na nikkhame,
khādaniyañ ca, vissāsaṃ, sasaññāya apare duve, |
satta nāvaharāmā 'ti, satta c'; eva avāharuṃ,
saṃghassa avaharuṃ satta, pupphehi apare duve, |
tayo ca vuttavādino, maṇī tīṇi atikkame,
sūkarā ca, migā, macchā, yānañ cāpi pavattayi, |
duve pesī, duve dārū, paṃsukūlaṃ, duve dakā,
[page 056]
56 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [II. 7. 1-4.
anupubba-vidhānena, tadañño na paripūrayi, |
Sāvatthiyā caturo muṭṭhī, dve vighāsā, duve tiṇā,
saṃghassa bhājaye satta, satta c'; eva asāmikā, |
dāru, dakā, mattikā, dve tiṇāni, saṃghassa satta avahāsi theyyaṃ,
sassāmikaṃ na cāpi nīhareyya, hareyya sassāmikaṃ tāvakālikaṃ, |
Campā, Rājagahe c'; eva, Vesāliyā ca Ajjuko,
Bārāṇasī ca, Kosambī, Sāgalā, Daḷhikena cā 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū rajakattharaṇaṃ gantvā rajakabhaṇḍikaṃ avahariṃsu. tesaṃ kukkuccaṃ ahosi: bhagavatā sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ. kacci nu kho mayaṃ pārājikaṃ āpattiṃ āpannā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ --pa-- āpattiṃ tumhe bhikkhave āpannā pārājikan ti. ||1||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu rajakattharaṇaṃ gantvā mahagghaṃ dussaṃ passitvā theyyacittaṃ uppādesi.
tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu cittuppāde 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu . . . dussaṃ passitvā theyyacitto āmasi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu . . . dussaṃ passitvā theyyacitto phandāpesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu . . . dussaṃ passitvā theyyacitto ṭhānā cāvesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la-- āpattiṃ tvaṃ bhikkhu āpanno pārājikan ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena aññataro piṇḍacāriko bhikkhu mahagghaṃ uttarattharaṇaṃ passitvā theyyacittaṃ uppādesi --la-- theyyacitto āmasi --la-- theyyacitto phandāpesi --la-- theyyacitto ṭhānā cāvesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- āpattiṃ tvaṃ bhikkhu āpanno pārājikan ti. ||3||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu divā bhaṇḍaṃ passitvā nimittaṃ akāsi rattiṃ avaharissāmīti, so taṃ maññamāno taṃ avahari --la-- taṃ maññamāno aññaṃ avahari --la-- aññaṃ maññamāno taṃ avahari --la-- aññaṃ maññamāno aññaṃ avahari. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti.
[page 057]
II. 7. 4-6.] PĀRĀJIKA, II. 57
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu divā bhaṇḍaṃ passitvā nimittaṃ akāsi rattiṃ avaharissāmīti, so aññaṃ maññamāno attano bhaṇḍaṃ avahari. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||4||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu aññassa bhaṇḍaṃ haranto sīse bhāraṃ theyyacitto āmasi --pa-- theyyacitto phandāpesi --pa-- theyyacitto khandhaṃ oropesi --pa-- khandhe bhāraṃ theyyacitto āmasi --pa-- theyyacitto phandāpesi --pa-- theyyacitto kaṭiṃ oropesi --paḥ kaṭiyā bhāraṃ theyyacitto āmasi ḥpaḥ theyyacitto phandāpesi ḥpaḥ theyyacitto hatthena aggahesi ḥpaḥ hatthe bhāraṃ theyyacitto bhūmiyaṃ nikkhipi ḥpaḥ theyyacitto bhūmito aggahesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi ḥpaḥ āpattiṃ tvaṃ bhikkhu āpanno pārājikan ti. ||5||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu ajjhokāse cīvaraṃ pattharitvā vihāraṃ pāvisi. aññataro bhikkhu mā yidaṃ cīvaraṃ nassīti paṭisāmesi. so nikkhamitvā bhikkhū pucchi: āvuso mayhaṃ cīvaraṃ kena avahaṭan ti. so evam āha: mayā avahaṭan ti. so taṃ ādiyi asamaṇo 'si tvan ti.
tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi.
kiṃcitto tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti. niruttipatho ahaṃ bhagavā 'ti. anāpatti bhikkhu niruttipathe 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu pīṭhe cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā --pa-- pīṭhe nisīdanaṃ nikkhipitvā --pa-- heṭṭhā pīṭhe pattaṃ nikkhipitvā vihāraṃ pāvisi. aññataro bhikkhu māyaṃ patto nassīti paṭisāmesi. so nikkhamitvā bhikkhū pucchi: āvuso mayhaṃ patto kena avahaṭo 'ti. so evam āha: mayā avahaṭo 'ti. so taṃ ādiyi . . . niruttipathe 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññatarā bhikkhunī vatiyā cīvaraṃ pattharitvā vihāraṃ pāvisi. aññatarā bhikkhunī mā yidaṃ cīvaraṃ nassīti paṭisāmesi. sā nikkhamitvā bhikkhuniyo pucchi: ayye mayhaṃ cīvaraṃ kena avahaṭan ti. sā evam āha: mayā avahaṭan ti. sā taṃ ādiyi asamaṇī 'si tvan ti. tassā kukkuccaṃ ahosi. atha kho sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīnaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesi. bhikkhuniyo bhikkhūnaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ --la-- anāpatti bhikkhave niruttipathe 'ti. ||6||
[page 058]
58 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [II. 7. 7-11.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu vātamaṇḍalikāya ukkhittaṃ sāṭakaṃ passitvā sāmikānaṃ dassāmīti aggahesi. sāmikā taṃ bhikkhuṃ codesuṃ asamaṇo 'si tvan ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- kiṃcitto tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti. atheyyacitto ahaṃ bhagavā 'ti. anāpatti bhikkhu atheyyacittassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu vātamaṇḍalikāya ukkhittaṃ veṭhanaṃ pure sāmikā passantīti theyyacitto aggahesi. sāmikā taṃ bhikkhuṃ codesuṃ asamaṇo 'si tvan ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la-- āpattiṃ tvaṃ bhikkhu āpanno pārājikan ti. ||7||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu susānaṃ gantvā abhinne sarīre paṃsukūlaṃ aggahesi. tasmiṃ ca sarīre peto adhivattho hoti. atha kho so peto taṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: mā bhante mayhaṃ sāṭakaṃ aggahesīti. so bhikkhu anādiyanto agamāsi. atha kho taṃ sarīraṃ uṭṭhahitvā tassa bhikkhuno piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi. atha kho so bhikkhu vihāraṃ pavisitvā dvāraṃ thakesi. atha kho taṃ sarīraṃ tatth'; eva paripati. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa. na ca bhikkhave abhinne sarīre paṃsukūlaṃ gahetabbaṃ. yo gaṇheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||8||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu saṃghassa cīvare bhājiyamāne theyyacitto kusaṃ saṃkāmetvā cīvaraṃ aggahesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. ||9||
tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Ānando jantāghare aññatarassa bhikkhuno antaravāsakaṃ attano maññamāno nivāsesi. atha kho so bhikkhu āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ etad avoca: kissa me tvaṃ āvuso Ānanda antaravāsakaṃ nivāsesīti. sakasaññī ahaṃ āvuso 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anāpatti bhikkhave sakasaññissā 'ti. ||10||
tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū Gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohantā sīhavighāsaṃ passitvā pacāpetvā paribhuñjiṃsu. tesaṃ kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhave sīhavighāse 'ti. tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū Gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohantā vyagghavighāsaṃ passitvā --pa-- dīpivighāsaṃ passitvā --pa-- taracchavighāsaṃ passitvā --pa-- kokavighāsaṃ passitvā pacāpetvā . . . anāpatti bhikkhave tiracchānagatapariggahe 'ti. ||11||
[page 059]
II. 7. 12-17.] PĀRĀJIKA, II. 59
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu saṃghassa odane bhājiyamāne aparassa bhāgaṃ dehīti amūlakaṃ aggahesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti sampajānamusāvāde pācittiyassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu saṃghassa khādaniye bhājiyamāne --pa-- saṃghassa pūve bhājiyamāne --pa-- saṃghassa ucchumhi bhājiyamāne --pa-- saṃghassa timbarūsake bhājiyamāne aparassa bhāgaṃ dehīti amūlakaṃ aggahesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti sampajānamusāvāde pācittiyassā 'ti. ||12||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu dubbhikkhe odaniyagharaṃ pavisitvā pattapūraṃ odanaṃ theyyacitto avahari. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu dubbhikkhe sūnagharaṃ pavisitvā pattapūraṃ maṃsaṃ theyyacitto . . . pārājikan ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu dubbhikkhe pūvagharaṃ pavisitvā pattapūraṃ pūvaṃ theyyacitto avahari --pa-- pattapūrā sakkhaliyo theyyacitto avahari --pa-- pattapūre modake theyyacitto avahari. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. ||13||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu divā parikkhāraṃ passitvā nimittaṃ akāsi rattiṃ avaharissāmīti. so taṃ maññamāno taṃ avahari --la-- taṃ maññamāno aññaṃ avahari --la-- aññaṃ maññamāno taṃ avahari --la-- aññaṃ maññamāno aññaṃ avahari. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu divā parikkhāraṃ passitvā . . . avaharissāmīti. so aññaṃ maññamāno attano parikkhāraṃ avahari. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||14||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu pīṭhe ṭhapitaṃ thavikaṃ passitvā ito gaṇhanto pārājiko bhavissāmīti saha pīṭhakena saṃkāmetvā aggahesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. ||15||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu saṃghassa bhisiṃ theyyacitto avahari. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. ||16||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu cīvaravaṃse cīvaraṃ theyyacitto avahari.
[page 060]
60 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [II. 7. 17-21.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. ||17||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu vihāre cīvaraṃ avaharitvā ito nikkhamanto pārājiko bhavissāmīti vihārā na nikkhami. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. nikkhameyya vā so bhikkhave moghapuriso na vā nikkhameyya, āpatti pārājikassā 'ti. ||18||
tena kho pana samayena dve bhikkhū sahāyakā honti.
eko bhikkhu gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi, dutiyo bhikkhu saṃghassa khādaniye bhājiyamāne sahāyakassa bhāgaṃ gahetvā tassa vissāsanto paribhuñji. so jānitvā taṃ codesi: asamaṇo 'si tvan ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- kiṃcitto tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti. vissāsagāho ahaṃ bhagavā 'ti. anāpatti bhikkhu vissāsagāhe 'ti. ||19||
tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū cīvarakammaṃ karonti. saṃghassa khādaniye bhājiyamāne sabbesaṃ paṭivise āharitvā upanikkhittā honti. aññataro bhikkhu aññatarassa bhikkhuno paṭivisaṃ attano maññamāno paribhuñji. so jānitvā taṃ codesi asamaṇo 'si tvan ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- kiṃcitto tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti.
sasaññī ahaṃ bhagavā 'ti. anāpatti bhikkhu sasaññissā 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū cīvarakammaṃ karonti. saṃghassa khādaniye bhājiyamāne aññatarassa bhikkhuno pattena aññatarassa bhikkhuno paṭiviso āharitvā upanikkhitto hoti. pattasāmiko bhikkhu attano maññamāno paribhuñji. so jānitvā taṃ codesi . . . anāpatti bhikkhu sasaññissā 'ti. ||20||
tena kho pana samayena ambacorakā ambaṃ pātetvā bhaṇḍikaṃ ādāya agamaṃsu. sāmikā te corake anubandhiṃsu. corakā sāmike passitvā bhaṇḍikaṃ pātetvā palāyiṃsu. bhikkhū paṃsukūlasaññino paṭiggahāpetvā paribhuñjiṃsu. sāmikā te bhikkhū codesuṃ asamaṇāttha tumhe 'ti. tesaṃ kukkuccaṃ ahosi. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. kiṃcittā tumhe bhikkhave 'ti. paṃsukūlasaññino mayaṃ bhagavā 'ti. anāpatti bhikkhave paṃsukūlasaññissā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena jambucorakā --pa-- labujacorakā --pa-- panasacorakā --pa-- tālapakkacorakā --pa-- ucchucorakā --pa-- timbarūsakacorakā timbarūsake uccinitvā bhaṇḍikaṃ ādāya agamaṃsu.
[page 061]
II. 7. 21-25.] PĀRĀJIKA, II. 61
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] sāmikā . . . anāpatti bhikkhave paṃsukūlasaññissā 'ti. ||21||
tena kho pana samayena ambacorakā ambaṃ pātetvā . . . palāyiṃsu. bhikkhū pure sāmikā passantīti theyyacittā paribhuñjiṃsu. sāmikā te bhikkhū codesuṃ asamaṇāttha tumhe 'ti. tesaṃ kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- āpattiṃ tumhe bhikkhave āpannā pārājikan ti. tena kho pana samayena jambucorakā . . . timbarūsakacorakā . . . palāyiṃsu. bhikkhū pure sāmikā passantīti theyyacittā paribhuñjiṃsu.
sāmikā . . . āpattiṃ tumhe bhikkhave āpannā pārājikan ti. ||22||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu saṃghassa ambaṃ theyyacitto avahari --pa-- saṃghassa jambuṃ --pa-- saṃghassa labujaṃ --pa-- saṃghassa panasaṃ --pa-- saṃghassa tālapakkaṃ --pa-- saṃghassa ucchuṃ --pa-- saṃghassa timbarūsakaṃ theyyacitto avahari. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. ||23||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu pupphārāmaṃ gantvā ocitaṃ pupphaṃ pañcamāsagghanakaṃ theyyacitto avahari. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu pupphārāmaṃ gantvā pupphaṃ ocinitvā pañcamāsagghanakaṃ theyyacitto avahari.
tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. ||24||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gāmakaṃ gacchanto aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: āvuso tuyhaṃ upaṭṭhākakulaṃ vutto vajjemīti. so gantvā ekaṃ sāṭakaṃ āharāpetvā attanā paribhuñji. so jānitvā taṃ codesi asamaṇo 'si tvan ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa. na ca bhikkhave vutto vajjemīti vattabbo. yo vadeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gāmakaṃ gacchati. aññataro bhikkhu taṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: āvuso mayhaṃ upaṭṭhākakulaṃ vutto vajjehīti. so gantvā yugasāṭakaṃ āharāpetvā ekaṃ attanā paribhuñji, ekaṃ tassa bhikkhuno adāsi. so jānitvā taṃ codesi asamaṇo 'si tvan ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa. na ca bhikkhave vutto vajjehīti vattabbo. yo vadeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gāmakaṃ gacchanto aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca:
[page 062]
62 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [II. 7. 25-27.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] āvuso tuyhaṃ upaṭṭhākakulaṃ vutto vajjemīti. so pi evam āha vutto vajjehīti. so gantvā āḷhakaṃ sappiṃ tulaṃ guḷaṃ doṇaṃ taṇḍulaṃ āharāpetvā attanā paribhuñji. so jānitvā taṃ codesi asamaṇo 'si tvan ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa. na ca bhikkhave vutto vajjemīti vattabbo, na ca vutto vajjehīti vattabbo. yo vadeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||25||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso mahagghaṃ maṇiṃ ādāya aññatarena bhikkhunā saddhiṃ addhānamaggapaṭipanno hoti. atha kho so puriso suṅkaṭṭhānaṃ passitvā tassa bhikkhuno ajānantassa thavikāya maṇiṃ pakkhipitvā suṅkaṭṭhānaṃ atikkamitvā aggahesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- kiṃcitto tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti. nāhaṃ bhagavā jānāmīti. anāpatti bhikkhu ajānantassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso mahagghaṃ maṇiṃ . . . suṅkaṭṭhānaṃ passitvā gilānālayaṃ karitvā attano bhaṇḍikaṃ tassa bhikkhuno adāsi. atha kho so puriso suṅkaṭṭhānaṃ atikkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: āhara me bhante bhaṇḍikaṃ, nāhaṃ akallako 'ti. kissa pana tvaṃ āvuso evarūpaṃ akāsīti.
atha kho so puriso tassa bhikkhuno etam atthaṃ ārocesi.
tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . anāpatti bhikkhu ajānantassā 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu satthena saddhiṃ addhānamaggapaṭipanno hoti. aññataro puriso taṃ bhikkhuṃ āmisena upalāpetvā suṅkaṭṭhānaṃ passitvā mahagghaṃ maṇiṃ tassa bhikkhuno adāsi imaṃ bhante maṇiṃ suṅkaṭṭhānaṃ atikkāmehīti. atha kho so bhikkhu taṃ maṇiṃ suṅkaṭṭhānaṃ atikkāmesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. ||26||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu pāse baddhaṃ sūkaraṃ kāruññena muñci. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- kiṃcitto tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti. kāruññādhippāyo ahaṃ bhagavā 'ti. anāpatti bhikkhu kāruññādhippāyassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu pāse baddhaṃ sūkaraṃ pure sāmikā passantīti theyyacitto muñci. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu pāse baddhaṃ migaṃ kāruññena muñci --la-- pāse baddhaṃ migaṃ pure sāmikā passantīti theyyacitto muñci
[page 063]
II.7.27-32.] PĀRĀJIKA, II. 63
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] --pa-- kumine baddhe macche kāruññena muñci --pa-- kumine baddhe macche pure sāmikā passantīti theyyacitto muñci. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. ||27||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu yāne bhaṇḍaṃ passitvā ito gaṇhanto pārājiko bhavissāmīti atikkamitvā pavattetvā aggahesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. ||28||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu kulalena ukkhittaṃ maṃsapesiṃ sāmikānaṃ dassāmīti aggahesi.
sāmikā taṃ bhikkhuṃ codesuṃ asamaṇo 'si tvan ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu atheyyacittassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu kulalena ukkhittaṃ maṃsapesiṃ pure sāmikā passantīti theyyacitto aggahesi. sāmikā taṃ bhikkhuṃ codesuṃ asamaṇo 'si tvan ti.
tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. ||29||
tena kho pana samayena manussā uḷumpaṃ bandhitvā Aciravatiyā nadiyā osārenti. bandhane chinne kaṭṭhāni vippakiṇṇāni agamaṃsu. bhikkhū paṃsukūlasaññino uttāresuṃ. sāmikā te bhikkhū codesuṃ asamaṇāttha tumhe 'ti.
tesaṃ kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhave paṃsukūlasaññissā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena manussā uḷumpaṃ bandhitvā Aciravatiyā nadiyā osārenti. bandhane chinne kaṭṭhāni vippakiṇṇāni agamaṃsu. bhikkhū pure sāmikā passantīti theyyacittā uttāresuṃ. sāmikā te bhikkhū codesuṃ asamaṇāttha tumhe 'ti. tesaṃ kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- āpattiṃ tumhe bhikkhave āpannā pārājikan ti. ||30||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro gopālako rukkhe sāṭakaṃ ālaggetvā uccāraṃ agamāsi. aññataro bhikkhu paṃsukūlasaññī aggahesi. atha kho so gopālako taṃ bhikkhuṃ codesi asamaṇo 'si tvan ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu paṃsukūlasaññissā 'ti. ||31||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno nadiṃ tarantassa rajakānaṃ hatthato muttaṃ sāṭakaṃ pāde laggaṃ hoti. so bhikkhu sāmikānaṃ dassāmīti aggahesi. sāmikā taṃ bhikkhuṃ codesuṃ asamaṇo 'si tvan ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu atheyyacittassā 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno nadiṃ tarantassa rajakānaṃ hatthato muttaṃ sāṭakaṃ pāde laggaṃ hoti.
[page 064]
64 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [II. 7. 32-37.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] so bhikkhu pure sāmikā passantīti theyyacitto aggahesi. sāmikā taṃ bhikkhuṃ codesuṃ asamaṇo 'si tvan ti.
tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. ||32||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu sappikumbhiṃ passitvā thokaṃ thokaṃ paribhuñji. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||33||
tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū saṃvidahitvā agamaṃsu bhaṇḍaṃ avaharissāmā 'ti. eko bhaṇḍaṃ avahari.
te evam āhaṃsu: na mayaṃ pārājikā, yo avahaṭo so pārājiko 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. āpattiṃ tumhe bhikkhave āpannā pārājikan ti. tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū saṃvidahitvā bhaṇḍaṃ avaharitvā bhājesuṃ. tehi bhājiyamāne ekamekassa paṭiviso na pañcamāsako pūri. te evam āhaṃsu: na mayaṃ pārājikā 'ti.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. āpattiṃ tumhe bhikkhave āpannā pārājikan ti. ||34||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu Sāvatthiyaṃ dubbhikkhe āpaṇikassa taṇḍulamuṭṭhiṃ theyyacitto avahari.
tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu Sāvatthiyaṃ dubbhikkhe āpaṇikassa muggamuṭṭhiṃ --pa-- māsamuṭṭhiṃ --pa-- tilamuṭṭhiṃ theyyacitto avahari. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. ||35||
tena kho pana samayena Sāvatthiyaṃ Andhavane corakā gāviṃ hantvā maṃsaṃ khāditvā sesakaṃ paṭisāmetvā agamaṃsu. bhikkhū paṃsukūlasaññino paṭiggahāpetvā paribhuñjiṃsu. corakā te bhikkhū codesuṃ asamaṇāttha tumhe 'ti. tesaṃ kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhave paṃsukūlasaññissā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena Sāvatthiyaṃ Andhavane corakā sūkaraṃ hantvā . . . paṃsukūlasaññissā 'ti. ||36||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu tiṇakhettaṃ gantvā lutaṃ tiṇaṃ pañcamāsagghanakaṃ theyyacitto avahari. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu tiṇakhettaṃ gantvā tiṇaṃ lāyitvā pañcamāsagghanakaṃ theyyacitto avahari. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. ||37||
[page 065]
II. 7. 38-43.] PĀRĀJIKA, II. 65
tena kho pana samayena āgantukā bhikkhū saṃghassa ambaṃ bhājāpetvā paribhuñjiṃsu. āvāsikā bhikkhū te bhikkhū codesuṃ asamaṇāttha tumhe 'ti. tesaṃ kukkuccaṃ ahosi. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. kiṃcittā tumhe bhikkhave 'ti. paribhogatthāya mayaṃ bhagavā 'ti. anāpatti bhikkhave paribhogatthāyā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena āgantukā bhikkhū saṃghassa jambuṃ --pa-- saṃghassa labujaṃ --pa-- saṃghassa panasaṃ --pa-- saṃghassa tālapakkaṃ --pa-- saṃghassa ucchuṃ --pa-- saṃghassa timbarūsakaṃ bhājāpetvā paribhuñjiṃsu. āvāsikā bhikkhū . . . anāpatti bhikkhave paribhogatthāyā 'ti. ||38||
tena kho pana samayena ambapālakā bhikkhūnaṃ ambaphalaṃ denti, bhikkhū gopetuṃ ime issarā na yime dātun ti kukkuccāyantā na paṭiggaṇhanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anāpatti bhikkhave gopakassa dāne 'ti. tena kho pana samayena jambupālakā . . . timbarūsakapālakā bhikkhūnaṃ timbarūsake denti, bhikkhū gopetuṃ . . . anāpatti bhikkhave gopakassa dāne 'ti. ||39||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu saṃghassa dāruṃ tāvakālikaṃ haritvā attano vihārassa kuḍḍaṃ upatthambhesi. bhikkhū taṃ bhikkhuṃ codesuṃ asamaṇo 'si tvan ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. kiṃcitto tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti. tāvakāliko ahaṃ bhagavā 'ti. anāpatti bhikkhu tāvakālike 'ti. ||40||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu saṃghassa udakaṃ theyyacitto avahari --pa-- saṃghassa mattikaṃ . . . saṃghassa puñjakitaṃ tiṇaṃ theyyacitto avahari.
tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu saṃghassa puñjakitaṃ tiṇaṃ theyyacitto jhāpesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||41||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu saṃghassa mañcaṃ theyyacitto avahari. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu saṃghassa pīṭhaṃ --pa-- saṃghassa bhisiṃ . . . bimbohanaṃ . . . kavāṭaṃ . . . ālokasandhiṃ . . . gopānasiṃ theyyacitto avahari. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. ||42||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū aññatarassa upāsakassa vihāraparibhogaṃ senāsanaṃ aññatra paribhuñjanti.
[page 066]
66 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [II. 7. 43-46.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha kho so upāsako ujjhāyati khīyati vipāceti: kathaṃ hi nāma bhaddantā aññatraparibhogaṃ aññatra paribhuñjissantīti.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave aññatraparibhogo aññatra paribhuñjitabbo. yo paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||43||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū uposathaggaṃ pi sannisajjaṃ pi harituṃ kukkuccāyantā chamāyaṃ nisīdanti. gattāni pi cīvarāni pi paṃsukitāni honti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave tāvakālikaṃ haritun ti. ||44||
tena kho pana samayena Campāyaṃ Thullanandāya bhikkhuniyā antevāsibhikkhunī Thullanandāya bhikkhuniyā upaṭṭhākakulaṃ gantvā ayyā icchati tekaṭulayāguṃ pātun ti pacāpetvā haritvā attanā paribhuñji. sā jānitvā taṃ codesi asamaṇī 'si tvan ti. tassā kukkuccaṃ ahosi. atha kho sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīnaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesi. bhikkhuniyo bhikkhūnaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anāpatti bhikkhave pārājikassa, āpatti sampajānamusāvāde pācittiyassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena Rājagahe Thullanandāya bhikkhuniyā antevāsibhikkhunī Thullanandāya bhikkhuniyā upaṭṭhākakulaṃ gantvā ayyā icchati madhugoḷakaṃ khāditun ti pacāpetvā haritvā attanā paribhuñji. sā jānitvā . . . āpatti sampajānamusāvāde pācittiyassā 'ti. ||45||
tena kho pana samayena Vesāliyaṃ āyasmato Ajjukassa upaṭṭhākassa gahapatino dve dārakā honti putto ca bhāgineyyo ca. atha kho so gahapati āyasmantaṃ Ajjukaṃ etad avoca: imaṃ bhante okāsaṃ yo imesaṃ dvinnaṃ dārakānaṃ saddho hoti pasanno tassa ācikkheyyāsīti. tena kho pana samayena tassa gahapatino bhāgineyyo saddho hoti pasanno.
atha kho āyasmā Ajjuko taṃ okāsaṃ tassa dārakassa ācikkhi.
so tena sāpateyyena kuṭumbañ ca saṇṭhapesi dānañ ca paṭṭhapesi. atha kho tassa gahapatino putto āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ etad avoca: ko nu kho bhante Ānanda pituno dāyajjo putto vā bhāgineyyo vā 'ti. putto kho āvuso pituno dāyajjo 'ti. ayaṃ bhante ayyo Ajjuko amhākaṃ sāpateyyaṃ amhākaṃ methunakassa ācikkhīti. asamaṇo āvuso āyasmā Ajjuko 'ti. atha kho āyasmā Ajjuko āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ etad avoca: dehi me āvuso Ānanda vinicchayan ti. tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Upāli āyasmato Ajjukassa pakkho hoti.
[page 067]
II. 7. 46-49.] PĀRĀJIKA, II. 67
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha kho āyasmā Upāli āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ etad avoca: yo nu kho āvuso Ānanda sāmikena imaṃ okāsaṃ itthannāmassa ācikkhā 'ti vutto tassa ācikkhati kiṃ so āpajjatīti. na bhante kiñci āpajjati antamaso dukkaṭamattam pīti. ayaṃ āvuso āyasmā Ajjuko sāmikena imaṃ okāsaṃ itthannāmassa ācikkhā 'ti vutto tassa ācikkhi. anāpatti āvuso āyasmato Ajjukassā 'ti. ||46||
tena kho pana samayena Bārāṇasiyaṃ āyasmato Pilindavacchassa upaṭṭhākakulaṃ corehi upaddutaṃ hoti dve ca dārakā nītā honti. atha kho āyasmā Pilindavaccho te dārake iddhiyā ānetvā pāsāde ṭhapesi. manussā te dārake passitvā ayyassāyaṃ Pilindavacchassa iddhānubhāvo 'ti āyasmante Pilindavacche abhippasīdiṃsu. bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma āyasmā Pilindavaccho corehi nīte dārake ānessatīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
anāpatti bhikkhave iddhimantassa iddhivisaye 'ti. ||47||
tena kho pana samayena dve bhikkhū sahāyakā honti Paṇḍako ca Kapilo ca. eko gāmake viharati eko Kosambiyaṃ. atha kho tassa bhikkhuno gāmakā Kosambiṃ gacchantassa antarā magge nadiṃ tarantassa sūkarikānaṃ hatthato muttā medavaṭṭi pāde laggā hoti. so bhikkhu sāmikānaṃ dassāmīti aggahesi. sāmikā taṃ bhikkhuṃ codesuṃ asamaṇo 'si tvan ti. taṃ uttiṇṇaṃ gopālikā passitvā etad avoca: ehi bhante methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevā 'ti.
so pakatiyāp'; āhaṃ asamaṇo 'ti tassā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevitvā Kosambiṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesi. bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anāpatti bhikkhave adinnādāne pārājikassa, āpatti methunaṃ dhammaṃ samāyoge pārājikassā 'ti. ||48||
tena kho pana samayena Sāgalāyaṃ āyasmato Daḷhikassa saddhivihāriko bhikkhu anabhiratiyā pīḷito āpaṇikassa veṭhanaṃ avaharitvā āyasmantaṃ Daḷhikaṃ etad avoca: asamaṇo ahaṃ bhante vibbhamissāmīti. kiṃ tayā āvuso katan ti. so etam atthaṃ ārocesi. āharāpetvā agghāpesi, taṃ agghāpentaṃ na pañca māsake agghati. anāpatti āvuso pārājikassā 'ti dhammiṃ kathaṃ akāsi. so bhikkhu abhiramīti. ||49||7||
dutiyapārājikaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
[page 068]
68
PĀRĀJIKA, III.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Vesāliyaṃ viharati Mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. tena kho pana samayena bhagavā bhikkhūnaṃ anekapariyāyena asubhakathaṃ katheti asubhāya vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati asubhabhāvanāya vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati ādissa ādissa asubhasamāpattiyā vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati.
atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: icchām'; ahaṃ bhikkhave addhamāsaṃ paṭisalliyituṃ, n'; amhi kenaci upasaṃkamitabbo aññatra ekena piṇḍapātanīhārakenā 'ti.
evaṃ bhante 'ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paṭisuṇitvā nāssu 'dha koci bhagavantaṃ upasaṃkamati aññatra ekena piṇḍapātanīhārakena. bhikkhū bhagavā kho anekapariyāyena asubhakathaṃ katheti asubhāya vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati asubhabhāvanāya vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati ādissa ādissa asubhasamāpattiyā vaṇṇaṃ bhāsatīti te anekākāravokāraṃ asubhabhāvanānuyogaṃ anuyuttā viharanti, te sakena kāyena aṭṭiyanti harāyanti jigucchanti. seyyathāpi nāma itthi vā puriso vā daharo yuvā maṇḍanakajātiko sīsaṃ nhāto ahikuṇapena vā kukkurakuṇapena vā manussakuṇapena vā kaṇṭhe āsattena aṭṭiyeyya harāyeyya jiguccheyya, evam eva te bhikkhū sakena kāyena aṭṭiyantā harāyantā jigucchantā attanāpi attānaṃ jīvitā voropenti aññamaññaṃ pi jīvitā voropenti Migalaṇḍikaṃ pi samaṇakuttakaṃ upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ vadanti: sādhu no āvuso jīvitā voropehi, idan te pattacīvaraṃ bhavissatīti. atha kho Migalaṇḍiko samaṇakuttako pattacīvarehi bhaṭo sambahule bhikkhū jīvitā voropetvā lohitagataṃ asiṃ ādāya yena Vaggumudā nadī ten'; upasaṃkami. atha kho Migalaṇḍikassa samaṇakuttakassa lohitagataṃ asiṃ dhovantassa ahud eva kukkuccaṃ ahū vippaṭisāro: alābhā vata me na vata me lābhā, dulladdhaṃ vata me na vata me suladdhaṃ,
[page 069]
III. 11-2.] PĀRĀJIKA, III. 69
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] bahuṃ vata mayā apuññaṃ pasutaṃ yo 'haṃ bhikkhū sīlavante kalyāṇadhamme jīvitā voropesin ti. atha kho aññatarā Mārakāyikā devatā abhijjamāne udake āgantvā Migalaṇḍikaṃ samaṇakuttakaṃ etad avoca: sādhu sādhu sappurisa, lābhā te sappurisa, suladdhaṃ te sappurisa, bahuṃ tayā sappurisa puññaṃ pasutaṃ yaṃ tvaṃ atiṇṇe tāresīti. atha kho Migalaṇḍiko samaṇakuttako lābhā kira me, suladdhaṃ kira me, bahuṃ kira mayā puññaṃ pasutaṃ, atiṇṇe kirāhaṃ tāremīti tikkhaṃ asiṃ ādāya vihārena vihāraṃ pariveṇena pariveṇaṃ upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ vadeti: ko atiṇṇo kaṃ tāremīti. tattha ye te bhikkhū avītarāgā tesaṃ tasmiṃ samaye hoti yeva bhayaṃ hoti chambhitattaṃ hoti lomahaṃso, ye pana te bhikkhū vītarāgā tesaṃ tasmiṃ samaye na hoti bhayaṃ na hoti chambhitattaṃ na hoti lomahaṃso. atha kho Migalaṇḍiko samaṇakuttako ekaṃ pi bhikkhuṃ ekāhena jīvitā voropesi dve pi bhikkhū ekāhena jīvitā voropesi tayo pi bhikkhū ekāhena jīvitā voropesi cattāro pi bhikkhū ekāhena jīvitā voropesi pañca pi bhikkhū ekāhena jīvitā voropesi dasa pi bhikkhū ekāhena jīvitā voropesi vīsatiṃ pi bhikkhū ekāhena jīvitā voropesi tiṃsaṃ pi bhikkhū ekāhena jīvitā voropesi cattārīsaṃ pi bhikkhū ekāhena jīvitā voropesi paññāsaṃ pi bhikkhū ekāhena jīvitā voropesi saṭṭhiṃ pi bhikkhū ekāhena jīvitā voropesi. ||1||
atha kho bhagavā tassa addhamāsassa accayena paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi: kiṃ nu kho Ānanda tanubhūto viya bhikkhusaṃgho 'ti. tathā hi pana bhante bhagavā bhikkhūnaṃ anekapariyāyena asubhakathaṃ katheti asubhāya vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati asubhabhāvanāya vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati ādissa ādissa asubhasamāpattiyā vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, te ca bhante bhikkhū bhagavā kho anekapariyāyena asubhakathaṃ katheti asubhāya vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati asubhabhāvanāya vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati ādissa ādissa asubhasamāpattiyā vaṇṇaṃ bhāsatīti te anekākāravokāraṃ asubhabhāvanānuyogaṃ anuyuttā viharanti, te sakena kāyena aṭṭiyanti harāyanti jigucchanti. seyyathāpi nāma itthi vā puriso vā daharo yuvā maṇḍanakajātiko sīsaṃ nhāto ahikuṇapena vā kukkurakuṇapena vā manussakuṇapena vā kaṇṭhe āsattena aṭṭiyeyya harāyeyya jiguccheyya, evam eva te bhikkhū sakena kāyena aṭṭiyantā harāyantā jigucchantā attanāpi attānaṃ jīvitā voropenti aññamaññaṃ pi jīvitā voropenti Migalaṇḍikaṃ pi samaṇakuttakaṃ upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ vadanti:
[page 070]
70 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [III. 1. 2-3.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] sādhu no āvuso jīvitā voropehi, idan te pattacīvaraṃ bhavissatīti.
atha kho bhante Migalaṇḍiko samaṇakuttako pattacīvarehi bhaṭo ekaṃ pi bhikkhuṃ ekāhena jīvitā voropesi --pa-- saṭṭhiṃ pi bhikkhū ekāhena jīvitā voropesi. sādhu bhante bhagavā aññaṃ pariyāyaṃ ācikkhatu yathāyaṃ bhikkhusaṃgho aññāya saṇṭhaheyyā 'ti. tena h'; Ānanda yāvatikā bhikkhū Vesāliṃ upanissāya viharanti te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannipātehīti. evaṃ bhante 'ti kho āyasmā Ānando bhagavato paṭisuṇitvā yāvatikā bhikkhū Vesāliṃ upanissāya viharanti te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannipātetvā yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: sannipatito bhante bhikkhusaṃgho, yassa dāni bhante bhagavā kālaṃ maññasīti. atha kho bhagavā yena upaṭṭhānasālā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. nisajja kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: ||2||
ayaṃ pi kho bhikkhave ānāpānasatisamādhi bhāvito bahulīkato santo c'; eva paṇīto ca asecanako ca sukho ca vihāro uppannuppanne ca pāpake akusale dhamme ṭhānaso antaradhāpeti vūpasameti. seyyathāpi bhikkhave gimhānaṃ pacchime māse ūhataṃ rajojallaṃ tam enaṃ mahā akālamegho ṭhānaso antaradhāpeti vūpasameti, evam eva kho bhikkhave ānāpānasatisamādhi bhāvito bahulīkato santo c'; eva paṇīto ca asecanako ca sukho ca vihāro uppannuppanne ca pāpake akusale dhamme ṭhānaso antaradhāpeti vūpasameti.
kathaṃ bhāvito ca bhikkhave ānāpānasatisamādhi kathañ ca bahulīkato santo c'; eva paṇīto ca asecanako ca sukho ca vihāro uppannuppanne ca pāpake akusale dhamme ṭhānaso antaradhāpeti vūpasameti. idha bhikkhave bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṃ ābhuñjitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā. so sato 'va assasatisato 'va passasati, dīghaṃ vā assasanto dīghaṃ assasāmīti pajānāti, dīghaṃ vā passasanto dīghaṃ passasāmīti pajānāti, rassaṃ vā assasanto rassaṃ assasāmīti pajānāti, rassaṃ vā passasanto rassaṃ passasāmīti pajānāti, sabbakāyapaṭisaṃvedī assasissāmīti sikkhati, sabbakāyapaṭisaṃvedī passasissāmīti sikkhati,
[page 071]
III. 1. 3-2.] PĀRĀJIKA, III. 71
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] passambhayaṃ kāyasaṃkhāraṃ assasissāmīti sikkhati, passambhayaṃ kāyasaṃkhāraṃ passasissāmīti sikkhati, pītipaṭisaṃvedī assasissāmīti . . . passasissāmīti sikkhati, sukhapaṭisaṃvedī assasissāmīti . . . passasissāmīti sikkhati, cittasaṃkhārapaṭisaṃvedī assasissāmīti . . . passasissāmīti sikkhati, passambhayaṃ cittasaṃkhāraṃ assasissāmīti . . . passasissāmīti sikkhati, cittapaṭisaṃvedī assasissāmīti . . . passasissāmīti sikkhati, abhippamodayaṃ cittaṃ --pa-- samādahaṃ cittaṃ --pa-- vimocayaṃ cittaṃ --pa-- aniccānupassī --pa-- virāgānupassī --pa-- nirodhānupassī --pa-- paṭinissaggānupassī assasissāmīti . . . passasissāmīti sikkhati. evaṃ bhāvito kho bhikkhave ānāpānasatisamādhi evaṃ bahulīkato santo c'; eva paṇīto ca asecanako ca sukho ca vihāro uppannuppanne ca pāpake akusale dhamme ṭhānaso antaradhāpeti vūpasametīti. ||3||
atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṃghaṃ sannipātāpetvā bhikkhū paṭipucchi: saccaṃ kira bhikkhave bhikkhū attanāpi attānaṃ jīvitā voropenti aññamaññaṃ pi jīvitā voropenti Migalaṇḍikaṃ pi samaṇakuttakaṃ upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ vadanti: sādhu no āvuso jīvitā voropehi, idan te pattacīvaraṃ bhavissatīti. saccaṃ bhagavā. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: ananucchaviyaṃ bhikkhave tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ananulomikaṃ appaṭirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma te bhikkhave bhikkhū attanāpi . . . voropessanti . . . vakkhanti . . . pattacīvaraṃ bhavissatīti. n'; etaṃ bhikkhave appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa-- evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu sañcicca manussaviggahaṃ jīvitā voropeyya satthahārakaṃ vāssa pariyeseyya, ayaṃ pi pārājiko hoti asaṃvāso 'ti.
evañ c'; idaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti. ||4||1||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro upāsako gilāno hoti, tassa pajāpatī abhirūpā hoti dassanīyā pāsādikā. chabbaggiyā bhikkhū tassā itthiyā paṭibaddhacittā honti. atha kho chabbaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: sace kho so āvuso upāsako jīvissati na mayan taṃ itthiṃ labhissāma,
[page 072]
72 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [III. 2.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] handa mayaṃ āvuso tassa upāsakassa maraṇavaṇṇaṃ saṃvaṇṇemā 'ti. atha kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū yena so upāsako ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā taṃ upāsakaṃ etad avocuṃ: tvaṃ kho 'si upāsaka katakalyāṇo katakusalo katabhīruttāṇo akatapāpo akataluddho akatakibbiso, kataṃ tayā kalyāṇaṃ akataṃ tayā pāpaṃ. kiṃ tuyh'; iminā pāpakena dujjīvitena, matan te jīvitā seyyo. ito tvaṃ kālaṃkato kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjissasi, tattha dibbehi pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappito samaṅgibhūto paricāressasīti. atha kho so upāsako saccaṃ kho ayyā āhaṃsu, ahañ hi katakalyāṇo katakusalo katabhīruttāṇo akatapāpo akataluddho akatakibbiso, kataṃ mayā kalyāṇaṃ akataṃ mayā pāpaṃ, kiṃ mayh'; iminā pāpakena dujjīvitena, mataṃ me jīvitā seyyo, ito ahaṃ kālaṃkato kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjissāmi, tattha dibbehi pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappito samaṅgibhūto paricāressāmīti, so asappāyāni c'; eva bhojanāni bhuñji asappāyāni ca khādaniyāni khādi asappāyāni sāyaniyāni sāyi asappāyāni pānāni pivi, tassa asappāyāni c'; eva bhojanāni bhuñjato asappāyāni ca khādaniyāni khādato asappāyāni sāyaniyāni sāyato asappāyāni pānāni pivato kharo ābādho uppajji, so ten'; eva ābādhena kālaṃ akāsi. tassa pajāpatī ujjhāyati khīyati vipāceti: alajjino ime samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā dussīlā musāvādino. ime hi nāma dhammacārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā paṭijānissanti. n'; atthi imesaṃ sāmaññaṃ n'; atthi imesaṃ brāhmaññaṃ, naṭṭhaṃ imesaṃ sāmaññaṃ naṭṭhaṃ imesaṃ brāhmaññaṃ, kuto imesaṃ sāmaññaṃ kuto imesaṃ brāhmaññaṃ, apagatā ime sāmaññā apagatā ime brāhmaññā. ime me sāmikassa maraṇavaṇṇaṃ saṃvaṇṇesuṃ, imehi me sāmiko mārito 'ti. aññe pi manussā ujjhāyanti . . . apagatā ime brāhmaññā. ime upāsakassa maraṇavaṇṇaṃ saṃvaṇṇesuṃ, imehi upāsako mārito 'ti.
assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khīyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū upāsakassa maraṇavaṇṇaṃ saṃvaṇṇessantīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ --la--.
[page 073]
III. 2-3.] PĀRĀJIKA, III. 73
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] saccaṃ kira tumhe bhikkhave upāsakassa maraṇavaṇṇaṃ saṃvaṇṇethā 'ti. saccaṃ bhagavā. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: ananucchaviyaṃ moghapurisā ananulomikaṃ appaṭirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma tumhe moghapurisā upāsakassa maraṇavaṇṇaṃ saṃvaṇṇessatha. n'; etaṃ moghapurisā appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--. evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu sañcicca manussaviggahaṃ jīvitā voropeyya satthahārakaṃ vāssa pariyeseyya maraṇavaṇṇaṃ vā saṃvaṇṇeyya maraṇāya vā samādapeyya ambho purisa kiṃ tuyh'; iminā pāpakena dujjīvitena matan te jīvitā seyyo 'ti, iticittamano cittasaṃkappo anekapariyāyena maraṇavaṇṇaṃ vā saṃvaṇṇeyya maraṇāya vā samādapeyya, ayaṃ pi pārājiko hoti asaṃvāso 'ti. ||2||
yo panā 'ti yo yādiso --pa--. bhikkhū 'ti --pa-- ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti.
sañciccā 'ti jānanto sañjānanto cecca abhivitaritvā vītikkamo.
manussaviggaho nāma yaṃ mātukucchismiṃ paṭhamaṃ cittaṃ uppannaṃ paṭhamaṃ viññāṇaṃ pātubhūtaṃ yāva maraṇakālā, etthantare eso manussaviggaho nāma.
jīvitā voropeyyā 'ti jīvitindriyaṃ upacchindati uparodheti santatiṃ vikopeti.
satthahārakaṃ vāssa pariyeseyyā 'ti asiṃ vā sattiṃ vā bheṇḍiṃ vā laguḷaṃ vā pāsāṇaṃ vā satthaṃ vā visaṃ vā rajjuṃ vā.
maraṇavaṇṇaṃ vā saṃvaṇṇeyyā 'ti jīvite ādīnavaṃ dasseti maraṇe vaṇṇaṃ bhaṇati.
maraṇāya vā samādapeyyā 'ti satthaṃ vā āhara visaṃ vā khāda rajjuyā vā ubbandhitvā kālaṃ karohīti.
ambho purisā 'ti ālapanādhivacanaṃ etaṃ.
kiṃ tuyh'; iminā pāpakena dujjīvitenā 'ti, pāpakaṃ nāma jīvitaṃ: aḍḍhānaṃ jīvitaṃ upādāya daliddānaṃ jīvitaṃ pāpakaṃ, sadhanānaṃ jīvitaṃ upādāya adhanānaṃ jīvitaṃ pāpakaṃ, devānaṃ jīvitaṃ upādāya manussānaṃ jīvitaṃ pāpakaṃ.
[page 074]
74 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [III. 3-4. 2.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] dujjīvitaṃ nāma hatthacchinnassa pādacchinnassa hatthapādacchinnassa kaṇṇacchinnassa nāsacchinnassa kaṇṇanāsacchinnassa. iminā ca pāpakena iminā ca dujjīvitena matan te jīvitā seyyo 'ti.
iticittamano 'ti yaṃ cittaṃ taṃ mano, yaṃ mano taṃ cittaṃ.
cittasaṃkappo 'ti maraṇasaññī maraṇacetano maraṇādhippāyo.
anekapariyāyenā 'ti uccāvacehi ākārehi.
maraṇavaṇṇaṃ vā saṃvaṇṇeyyā 'ti jīvite ādīnavaṃ dasseti maraṇavaṇṇaṃ bhaṇati ito tvaṃ kālaṃkato kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjissasi tattha dibbehi pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappito samaṅgibhūto paricāressasīti.
maraṇāya vā samādapeyyā 'ti satthaṃ vā āhara visaṃ vā khāda rajjuyā vā ubbandhitvā kālaṃ karohi sobbhe vā narake vā papāte vā papatā 'ti.
ayaṃ pīti purime upādāya vuccati.
pārājiko hotīti, seyyathāpi nāma puthusilā dvedhā bhinnā appaṭisandhikā hoti, evam eva bhikkhu sañcicca manussaviggahaṃ jīvitā voropetvā asamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo, tena vuccati pārājiko hotīti. asaṃvāso 'ti, saṃvāso nāma ekakammaṃ ekuddeso samasikkhātā, eso saṃvāso nāma, so tena saddhiṃ n'; atthi, tena vuccati asaṃvāso 'ti. ||3||
sāmaṃ, adhiṭṭhāya, dūtena, dūtaparamparāya, visakkiyena dūtena, gatapaccāgatena dūtena.
araho rahosaññī, raho arahosaññī, araho arahosaññī, raho rahosaññī.
kāyena saṃvaṇṇeti, vācāya saṃvaṇṇeti, kāyena vācāya saṃvaṇṇeti, dūtena saṃvaṇṇeti, lekhāya saṃvaṇṇeti.
opātaṃ, apassenaṃ, upanikkhipanaṃ, bhesajjaṃ, rūpūpahāro, saddūpahāro, gandhūpahāro, rasūpahāro, phoṭṭhabbūpahāro, dhammūpahāro, ācikkhanā, anusāsanī, saṃketakammaṃ, nimittakamman ti. ||1||
sāman ti sayaṃ hanati kāyena vā kāyapaṭibaddhena vā nissaggiyena vā.
adhiṭṭhāyā 'ti adhiṭṭhahitvā āṇāpeti evaṃ vijjha evaṃ pahara evaṃ ghātehīti.
[page 075]
III. 4. 2-3.] PĀRĀJIKA, III. 75
bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ āṇāpeti itthannāmaṃ jīvitā voropehīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. so taṃ maññamāno taṃ jīvitā voropeti, āpatti ubhinnaṃ pārājikassa. bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ āṇāpeti itthannāmaṃ jīvitā voropehīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. so taṃ maññamāno aññaṃ jīvitā voropeti, mūlaṭṭhassa anāpatti, vadhakassa āpatti pārājikassa. bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ . . . so aññaṃ maññamāno taṃ jīvitā voropeti, āpatti ubhinnaṃ pārājikassa. bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ . . . so aññaṃ maññamāno aññaṃ jīvitā voropeti, mūlaṭṭhassa anāpatti, vadhakassa āpatti pārājikassa.
bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ āṇāpeti itthannāmassa pāvada, {itthannāmo} itthannāmassa pāvadatu, itthannāmo itthannāmaṃ jīvitā voropetū 'ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. so itarassa āroceti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. vadhako paṭiggaṇhāti, mūlaṭṭhassa āpatti thullaccayassa. so taṃ jīvitā voropeti, āpatti sabbesaṃ pārājikassa.
bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ āṇāpeti itthannāmassa pāvada, itthannāmo itthannāmassa pāvadatu, itthannāmo itthannāmaṃ jīvitā voropetū 'ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. so aññaṃ āṇāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. vadhako paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. so taṃ jīvitā voropeti, mūlaṭṭhassa anāpatti, āṇāpakassa ca vadhakassa ca āpatti pārājikassa.
bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ āṇāpeti itthannāmaṃ jīvitā voropehīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. so gantvā puna paccāgacchati nāhaṃ sakkomi taṃ jīvitā voropetun ti, so puna āṇāpeti yadā sakkosi tadā taṃ jīvitā voropehīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. so taṃ jīvitā voropeti, āpatti ubhinnaṃ pārājikassa.
bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ āṇāpeti itthannāmaṃ jīvitā voropehīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. so āṇāpetvā vippaṭisārī na sāveti mā ghātehīti, so taṃ jīvitā voropeti, āpatti ubhinnaṃ pārājikassa. bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ āṇāpeti itthannāmaṃ jīvitā voropehīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. so āṇāpetvā vippaṭisārī sāveti mā ghātehīti, so āṇatto ahaṃ tayā 'ti taṃ jīvitā voropeti, mūlaṭṭhassa anāpatti, vadhakassa āpatti pārājikassa. bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ . . . so āṇāpetvā vippaṭisārī sāveti mā ghātehīti, so sādhū 'ti oramati, ubhinnaṃ anāpatti. ||2||
araho rahosaññī ullapati aho itthannāmo hato assā 'ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. raho arahosaññī ullapati aho itthannāmo hato assā 'ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. araho arahosaññī ullapati aho itthannāmo hato assā 'ti,
[page 076]
76 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [III. 4. 3-6.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] āpatti dukkaṭassa. raho rahosaññī ullapati aho itthannāmo hato assā 'ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||3||
kāyena saṃvaṇṇeti nāma, kāyena vikāraṃ karoti yo evaṃ marati so dhanaṃ vā labhati yasaṃ vā labhati saggaṃ vā gacchatīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. tāya saṃvaṇṇanāya marissāmīti dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ uppādeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; marati, āpatti pārājikassa. vācāya saṃvaṇṇeti nāma, vācāya bhaṇati yo evaṃ marati . . . marati, āpatti pārājikassa.
kāyena vācāya saṃvaṇṇeti nāma, kāyena ca vikāraṃ karoti vācāya ca bhaṇati yo evaṃ marati . . . marati, āpatti pārājikassa. dūtena saṃvaṇṇeti nāma, dūtassa sāsanaṃ āroceti yo evaṃ marati so dhanaṃ vā labhati yasaṃ vā labhati saggaṃ vā gacchatīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. dūtassa sāsanaṃ sutvā marissāmīti dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ uppādeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; marati, āpatti pārājikassa. lekhāya saṃvaṇṇeti nāma, lekhaṃ chindati yo evaṃ marati so dhanaṃ vā labhati yasaṃ vā labhati saggaṃ vā gacchatīti, akkharakkharāya āpatti dukkaṭassa. lekhaṃ passitvā marissāmīti dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ uppādeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; marati, āpatti pārājikassa. ||4||
opātaṃ nāma, manussaṃ uddissa opātaṃ khanati papatitvā marissatīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; manusso tasmiṃ papatati, āpatti dukkaṭassa; papatite dukkhā vedanā uppajjati, āpatti thullaccayassa; marati, āpatti pārājikassa. anodissa opātaṃ khanati yo koci papatitvā marissatīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; manusso tasmiṃ papatati, āpatti dukkaṭassa; papatite dukkhā vedanā uppajjati, āpatti thullaccayassa; marati, āpatti pārājikassa. yakkho vā peto vā tiracchānagatamanussaviggaho vā tasmiṃ papatati, āpatti dukkaṭassa; papatite dukkhā vedanā uppajjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa; marati, āpatti thullaccayassa. tiracchānagato tasmiṃ papatati, āpatti dukkaṭassa; papatite dukkhā vedanā uppajjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa; marati, āpatti pācittiyassa. ||5|| apassenaṃ nāma, apassene satthaṃ vā ṭhapeti visena vā makkheti dubbalaṃ vā karoti sobbhe vā narake vā papāte vā ṭhapeti papatitvā marissatīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; satthena vā visena vā papatitena vā dukkhā vedanā uppajjati, āpatti thullaccayassa;
[page 077]
III. 4. 6-9.] PĀRĀJIKA, III. 77
marati, āpatti pārājikassa. ||6|| upanikkhipanaṃ nāma, asiṃ vā sattiṃ vā bheṇḍiṃ vā laguḷaṃ vā pāsāṇaṃ vā satthaṃ vā visaṃ vā rajjuṃ vā upanikkhipati iminā marissatīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; tena marissāmīti dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ uppādeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; marati, āpatti pārājikassa. ||7|| bhesajjaṃ nāma, sappiṃ vā navanītaṃ vā telaṃ vā madhuṃ vā phāṇitaṃ vā deti imaṃ sāyitvā marissatīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; taṃ sāyite dukkhā vedanā uppajjati, āpatti thullaccayassa; marati, āpatti pārājikassa. ||8||
rūpūpahāro nāma amanāpikaṃ rūpaṃ upasaṃharati bhayānakaṃ bheravaṃ imaṃ passitvā uttasitvā marissatīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; taṃ passitvā uttasati, āpatti thullaccayassa; marati, āpatti pārājikassa. manāpikaṃ rūpaṃ upasaṃharati imaṃ passitvā alābhakena sussitvā marissatīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; taṃ passitvā alābhakena sussati, āpatti thullaccayassa; marati, āpatti pārājikassa. saddūpahāro nāma amanāpikaṃ saddaṃ upasaṃharati bhayānakaṃ bheravaṃ imaṃ sutvā uttasitvā marissatīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; taṃ sutvā uttasati, āpatti thullaccayassa; marati, āpatti pārājikassa. manāpikaṃ saddaṃ upasaṃharati pemaniyaṃ hadayaṃgamaṃ imaṃ sutvā alābhakena sussitvā marissatīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; taṃ sutvā alābhakena sussati, āpatti thullaccayassa; marati, āpatti pārājikassa. gandhūpahāro nāma amanāpikaṃ gandhaṃ upasaṃharati jegucchaṃ pāṭikulyaṃ imaṃ ghāyitvā jegucchatā pāṭikulyatā marissatīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; taṃ ghāyite jegucchatā pāṭikulyatā dukkhā vedanā uppajjati, āpatti thullaccayassa; marati, āpatti pārājikassa. manāpikaṃ gandhaṃ upasaṃharati imaṃ ghāyitvā alābhakena sussitvā marissatīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; taṃ ghāyitvā alābhakena sussati, āpatti thullaccayassa; marati, āpatti pārājikassa. rasūpahāro nāma amanāpikaṃ rasaṃ upasaṃharati jegucchaṃ pāṭikulyaṃ imaṃ sāyitvā jegucchatā pāṭikulyatā marissatīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; taṃ sāyite jegucchatā pāṭikulyatā dukkhā vedanā uppajjati, āpatti thullaccayassa; marati, āpatti pārājikassa. manāpikaṃ rasaṃ upasaṃharati imaṃ sāyitvā alābhakena sussitvā marissatīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; taṃ sāyitvā alābhakena sussati, āpatti thullaccayassa; marati, āpatti pārājikassa. phoṭṭhabbūpahāro nāma amanāpikaṃ phoṭṭhabbaṃ upasaṃharati dukkhasamphassaṃ kharasamphassaṃ iminā phuṭṭho marissatīti,
[page 078]
78 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [III. 4. 9-11.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] āpatti dukkaṭassa; tena phuṭṭhassa dukkhā vedanā uppajjati, āpatti thullaccayassa; marati, āpatti pārājikassa. manāpikaṃ phoṭṭhabbaṃ upasaṃharati sukhasamphassaṃ mudusamphassaṃ iminā phuṭṭho alābhakena sussitvā marissatīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; tena phuṭṭho alābhakena sussati, āpatti thullaccayassa; marati, āpatti pārājikassa. dhammūpahāro nāma nerayikassa nirayakathaṃ katheti imaṃ sutvā uttasitvā marissatīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; taṃ sutvā uttasati, āpatti thullaccayassa; marati, āpatti pārājikassa. kalyāṇakammassa saggakathaṃ katheti imaṃ sutvā adhimutto marissatīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; taṃ sutvā adhimutto marissāmīti dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ uppādeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; marati, āpatti pārājikassa. ||9||
ācikkhanā nāma, puṭṭho bhaṇati evaṃ marassu, yo evaṃ marati so dhanaṃ vā labhati yasaṃ vā labhati saggaṃ vā gacchatīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; tāya ācikkhanāya marissāmīti dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ uppādeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; marati, āpatti pārājikassa. anusāsanī nāma, apuṭṭho bhaṇati evaṃ marassu, yo evaṃ marati so dhanaṃ vā labhati yasaṃ vā labhati saggaṃ vā gacchatīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; tāya anusāsaniyā marissāmīti dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ uppādeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; marati, āpatti pārājikassa. saṃketakammaṃ nāma, saṃketaṃ karoti purebhattaṃ vā pacchābhattaṃ vā rattiṃ vā divā vā tena saṃketena taṃ jīvitā voropehīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. tena saṃketena taṃ jīvitā voropeti, āpatti ubhinnaṃ pārājikassa. taṃ saṃketaṃ pure vā pacchā vā taṃ jīvitā voropeti, mūlaṭṭhassa anāpatti, vadhakassa āpatti pārājikassa. nimittakammaṃ nāma, nimittaṃ karoti akkhiṃ vā nikhanissāmi bhamukaṃ vā ukkhipissāmi sīsaṃ vā ukkhipissāmi tena nimittena taṃ jīvitā voropehīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; tena nimittena taṃ jīvitā voropeti, āpatti ubhinnaṃ pārājikassa. taṃ nimittaṃ pure vā pacchā vā taṃ jīvitā voropeti, mūlaṭṭhassa anāpatti, vadhakassa āpatti pārājikassa. ||10||
anāpatti asañcicca ajānantassa na maraṇādhippāyassa ummattakassa ādikammikassā 'ti. ||11||4||
manussaviggahapārājikamhi paṭhamabhāṇavāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
[page 079]
III. 5. 1-4.] {PĀRĀJIKA,} III. 79
saṃvaṇṇanā, nisīdanto, musal'; -odukkhalena ca,
vuḍḍhapabbajitā bhisanno, aggaṃ, vīmaṃsanā, visaṃ, |
tayo ca vatthukammehi, iṭṭhakāhi 'pare tayo,
vāsī, gopānasī c'; eva, aṭṭak', otaraṇaṃ, pati, |
seda-natthuñ ca, sambāho, nhāpan'; -abbhañjanena ca,
uṭṭhāpento, nipātento, anna-pānena maraṇaṃ, |
jāragabbho, sapattī ca, mātāputtaṃ ubho vadhi,
ubho na miyyare, maddā, tāpaṃ, vañjhā, vijāyinī, |
patodaṃ, niggahe, yakkho, vāḷayakkhañ ca pāhiṇi,
taṃ maññamāno, pahari, saggañ ca, nirayaṃ bhaṇe, |
Āḷaviyā tayo rukkhā, dāyehi apare tayo,
mā kilamesi, na tuyhaṃ, takka-suvīrakena cā 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti, tassa bhikkhū kāruññena maraṇavaṇṇaṃ saṃvaṇṇesuṃ, so bhikkhu kālam akāsi. tesaṃ kukkuccaṃ ahosi: kacci nu kho mayaṃ pārājikaṃ āpattiṃ āpannā 'ti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. āpattiṃ tumhe bhikkhave āpannā pārājikan ti. ||1||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro piṇḍacāriko bhikkhu pīṭhake pilotikāya paṭicchannaṃ dārakaṃ nisīdanto ottharitvā māresi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa--. anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa. na ca bhikkhave appaṭivekkhitvā āsane nisīditabbaṃ. yo nisīdeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa 'ti. ||2||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu bhattagge antaraghare āsanaṃ paññāpento musale ussite ekaṃ musalaṃ aggahesi, dutiyo musalo paripatitvā aññatarassa dārakassa matthake avatthāsi, so kālam akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa--. kiṃcitto tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti. asañcicco ahaṃ bhagavā 'ti. anāpatti bhikkhu asañciccā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu bhattagge antaraghare āsanaṃ paññāpento udukkhalabhaṇḍikaṃ akkamitvā pavaṭṭesi, aññataraṃ dārakaṃ ottharitvā māresi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa--. anāpatti bhikkhu asañciccā 'ti. ||3||
tena kho pana samayena pitāputtā bhikkhūsu pabbajitā honti. kāle ārocite putto pitaraṃ etad avoca: gaccha bhante saṃgho taṃ patimānetīti, piṭṭhiyaṃ gahetvā paṇāmesi, so papatitvā kālam akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa--.
[page 080]
80 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [III. 5. 4-7.
kiṃcitto tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti. nāhaṃ bhagavā maraṇādhippāyo 'ti. anāpatti bhikkhu na maraṇādhippāyassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena pitāputtā bhikkhūsu pabbajitā honti. kāle ārocite putto pitaraṃ etad avoca: gaccha bhante saṃgho taṃ patimānetīti, maraṇādhippāyo piṭṭhiyaṃ gahetvā paṇāmesi, so papatitvā kālam akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. tena kho pana samayena pitāputtā bhikkhūsu pabbajitā honti. kāle ārocite putto pitaraṃ etad avoca: gaccha bhante saṃgho taṃ patimānetīti, maraṇādhippāyo piṭṭhiyaṃ gahetvā paṇāmesi, so papatitvā na kālam akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa--. anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||4||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno bhuñjantassa maṃsaṃ kaṇṭhe vilaggaṃ hoti. aññataro bhikkhu tassa bhikkhuno gīvāyaṃ pahāraṃ adāsi, salohitaṃ maṃsaṃ pati, so bhikkhu kālam akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa--. anāpatti bhikkhu na maraṇādhippāyassā 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno bhuñjantassa maṃsaṃ kaṇṭhe vilaggaṃ hoti. aññataro bhikkhu maraṇādhippāyo tassa bhikkhuno gīvāyaṃ pahāraṃ adāsi, salohitaṃ maṃsaṃ pati, so bhikkhu kālaṃ akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno bhuñjantassa maṃsaṃ kaṇṭhe vilaggaṃ hoti. aññataro bhikkhu maraṇādhippāyo tassa bhikkhuno gīvāyaṃ pahāraṃ adāsi, salohitaṃ maṃsaṃ pati, so bhikkhu na kālam akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa--. anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||5||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro piṇḍacāriko bhikkhu visagataṃ piṇḍapātaṃ labhitvā paṭikkamanaṃ haritvā bhikkhūnaṃ aggakārikaṃ adāsi, te bhikkhū kālam akaṃsu.
tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa--. kiṃcitto tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti.
nāhaṃ bhagavā jānāmīti. anāpatti bhikkhu ajānantassā 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu vīmaṃsādhippāyo aññatarassa bhikkhuno visaṃ adāsi, so bhikkhu kālam akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa--. kiṃcitto tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti. vīmaṃsādhippāyo ahaṃ bhagavā 'ti. anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||6||
tena kho pana samayena Āḷavakā bhikkhū vihāravatthuṃ karonti.
[page 081]
III. 5. 7-11.] PĀRĀJIKA, III. 81
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] aññataro bhikkhu heṭṭhā hutvā silaṃ uccāresi, uparimena bhikkhunā duggahitā silā heṭṭhimassa bhikkhuno matthake avatthāsi, so bhikkhu kālam akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa--. anāpatti bhikkhu asañciccā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena Āḷavakā bhikkhū vihāravatthuṃ karonti.
aññataro bhikkhu heṭṭhā hutvā silaṃ uccāresi, uparimo bhikkhu maraṇādhippāyo heṭṭhimassa bhikkhuno matthake silaṃ muñci, so bhikkhu kālam akāsi --pa-- so bhikkhu na kālam akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||7|| tena kho pana samayena Āḷavakā bhikkhū vihārassa kuḍḍaṃ uṭṭhāpenti. aññataro bhikkhu heṭṭhā hutvā iṭṭhakaṃ uccāresi, uparimena bhikkhunā duggahitā iṭṭhakā heṭṭhimassa bhikkhuno matthake avatthāsi, so bhikkhu kālam akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu asañciccā 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena Āḷavakā bhikkhū vihārassa kuḍḍaṃ uṭṭhāpenti. aññataro bhikkhu heṭṭhā hutvā iṭṭhakaṃ uccāresi, uparimo bhikkhu maraṇādhippāyo heṭṭhimassa bhikkhuno matthake iṭṭhakaṃ muñci, so bhikkhu kālaṃ akāsi --pa-- so bhikkhu na kālam akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||8|| tena kho pana samayena Āḷavakā bhikkhū navakammaṃ karonti. aññataro bhikkhu heṭṭhā hutvā vāsiṃ uccāresi, uparimena bhikkhunā duggahitā vāsī heṭṭhimassa bhikkhuno matthake avatthāsi, so bhikkhu kālaṃ akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu asañciccā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena Āḷavakā bhikkhū navakammaṃ . . . uccāresi. uparimo bhikkhu maraṇādhippāyo heṭṭhimassa bhikkhuno matthake vāsiṃ muñci, so bhikkhu kālam akāsi --pa-- so bhikkhu na kālam akāsi.
tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . thullaccayassā 'ti. ||9|| tena kho pana samayena Āḷavakā bhikkhū navakammaṃ karonti. aññataro bhikkhu heṭṭhā hutvā gopānasiṃ uccāresi, uparimena bhikkhunā duggahitā gopānasī . . . (three cases as above) . . . thullaccayassā 'ti. ||10|| tena kho pana samayena Āḷavakā bhikkhū navakammaṃ karontā aṭṭakaṃ bandhanti. aññataro bhikkhu aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: āvuso atra ṭhito bandhāhīti, so tatra ṭhito bandhanto paripatitvā kālam akāsi.
[page 082]
82 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [III. 5. 11-15.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa--. kiṃcitto tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti. nāhaṃ bhagavā maraṇādhippāyo 'ti. anāpatti bhikkhu na maraṇādhippāyassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena Āḷavakā bhikkhū navakammaṃ karontā aṭṭakaṃ bandhanti.
aññataro bhikkhu maraṇādhippāyo aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: āvuso atra ṭhito bandhāhīti, so tatra ṭhito bandhanto paripatitvā kālam akāsi --pa-- paripatitvā na kālam akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||11||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu vihāraṃ chādetvā otarati. aññataro bhikkhu taṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: āvuso ito otarāhīti, so tena otaranto paripatitvā kālam akāsi.
tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi . . . anāpatti bhikkhu na maraṇādhippāyassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu vihāraṃ chādetvā otarati. aññataro bhikkhu maraṇādhippāyo taṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: āvuso ito otarāhīti, so tena otaranto paripatitvā kālam akāsi --pa-- paripatitvā na kālam akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||12||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu anabhiratiyā pīḷito Gijjhakūṭaṃ pabbataṃ abhirūhitvā papāte papatanto aññataraṃ vilīvakāraṃ ottharitvā māresi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa.
na ca bhikkhave attānaṃ pātetabbaṃ. yo pāteyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū Gijjhakūṭam pabbataṃ abhirūhitvā davāya silaṃ pavijjhiṃsu, aññataraṃ gopālakaṃ ottharitvā māresuṃ.
tesaṃ kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhave pārājikassa. na ca bhikkhave davāya silā pavijjhitabbā. yo pavijjheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||13||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti, taṃ bhikkhū sedesuṃ, so bhikkhu kālam akāsi. tesaṃ kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhave na maraṇādhippāyassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti, taṃ bhikkhū maraṇādhippāyā sedesuṃ, so bhikkhu kālam akāsi --pa-- so bhikkhu na kālam akāsi.
tesaṃ kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhave pārājikassa, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||14|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno sīsābhitāpo hoti,
[page 083]
III. 5. 15-18.] PĀRĀJIKA, III. 83
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tassa bhikkhū natthuṃ adaṃsu, so bhikkhu kālam akāsi. tesaṃ kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhave na maraṇādhippāyassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno sīsābhitāpo hoti, tassa bhikkhū maraṇādhippāyā natthuṃ adaṃsu, so bhikkhu kālam akāsi --pa-- so bhikkhu na kālam akāsi. tesaṃ kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhave pārājikassa, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||15||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti, taṃ bhikkhū sambāhesuṃ, so bhikkhu kālam akāsi . . . (three cases as above) . . . āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti, taṃ bhikkhū nhāpesuṃ, so bhikkhu kālam akāsi . . . āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti, taṃ bhikkhū telena abbhañjiṃsu, so bhikkhu kālam akāsi . . . āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti, taṃ bhikkhū uṭṭhāpesuṃ, so bhikkhu kālam akāsi . . . āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti, taṃ bhikkhū nipātesuṃ, so bhikkhu kālam akāsi . . . āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti, tassa bhikkhū annaṃ adaṃsu . . . pānaṃ adaṃsu, so bhikkhu kālam akāsi . . . āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||16||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarā itthi pavutthapatikā jārena gabbhinī hoti, sā kulūpakaṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: iṅgh'; ayya gabbhapātanaṃ jānāhīti. suṭṭhu bhaginīti tassā gabbhapātanaṃ adāsi, dārako kālam akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- āpattiṃ tvaṃ bhikkhu āpanno pārājikan ti. ||17|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa purisassa dve pajāpatiyo honti, ekā vañjhā ekā vijāyinī. vañjhā itthi kulūpakaṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: sace sā bhante vijāyissati, sabbassa kuṭumbassa issarā bhavissati. iṅgh'; ayya tassā gabbhapātanaṃ jānāhīti. suṭṭhu bhaginīti tassā gabbhapātanaṃ adāsi, dārako kālam akāsi, mātā na kālam akāsi.
tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi . . . pārājikan ti. tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa purisassa dve pajāpatiyo . . . gabbhapātanaṃ adāsi, mātā kālam akāsi, dārako na kālam akāsi.
tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa,
[page 084]
84 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [III. 5. 18-25.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa purisassa dve pajāpatiyo . . . gabbhapātanaṃ adāsi, ubho kālam akaṃsu --pa-- ubho na kālam akaṃsu.
tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||18|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarā gabbhinī itthi kulūpakaṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: iṅgh'; ayya gabbhapātanaṃ jānāhīti. tena hi bhagini maddassū 'ti, sā madditvā gabbhaṃ pātesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. tena kho pana samayena aññatarā gabbhinī itthi . . . tena hi bhagini tāpehīti, sā tāpetvā gabbhaṃ pātesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. ||19|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarā vañjhā itthi kulūpakaṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: iṅgh'; ayya bhesajjaṃ jānāhi yenāhaṃ {vijāyeyyan ti.} suṭṭhu bhaginīti tassā bhesajjaṃ adāsi, sā kālam akāsi.
tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||20|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarā vijāyinī itthi kulūpakaṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: iṅgh'; ayya bhesajjaṃ jānāhi yenāhaṃ na vijāyeyyan ti. suṭṭhu . . . āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||21||
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sattarasavaggiyaṃ bhikkhuṃ aṅgulipatodakena hāsesuṃ, so bhikkhu uttanto anassāsako kālam akāsi. tesaṃ kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhave pārājikassā 'ti. ||22||
tena kho pana samayena sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū chabbaggiyaṃ bhikkhuṃ kammaṃ karissāmā 'ti ottharitvā māresuṃ. tesaṃ kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhave pārājikassā 'ti. ||23||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhūtavejjako bhikkhu yakkhaṃ jīvitā voropesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||24||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ vāḷayakkhaṃ vihāraṃ pāhesi, taṃ yakkhā jīvitā voropesuṃ. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu na maraṇādhippāyassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu maraṇādhippāyo aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ vāḷayakkhaṃ vihāraṃ pāhesi, taṃ yakkhā jīvitā voropesuṃ --pa-- taṃ yakkhā jīvitā na voropesuṃ. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||25||
[page 085]
III. 5. 25-31.] PĀRĀJIKA, III. 85
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ vāḷakantāraṃ . . . corakantāraṃ . . . pāhesi, taṃ vāḷā . . . (corā) . . . jīvitā voropesuṃ. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . (three cases each time as above) . . . āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||26||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu taṃ maññamāno taṃ jīvitā voropesi --pa-- taṃ maññamāno aññaṃ jīvitā voropesi --pa-- aññaṃ maññamāno taṃ jīvitā voropesi --pa-- aññaṃ maññamāno aññaṃ jīvitā voropesi.
tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. ||27||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu amanussena gahito hoti, aññataro bhikkhu tassa bhikkhuno pahāraṃ adāsi, so bhikkhu kālam akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu na maraṇādhippāyassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu amanussena gahito hoti, aññataro bhikkhu maraṇādhippāyo tassa bhikkhuno pahāraṃ adāsi, so bhikkhu kālam akāsi --la-- so bhikkhu na kālam akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||28||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu kalyāṇakammassa saggakathaṃ kathesi, so adhimutto kālam akāsi.
tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu na maraṇādhippāyassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu maraṇādhippāyo kalyāṇakammassa saggakathaṃ kathesi, so adhimutto kālam akāsi --la-- so adhimutto na kālam akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu nerayikassa nirayakathaṃ kathesi, so uttasitvā kālam akāsi . . . (the same three cases) . . . āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||29||
tena kho pana samayena Āḷavakā bhikkhū navakammaṃ karontā rukkhaṃ chindanti. aññataro bhikkhu aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: āvuso atra ṭhito chindāhīti, taṃ tatra ṭhitaṃ chindantaṃ rukkho ottharitvā māresi . . . (three cases) . . . āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||30||
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū dāyaṃ ālimpesuṃ, manussā daḍḍhā kālam akaṃsu . . . (three cases) . . . āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||31||
[page 086]
86 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [III. 5. 32-33.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu āghātanaṃ gantvā coraghātaṃ etad avoca: āvuso mā yimaṃ kilamesi, ekena pahārena jīvitā voropehīti. suṭṭhu bhante 'ti ekena pahārena jīvitā voropesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi. āpattiṃ tvaṃ bhikkhu āpanno pārājikan ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu āghātanaṃ gantvā coraghātaṃ etad avoca: āvuso mā yimaṃ kilamesi, ekena pahārena jīvitā voropehīti.
so nāhaṃ tuyhaṃ vacanaṃ karissāmīti taṃ jīvitā voropesi.
tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||32||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso ñātighare hatthapādacchinno ñātakehi saṃparikiṇṇo hoti. aññataro bhikkhu te manusse etad avoca: āvuso icchatha imassa maraṇan ti.
āma bhante icchāmā 'ti. tena hi takkaṃ pāyethā 'ti. te taṃ takkaṃ pāyesuṃ, so kālam akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- āpattiṃ tvaṃ bhikkhu āpanno pārājikan ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso kulaghare hatthapādacchinno ñātakehi saṃparikiṇṇo hoti. aññatarā bhikkhunī te manusse etad avoca: āvuso icchatha imassa maraṇan ti.
ām'; ayye icchāmā 'ti. tena hi loṇasuvīrakaṃ pāyethā 'ti.
te taṃ loṇasuvīrakaṃ pāyesuṃ, so kālam akāsi. tassā kukkuccaṃ ahosi. atha kho sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīnaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesi, bhikkhuniyo bhikkhūnaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ, bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. āpattiṃ sā bhikkhave bhikkhunī āpannā pārājikan ti. ||33||5||
tatiyapārājikaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
[page 087]
87
PĀRĀJIKA, IV.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Vesāliyaṃ viharati Mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. tena kho pana samayena sambahulā sandiṭṭhā sambhattā bhikkhū Vaggumudāya nadiyā tīre vassaṃ upagacchiṃsu. tena kho pana samayena Vajjī dubbhikkhā hoti dvīhitikā setaṭṭhikā salākāvuttā na sukarā uñchena paggahena yāpetuṃ. atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: etarahi kho Vajjī dubbhikkhā dvīhitikā setaṭṭhikā salākāvuttā na sukarā uñchena paggahena yāpetuṃ. kena nu kho mayaṃ upāyena samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vaseyyāma na ca piṇḍakena kilameyyāmā 'ti. ekacce evam āhaṃsu: handa mayaṃ āvuso gihīnaṃ kammantaṃ adhiṭṭhema, evan te amhākaṃ dātuṃ maññissanti, evaṃ mayaṃ samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vasissāma na ca piṇḍakena kilamissāmā 'ti. ekacce evam āhaṃsu: alaṃ āvuso kiṃ gihīnaṃ kammantaṃ adhiṭṭhitena, handa mayaṃ āvuso gihīnaṃ dūteyyaṃ harāma, evan te amhākaṃ dātuṃ maññissanti, evaṃ mayaṃ samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vasissāma na ca piṇḍakena kilamissāmā 'ti. ekacce evam āhaṃsu: alaṃ āvuso kiṃ gihīnaṃ kammantaṃ adhiṭṭhitena, kiṃ gihīnaṃ dūteyyaṃ haṭena, handa mayaṃ āvuso gihīnaṃ aññamaññassa uttarimanussadhammassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsissāma asuko bhikkhu paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhī, asuko bhikkhu dutiyassa jhānassa lābhī, asuko bhikkhu tatiyassa jhānassa lābhī, asuko bhikkhu catutthassa jhānassa lābhī, asuko bhikkhu sotāpanno, asuko bhikkhu sakadāgāmī, asuko bhikkhu anāgāmī, asuko bhikkhu arahā, asuko bhikkhu tevijjo, asuko bhikkhu chaḷabhiñño 'ti. evan te amhākaṃ dātuṃ maññissanti, evaṃ mayaṃ samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vasissāma na ca piṇḍakena kilamissāmā 'ti.
[page 088]
88 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [IV. 1. 1-2.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] eso yeva kho āvuso seyyo yo amhākaṃ gihīnaṃ aññamaññassa uttarimanussadhammassa vaṇṇo bhāsito 'ti. atha kho te bhikkhū gihīnaṃ aññamaññassa uttarimanussadhammassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsiṃsu: asuko bhikkhu paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhī --pa-- asuko bhikkhu chaḷabhiñño 'ti. atha kho te manussā lābhā vata no suladdhaṃ vata no yesaṃ vata no evarūpā bhikkhū vassaṃ upagatā, na vata no ito pubbe evarūpā bhikkhū vassaṃ upagatā yatha yime bhikkhū sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā 'ti, te na tādisāni bhojanāni attanā bhuñjanti mātāpitūnaṃ denti puttadārassa denti dāsakammakaraporisassa denti mittāmaccānaṃ denti ñātisālohitānaṃ denti yādisāni bhikkhūnaṃ denti. te na tādisāni khādaniyāni sāyaniyāni pānāni attanā pivanti mātāpitūnaṃ denti puttadārassa denti dāsakammakaraporisassa denti mittāmaccānaṃ denti ñātisālohitānaṃ denti yādisāni bhikkhūnaṃ denti. atha kho te bhikkhū vaṇṇavanto ahesuṃ pīnindriyā pasannamukhavaṇṇā vippasannachavivaṇṇā. ||1||
āciṇṇaṃ kho pan'; etaṃ vassaṃ vutthānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upasaṃkamituṃ. atha kho te bhikkhū vassaṃ vutthā temāsaccayena senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya yena Vesālī ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu. anupubbena yena Vesālī Mahāvanaṃ kūṭāgārasālā yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. tena kho pana samayena disāsu vassaṃ vutthā bhikkhū kisā honti lūkhā dubbaṇṇā uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajātā dhamanisanthatagattā, Vaggumudātīriyā pana bhikkhū vaṇṇavanto honti pīnindriyā pasannamukhavaṇṇā vippasannachavivaṇṇā. āciṇṇaṃ kho pan'; etaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ āgantukehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ paṭisammodituṃ. atha kho bhagavā Vaggumudātīriye bhikkhū etad avoca: kacci bhikkhave khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ, kacci samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vasittha na ca piṇḍakena kilamitthā 'ti. khamanīyaṃ bhagavā, yāpanīyaṃ bhagavā, samaggā ca mayaṃ bhante sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vasimhā na ca piṇḍakena kilamimhā 'ti. jānantāpi tathāgatā pucchanti, jānantāpi na pucchanti --pa-- dvīh'; ākārehi buddhā bhagavanto bhikkhū paṭipucchanti dhammaṃ vā desessāma sāvakānaṃ vā sikkhāpadaṃ paññāpessāmā 'ti.
[page 089]
IV. 1. 2-3.] PĀRĀJIKA, IV. 89
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha kho bhagavā Vaggumudātīriye bhikkhū etad avoca: yathākathaṃ pana tumhe bhikkhave samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vasittha na ca piṇḍakena kilamitthā 'ti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. kacci pana vo bhikkhave bhūtan ti. abhūtaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: ananucchaviyaṃ moghapurisā ananulomikaṃ appaṭirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma tumhe moghapurisā udarassa kāraṇā gihīnaṃ aññamaññassa uttarimanussadhammassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsissatha. varaṃ tumhehi moghapurisā tiṇhena govikattanena kucchi parikanto na tv eva udarassa kāraṇā gihīnaṃ aññamaññassa uttarimanussadhammassa vaṇṇo bhāsito. taṃ kissa hetu. tatonidānaṃ hi moghapurisā maraṇaṃ vā nigaccheyya maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkhaṃ na tv eva tappaccayā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjeyya, itonidānañ ca kho moghapurisā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjeyya. n'; etaṃ moghapurisā appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa-- vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: ||2||
pañc'; ime bhikkhave mahācorā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. katame pañca. idha bhikkhave ekaccassa mahācorassa evaṃ hoti: kudassu nāmāhaṃ satena vā sahassena vā parivuto gāmanigamarājadhānīsu āhiṇḍissāmi hananto ghātento chindanto chedāpento pacanto pacāpento 'ti. so aparena samayena satena vā sahassena vā parivuto gāmanigamarājadhānīsu {āhiṇḍati} hananto ghātento chindanto chedāpento pacanto pacāpento. evam eva kho bhikkhave idh'; ekaccassa pāpabhikkhuno evaṃ hoti: kudassu nāmāhaṃ satena vā sahassena vā parivuto gāmanigamarājadhānīsu cārikaṃ carissāmi sakkato garukato mānito pūjito apacito gahaṭṭhānañ c'; eva pabbajitānañ ca lābhī cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānan ti. so aparena samayena satena vā sahassena vā parivuto gāmanigamarājadhānīsu cārikaṃ carati sakkato garukato mānito pūjito apacito gahaṭṭhānañ c'; eva pabbajitānañ ca lābhī cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ.
[page 090]
90 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [IV. 1. 3.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ayaṃ bhikkhave paṭhamo mahācoro santo saṃvijjamāno lokasmiṃ.
puna ca paraṃ bhikkhave idh'; ekacco pāpabhikkhu tathāgatappaveditaṃ dhammavinayaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā attano harati.
ayaṃ bhikkhave dutiyo mahācoro santo saṃvijjamāno lokasmiṃ. puna ca paraṃ bhikkhave idh'; ekacco pāpabhikkhu suddhaṃ brahmacāriṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carantaṃ amūlakena abrahmacariyena anuddhaṃseti. ayaṃ bhikkhave tatiyo mahācoro santo saṃvijjamāno lokasmiṃ.
puna ca paraṃ bhikkhave idh'; ekacco pāpabhikkhu yāni tāni saṃghassa garubhaṇḍāni garuparikkhārāni seyyath'; īdaṃ ārāmo ārāmavatthu vihāro vihāravatthu mañco pīṭhaṃ bhisī bimbohanaṃ lohakumbhī lohabhāṇako lohavārako lohakaṭāhaṃ vāsī pharasu kuṭhārī kuddālo nikhādanaṃ vallī veḷu muñjaṃ babbajaṃ tiṇaṃ mattikā dārubhaṇḍaṃ mattikābhaṇḍaṃ, tehi gihī saṃgaṇhāti upalāpeti. ayaṃ bhikkhave catuttho mahācoro santo saṃvijjamāno lokasmiṃ.
sadevake bhikkhave loke samārake sabrahmake sasamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya ayaṃ aggo mahācoro yo asantaṃ abhūtaṃ uttarimanussadhammaṃ ullapati. taṃ kissa hetu. theyyāya vo bhikkhave raṭṭhapiṇḍo bhutto 'ti.
aññathā santaṃ attānaṃ aññathā yo pavedaye
nikacca kitavasseva bhuttaṃ theyyena tassa taṃ. |
kāsāvakaṇṭhā bahavo pāpadhammā asaññatā
pāpā pāpehi kammehi nirayan te upapajjare. |
seyyo ayoguḷo bhutto tatto aggisikhūpamo
yañ ce bhuñjeyya dussīlo raṭṭhapiṇḍaṃ asaññato 'ti.
atha kho bhagavā Vaggumudātīriye bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya dupposatāya --pa-- evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu anabhijānaṃ uttarimanussadhammaṃ attūpanāyikaṃ alamariyañāṇadassanaṃ samudācareyya iti jānāmi iti passāmīti, tato aparena samayena samanuggāhiyamāno vā asamanuggāhiyamāno vā āpanno visuddhāpekkho evaṃ vadeyya: ajānam evaṃ āvuso avacaṃ jānāmi,
[page 091]
IV. 1. 3-3.] PĀRĀJIKA, IV. 91
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] apassaṃ passāmi, tucchaṃ musā vilapin ti, ayaṃ pi pārājiko hoti asaṃvāso 'ti.
evañ c'; idaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti. ||3||1||
tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū adiṭṭhe diṭṭhasaññino apatte pattasaññino anadhigate adhigatasaññino asacchikate sacchikatasaññino adhimānena aññaṃ byākariṃsu, tesaṃ aparena samayena rāgāya pi cittaṃ namati dosāya pi cittaṃ namati mohāya pi cittaṃ namati.
tesaṃ kukkuccaṃ ahosi: bhagavatā sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ mayañ c'; amhā adiṭṭhe diṭṭhasaññino . . . adhimānena aññaṃ byākarimhā. kacci nu kho mayaṃ pārājikaṃ āpattiṃ āpannā 'ti. āyasmato Ānandassa etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
āyasmā Ānando bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. honti h'; ete Ānanda bhikkhū adiṭṭhe diṭṭhasaññino . . . adhimānena aññaṃ byākaronti, tañ ca kho etaṃ abbohārikan ti. evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu anabhijānaṃ uttarimanussadhammaṃ attūpanāyikaṃ alamariyañāṇadassanaṃ samudācareyya iti jānāmi iti passāmīti, tato aparena samayena samanuggāhiyamāno vā asamanuggāhiyamāno vā āpanno visuddhāpekkho evaṃ vadeyya: ajānaṃ evaṃ āvuso avacaṃ jānāmi, apassaṃ passāmi, tucchaṃ musā vilapin ti, aññatra adhimānā, ayaṃ pi pārājiko hoti asaṃvāso 'ti. ||2||
yo panā 'ti yo yādiso --pa--. bhikkhū 'ti --pa-- ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti.
anabhijānan ti asantaṃ abhūtaṃ asaṃvijjamānaṃ ajānanto apassanto attani kusalaṃ dhammaṃ atthi me kusalo dhammo 'ti.
uttarimanussadhammo nāma jhānaṃ vimokkhaṃ samādhi samāpatti ñāṇadassanaṃ maggabhāvanā phalasacchikiriyā kilesapahānaṃ vinīvaraṇatā cittassa suññāgāre abhirati.
attūpanāyikan ti te vā kusale dhamme attani upaneti attānaṃ vā tesu kusalesu dhammesu upaneti.
ñāṇan ti tisso vijjā. dassanan ti yaṃ ñāṇaṃ taṃ dassanaṃ, yaṃ dassanaṃ taṃ ñāṇaṃ.
[page 092]
92 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [IV. 3-4.
samudācareyyā 'ti ārocceyya itthiyā vā purisassa vā gahaṭṭhassa vā pabbajitassa vā.
iti jānāmi iti passāmīti jānām'; ahaṃ ete dhamme passām'; ahaṃ ete dhamme atthi ca ete dhammā mayi ahañ ca etesu dhammesu sandissāmīti.
tato aparena samayenā 'ti yasmiṃ khaṇe samudāciṇṇaṃ hoti taṃ khaṇaṃ taṃ layaṃ taṃ muhuttaṃ vītivatte.
samanuggāhiyamāno 'ti yaṃ vatthuṃ paṭiññātaṃ hoti tasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ samanuggāhiyamāno kin te adhigataṃ kinti te adhigataṃ kadā te adhigataṃ kattha te adhigataṃ katame te kilesā pahīnā katamesaṃ tvaṃ dhammānaṃ lābhīti. asamanuggāhiyamāno 'ti na kenaci vuccamāno.
āpanno 'ti pāpiccho icchāpakato asantaṃ abhūtaṃ uttarimanussadhammaṃ ullapitvā pārājikaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno hoti.
visuddhāpekkho 'ti gihī vā hotukāmo upāsako vā hotukāmo ārāmiko vā hotukāmo sāmaṇero vā hotukāmo.
ajānam evaṃ āvuso avacaṃ jānāmi apassaṃ passāmīti, nāhaṃ ete dhamme jānāmi nāhaṃ ete dhamme passāmi n'; atthi ca ete dhammā mayi na cāhaṃ etesu dhammesu sandissāmīti. tucchaṃ musā vilapin ti tucchakaṃ mayā bhaṇitaṃ musā mayā bhaṇitaṃ abhūtaṃ mayā bhaṇitaṃ ajānantena mayā bhaṇitaṃ.
aññatra adhimānā 'ti ṭhapetvā adhimānaṃ.
ayaṃ pīti purime upādāya vuccati.
pārājiko hotīti, seyyathāpi nāma tālo matthakacchinno abhabbo punavirūḷhiyā, evam eva bhikkhu pāpiccho icchāpakato asantaṃ abhūtaṃ uttarimanussadhammaṃ ullapitvā asamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo, tena vuccati pārājiko hotīti.
asaṃvāso 'ti, saṃvāso nāma ekakammaṃ ekuddeso samasikkhātā, eso saṃvāso nāma, so tena saddhiṃ n'; atthi, tena vuccati asaṃvāso 'ti. ||3||
uttarimanussadhammo nāma jhānaṃ vimokkhaṃ samādhi samāpatti ñāṇadassanaṃ maggabhāvanā phalasacchikiriyā kilesapahānaṃ vinīvaraṇatā cittassa suññāgāre abhirati.
jhānan ti paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ.
vimokkho 'ti suññato vimokkho animitto vimokkho appaṇihito vimokkho.
[page 093]
IV. 4. 1-3.] PĀRĀJIKA, IV. 93
samādhīti suññato samādhi animitto samādhi appaṇihito samādhi.
samāpattīti suññatā samāpatti animittā samāpatti appaṇihitā samāpatti.
ñāṇan ti tisso vijjā.
maggabhāvanā 'ti cattāro satipaṭṭhānā cattāro sammappadhānā cattāro iddhipādā pañc'; indriyāni pañca balāni satta bojjhaṅgā ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo.
phalasacchikiriyā 'ti sotāpattiphalassa sacchikiriyā sakadāgāmiphalassa sacchikiriyā anāgāmiphalassa sacchikiriyā arahattaphalassa sacchikiriyā.
kilesapahānan ti rāgassa pahānaṃ dosassa pahānaṃ mohassa pahānaṃ.
vinīvaraṇatā cittassā 'ti rāgā cittaṃ vinīvaraṇatā dosā cittaṃ vinīvaraṇatā mohā cittaṃ vinīvaraṇatā.
suññāgāre abhiratīti paṭhamena jhānena suññāgāre abhirati dutiyena jhānena suññāgāre abhirati tatiyena jhānena suññāgāre abhirati catutthena jhānena suññāgāre abhirati. ||1||
tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjin ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa: pubbev'; assa hoti musā bhaṇissan ti, bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti, bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitan ti.
catūh'; ākārehi paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjin ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa: pubbev'; assa hoti musā bhaṇissan ti, bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti, bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitan ti, vinidhāya diṭṭhiṃ.
pañcah'; ākārehi paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjin ti . . . bhaṇitan ti, vinidhāya diṭṭhiṃ, vinidhāya khantiṃ.
chah'; ākārehi . . . bhaṇitan ti, vinidhāya diṭṭhiṃ, vinidhāya khantiṃ, vinidhāya ruciṃ.
sattah'; ākārehi . . . bhaṇitan ti, vinidhāya diṭṭhiṃ, vinidhāya khantiṃ, vinidhāya ruciṃ, vinidhāya bhāvaṃ. ||2||
tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjāmīti . . . vinidhāya bhāvaṃ. tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpanno 'ti . . . vinidhāya bhāvaṃ. tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhi 'mhīti . . . vinidhāya bhāvaṃ. tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamassa jhānassa vasi 'mhīti . . . vinidhāya bhāvaṃ.
[page 094]
94 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [IV. 4. 3-5.
tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ sacchikataṃ mayā 'ti . . . vinidhāya bhāvaṃ ||3||
tīh'; ākārehi dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ --la-- tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ --la-- catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjiṃ --la-- samāpajjāmi --la-- samāpanno --pa-- catutthassa jhānassa lābhi 'mhi --la-- vasi 'mhi --pa-- catutthaṃ jhānaṃ sacchikataṃ mayā 'ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa --la--. yathā idaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ vitthāritaṃ evaṃ sabbam pi vitthāretabbaṃ. ||4||
tīh'; ākārehi suññataṃ vimokkhaṃ --pa-- animittaṃ vimokkhaṃ --pa-- appaṇihitaṃ vimokkhaṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi . . . appaṇihito vimokkho sacchikato mayā 'ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa --la--. tīh'; ākārehi suññataṃ samādhiṃ --pa-- animittaṃ samādhiṃ --pa-- appaṇihitaṃ samādhiṃ samāpajjiṃ --pa-- samāpajjāmi --la-- samāpanno --pa-- appaṇihitassa samādhissa lābhi 'mhi --la-- vasi 'mhi --la-- appaṇihito samādhi sacchikato mayā 'ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa --pa--. tīh'; ākārehi suññataṃ samāpattiṃ --la-- animittaṃ samāpattiṃ --la-- appaṇihitaṃ samāpattiṃ samāpajjiṃ --la-- samāpajjāmi --pa-- samāpanno --pa-- appaṇihitāya samāpattiyā lābhi 'mhi --la-- vasi 'mhi --la-- appaṇihitā samāpatti sacchikatā mayā 'ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa --la--.
tīh'; ākārehi tisso vijjā samāpajjiṃ . . . tissannaṃ vijjānaṃ lābhi 'mhi . . . āpatti pārājikassa --la--. tīh'; ākārehi cattāro satipaṭṭhāne --pa-- cattāro sammappadhāne --pa-- cattāro iddhipāde samāpajjiṃ . . . catunnaṃ iddhipādānaṃ lābhi 'mhi . . . āpatti pārājikassa --la--. tīh'; ākārehi pañc'; indriyāni --pa-- pañca balāni samāpajjiṃ . . . pañcannaṃ balānaṃ lābhi 'mhi . . . āpatti pārājikassa.
tīh'; ākārehi satta bojjhaṅge samāpajjiṃ . . . sattannaṃ bojjhaṅgānaṃ lābhi 'mhi . . . āpatti pārājikassa --la--.
tīh'; ākārehi ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ samāpajjiṃ . . . ariyassa aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassa lābhi 'mhi . . . āpatti pārājikassa --la--. tīh'; ākārehi sotāpattiphalaṃ --pa-- sakadāgāmiphalaṃ --pa-- anāgāmiphalaṃ --pa-- arahattaṃ samāpajjiṃ . . . arahattassa lābhi 'mhi . . . āpatti pārājikassa --la--.
[page 095]
IV. 4. 5-6.] PĀRĀJIKA, IV. 95
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tīh'; ākārehi rāgo me catto rāgo me vanto rāgo me mutto rāgo me pahīno rāgo me paṭinissaṭṭho rāgo me ukkheṭito rāgo me samukkheṭito 'ti sampājanamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa --la--. tīh'; ākārehi doso me . . . moho me . . . āpatti pārājikassa --la--. tīh'; ākārehi rāgā me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇan ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa --la--. tīh'; ākārehi dosā . . . mohā me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇan ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa: pubbev'; assa . . . vinidhāya bhāvaṃ.
suddhikaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||5||
tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ dutiyañ ca jhānaṃ samapajjiṃ . . . sacchikataṃ mayā 'ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa --la--. tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ tatiyañ ca jhānaṃ . . . āpatti pārājikassa --la--. tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ catutthañ ca jhānaṃ . . . āpatti pārājikassa --pa--. tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ suññatañ ca vimokkhaṃ --pa-- paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ animittañ ca vimokkhaṃ --pa-- paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ appaṇihitañ ca vimokkhaṃ samāpajjiṃ . . . sacchikato mayā 'ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa --la--. tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ suññatañ ca samādhiṃ --pa-- paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ animittañ ca samādhiṃ --pa-- paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ appaṇihitañ ca samādhiṃ samāpajjiṃ . . . sacchikato mayā 'ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa --la--.
tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ suññatañ ca samāpattiṃ --pa-- paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ animittañ ca samāpattiṃ --pa-- paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ appaṇihitañ ca samāpattiṃ samāpajjiṃ . . . sacchikatā mayā 'ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa --la--. tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ tisso ca vijjā samāpajjiṃ . . . sacchikatā mayā 'ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa --la--.
tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ cattāro ca satipaṭṭhāne --pa-- paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ cattāro ca sammappadhāne --pa-- paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ cattāro ca iddhipāde samāpajjiṃ . . . sacchikatā mayā 'ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa --la--. tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ pañca ca indriyāni --pa-- paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ pañca ca balāni samāpajjiṃ
[page 096]
96 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [IV.4.6-8.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] . . . sacchikatāni mayā 'ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa --la--. tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ satta ca bojjhaṅge . . . paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ ariyañ ca aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ . . . paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ sotāpattiphalañ ca --pa-- paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ sakadāgāmiphalañ ca --pa-- paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ anāgāmiphalañ ca --pa-- paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ arahattañ ca samāpajjiṃ . . . sacchikataṃ mayā 'ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa --la--. tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ samāpajjiṃ rāgo ca me catto vanto mutto pahīno paṭinissaṭṭho ukkheṭito samukkheṭito 'ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa --la--. tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ samāpajjāmi --pa-- samāpanno --pa-- paṭhamassa ca jhānassa lābhi 'mhi --pa-- vasi 'mhi --pa-- paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ sacchikataṃ mayā rāgo ca me catto . . . āpatti pārājikassa --la--. tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ samāpajjiṃ --pa-- samāpajjāmi . . . sacchikataṃ mayā doso ca me catto --pa-- moho ca me catto . . . āpatti pārājikassa --la--. tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ samāpajjiṃ --pa-- samāpajjāmi . . . sacchikataṃ mayā rāgā ca me . . . dosā ca me . . . mohā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇan ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa --la--.
khaṇḍacakkaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||6||
tīh'; ākārehi dutiyañ ca jhānaṃ tatiyañ ca jhānaṃ samāpajjiṃ . . . dutiyañ ca jhānaṃ catutthañ ca jhānaṃ samāpajjiṃ . . . mohā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaranan ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa --la--. tīh'; ākārehi dutiyañ ca jhānaṃ paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ samāpajjiṃ . . . sacchikataṃ mayā 'ti sampajānamusā bhaṇan tassa āpatti pārājikassa --la--.
baddhacakkaṃ. ||7||
evaṃ ekekaṃ mūlaṃ kātūna baddhacakkaṃ parivattakaṃ kattabbaṃ.
tīh'; ākārehi mohā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ --pa-- dutiyañ ca jhānaṃ -- tatiyañ ca jhānaṃ --pa-- catutthañ ca jhānaṃ samāpajjiṃ . . . sacchikataṃ mayā 'ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa --la--. tīh'; ākārehi mohā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ suññatañ ca vimokkhaṃ
[page 097]
IV. 4. 8-5. 1.] PĀRĀJIKA, IV. 97
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] . . . tīh'; ākārehi mohā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ dosā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇan ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa --la--.
ekamūlakaṃ. ||8||
dumūlakaṃ pi timūlakaṃ pi catumūlakaṃ pi pañcamūlakaṃ pi chamūlakaṃ pi sattamūlakaṃ pi aṭṭhamūlakaṃ pi navamūlakaṃ pi dasamūlakaṃ pi yathā ekamūlakaṃ vitthāritaṃ evam eva vitthāretabbaṃ. idaṃ sabbamūlakaṃ:
tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ dutiyañ ca jhānaṃ tatiyañ ca jhānaṃ catutthañ ca jhānaṃ suññatañ ca vimokkhaṃ animittañ ca vimokkhaṃ appaṇihitañ ca vimokkhaṃ suññatañ ca samādhiṃ animittañ ca samādhiṃ appaṇihitañ ca samādhiṃ suññatañ ca samāpattiṃ animittañ ca samāpattiṃ appaṇihitañ ca samāpattiṃ tisso ca vijjā cattāro ca satipaṭṭhāne cattāro ca sammappadhāne cattāro ca iddhipāde pañca ca indriyāni pañca ca balāni satta ca bojjhaṅge ariyañ ca aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ sotāpattiphalañ ca sakadāgāmiphalañ ca anāgāmiphalañ ca arahattañ ca samāpajjiṃ samāpajjāmi samāpanno rāgo ca me catto --pa-- doso ca me catto --pa-- moho ca me catto vanto mutto pahīno paṭinissaṭṭho ukkheṭito samukkheṭito rāgā ca . . . dosā ca . . . mohā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇan ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa: pubbev'; assa hoti musā bhaṇissan ti, bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti, bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitan ti, vinidhāya diṭṭhiṃ, vinidhāya khantiṃ, vinidhāya ruciṃ, vinidhāya bhāvaṃ.
sabbamūlakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||9||4||
tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjin ti vattukāmo dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjin ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti pārājikassa, na paṭivijānantassa āpatti thullaccayassa --la--. tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjin ti vattukāmo tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ . . . catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjin ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa . . . āpatti thullaccayassa --la--.
tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjin ti vattukāmo mohā me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇan ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa . . . āpatti thullaccayassa --la--: pubbev'; assa hoti . . . vinidhāya bhāvaṃ.
vattuvisārakassa ekamūlakassa khaṇḍacakkaṃ. ||1||
[page 098]
98 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [IV.5.2-4.
tīh'; ākārehi dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjin ti vattukāmo tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ . . . paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjin ti . . . āpatti thullaccayassa --la--.
vattuvisārakassa ekamūlakassa baddhacakkamūlaṃ saṃkhittaṃ. ||2||
tīh'; ākārehi mohā me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇan ti vattukāmo paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjin ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa . . . thullaccayassa --la--. tīh'; ākārehi mohā me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇan ti vattukāmo --pa-- dosā me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇan ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti pārājikassa, na paṭivijānantassa āpatti thullaccayassa --la--.
vattuvisārakassa ekamūlakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||3||
dumūlakaṃ pi timūlakaṃ pi . . . dasamūlakaṃ pi evam eva kātabbaṃ. idaṃ sabbamūlakaṃ:
tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ --gha-- dosā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇan ti vattukāmo mohā me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇan ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti pārājikassa, na paṭivijānantassa āpatti thullaccayassa. tīh'; ākārehi dutiyañ ca jhānaṃ tatiyañ ca jhānaṃ catutthañ ca jhānaṃ suññatañ ca vimokkhaṃ . . . arahattañ ca samāpajjiṃ rāgo ca me catto vanto mutto pahīno paṭinissaṭṭho ukkheṭito samukkheṭito doso ca me catto . . . moho ca me catto . . . rāgā ca . . . dosā ca . . . mohā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇan ti vattukāmo paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjin ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti pārājikassa, na paṭivijānantassa āpatti thullaccayassa --la--.
tīh'; ākārehi tatiyañ ca jhānaṃ catutthañ ca jhānaṃ --la-- mohā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ samāpajjin ti vattukāmo dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjin ti sampajānamusā . . . thullaccayassa --la--. tīh'; ākārehi mohā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ dutiyañ ca jhānaṃ tatiyañ ca jhānaṃ catutthañ ca jhānaṃ --la-- rāgā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇan ti vattukāmo dosā me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇan ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti pārājikassa, na paṭivijānantassa āpatti thullaccayassa --la--.
vattuvisārakassa sabbamūlakaṃ. vattuvisārakassa cakkapeyyālaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||4||5||
[page 099]
IV. 6. 1-2] PĀRĀJIKA, IV. 99
tīh'; ākārehi yo te vihāre vasi so bhikkhu paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji --pa-- samāpajjati --pa-- samāpanno --pa-- so bhikkhu paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhī --pa-- vasī --pa-- tena bhikkhunā paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ sacchikatan ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti thullaccayassa, na paṭivijānantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa: pubbev'; assa hoti . . . vinidhāya bhāvaṃ. tīh'; ākārehi yo te vihāre vasi so bhikkhu dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ --pa-- tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ --pa-- catutthaṃ jhānaṃ --pa-- suññataṃ vimokkhaṃ . . . arahattaṃ samāpajji --pa-- samāpajjati . . . sacchikatan ti sampajānamusā . . . dukkaṭassa --la--. tassa bhikkhuno rāgo catto --pa-- doso catto --pa-- moho catto vanto . . . samukkheṭito, tassa bhikkhuno rāgā . . . dosā . . . mohā cittaṃ vinīvaraṇan ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa . . . dukkaṭassa --la--. tīh'; ākārehi yo te vihāre vasi so bhikkhu suññāgāre paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ --pa-- dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ --pa-- tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ --pa-- catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji --pa-- samāpajjati --la-- samāpanno --la-- so bhikkhu suññāgāre catutthassa jhānassa lābhī --pa-- vasī --pa-- tena bhikkhunā suññāgāre catutthaṃ jhānaṃ sacchikatan ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa . . . dukkaṭassa: pubbev'; assa hoti . . . vinidhāya bhāvaṃ.
peyyālapaṇṇarasagamanāni evam eva vitthāretabbāni. ||1||
tīh'; ākārehi yo te vihāraṃ paribhuñji --pa-- yo te cīvaraṃ paribhuñji --pa-- yo te piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñji --pa-- yo te senāsanaṃ paribhuñji --pa-- yo te gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paribhuñji --pa-- yena te vihāro paribhutto --pa-- yena te cīvaraṃ paribhuttaṃ --pa-- yena te piṇḍapāto paribhutto --pa-- yena te senāsanaṃ paribhuttaṃ --pa-- yena te gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāro paribhutto --pa-- yaṃ tvaṃ āgamma vihāraṃ adāsi --pa-- cīvaraṃ adāsi --pa-- piṇḍapātaṃ adāsi --pa-- senāsanaṃ adāsi --pa-- gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ adāsi, so bhikkhu suññāgāre catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji --pa-- tena bhikkhunā suññāgāre catutthaṃ jhānaṃ sacchikatan ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti thullaccayassa, na paṭivijānantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa:
[page 100]
100 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [IV. 6. 2-8. 2.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] pubbev'; assa hoti musā bhaṇissan ti, bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti, bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitan ti, vinidhāya diṭṭhiṃ, vinidhāya khantiṃ, vinidhāya ruciṃ, vinidhāya bhāvaṃ.
peyyālapaṇṇarasakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||2||6||
anāpatti adhimānena anullapanādhippāyassa ummattakassa khittacittassa vedanaṭṭassa ādikammikassā 'ti. ||7||
adhimānena, araññamhi, piṇḍ', opajjhā,'; riyāpatho,
saññojanā, raho, dhammā, vihāro, paccupaṭṭhito, |
na dukkaraṃ, viriyam, atho pi maccuno bhāy', āvuso vippaṭisārī, sammā,
viriyena, yogena, ārādhanāya, atha vedanāya, adhivāsanā duve, |
brāhmaṇe pañca vatthūni, aññaṃ byākaraṇā tayo,
agār', āvaraṇā kāmā, ratiyā pana, pakkami, |
aṭṭhi pesī ubho gāvaghātakā, piṇḍo sākuṇiko, nicchavi orabbhi,
asi ca sūkariko, satti māgavi, usu ca kāraṇiko, sūci sārathi, |
yo ca sibbiyati sūcako hi so, aṇḍabhārī ahū gāmakūṭako,
kūpe nimuggo hi so pāradāriko, gūthakhādī ahū duṭṭhabrāhmaṇo, |
nicchavitthi aticārinī ahū, maṅgulitthi ahū ikkhaṇitthikā,
okilinī sapatti 'ṅgār'; okiri, sīsacchinno ahū coraghātako, |
bhikkhu, bhikkhunī, sikkhamānā, sāmaṇero, atha sāmaṇerikā
Kassapassa vinayasmiṃ pabbajjā pāpakammaṃ te akariṃsu tāvade. |
Tapodā Rājagahe, yuddhaṃ, nāgān'; ogāhanena ca,
Sobhito arahaṃ bhikkhu pañcakappasataṃ sare 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu adhimānena aññaṃ byākāsi, tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi: bhagavatā sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ, kacci nu kho ahaṃ pārājikaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno 'ti. atha kho so bhikkhu bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu adhimānenā 'ti. ||1||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu paṇidhāya araññe viharati evaṃ maṃ jano sambhāvessatīti.
[page 101]
IV. 8. 2-6.] PĀRĀJIKA, IV. 101
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] taṃ jano sambhāvesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la--. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi --la-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa.
na ca bhikkhave paṇidhāya araññe vatthabbaṃ. yo vaseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu paṇidhāya piṇḍāya carati evaṃ maṃ jano sambhāvessatīti. taṃ jano sambhāvesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la--. anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa. na ca bhikkhave paṇidhāya piṇḍāya caritabbaṃ. yo careyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||2||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: ye āvuso amhākaṃ upajjhāyassa saddhivihārikā sabbeva arahanto 'ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la--. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. kiṃcitto tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti. ullapanādhippāyo ahaṃ bhagavā 'ti. anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: ye āvuso amhākaṃ upajjhāyassa antevāsikā sabbeva mahiddhikā mahānubhāvā 'ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . thullaccayassā 'ti. ||3||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu paṇidhāya caṅkami- paṇidhāya tiṭṭhati --pa-- paṇidhāya nisīdi --la-- paṇidhāya seyyaṃ kappesi evaṃ maṃ jano sambhāvessatīti. taṃ jano sambhāvesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la--. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi --la-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa. na ca bhikkhave paṇidhāya seyyaṃ kappetabbaṃ. yo kappeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||4||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu aññatarassa bhikkhuno uttarimanussadhammaṃ ullapati, so pi evam āha: mayham pi āvuso saññojanā pahīnā 'ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la--. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi --la-- āpattiṃ tvaṃ bhikkhu āpanno pārājikan ti. ||5||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu rahogato uttarimanussadhammaṃ ullapati. paracittavidū bhikkhu taṃ bhikkhuṃ apasādesi mā āvuso evarūpaṃ abhaṇi, n'; atth'; eso tuyhan ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la--. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi --la-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu rahogato uttarimanussadhammaṃ ullapati.
[page 102]
102 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [IV. 8. 6-9.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] devatā taṃ bhikkhuṃ apasādesi mā bhante evarūpaṃ abhaṇi, n'; atth'; eso tuyhan ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||6||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu aññataraṃ upāsakaṃ etad avoca: yo āvuso tuyhaṃ vihāre vasati so bhikkhu arahā 'ti. so ca tassa vihāre vasati. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la--. kiṃcitto tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti. ullapanādhippāyo ahaṃ bhagavā 'ti. anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu aññataraṃ upāsakaṃ etad avoca: yaṃ tvaṃ āvuso upaṭṭhesi cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena so bhikkhu arahā 'ti. so ca taṃ upaṭṭheti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||7||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti.
taṃ bhikkhū etad avocuṃ: atth'; āyasmato uttarimanussadhammo 'ti. na āvuso dukkaraṃ ārādhetun ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi: ye kho te bhagavato sāvakā te evaṃ vadeyyuṃ, ahañ c'; amhi na bhagavato sāvako. kacci nu kho ahaṃ pārājikaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. kiṃcitto tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti. anullapanādhippāyo ahaṃ bhagavā 'ti. anāpatti bhikkhu anullapanādhippāyassa.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti.
taṃ bhikkhū etad avocuṃ: atth'; āyasmato uttarimanussadhammo 'ti. na āvuso dukkaraṃ aññaṃ byākātun ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa--. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi.
kiṃcitto tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti. anullapanādhippāyo ahaṃ bhagavā 'ti. anāpatti bhikkhu anullapanādhippāyassā 'ti. ||8||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti. taṃ bhikkhū etad avocuṃ: atth'; āyasmato uttarimanussadhammo 'ti. ārādhanīyo kho āvuso dhammo āraddhaviriyenā 'ti.
tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la--. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi --la-- anāpatti bhikkhu anullapanādhippāyassā 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti. taṃ bhikkhū etad avocuṃ: mā kho āvuso bhāyīti. nāhaṃ āvuso maccuno bhāyāmīti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la-- anāpatti bhikkhu anullapanādhippāyassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti.
[page 103]
IV. 8. 9-12] PĀRĀJIKA, IV. 103
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] taṃ bhikkhū etad avocuṃ: mā kho āvuso bhāyīti. yo nūnāvuso vippaṭisārī assa so bhāyeyyā 'ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la-- anāpatti bhikkhu anullapanādhippāyassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti. taṃ bhikkhū etad avocuṃ: atth'; āyasmato uttarimanussadhammo 'ti.
ārādhanīyo kho āvuso dhammo sammā payuttenā 'ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la-- anāpatti bhikkhu anullapanādhippāyassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro . . . ārādhanīyo kho āvuso dhammo āraddhaviriyenā 'ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . anullapanādhippāyassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro . . . ārādhanīyo kho āvuso dhammo yuttayogenā 'ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . anullapanādhippāyassā 'ti. ||9|| tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti. taṃ bhikkhū etad avocuṃ: kacc'; āvuso khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyan ti. nāvuso sakkā yena vā tena vā adhivāsetun ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la--. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi --la-- anāpatti bhikkhu anullapanādhippāyassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro . . . nāvuso sakkā puthujjanena adhivāsetun ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa--. kiṃcitto tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti. ullapanādhippāyo ahaṃ bhagavā 'ti. anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||10||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro brāhmaṇo bhikkhū nimantetvā etad avoca: āyantu bhonto arahanto 'ti. tesaṃ kukkuccaṃ ahosi: mayañ c'; amhā anarahanto ayañ ca brāhmaṇo amhe arahantavādena samudācarati. kathaṃ nu kho amhehi paṭipajjitabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhave pasādabhaññe 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro brāhmaṇo bhikkhū nimantetvā etad avoca: nisīdantu bhonto arahanto 'ti --la-- bhuñjantu bhonto arahanto 'ti --la-- tappentu bhonto arahanto 'ti --la-- gacchantu bhonto arahanto 'ti.
tesaṃ kukkuccaṃ . . . pasādabhaññe 'ti. ||11||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu aññatarassa bhikkhuno uttarimanussadhammaṃ ullapati, so pi evaṃ āha: mayham pi āvuso āsavā pahīnā 'ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la-- āpattiṃ tvaṃ bhikkhu āpanno pārājikan ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu
[page 104]
104 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [IV. 8. 12-9. 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] . . . mayham pi āvuso ete dhammā saṃvijjantīti. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu . . . aham pi āvuso tesu dhammesu sandissāmīti. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. ||12||
tena kho pana samayena aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ ñātakā etad avocuṃ: ehi bhante agāraṃ ajjhāvasā 'ti. abhabbo kho āvuso mādiso agāraṃ ajjhāvasitun ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . anāpatti bhikkhu anullapanādhippāyassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ ñātakā etad avocuṃ: ehi bhante kāme paribhuñjā 'ti. āvaṭā me āvuso kāmā 'ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . anāpatti bhikkhu anullapanādhippāyassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ ñātakā etad avocuṃ: abhiramasi bhante 'ti. abhirato ahaṃ āvuso paramāya abhiratiyā 'ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi: ye kho te bhagavato sāvakā te evaṃ vadeyyuṃ, ahañ c'; amhi na bhagavato sāvako. kacci nu kho ahaṃ pārājikaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. kiṃcitto tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti. anullapanādhippāyo ahaṃ bhagavā 'ti. anāpatti bhikkhu anullapanādhippāyassā 'ti. ||13||
tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū katikaṃ katvā aññatarasmiṃ āvāse vassaṃ upagacchiṃsu: yo imamhā āvāsā paṭhamaṃ pakkamissati taṃ mayaṃ arahā 'ti jānissāmā 'ti. aññataro bhikkhu maṃ arahā 'ti jānantū 'ti tamhā āvāsā paṭhamaṃ pakkami. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi --la-- āpattiṃ tvaṃ bhikkhu āpanno pārājikan ti. ||14||8||
tena kho pana samayena buddho bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe. tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ca Lakkhaṇo āyasmā ca Mahāmoggallāno Gijjhakūṭe pabbate viharanti. atha kho āyasmā Mahāmoggallāno pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya yenāyasmā Lakkhaṇo ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Lakkhaṇaṃ etad avoca: āyāmāvuso Lakkhaṇa Rājagahaṃ piṇḍāya pavisissāmā 'ti. evam āvuso 'ti kho āyasmā Lakkhaṇo āyasmato Mahāmoggallānassa paccassosi. atha kho āyasmā Mahāmoggallāno Gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto aññatarasmiṃ padese sitaṃ pātvākāsi.
[page 105]
IV. 9. 1-3.] PĀRĀJIKA, IV. 105
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha kho āyasmā Lakkhaṇo āyasmantaṃ Mahāmoggallānaṃ etad avoca: ko nu kho āvuso Moggallāna hetu ko paccayo sitassa pātukammāyā 'ti. akālo kho āvuso Lakkhaṇa etassa pañhassa, bhagavato maṃ santike etaṃ pañhaṃ pucchā 'ti. ||1|| atha kho āyasmā ca Lakkhaṇo āyasmā ca Mahāmoggallāno Rājagahe piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu.
ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Lakkhaṇo āyasmantaṃ Mahāmoggallānaṃ etad avoca: idhāyasmā Mahāmoggallāno Gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto aññatarasmiṃ padese sitaṃ pātvākāsi. ko nu kho āvuso Moggallāna hetu ko paccayo sitassa pātukammāyā 'ti. idhāhaṃ āvuso Gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṃ aṭṭhikasaṃkhalikaṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantaṃ, tam enaṃ gijjhāpi kākāpi kulalāpi anupatitvā anupatitvā pāsuḷantarikāhi vitudenti, sv āssudaṃ aṭṭassaraṃ karoti.
tassa mayhaṃ āvuso etad ahosi: acchariyaṃ vata bho abbhutaṃ vata bho, evarūpo pi nāma satto bhavissati evarūpo pi nāma yakkho bhavissati evarūpo pi nāma attabhāvapaṭilābho bhavissatīti. bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: uttarimanussadhammaṃ āyasmā Mahāmoggallāno ullapatīti. atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: cakkhubhūtā vata bhikkhave sāvakā viharanti ñāṇabhūtā vata bhikkhave sāvakā viharanti yatra hi nāma sāvako evarūpaṃ ñassati vā dakkhati vā sakkhiṃ vā karissati. pubbeva me so bhikkhave satto diṭṭho ahosi api cāhaṃ na byākāsiṃ. ahaṃ ce taṃ byākareyyaṃ pare ca me na saddaheyyuṃ, ye me na saddaheyyuṃ tesaṃ taṃ assa dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya. eso bhikkhave satto imasmiṃ yeva Rājagahe goghātako ahosi, so tassa kammassa vipākena bahūni vassāni bahūni vassasatāni bahūni vassasahassāni bahūni vassasatasahassāni niraye paccitvā tass'; eva kammassa vipākāvasesena evarūpaṃ attabhāvapaṭilābhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. saccaṃ bhikkhave Moggallāno āha, anāpatti bhikkhave Moggallānassā 'ti. ||2|| --la-- idhāhaṃ āvuso Gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṃ maṃsapesiṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantiṃ, tam enaṃ gijjhāpi kākāpi kulalāpi anupatitvā anupatitvā vitacchenti vibhajenti, sāssudaṃ aṭṭassaraṃ karoti --la--.
[page 106]
106 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [IV. 9. 3.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] eso bhikkhave satto imasmiṃ yeva Rājagahe goghātako āhosi --la--. idhāhaṃ āvuso Gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṃ maṃsapiṇḍaṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantaṃ, tam enaṃ gijjhāpi kākāpi kulalāpi anupatitvā anupatitvā vitacchenti vibhajenti, sv āssudaṃ aṭṭassaraṃ karoti --la--. eso bhikkhave satto imasmiṃ yeva Rājagahe sākuṇiko ahosi --la--. idhāhaṃ āvuso Gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṃ nicchaviṃ purisaṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantaṃ, tam enaṃ gijjhāpi kākāpi kulalāpi anupatitvā anupatitvā vitacchenti vibhajenti, sv āssudaṃ aṭṭassaraṃ karoti --la--.
eso bhikkhave satto imasmiṃ yeva Rājagahe orabbhiko ahosi --la--. idhāhaṃ āvuso Gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṃ asilomaṃ purisaṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantaṃ, tassa te asī uppattitvā uppattitvā tass'; eva kāye nipatanti, sv āssudaṃ aṭṭassaraṃ karoti --la--. eso bhikkhave satto imasmiṃ yeva Rājagahe sūkariko ahosi --la--. idhāhaṃ . . . addasaṃ sattilomaṃ purisaṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantaṃ, tassa tā sattiyo uppattitvā uppattitvā tass'; eva kāye nipatanti, sv āssudaṃ aṭṭassaraṃ karoti --la--. eso bhikkhave satto imasmiṃ yeva Rājagahe māgaviko ahosi --pa--. idhāhaṃ . . . addasaṃ usulomaṃ purisaṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantaṃ, tassa te usū . . . Rājagahe kāraṇiko ahosi --la--. idhāhaṃ . . . addasaṃ sūcilomaṃ purisaṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantaṃ, tassa tā sūciyo . . . Rājagahe sārathi ahosi --la--. idhāhaṃ . . . addasaṃ sūcilomaṃ purisaṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantaṃ, tassa tā sūciyo sīse pavisitvā mukhato nikkhamanti mukhe pavisitvā urato nikkhamanti ure pavisitvā udarato nikkhamanti udare pavisitvā ūrūhi nikkhamanti ūrūsu pavisitvā jaṅghāhi nikkhamanti jaṅghāsu pavisitvā pādehi nikkhamanti, sv āssudaṃ . . . Rājagahe sūcako ahosi --pa--.
idhāhaṃ . . . addasaṃ kumbhaṇḍaṃ purisaṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantaṃ, sa gacchanto pi teva aṇḍe khandhe āropetvā gacchati nisīdanto pi tesv eva aṇḍesu nisīdati, tam enaṃ gijjhāpi kākāpi kulalāpi anupatitvā anupatitvā vitacchenti vibhajenti, sv āssudaṃ . . . Rājagahe gāmakūṭo ahosi --pa--. idhāhaṃ . . . addasaṃ purisaṃ gūthakūpe sasīsakaṃ nimuggaṃ --pa--. eso bhikkhave satto imasmiṃ yeva Rājagahe paradāriko ahosi --pa--. idhāhaṃ . . .
[page 107]
IV. 9. 3.] PĀRĀJIKA, IV. 107
addasaṃ purisaṃ gūthakūpe sasīsakaṃ nimuggaṃ ubhohi hatthehi gūthaṃ khādantaṃ --pa--. eso bhikkhave satto imasmiṃ yeva Rājagahe duṭṭhabrāhmaṇo ahosi, so Kassapassa sammāsambuddhassa pāvacane bhikkhusaṃghaṃ bhattena nimantetvā doṇiyā gūthassa pūrāpetvā kālaṃ ārocāpetvā etad avoca: aho bhonto yāvadatthaṃ bhuñjantu c'; eva harantu cā 'ti --la--. idhāhaṃ . . . addasaṃ nicchaviṃ itthiṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantiṃ, tam enaṃ gijjhāpi . . . vibhajenti, sāssudaṃ aṭṭassaraṃ karoti --la--. esā bhikkhave itthi imasmiṃ yeva Rājagahe aticārinī ahosi --la--. idhāhaṃ . . . addasaṃ itthiṃ duggandhaṃ maṅguliṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantiṃ, tam enaṃ gijjhāpi . . . vibhajenti . . . Rājagahe ikkhaṇikā ahosi --la--. idhāhaṃ . . . addasaṃ itthiṃ upakkaṃ okiliniṃ okiriniṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantiṃ, sāssudaṃ aṭṭassaraṃ karoti --la--. esā bhikkhave itthi Kāliṅgassa rañño aggamahesī, sā issāpakatā sapattiṃ aṅgārakaṭāhena okiri --pa--. idhāhaṃ . . . addasaṃ asīsakavandhaṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantaṃ, tassa ure akkhīni c'; eva honti mukhaṃ ca. tam enaṃ gijjhāpi . . . vibhajenti, sv āssudaṃ aṭṭassaraṃ karoti --la--. eso bhikkhave satto imasmiṃ yeva Rājagahe Hāriko nāma coraghātako ahosi --la--. idhāhaṃ . . . addasaṃ bhikkhuṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantaṃ, tassa saṃghāṭī pi ādittā sampajjalitā sajotibhūtā patto pi āditto sampajjalito sajotibhūto kāyabandhanaṃ pi ādittaṃ sampajjalitaṃ sajotibhūtaṃ kāyo pi āditto sampajjalito sajotibhūto, sv āssudaṃ aṭṭassaraṃ karoti --la--. eso bhikkhave bhikkhu Kassapassa sammāsambuddhassa pāvacane pāpabhikkhu ahosi --pa--. idhāhaṃ . . . addasaṃ bhikkhuniṃ --la-- addasaṃ sikkhamānaṃ --pa-- addasaṃ sāmaṇeraṃ --pa-- addasaṃ sāmaṇeriṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantiṃ. tassā saṃghāṭī pi ādittā . . ., sāssudaṃ aṭṭassaraṃ karoti. tassa mayhaṃ āvuso etad ahosi: acchariyaṃ vata bho abbhutaṃ vata bho, evarūpo pi nāma satto bhavissati evarūpo pi nāma yakkho bhavissati evarūpo pi nāma attabhāvapaṭilābho bhavissatīti. bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: uttarimanussadhammaṃ āyasmā Mahāmoggallāno ullapatīti. atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: cakkhubhūtā vata bhikkhave sāvakā viharanti ñāṇabhūtā vata bhikkhave sāvakā viharanti yatra hi nāma sāvako evarūpaṃ ñassati vā dakkhati vā sakkhiṃ vā karissati.
[page 108]
108 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [IV. 9. 3-5.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] pubbeva me sā bhikkhave sāmaṇerī diṭṭhā ahosi api cāhaṃ na byākāsiṃ. ahañ ce taṃ byākareyyaṃ pare ca me na saddaheyyuṃ, ye me na saddaheyyuṃ tesaṃ taṃ assa dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya. esā bhikkhave sāmaṇerī Kassapassa sammāsambuddhassa pāvacane pāpasāmaṇerī ahosi, sā tassa kammassa vipākena bahūni vassāni bahūni vassasatāni bahūni vassasahassāni bahūni vassasatasahassāni niraye paccitvā tass'; eva kammassa vipākāvasesena evarūpaṃ attabhāvapaṭilābhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. saccaṃ bhikkhave Moggallāno āha, anāpatti bhikkhave Moggallānassā 'ti. ||3||
atha kho āyasmā Mahāmoggallāno bhikkhū āmantesi: yat'; āyaṃ āvuso Tapodā sandati so daho acchodako sītodako sātodako setodako supatittho ramaṇīyo pahūtamacchakacchapo cakkamattāni ca padumāni pupphanti, atha ca panāyaṃ Tapodā kuthitā sandatīti. bhikkhū ujjhāyanti --la--.
kathaṃ hi nāma āyasmā Mahāmoggallāno evaṃ vakkhati: yat'; āyaṃ āvuso Tapodā sandati . . . kuthitā sandatīti. uttarimanussadhammaṃ āyasmā Mahāmoggallāno ullapatīti.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. yat'; āyaṃ bhikkhave Tapodā sandati so daho acchodako . . . padumāni pupphanti, api cāyaṃ bhikkhave Tapodā dvinnaṃ mahānirayānaṃ antarikāya āgacchati, tenāyaṃ Tapodā kuthitā sandati. saccaṃ bhikkhave Moggallāno āha, anāpatti bhikkhave Moggallānassā 'ti. ||4||
tena kho pana samayena rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro Licchavīhi saddhiṃ saṃgāmento pabhaggo hoti.
atha rājā pacchā senaṃ saṃkaḍḍhitvā Licchaviyo parājesi, saṃgāme ca nandi carati raññā Licchavī pabhaggā 'ti. atha kho āyasmā Mahāmoggallāno bhikkhū āmantesi: rājā āvuso Licchavīhi pabhaggo, saṃgāme ca nandi carati raññā Licchavī pabhaggā 'ti. bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathañ hi nāma āyasmā Mahāmoggallāno evaṃ vakkhati: rājā āvuso Licchavīhi pabhaggo, saṃgāme ca nandi carati raññā Licchavī pabhaggā 'ti. uttarimanussadhammaṃ āyasmā Mahāmoggallāno ullapatīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. paṭhamaṃ bhikkhave rājā Licchavīhi pabhaggo,
[page 109]
IV. 9. 5-7.] PĀRĀJIKA, IV. 109
atha rājā pacchā senaṃ saṃkaḍḍhitvā Licchaviyo parājesi.
saccaṃ bhikkhave Moggallāno āha, anāpatti bhikkhave Moggallānassā 'ti. ||5||
atha kho āyasmā Mahāmoggallāno bhikkhū āmantesi: idhāhaṃ āvuso Sappinikāya nadiyā tīre ānañjaṃ samādhiṃ samāpanno nāgānaṃ ogayha uttarantānaṃ koñcaṃ karontānaṃ saddaṃ assosin ti. bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathañ hi nāma āyasmā Mahāmoggallāno evaṃ vakkhati: ānañjaṃ samādhiṃ samāpanno nāgānaṃ ogayha uttarantānaṃ koñcaṃ karontānaṃ saddaṃ assosin ti.
uttarimanussadhammaṃ . . . ārocesuṃ. atth'; eso bhikkhave samādhi so ca kho aparisuddho. saccaṃ . . . Moggallānassā 'ti. ||6||
atha kho āyasmā Sobhito bhikkhū āmantesi: ahaṃ āvuso pañca kappasatāni anussarāmīti. bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathañ hi nāma āyasmā Sobhito evaṃ vakkhati: ahaṃ . . . anussarāmīti. uttarimanussadhammaṃ . . . ārocesuṃ. atth'; esā bhikkhave Sobhitassa sā ca kho ekā yeva jāti. saccaṃ . . . Sobhitassā 'ti. ||7||9||
catutthaṃ pārājikaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
uddiṭṭhā kho āyasmanto cattāro pārājikā dhammā yesaṃ bhikkhu aññataraṃ vā aññataraṃ vā āpajjitvā na labhati bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ saṃvāsaṃ, yathā pure tathā pacchā pārājiko hoti asaṃvāso. tatthāyasmante pucchāmi kacci 'ttha parisuddhā. dutiyam pi pucchāmi kacci 'ttha parisuddhā. tatiyam pi pucchāmi kacci 'ttha parisuddhā. parisuddh'; etthāyasmanto, tasmā tuṇhī, evam etaṃ dhārayāmīti.
methun'; -ādinnādānañ ca manussaviggah'; -uttari
pārājikāni cattāri chejjavatthu asaṃsayā 'ti.
Pārājikakaṇḍaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. |
[page 110]
110
Ime kho panāyasmanto terasa saṃghādisesā dhammā uddesaṃ āgacchanti.
SAṂGHĀDISESA, I.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Seyyasako anabhirato brahmacariyaṃ carati, so tena kiso hoti lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto dhamanisanthatagatto. addasa kho āyasmā Udāyi āyasmantaṃ Seyyasakaṃ kisaṃ lūkhaṃ dubbaṇṇaṃ uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajātaṃ dhamanisanthatagattaṃ, disvāna āyasmantaṃ Seyyasakaṃ etad avoca: kissa tvaṃ āvuso Seyyasaka kiso lūkho . . . dhamanisanthatagatto, kacci no tvaṃ āvuso Seyyasaka anabhirato brahmacariyaṃ carasīti. evam āvuso 'ti. tena hi tvaṃ āvuso Seyyasaka yāvadatthaṃ bhuñja yāvadatthaṃ supa yāvadatthaṃ nhāya, yāvadatthaṃ bhuñjitvā yāvadatthaṃ supitvā yāvadatthaṃ nhāyitvā yadā te anabhirati uppajjati rāgo cittaṃ anuddhaṃseti tadā hatthena upakkamitvā asuciṃ mocehīti. kiṃ nu kho āvuso kappati evarūpaṃ kātun ti. āma āvuso, ahaṃ pi evaṃ karomīti. atha kho āyasmā Seyyasako yāvadatthaṃ bhuñji yāvadatthaṃ supi yāvadatthaṃ nhāyi, yāvadatthaṃ bhuñjitvā yāvadatthaṃ supitvā yāvadatthaṃ nhāyitvā yadā anabhirati uppajjati rāgo cittaṃ anuddhaṃseti tadā hatthena upakkamitvā asuciṃ mocesi.
atha kho āyasmā Seyyasako aparena samayena vaṇṇavā ahosi pīnindriyo pasannamukhavaṇṇo vippasannachavivaṇṇo atha kho āyasmato Seyyasakassa sahāyakā bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ Seyyasakaṃ etad avocuṃ: pubbe kho tvaṃ āvuso Seyyasaka kiso ahosi lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto dhamanisanthatagatto, so dāni tvaṃ etarahi vaṇṇavā pīnindriyo pasannamukhavaṇṇo vippasannachavivaṇṇo.
[page 111]
I. 1. 1-2.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, I. 111
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] kiṃ nu kho tvaṃ āvuso Seyyasaka bhesajjaṃ karosīti. na kho ahaṃ āvuso bhesajjaṃ karomi, api cāhaṃ yāvadatthaṃ bhuñjāmi yāvadatthaṃ supāmi yāvadatthaṃ nhāyāmi, yāvadatthaṃ bhuñjitvā yāvadatthaṃ supitvā yāvadatthaṃ nhāyitvā yadā me anabhirati uppajjati rāgo cittaṃ anuddhaṃseti tadā hatthena upakkamitvā asuciṃ mocemīti. ||1|| kiṃ pana tvaṃ āvuso Seyyasaka yen'; eva hatthena saddhādeyyaṃ bhuñjasi ten'; eva hatthena upakkamitvā asuciṃ mocesīti.
evam āvuso 'ti. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma āyasmā Seyyasako hatthena upakkamitvā asuciṃ mocessatīti. atha kho te bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ Seyyasakaṃ anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṃghaṃ sannipātāpetvā āyasmantaṃ Seyyasakaṃ paṭipucchi: saccaṃ kira tvaṃ Seyyasaka hatthena upakkamitvā asuciṃ mocesīti. saccaṃ bhagavā. vigarahi buddho bhagavā. ananucchaviyaṃ moghapurisa ananulomikaṃ appaṭirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa hatthena upakkamitvā asuciṃ mocessasi. nanu mayā moghapurisa anekapariyāyena virāgāya dhammo desito no sarāgāya, visaññogāya dhammo desito no saññogāya, anupādānāya dhammo desito no saupādānāya. tattha nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa mayā virāgāya dhamme desite sarāgāya cetessasi, visaññogāya dhamme desite saññogāya cetessasi, anupādānāya dhamme desite saupādānāya cetessasi. nanu mayā moghapurisa anekapariyāyena rāgavirāgāya dhammo desito, madanimmadanāya pipāsavinayāya ālayasamugghātāya vaṭṭupacchedāya taṇhakkhayāya virāgāya nirodhāya nibbānāya dhammo desito. nanu mayā moghapurisa anekapariyāyena kāmānaṃ pahānaṃ akkhātaṃ, kāmasaññānaṃ pariññā akkhātā, kāmapipāsānaṃ paṭivinayo akkhāto, kāmavitakkānaṃ samugghāto akkhāto, kāmapariḷāhānaṃ vūpasamo akkhāto. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya pasannānaṃ vā bhiyyobhāvāya, atha khv'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānañ c'; eva apasādāya pasannānañ ca ekaccānaṃ aññathattāyā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Seyyasakaṃ anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatā ya --la--,
[page 112]
112 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 1. 2-3. 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
sañcetanikā sukkavisaṭṭhi saṃghādiseso 'ti.
evañ c'; idaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti. ||2||1||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū paṇītāni bhojanāni bhuñjitvā muṭṭhassatī asampajānā niddaṃ okkamanti, tesaṃ muṭṭhassatīnaṃ asampajānānaṃ niddaṃ okkamantānaṃ supinantena asuci muccati. tesaṃ kukkuccaṃ ahosi: bhagavatā sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ sañcetanikā sukkavisaṭṭhi saṃghādiseso 'ti, amhākañ ca supinantena asuci mucci, atthi c'; ettha cetanā labbhati. kacci nu kho mayaṃ saṃghādisesaṃ āpattiṃ āpannā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. atth'; esā bhikkhave cetanā sā ca kho abbohārikā 'ti. evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
sañcetanikā sukkavisaṭṭhi aññatra supinantā saṃghādiseso 'ti. ||1||
sañcetanikā 'ti: jānanto sañjānanto cecca abhivitaritvā vītikkamo.
sukkan ti: dasa sukkāni, nīlaṃ pītakaṃ lohitakaṃ odātaṃ takkavaṇṇaṃ dakavaṇṇaṃ telavaṇṇaṃ khīravaṇṇaṃ dadhivaṇṇaṃ sappivaṇṇaṃ.
visaṭṭhīti, ṭhānato cāvanā vuccati visaṭṭhīti.
aññatra supinantā 'ti ṭhapetvā supinantaṃ.
saṃghādiseso 'ti: saṃgho 'va tassā āpattiyā parivāsaṃ deti mūlāya paṭikassati mānattaṃ deti abbheti, na sambahulā na ekapuggalo, tena vuccati saṃghādiseso 'ti. tass'; eva āpattinikāyassa nāma kammaṃ adhivacanaṃ, tena pi vuccati saṃghādiseso 'ti. ||2||2||
ajjhattarūpe moceti, bahiddhārūpe moceti, ajjhattabahiddhārūpe moceti, ākāse kaṭiṃ kampento moceti, rāgupatthambhe moceti, vaccupatthambhe moceti, passāvupatthambhe moceti, vātupatthambhe moceti, uccāliṅgapāṇakadaṭṭhupatthambhe moceti, ārogyatthāya moceti, sukhatthāya moceti, bhesajjatthāya moceti, dānatthāya moceti, puññatthāya moceti,
[page 113]
I. 3. 1-3.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, I. 113
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] yaññatthāya moceti, saggatthāya moceti, bījatthāya moceti, vīmaṃsatthāya moceti, davatthāya moceti.
mīlaṃ moceti, pītakaṃ moceti, lohitakaṃ moceti, odātaṃ moceti, takkavaṇṇaṃ moceti, dakavaṇṇaṃ moceti, telavaṇṇaṃ moceti, khīravaṇṇaṃ moceti, dadhivaṇṇaṃ moceti, sappivaṇṇaṃ moceti. ||1||
ajjhattarūpe 'ti ajjhattaṃ upādinnarūpe.
bahiddhārūpe 'ti bahiddhā upādinne vā anupādinne vā.
ajjhattabahiddhārūpe 'ti tadubhaye.
ākāse kaṭiṃ kampento 'ti, ākāse vāyamantassa aṅgajātaṃ kammaṇiyaṃ hoti.
rāgupatthambhe 'ti, rāgena pīḷitassa aṅgajātaṃ kammaṇiyaṃ hoti.
vaccupatthambhe 'ti, vaccena pīḷitassa aṅgajātaṃ kammaṇiyaṃ hoti.
passāvupatthambhe 'ti, passāvena pīḷitassa aṅgajātaṃ kammaṇiyaṃ hoti.
vātupatthambhe 'ti, vātena pīḷitassa aṅgajātaṃ kammaṇiyaṃ hoti.
uccāliṅgapāṇakadaṭṭhupatthambhe 'ti, uccāliṅgapāṇakadaṭṭhena aṅgajātaṃ kammaṇiyaṃ hoti.
ārogyatthāyā 'ti ārogo bhavissāmi; sukhatthāyā 'ti sukhaṃ vedanaṃ uppādessāmi; bhesajjatthāyā 'ti bhesajjaṃ bhavissati; dānatthāyā 'ti dānaṃ dassāmi; puññatthāyā 'ti puññaṃ bhavissati; yaññatthāyā 'ti yaññaṃ yajissāmi; saggatthāyā 'ti saggaṃ gamissāmi; bījatthāyā 'ti bījaṃ bhavissati.
vīmaṃsatthāyā 'ti nīlaṃ bhavissati pītakaṃ bhavissati . . . sappivaṇṇaṃ bhavissati.
davatthāyā 'ti khiḍḍādhippāyo. ||2||
ajjhattarūpe ceteti upakkamati muccati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa. bahiddhārūpe ceteti . . . āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
ajjhattabahiddhārūpe ceteti . . . āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
ākāse kaṭiṃ kampento ceteti . . . āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
rāgupatthambhe ceteti . . . vaccupatthambhe . . . davatthāya ceteti upakkamati muccati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
nīlaṃ ceteti upakkamati muccati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
pītakaṃ . . . sappivaṇṇaṃ ceteti . . . āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
suddhikaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||3||
[page 114]
114 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 3. 4-7.
ārogyatthañ ca sukhatthañ ca ceteti . . . āpatti saṃghādisesassa. ārogyatthañ ca bhesajjatthañ ca --pa-- ārogyatthañ ca dānatthañ ca --pa-- ārogyatthañ ca puññatthañ ca --pa-- ārogyatthañ ca yaññatthañ ca --pa-- ārogyatthañ ca saggatthañ ca --pa-- ārogyatthañ ca bījatthañ ca --pa-- ārogyatthañ ca vimaṃsatthañ ca --pa-- ārogyatthañ ca davatthañ ca ceteti upakkamati muccati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
ekamūlakassa khaṇḍacakkaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||4||
sukhatthañ ca bhesajjatthañ ca ceteti . . . āpatti saṃghādisesassa. sukhatthañ ca dānatthañ ca . . . sukhatthañ ca davatthañ ca ceteti . . . āpatti saṃghādisesassa. sukhatthañ ca ārogyatthañ ca ceteti . . . āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
bhesajjatthañ ca dānatthañ ca . . .; davatthañ ca vīmaṃsatthañ ca ceteti . . . āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
ekamūlakassa baddhacakkaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
dumūlakādi pi evam eva netabbaṃ.
ārogyatthañ ca sukhatthañ ca bhesajjatthañ ca . . . davatthañ ca ceteti upakkamati muccati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
sabbamūlakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||5||
nīlañ ca pītakañ ca ceteti upakkamati muccati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa, . . . nīlañ ca sappivaṇṇañ ca ceteti upakkamati muccati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
ekamūlakassa khaṇḍacakkaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ
pītakañ ca lohitakañ ca . . . sappivaṇṇañ ca dadhivaṇṇañ ca ceteti upakkamati muccati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
ekamūlakassa baddhacakkaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
dumūlakādi pi evam eva netabbaṃ.
nīlañ ca pītakañ ca lohitakañ ca . . . sappivaṇṇañ ca ceteti upakkamati muccati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
sabbamūlakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||6||
ārogyatthañ ca nīlañ ca ceteti upakkamati muccati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
ārogyatthañ ca sukhatthañ ca nīlañ ca pītakañ ca ceteti upakkamati muccati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
ārogyatthañ ca sukhatthañ ca bhesajjatthañ ca nīlañ ca pītakañ ca lohitakañ ca ceteti upakkamati muccati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
evam eva ubhato vaḍḍhetabbaṃ.
[page 115]
I. 3. 7-9.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, I. 115
ārogyatthañ ca sukhatthañ ca bhesajjatthañ ca . . . davatthañ ca nīlañ ca pītakañ ca . . . sappivaṇṇañ ca ceteti upakkamati muccati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
missakacakkaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||7||
nīlaṃ mocessāmīti ceteti upakkamati, pītakaṃ muccati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa. nīlaṃ mocessāmīti ceteti upakkamati, lohitakaṃ . . . sappivaṇṇaṃ muccati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
khaṇḍacakkaṃ.
pītakaṃ mocessāmīti ceteti upakkamati, lohitakaṃ muccati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa. pītakaṃ mocessāmīti ceteti upakkamati, odātaṃ . . . sappivaṇṇaṃ --pa-- nīlaṃ muccati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
baddhacakkaṃ mūlaṃ saṃkhittaṃ.
sappivaṇṇaṃ mocessāmīti ceteti upakkamati, nīlaṃ muccati, āpatti saṃghādisessa. sappivaṇṇaṃ mocessāmīti ceteti upakkamati, dadhivaṇṇaṃ muccati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
kucchicakkaṃ. ||8||
pītakaṃ mocessāmīti ceteti upakkamati, nīlaṃ muccati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa. lohitakaṃ mocessāmīti ceteti upakkamati, nīlaṃ muccati --pa-- odātaṃ mocessāmīti ceteti upakkamati, nīlaṃ muccati . . . sappivaṇṇaṃ mocessāmīti ceteti upakkamati, nīlaṃ muccati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
piṭṭhicakkassa paṭhamaṃ gamanaṃ.
lohitakaṃ mocessāmīti ceteti upakkamati, pītakaṃ muccati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa. odātaṃ . . . sappivaṇṇaṃ --pa-- nīlaṃ mocessāmīti ceteti upakkamati, pītakaṃ muccati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
piṭṭhicakkassa dutiyaṃ gamanaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
odātaṃ mocessāmīti ceteti upakkamati, lohitakaṃ muccati . . . pītakaṃ mocessāmīti ceteti upakkamati, lohitakaṃ muccati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
piṭṭhicakkassa tatiyaṃ gamanaṃ.
nīlaṃ mocessāmīti ceteti upakkamati, sappivaṇṇaṃ muccati . . . dadhivaṇṇaṃ mocessāmīti ceteti upakkamati, sappivaṇṇaṃ muccati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
piṭṭhicakkassa dasamaṃ gamanaṃ. piṭṭhicakkapeyyālo niṭṭhito. ||9||3||
[page 116]
116 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 4-5. 4.
ceteti upakkamati muccati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa. ceteti upakkamati na muccati, āpatti thullaccayassa. ceteti na upakkamati muccati, anāpatti. ceteti na upakkamati na muccati, anāpatti. na ceteti upakkamati muccati, anāpatti.
na ceteti upakkamati na muccati, anāpatti. na ceteti na upakkamati muccati, anāpatti. na ceteti na upakkamati na muccati, anāpatti.
anāpatti supinantena, na mocanādhippāyassa, ummattakassa, khittacittassa, vedanaṭṭassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||4||
supino, uccāra-passāvo, vitakk,'; uṇhodakena ca,
bhesajjaṃ, kaṇḍuvaṃ, maggo, vatthiṃ, jantāghar', upakkamo, |
sāmaṇero ca, sutto ca, ūru, muṭṭhinā pīḷayi,
ākāse, thambhaṃ, nijjhāyi, chiddaṃ, kaṭṭhena ghaṭṭayi, |
sote, udañjalaṃ, dhāvaṃ, pupphāvaḷiyaṃ, pokkharaṃ,
vālikā, kaddam', udako, sayan', aṅguṭṭhakena cā 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno supinantena asuci mucci. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi, kacci nu kho ahaṃ saṃghādisesaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno 'ti. atha kho so bhikkhu bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. anāpatti bhikkhu supinantenā 'ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno uccāraṃ karontassa asuci mucci. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. kiṃcitto tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti. nāhaṃ bhagavā mocanādhippāyo 'ti. anāpatti bhikkhu na mocanādhippāyassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno passāvaṃ karontassa . . . anāpatti bhikkhu na mocanādhippāyassā 'ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno kāmavitakkaṃ vitakkentassa asuci mucci.
tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la-- anāpatti bhikkhu vitakkentassā 'ti. ||3||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno uṇhodakena nhāyantassa asuci mucci. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la-- kiṃcitto tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti. nāhaṃ bhagavā mocanādhippāyo 'ti. anāpatti bhikkhu na mocanādhippāyassā 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno mocanādhippāyassa uṇhodakena nhāyantassa asuci mucci. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la-- āpattiṃ tvaṃ bhikkhu āpanno saṃghādisesan ti.
[page 117]
I. 5. 4-9.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, I. 117
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno mocanādhippāyassa uṇhodakena nhāyantassa asuci na mucci. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la-- anāpatti bhikkhu saṃghādisesassa, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||4||tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno aṅgajāte vaṇo hoti, bhesajjena ālimpantassa asuci mucci. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la-- anāpatti bhikkhu na mocanādhippāyassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno aṅgajāte vaṇo hoti, mocanādhippāyassa bhesajjena ālimpantassa asuci mucci --pa-- asuci na mucci. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu saṃghādisesassa, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||5|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno aṇḍaṃ kaṇḍuvantassa asuci mucci. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la-- anāpatti bhikkhu na mocanādhippāyassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno mocanādhippāyassa aṇḍaṃ kaṇḍuvantassa asuci mucci --la-- asuci na mucci. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la-- anāpatti bhikkhu saṃghādisesassa, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||6|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno maggaṃ gacchantassa asuci mucci. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la-- anāpatti bhikkhu na mocanādhippāyassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno mocanādhippāyassa maggaṃ gacchantassa asuci mucci --la-- asuci na mucci . . . thullaccayassā 'ti. ||7|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno vatthiṃ gahetvā passāvaṃ karontassa . . . aññatarassa bhikkhuno jantāghare udaravaṭṭiṃ tāpentassa . . . aññatarassa bhikkhuno jantāghare upajjhāyassa piṭṭhiparikammaṃ karontassa . . . aññatarassa bhikkhuno ūruṃ ghaṭṭāpentassa . . . (the same three cases as above) . . . āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||8||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu mocanādhippāyo aññataraṃ sāmaṇeraṃ etad avoca: ehi me tvaṃ āvuso sāmaṇera aṅgajātaṃ gaṇhāhīti. so tassa aṅgajātaṃ aggahesi, tassa asuci mucci. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la-- āpattiṃ tvaṃ bhikkhu āpanno saṃghādisesan ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu suttassa sāmaṇerassa aṅgajātaṃ aggahesi. tassa asuci mucci. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi
[page 118]
118 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 5. 9-17.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] --la-- anāpatti bhikkhu saṃghādisesassa, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||9||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno mocanādhippāyassa ūrūhi aṅgajātaṃ pīḷentassa asuci mucci --la-- asuci na mucci. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . thullaccayassā 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno mocanādhippāyassa muṭṭhinā aṅgajātaṃ pīḷentassa . . . mocanādhippāyassa ākāse kaṭiṃ kampentassa asuci mucci --la-- asuci na mucci. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . thullaccayassā 'ti. ||10|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno kāyaṃ thambhentassa . . . mocanādhippāyassa kāyaṃ thambhentassa asuci mucci --la-- asuci na mucci . . . thullaccayassā 'ti. ||11||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu sāratto mātugāmassa aṅgajātaṃ upanijjhāyi, tassa asuci mucci. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la-- anāpatti bhikkhu saṃghādisesassa.
na ca bhikkhave sārattena mātugāmassa aṅgajātaṃ upanijjhāyitabbaṃ. yo upanijjhāyeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||12||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno mocanādhippāyassa tāḷacchiddaṃ aṅgajātaṃ pavesentassa asuci mucci --la-- asuci na mucci. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la-- anāpatti bhikkhu saṃghādisesassa, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||13|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno mocanādhippāyassa kaṭṭhena aṅgajātaṃ ghaṭṭentassa asuci mucci --la-- asuci na mucci. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . thullaccayassā 'ti. ||14|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno paṭisote nhāyantassa asuci . . . (the three cases as above) . . . thullaccayassā 'ti. ||15|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno udañjalaṃ kīḷantassa . . . aññatarassa bhikkhuno udake dhāvantassa . . . aññatarassa bhikkhuno pupphāvaḷiyaṃ kīḷantassa . . . aññatarassa bhikkhuno pokkharavane dhāvantassa asuci . . . (three cases as above) . . . thullaccayassā 'ti. ||16|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno mocanādhippāyassa vālikaṃ aṅgajātaṃ pavesentassa asuci mucci --la-- asuci na mucci.
tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . thullaccayassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno mocanādhippāyassa kaddamaṃ aṅgajātaṃ pavesentassa asuci mucci --la-- asuci na mucci.
[page 119]
I. 5. 17-II. 1. 1.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, II. 119
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . thullaccayassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno udakena aṅgajātaṃ osiñcantassa asuci mucci . . . (three cases as above) . . . thullaccayassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno mocanādhippāyassa sayane aṅgajātaṃ ghaṭṭentassa asuci mucci --la-- asuci na mucci. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . thullaccayassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno mocanādhippāyassa aṅguṭṭhena aṅgajātaṃ ghaṭṭentassa asuci mucci --la-- asuci na mucci. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . thullaccayassā 'ti. ||17||5||
paṭhamasaṃghādisesaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
SAṂGHĀDISESA, II.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Udāyi araññe viharati. tassāyasmato vihāro abhirūpo hoti dassanīyo pāsādiko, majjhe gabbho samantā pariyāgāro, supaññattaṃ mañcapīṭhaṃ bhisibimbohanaṃ, pāniyaṃ paribhojaniyaṃ supaṭṭhitaṃ, pariveṇaṃ susammaṭṭhaṃ. bahū manussā āyasmato Udāyissa vihārapekkhakā āgacchanti, aññataro pi brāhmaṇo sapajāpatiko yenāyasmā Udāyi ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Udāyiṃ etad avoca: icchāma mayaṃ bhoto Udāyissa vihāraṃ pekkhitun ti. tena hi brāhmaṇa pekkhassū 'ti, apāpuraṇaṃ ādāya ghaṭikaṃ ugghāṭetvā kavāṭaṃ paṇāmetvā vihāraṃ pāvisi. so pi kho brāhmaṇo āyasmato Udāyissa piṭṭhito pāvisi, sāpi kho brāhmaṇī tassa brāhmaṇassa piṭṭhito pāvisi. atha kho āyasmā Udāyi ekacce vātapāne vivaranto ekacce vātapāne thakento gabbhaṃ anuparigantvā piṭṭhito āgantvā tassā brāhmaṇiyā aṅgamaṅgāni parāmasi. atha kho so brāhmaṇo āyasmatā Udāyinā saddhiṃ paṭisammoditvā agamāsi. atha kho so brāhmaṇo attamano attamanavācaṃ nicchāresi: uḷārā ime samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā ye ime evarūpe araññe viharanti, bhavaṃ pi Udāyi uḷāro yo evarūpe araññe viharatīti. evaṃ vutte sā brāhmaṇī taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etad avoca:
[page 120]
120 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [II. 1. 1-2.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] kuto tassa uḷārattatā, yath'; eva me tvaṃ aṅgamaṅgāni parāmasi evam eva me samaṇo Udāyi aṅgamaṅgāni parāmasīti. atha kho so brāhmaṇo ujjhāyati khīyati vipāceti: alajjino ime samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā dussīlā musāvādino. ime hi nāma dhammacārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā paṭijānissanti. n'; atthi imesaṃ sāmaññaṃ, n'; atthi imesaṃ brāhmaññaṃ, naṭṭhaṃ imesaṃ sāmaññaṃ, naṭṭhaṃ imesaṃ brāhmaññaṃ, kuto imesaṃ sāmaññaṃ, kuto imesaṃ brāhmaññaṃ, apagatā ime sāmaññā, apagatā ime brāhmaññā. kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇo Udāyi mama bhariyāya aṅgamaṅgāni parāmasissati. na hi sakkā kulitthīhi kuladhītāhi kulakumārīhi kulasuṇhāhi kuladāsīhi ārāmaṃ vā vihāraṃ vā gantuṃ. sace kulitthiyo kuladhītāyo kulakumāriyo kulasuṇhāyo kuladāsiyo ārāmaṃ vā vihāraṃ vā gaccheyyuṃ tāpi samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā dūseyyun ti. ||1|| assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tassa brāhmaṇassa ujjhāyantassa khīyantassa vipācentassa. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma āyasmā Udāyi mātugāmena saddhiṃ kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajjissatīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṃghaṃ sannipātāpetvā āyasmantaṃ Udāyiṃ paṭipucchi: saccaṃ kira tvaṃ Udāyi mātugāmena saddhiṃ kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajjasīti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: ananucchaviyaṃ moghapurisa ananulomikaṃ appaṭirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa mātugāmena saddhiṃ kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajjissasi. nanu mayā moghapurisa anekapariyāyena virāgāya dhammo desito no sarāgāya --pa-- kāmapariḷāhānaṃ vūpasamo akkhāto. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --la--, evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu otiṇṇo vipariṇatena cittena mātugāmena saddhiṃ kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajjeyya hatthagāhaṃ vā veṇigāhaṃ vā aññatarassa vā aññatarassa vā aṅgassa parāmasanaṃ, saṃghādiseso 'ti. ||2||1||
yo panā 'ti yo yādiso --pa--. bhikkhū 'ti --pa-- ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti.
[page 121]
II. 2-3. 1.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, II. 121
otiṇṇo nāma sāratto apekkhavā paṭibaddhacitto.
vipariṇatan ti, rattaṃ pi cittaṃ vipariṇataṃ duṭṭhaṃ pi cittaṃ vipariṇataṃ mūḷhaṃ pi cittaṃ vipariṇataṃ; api ca rattaṃ cittaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetaṃ vipariṇatan ti.
mātugāmo nāma manussitthi, na yakkhī na pitī na tiracchānagatā, antamaso tadahujātāpi dārikā, pag eva mahattarī.
saddhin ti ekato.
kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajjeyyā 'ti ajjhācāro vuccati.
hattho nāma kapparaṃ upādāya yāva agganakhā. veṇi nāma suddhakesā vā suttamissā vā mālāmissā vā hiraññamissā vā suvaṇṇamissā vā muttamissā vā maṇimissā vā.
aṅgaṃ nāma hatthañ ca veṇiñ ca ṭhapetvā avasesaṃ aṅgaṃ nāma. ||1||
āmasanā parāmasanā omasanā ummasanā olaṅghanā ullaṅghanā ākaḍḍhanā patikaḍḍhanā abhiniggaṇhanā abhinippīḷanā gahaṇaṃ chupanaṃ.
āmasanā nāma āmaṭṭhamattā. parāmasanā nāma ito c'; ito ca saṃcopanā. omasanā nāma heṭṭhā oropanā. ummasanā nāma uddhaṃ uccāraṇā. olaṅghanā nāma heṭṭhā onamanā.
ullaṅghanā nāma uddhaṃ uccāraṇā. ākaḍḍhanā nāma āviñjanā. patikaḍḍhanā nāma patipaṇāmanā. abhiniggaṇhanā {nāma} aṅgaṃ gahetvā niggaṇhanā. abhinippīḷanā nāma kenaci saha nippīḷanā. gahaṇaṃ nāma gahitamattaṃ. chupanaṃ nāma phuṭṭhamattaṃ.
saṃghādiseso 'ti --pa-- tena pi vuccati saṃghādiseso 'ti. ||2||2||
itthi ca hoti, itthisaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ itthiyā kāyena kāyaṃ āmasati parāmasati omasati ummasati olaṅgheti ullaṅgheti ākaḍḍhati patikaḍḍhati abhiniggaṇhāti abhinippīḷeti gaṇhāti chupati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa. itthi ca hoti, vematiko sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ itthiyā kāyena kāyaṃ āmasati parāmasati --pa-- gaṇhāti chupati, āpatti thullaccayassa. itthi ca hoti, paṇḍakasaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ . . . thullaccayassa. itthi ca hoti, purisasaññī . . . tiracchānagatasaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ . . . thullaccayassa.
paṇḍako ca hoti, paṇḍakasaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ paṇḍakassa kāyena
[page 122]
122 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [II. 3. 1-3.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] . . . chupati, āpatti thullaccayassa.
paṇḍako ca hoti, vematiko . . . purisasaññī . . . tiracchānagatasaññī . . . itthisaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ paṇḍakassa kāyena . . . chupati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
puriso ca hoti, purisasaññī . . . vematiko . . . tiracchānagatasaññī . . . itthisaññī . . . paṇḍakasaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ purisassa kāyena . . . chupati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
tiracchānagato ca hoti, tiracchānagatasaññī . . . vematiko . . . itthisaññī . . . paṇḍakasaññī . . . purisasaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ tiracchānagatassa kāyena . . . chupati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
ekamūlakaṃ. ||1||
dve itthiyo, dvinnaṃ itthīnaṃ itthisaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ dvinnaṃ itthīnaṃ kāyena . . . chupati, āpatti dvinnaṃ saṃghādisesānaṃ. dve itthiyo, dvinnaṃ itthīnaṃ vematiko . . . paṇḍakasaññī . . . purisasaññī . . . tiracchānagatasaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ dvinnaṃ itthīnaṃ kāyena . . . chupati, āpatti dvinnaṃ thullaccayānaṃ.
dve paṇḍakā, dvinnaṃ paṇḍakānaṃ paṇḍakasaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ dvinnaṃ paṇḍakānaṃ kāyena . . . chupati, āpatti dvinnaṃ thullaccayānaṃ. dve paṇḍakā, dvinnaṃ paṇḍakānaṃ vematiko --pa-- purisasaññī --pa-- tiracchānagatasaññī --pa-- itthisaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ dvinnaṃ paṇḍakānaṃ kāyena . . . chupati, āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ.
dve purisā, dvinnaṃ purisānaṃ purisasaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ dvinnaṃ purisānaṃ kāyena . . . chupati, āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. dve purisā, dvinnaṃ purisānaṃ vematiko --pa-- tiracchānagatasaññī --la-- itthisaññī --la-- paṇḍakasaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ dvinnaṃ purisānaṃ kāyena . . . chupati, āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ.
dve tiracchānagatā, dvinnaṃ tiracchānagatānaṃ tiracchānagatasaññī --pa-- vematiko --pa-- itthisaññī --pa-- paṇḍakasaññī --pa-- purisasaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ dvinnaṃ tiracchānagatānaṃ kāyena . . . chupati, āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. ||2||
itthi ca paṇḍako ca, ubhinnaṃ itthisaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ ubhinnaṃ kāyena
[page 123]
II. 3. 3-4.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, II. 123
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] . . . chupati, āpatti saṃghādisesena dukkaṭassa. itthi ca paṇḍako ca, ubhinnaṃ vematiko sāratto ca . . . āpatti thullaccayena dukkaṭassa. itthi ca paṇḍako ca, ubhinnaṃ paṇḍakasaññī sāratto ca . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ thullaccayānaṃ. itthi ca paṇḍako ca, ubhinnaṃ purisasaññī sāratto ca . . . āpatti thullaccayena dukkaṭassa. itthi ca paṇḍako ca, ubhinnaṃ tiracchānagatasaññī sāratto ca . . . āpatti thullaccayena dukkaṭassa.
itthi ca puriso ca, ubhinnaṃ itthisaññī sāratto ca . . . āpatti saṃghādisesena dukkaṭassa. itthi ca puriso ca, ubhinnaṃ vematiko --pa-- paṇḍakasaññī --pa-- purisasaññī --pa-- tiracchānagatasaññī sāratto ca . . . āpatti thullaccayena dukkaṭassa.
itthi ca tiracchānagato ca, ubhinnaṃ itthisaññī sāratto ca . . . āpatti saṃghādisesena dukkaṭassa. itthi ca tiracchānagato ca, ubhinnaṃ vematiko --pa-- paṇḍakasaññī --pa-- purisasaññī --pa-- tiracchānagatasaññī sāratto ca . . . āpatti thullaccayena dukkaṭassa.
paṇḍako ca puriso ca, ubhinnaṃ paṇḍakasaññī sāratto ca . . . āpatti thullaccayena dukkaṭassa. paṇḍako ca puriso ca, ubhinnaṃ vematiko --pa-- purisasaññī --pa-- tiracchānagatasaññī --pa-- itthisaññī sāratto ca . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. paṇḍako ca tiracchānagato ca, ubhinnaṃ paṇḍakasaññī sāratto ca . . . āpatti thullaccayena dukkaṭassa. paṇḍako ca tiracchānagato ca, ubhinnaṃ vematiko --pa-- purisasaññī --pa-- tiracchānagatasaññī --pa-- itthisaññī sāratto ca . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ.
puriso ca tiracchānagato ca, ubhinnaṃ purisasaññī sāratto ca . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. puriso ca tiracchānagato ca, ubhinnaṃ vematiko --pa-- tiracchānagatasaññī --pa-- itthisaññī --pa-- paṇḍakasaññī sāratto ca . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ.
dumūlakaṃ. ||3||
itthi ca hoti, itthisaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ itthiyā kāyena kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ āmasati . . . chupati, āpatti thullaccayassa. dve itthiyo, dvinnaṃ itthīnaṃ itthisaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ dvinnaṃ itthīnaṃ kāyena kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ āmasati . . . chupati, āpatti dvinnaṃ thullaccayānaṃ.
[page 124]
124 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [II. 3. 4-5.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] itthi ca paṇḍako ca, ubhinnaṃ itthisaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ ubhinnaṃ kāyena kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ āmasati . . . chupati, āpatti thullaccayena dukkaṭassa.
itthi ca hoti, itthisaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ itthiyā kāyapaṭibaddhena kāyaṃ āmasati . . . chupati, āpatti thullaccayassa. dve itthiyo . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ thullaccayānaṃ. itthi ca paṇḍako ca . . . āpatti thullaccayena dukkaṭassa.
itthi ca hoti, itthisaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ itthiyā kāyapaṭibaddhena kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ āmasati . . . chupati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. dve itthiyo . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. itthi ca paṇḍako ca . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ.
itthi ca hoti, itthisaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ itthiyā nissaggiyena kāyaṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. dve itthiyo, dvinnaṃ itthīnaṃ itthisaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ dvinnaṃ itthīnaṃ nissaggiyena kāyaṃ āmasati, āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. itthi ca paṇḍako ca, ubhinnaṃ itthisaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ ubhinnaṃ nissaggiyena kāyaṃ āmasati, āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ.
itthi ca hoti, itthisaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ itthiyā nissaggiyena kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
dve itthiyo, dvinnaṃ itthīnaṃ itthisaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ dvinnaṃ itthīnaṃ nissaggiyena kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ āmasati, āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. itthi ca paṇḍako ca . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ.
itthi ca hoti, itthisaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ itthiyā nissaggiyena nissaggiyaṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. dve itthiyo . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. itthi ca paṇḍako ca . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ.
bhikkhupeyyālo niṭṭhito. ||4||
itthi ca hoti, itthisaññī sāratto ca, itthi canaṃ bhikkhussa kāyena kāyaṃ āmasati parāmasati omasati ummasati olaṅgheti ullaṅgheti ākaḍḍhati patikaḍḍhati abhiniggaṇhāti abhinippīḷeti gaṇhāti chupati, sevanādhippāyo kāyena vāyamati phassaṃ paṭivijānāti, āpatti saṃghādisesassa. dve itthiyo, dvinnaṃ itthīnaṃ itthisaññī sāratto ca, itthiyo canaṃ . . . āmasanti . . . paṭivijānāti, āpatti dvinnaṃ saṃghādisesānaṃ.
[page 125]
II. 3. 5-6.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, II. 125
itthi ca paṇḍako ca, ubhinnaṃ itthisaññī sāratto ca, ubho canaṃ . . . āmasanti . . . paṭivijānāti, āpatti saṃghādisesena dukkaṭassa.
itthi ca hoti, itthisaññī sāratto ca, itthi canaṃ bhikkhussa kāyena kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ āmasati . . . āpatti thullaccayassa.
dve itthiyo . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ thullaccayānaṃ. itthi ca paṇḍako ca . . . āpatti thullaccayena dukkaṭassa.
itthi ca hoti, itthisaññī sāratto ca, itthi canaṃ bhikkhussa kāyapaṭibaddhena kāyaṃ āmasati . . . āpatti thullaccayassa. dve itthiyo . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ thullaccayānaṃ.
itthi ca paṇḍako ca . . . āpatti thullaccayena dukkaṭassa.
itthi ca hoti, itthisaññī sāratto ca, itthi canaṃ bhikkhussa kāyapaṭibaddhena kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ āmasati . . . āpatti dukkaṭassa. dve itthiyo . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ.
itthi ca paṇḍako ca . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ.
itthi ca hoti, itthisaññī sāratto ca, itthi canaṃ bhikkhussa nissaggiyena kāyaṃ āmasati, sevanādhippāyo kāyena vāyamati phassaṃ paṭivijānāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. dve itthiyo . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. itthi ca paṇḍako ca . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ.
itthi ca hoti, itthisaññī sāratto ca, itthi canaṃ bhikkhussa nissaggiyena kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ āmasati . . . paṭivijānāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. dve itthiyo . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. itthi ca paṇḍako ca . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ.
itthi ca hoti, itthisaññī sāratto ca, itthi canaṃ bhikkhussa nissaggiyena nissaggiyaṃ āmasati, sevanādhippāyo kāyena vāyamati na ca phassaṃ paṭivijānāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. dve itthiyo . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. itthi ca paṇḍako ca . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. ||5||
sevanādhippāyo kāyena vāyamati phassaṃ paṭivijānāti, āpatti saṃghādisesassa. sevanādhippāyo kāyena vāyamati na ca phassaṃ paṭivijānāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. sevanādhippāyo na ca kāyena vāyamati phassaṃ paṭivijānāti, anāpatti. sevanādhippāyo na ca kāyena vāyamati na ca phassaṃ paṭivijānāti, anāpatti.
mokkhādhippāyo kāyena vāyamati phassaṃ paṭivijānāti, anāpatti. mokkhādhippāyo kāyena vāyamati na ca phassaṃ paṭivijānāti,
[page 126]
126 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [II. 3. 6-4. 5.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] anāpatti. mokkhādhippāyo na ca kāyena vāyamati phassaṃ paṭivijānāti, anāpatti. mokkhādhippāyo na ca kāyena vāyamati na ca phassaṃ paṭivijānāti, anāpatti. ||6||
anāpatti asañcicca, asatiyā, ajānantassa, asādiyantassa, ummattakassa, khittacittassa, vedanaṭṭassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||7||3||
mātā, dhītā, bhaginī ca, jāyā, yakkhī ca, paṇḍako,
suttā, matā, tiracchānā, dārudhītalikāya ca, |
sampīḷe, saṃkamo, maggo, rukkho, nāvā ca, rajju ca,
daṇḍo, pattaṃ paṇāmesi, vande, vāyami na cchupe 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu mātuyā mātupemena . . . dhītuyā dhītupemena --pa-- bhaginiyā bhaginīpemena āmasi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi, kacci nu kho ahaṃ saṃghādisesaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi --la-- anāpatti bhikkhu saṃghādisesassa, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu purāṇadutiyikāya kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajji. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- āpattiṃ tvaṃ bhikkhu āpanno saṃghādisesan ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu yakkhiniyā . . . paṇḍakassa kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajji. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu saṃghādisesassa, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||3|| tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu suttitthiyā kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajji. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- āpattiṃ tvaṃ bhikkhu āpanno saṃghādisesan ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu matitthiyā kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajji.
tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi. anāpatti bhikkhu saṃghādisesassa, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu tiracchānagatitthiyā . . . anāpatti bhikkhu saṃghādisesassa, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu dārudhītalikāya kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajji . . . dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||4||
tena kho pana samayena sambahulā itthiyo aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ sampīḷetvā bāhāparamparāya nesuṃ. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa--, sādiyi tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti. nāhaṃ bhagavā sādiyin ti. anāpatti bhikkhu asādiyantassā 'ti. ||5||
[page 127]
II. 4. 6-III. 1. 1.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, III. 127
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu itthiyā abhirūḷhaṃ saṃkamaṃ sāratto sañcālesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||6|| tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu itthiṃ paṭipathe passitvā sāratto aṃsakūṭena pahāraṃ adāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . saṃghādisesan ti. ||7|| tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu itthiyā abhirūḷhaṃ rukkhaṃ . . . abhirūḷhaṃ nāvaṃ sāratto sañcālesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||8|| tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu itthiyā gahitaṃ rajjuṃ sāratto āviñji. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . thullaccayassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu itthiyā gahitaṃ daṇḍaṃ sāratto āviñji. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . thullaccayassā 'ti. ||9||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu sāratto itthiṃ pattena paṇāmesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . thullaccayassā 'ti. ||10|| tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu itthiyā vandantiyā sāratto pādaṃ uccāresi. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . saṃghādisesan ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu itthiṃ gahessāmīti vāyamitvā na chupi. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||11||4||
dutiyasaṃghādisesaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
SAṂGHĀDISESA, III.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Udāyi araññe viharati, tassāyasmato vihāro abhirūpo hoti dassanīyo pāsādiko. tena kho pana samayena sambahulā itthiyo ārāmaṃ āgamaṃsu vihārapekkhikāyo. atha kho tā itthiyo yenāyasmā Udāyi ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Udāyiṃ etad avocuṃ: icchāma mayaṃ bhante ayyassa vihāraṃ pekkhitun ti. atha kho āyasmā Udāyi tā itthiyo vihāraṃ pekkhāpetvā tāsaṃ itthīnaṃ vaccamaggaṃ passāvamaggaṃ ādissa vaṇṇaṃ pi bhaṇati avaṇṇaṃ pi bhaṇati yācati pi āyācati pi pucchati pi paṭipucchati pi ācikkhati pi anusāsati pi akkosati pi. yā tā itthiyo chinnikā dhuttikā ahirikāyo tā āyasmatā Udāyinā saddhiṃ ūhasanti pi ullapanti pi ujjhagganti pi uppaṇḍenti pi.
[page 128]
128 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [III. 1. 1-2. 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] yā pana tā itthiyo hirimanā tā nikkhamitvā bhikkhū ujjhāpenti: idaṃ bhante na cchannaṃ na paṭirūpaṃ, sāmikena pi mayaṃ evaṃ vuttā na iccheyyāma, kiṃ pan'; ayyena Udāyinā 'ti. ||1|| ye te bhikkhū appicchā te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma āyasmā Udāyi mātugāmaṃ duṭṭhullāhi vācāhi obhāsissatīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṃghaṃ sannipātāpetvā āyasmantaṃ Udāyiṃ paṭipucchi: saccaṃ kira tvaṃ Udāyi mātugāmaṃ duṭṭhullāhi vācāhi obhāsīti.
saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: ananucchaviyaṃ moghapurisa ananulomikaṃ appaṭirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa mātugāmaṃ duṭṭhullāhi vācāhi obhāsissasi. nanu mayā moghapurisa anekapariyāyena virāgāya dhammo desito no sarāgāya --pa-- kāmapariḷāhānaṃ vūpasamo akkhāto.
n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa-- evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu otiṇṇo vipariṇatena cittena mātugāmaṃ duṭṭhullāhi vācāhi obhāseyya yathā taṃ yuvā yuvatiṃ methunupasaṃhitāhi, saṃghādiseso 'ti. ||2||1||
yo pāna 'ti yo yādiso --pa--. bhikkhū 'ti --pa-- ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti.
otiṇṇo nāma sāratto apekkhavā paṭibaddhacitto.
vipariṇatan ti, rattaṃ pi cittaṃ vipariṇataṃ duṭṭhaṃ pi cittaṃ vipariṇataṃ mūḷhaṃ pi cittaṃ vipariṇataṃ; api ca rattaṃ cittaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetaṃ vipariṇatan ti.
{mātugāmo} nāma manussitthi, na yakkhī na petī na tiracchānagatā, viññū paṭibalā subhāsitadubbhāsitaṃ duṭṭhullāduṭṭhullaṃ ājānituṃ.
duṭṭhullā nāma vācā vaccamaggapassāvamaggamethunadhammapaṭisaṃyuttā vācā.
obhāseyyā 'ti ajjhācāro vuccati.
yathā taṃ yuvā yuvatin ti, daharo dahariṃ taruṇo taruṇiṃ kāmabhogo kāmabhogiṃ.
[page 129]
III. 2-3. 3.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, III. 129
methunupasaṃhitāhīti methunadhammapaṭisaṃyuttāhi.
saṃghādiseso 'ti --pa-- tena pi vuccati saṃghādiseso 'ti. ||2||
dve magge ādissa vaṇṇaṃ pi bhaṇati avaṇṇaṃ pi bhaṇati yācati pi āyācati pi pucchati pi paṭipucchati pi ācikkhati pi anusāsati pi akkosati pi.
vaṇṇaṃ bhaṇati nāma dve magge thometi vaṇṇeti pasaṃsati.
avaṇṇaṃ bhaṇati nāma dve magge khuṃseti vambheti garahati.
yācati nāma dehi me arahasi me dātun ti.
āyācati nāma kadā te mātā pasīdissati, kadā te pitā pasīdissati, kadā te devatāyo pasīdissanti, kadā sukhaṇo sulayo sumuhutto bhavissati, kadā te methunaṃ dhammaṃ labhissāmīti.
pucchati nāma kathaṃ tvaṃ sāmikassa desi, kathaṃ jārassa desīti.
paṭipucchati nāma evaṃ kira tvaṃ sāmikassa desi, evaṃ jārassa desīti.
ācikkhati nāma puṭṭho bhaṇati evaṃ dehi, evaṃ dentā sāmikassa piyā bhavissasi manāpā cā 'ti.
anusāsati nāma apuṭṭho bhaṇati evaṃ dehi, evaṃ dentā sāmikassa piyā bhavissasi manāpā cā 'ti.
akkosati nāma animittāsi nimittamattāsi alohitāsi dhuvalohitāsi dhuvacolāsi paggharantī 'si sikharaṇī 'si itthipaṇḍakāsi vepurisikāsi sambhinnāsi ubhatovyañjanāsīti. ||1||
itthi ca hoti, itthisaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ itthiyā vaccamaggaṃ passāvamaggaṃ ādissa vaṇṇaṃ pi bhaṇati avaṇṇaṃ pi bhaṇati . . . akkosati pi, āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
dve itthiyo, dvinnaṃ itthīnaṃ itthisaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ dvinnaṃ itthīnaṃ vaccamaggaṃ . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ saṃghādisesānaṃ. itthi ca paṇḍako ca, ubhinnaṃ itthisaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ ubhinnaṃ vaccamaggaṃ . . . āpatti saṃghādisesena dukkaṭassa. ||2||
itthi ca hoti, itthisaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ itthiyā vaccamaggaṃ passāvamaggaṃ ṭhapetvā adhakkhakaṃ ubbhajānumaṇḍalaṃ ādissa vaṇṇaṃ pi bhaṇati avaṇṇaṃ pi bhaṇati
[page 130]
130 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [III. 3. 3-4. 5.
--pa-- akkosati pi, āpatti thullaccayassa. dve itthiyo . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ thullaccayānaṃ. itthi ca paṇḍako ca . . . āpatti thullaccayena dukkaṭassa. ||3||
itthi ca hoti, itthisaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ itthiyā ubbhakkhakaṃ adhojānumaṇḍalaṃ ādissa vaṇṇaṃ pi . . . āpatti dukkaṭassa. dve itthiyo . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. itthi ca paṇḍako ca . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. ||4||
itthi ca hoti, itthisaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ itthiyā kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ ādissa vaṇṇam pi . . . āpatti dukkaṭassa.
dve itthiyo . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. itthi ca paṇḍako ca . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. ||5||
anāpatti atthapurekkhārassa, dhammapurekkhārassa, anusāsanīpurekkhārassa, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti.
||6||3||
lohitaṃ, kakkas'; -ākiṇṇaṃ, kharaṃ, dīghañ ca, vāpitaṃ,
kacci saṃsīdati maggo, saddhā, dānena, kammunā 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññatarā itthi navarattaṃ kambalaṃ pārutā hoti. aññataro bhikkhu sāratto taṃ itthiṃ etad avoca: lohitaṃ kho te bhaginīti. sā na paṭivijāni, ām'; ayya navaratto kambalo 'ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi: kacci nu kho ahaṃ saṃghādisesaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. anāpatti bhikkhu saṃghādisesassa, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarā itthi kharakambalaṃ pārutā . . . etad avoca: kakkasalomaṃ kho te bhaginīti. sā na paṭivijāni, ām'; ayya kharakambalako 'ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarā itthi navāvutaṃ kambalaṃ pārutā . . . etad avoca: ākiṇṇalomaṃ kho te bhaginīti. sā na paṭivijāni, ām'; ayya navāvuto kambalo 'ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||3|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarā itthi kharakambalaṃ pārutā . . . etad avoca: kharalomaṃ kho . . . ām'; ayya kharakambalako 'ti . . . dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||4|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarā itthi pāvāraṃ pārutā . . . etad avoca: dīghalomaṃ kho . . . ām'; ayya pāvāro 'ti . . . dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||5||
[page 131]
III. 4. 6-IV. 1. 1.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, IV. 131
tena kho pana samayena aññatarā itthi khettaṃ vapāpetvā āgacchati. aññataro bhikkhu sāratto taṃ itthiṃ etad avoca: vāpitaṃ kho te bhaginīti. sā na paṭivijāni, ām'; ayya no ca kho paṭivuttan ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu saṃghādisesassa, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||6||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu paribbājikaṃ paṭipathe passitvā sāratto taṃ paribbājikaṃ etad avoca: kacci bhagini maggo saṃsīdatīti. sā na paṭivijāni, āma bhikkhu paṭipajjissasīti. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . thullaccayassā 'ti. ||7||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu sāratto aññataraṃ itthiṃ etad avoca: saddhāsi tvaṃ bhagini, api ca yaṃ sāmikassa desi taṃ n'; amhākaṃ desīti. kiṃ bhante 'ti. methunadhamman ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . saṃghādisesan ti. ||8||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu sāratto aññataraṃ itthiṃ etad avoca: saddhāsi tvaṃ bhagini, api ca yaṃ aggadānaṃ taṃ n'; amhākaṃ desīti. kiṃ bhante aggadānan ti. methunadhamman ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . saṃghādisesan ti. ||9|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarā itthi kammaṃ karoti, aññataro bhikkhu sāratto taṃ itthiṃ etad avoca: tiṭṭha bhagini ahaṃ karissāmīti --pa-- nisīda bhagini ahaṃ karissāmīti --pa-- nipajja bhagini ahaṃ karissāmīti --pa-- sā na paṭivijāni. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||10||4||
tatiyasaṃghādisesaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
SAṂGHĀDISESA, IV.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Udāyi Sāvatthiyaṃ kulūpako hoti bahukāni kulāni upasaṃkamati. tena kho pana samayena aññatarā itthi matapatikā abhirūpā hoti dassanīyā pāsādikā.
atha kho āyasmā Udāyi pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya yena tassā itthiyā nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi.
[page 132]
132 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [IV. 1. 1-2.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha kho sā itthi yenāyasmā Udāyi ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Udāyiṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho taṃ itthiṃ āyasmā Udāyi dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. atha kho sā itthi āyasmatā Udāyinā dhammiyā kathāya . . . sampahaṃsitā āyasmantaṃ Udāyiṃ etad avoca: vadeyyātha bhante yena attho, paṭibalā mayaṃ ayyassa dātuṃ yad idaṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānan ti. na kho te bhagini amhākaṃ dullabhā yad idaṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārā, api ca yo amhākaṃ dullabho taṃ dehīti. kiṃ bhante 'ti. methunadhamman ti.
attho bhante 'ti. attho bhaginīti. ehi bhante 'ti ovarakaṃ pavisitvā sāṭakaṃ nikkhipitvā mañcake uttānā nipajji. atha kho āyasmā Udāyi yena sā itthi ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā ko imaṃ vasalaṃ duggandhaṃ āmasissatīti niṭṭhuhitvā pakkāmi. atha kho sā itthi ujjhāyati khīyati vipāceti: alajjino ime samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā dussīlā musāvādino. ime hi nāma dhammacārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā paṭijānissanti. n'; atthi imesaṃ sāmaññaṃ, n'; atthi imesaṃ brāhmaññaṃ, naṭṭhaṃ imesaṃ sāmaññaṃ, naṭṭhaṃ imesaṃ brāhmaññaṃ, kuto imesaṃ sāmaññaṃ kuto imesaṃ brāhmaññaṃ, apagatā ime sāmaññā, apagatā ime brāhmaññā. kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇo Udāyi maṃ sāmaṃ methunadhammaṃ yācitvā ko imaṃ vasalaṃ duggandhaṃ āmasissatīti niṭṭhuhitvā pakkamissati. kiṃ me pāpakaṃ, kiṃ me duggandhaṃ, kassāhaṃ kena hāyāmīti.
aññāpi itthiyo ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: alajjino ime . . . kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇo Udāyi imissā sāmaṃ methunadhammaṃ yācitvā ko imaṃ vasalaṃ duggandhaṃ āmasissatīti niṭṭhuhitvā pakkamissati. kiṃ imissā pāpakaṃ, kiṃ imissā duggandhaṃ, kassāyaṃ kena hāyatīti. ||1|| assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tāsaṃ itthīnaṃ ujjhāyantīnaṃ khīyantīnaṃ vipācentīnaṃ. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma āyasmā Udāyi mātugāmassa santike attakāmapāricariyāya vaṇṇaṃ bhāsissatīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṃghaṃ sannipātāpetvā āyasmantaṃ Udāyiṃ paṭipucchi:
[page 133]
IV. 1. 2-2.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, IV. 133
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] saccaṃ kira tvaṃ Udāyi mātugāmassa santike attakāmapāricariyāya vaṇṇaṃ bhāsīti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: ananucchaviyaṃ moghapurisa ananulomikaṃ appaṭirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa mātugāmassa santike attakāmapāricariyāya vaṇṇaṃ bhāsissasi. nanu mayā moghapurisa anekapariyāyena virāgāya dhammo desito no sarāgāya --pa-- kāmapariḷāhānaṃ vūpasamo akkhāto. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--, evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu otiṇṇo vipariṇatena cittena mātugāmassa santike attakāmapāricariyāya vaṇṇaṃ bhāseyya etad aggaṃ bhagini pāricariyānaṃ yā mādisaṃ sīlavantaṃ kalyāṇadhammaṃ brahmacāriṃ etena dhammena paricareyyā 'ti methunupasaṃhitena, saṃghādiseso 'ti. ||2||1||
yo panā 'ti . . . (see Saṃghād., III.2) . . . duṭṭhullāduṭṭhullaṃ ājānituṃ.
mātugāmassa santike 'ti, mātugāmassa sāmantā mātugāmassa avidūre.
attakāman ti attano kāmaṃ attano hetuṃ attano adhippāyaṃ attano pāricariyaṃ.
etad aggan ti etaṃ aggaṃ etaṃ seṭṭhaṃ etaṃ mokkhaṃ etaṃ uttamaṃ etaṃ pavaraṃ.
yā 'ti khattiyī vā brāhmaṇī vā vessī vā suddī vā.
mādisan ti khattiyaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā vessaṃ vā suddaṃ vā.
sīlavantan ti pāṇātipātā paṭivirataṃ adinnādānā paṭivirataṃ musāvādā paṭivirataṃ. brahmacārin ti methunadhammā paṭivirataṃ.
kalyāṇadhammo nāma tena ca sīlena tena ca brahmacariyena kalyāṇadhammo hoti.
etena dhammenā 'ti methunadhammena.
paricareyyā 'ti abhirameyya.
methunupasaṃhitenā 'ti methunadhammapaṭisaṃyuttena.
saṃghādiseso 'ti --pa-- tena pi vuccati saṃghādiseso 'ti. ||2||
[page 134]
134 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [IV. 3. 1-4. 6.
itthi ca hoti, itthisaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ itthiyā santike attakāmapāricariyāya vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa. dve itthiyo, dvinnaṃ itthīnaṃ itthisaññī . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ saṃghādisesānaṃ. itthi ca paṇḍako ca, ubhinnaṃ itthisaññī . . . āpatti saṃghādisesena dukkaṭassa. ||1||
anāpatti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena upaṭṭhahā 'ti bhaṇati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||2||3||
kathaṃ vañjhā, labhe puttaṃ, piyā ca, subhagā siyaṃ,
kiṃ dajjaṃ, ken'; upaṭṭheyyaṃ, kathaṃ gaccheyyaṃ sugatin ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññatarā vañjhā itthi kulūpakaṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: kathāhaṃ bhante vijāyeyyan ti. tena hi bhagini aggadānaṃ dehīti. kiṃ bhante aggadānan ti.
methunadhamman ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . saṃghādisesan ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarā vijāyinī itthi kulūpakaṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: kathāhaṃ bhante puttaṃ labheyyan ti. tena hi bhagini aggadānaṃ . . . saṃghādisesan ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarā itthi kulūpakaṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: kathāhaṃ bhante sāmikassa piyā assan ti . . . kathāhaṃ bhante subhagā assan ti.
tena hi bhagini aggadānaṃ . . . saṃghādisesan ti. ||3|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarā itthi kulūpakaṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: ky āhaṃ bhante ayyassa dajjāmīti. aggadānaṃ bhaginīti. kiṃ bhante aggadānan ti. methunadhamman ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . saṃghādisesan ti. ||4|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarā itthi kulūpakaṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: kenāhaṃ bhante ayyaṃ upaṭṭhemīti. aggadānena bhaginīti. kiṃ bhante aggadānan ti . . . saṃghādisesan ti. ||5|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarā itthi kulūpakaṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: kathāhaṃ bhante sugatiṃ gaccheyyan ti. tena hi bhagini aggadānaṃ dehīti. kiṃ bhante aggadānan ti . . . saṃghādisesan ti. ||6||4||
catutthasaṃghādisesaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
[page 135]
V. 1. 1-2.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, V. 135
SAṂGHĀDISESA, V.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Udāyi Sāvatthiyaṃ kulūpako hoti, bahukāni kulāni upasaṃkamati. yattha passati kumārakaṃ vā apajāpatikaṃ kumārikaṃ vā apatikaṃ, kumārakassa mātāpitūnaṃ santike kumārikāya vaṇṇaṃ bhaṇati: amukassa kulassa kumārikā abhirūpā dassanīyā pāsādikā paṇḍitā vyattā medhāvinī dakkhā analasā, channā sā kumārikā imassa kumārakassā 'ti. te evaṃ vadanti: ete kho bhante amhe na jānanti ke vā ime kassa vā 'ti. sace bhante ayyo dāpeyya ānema mayaṃ taṃ kumārikaṃ imassa kumārakassā 'ti.
kumārikāya mātāpitūnaṃ santike kumārakassa vaṇṇaṃ bhaṇati: amukassa kulassa kumārako abhirūpo dassanīyo pāsādiko paṇḍito vyatto medhāvī dakkho analaso, channāyaṃ kumārikā tassa kumārakassā 'ti. te evaṃ vadanti: ete kho bhante amhe na jānanti ke vā ime kassa vā 'ti, kismiṃ viya kumārikāya vatthuṃ. sace bhante ayyo yācāpeyya dajjeyyāma mayaṃ imaṃ kumārikaṃ tassa kumārakassā 'ti. eten'; eva upāyena āvāhāni pi kārāpeti vivāhāni pi kārāpeti {vāreyyāni} pi vattāpeti. ||1||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarissā purāṇagaṇakiyā dhītā abhirūpā hoti dassanīyā pāsādikā. tirogāmakā ājīvakasāvakā āgantvā taṃ gaṇakiṃ etad avocuṃ: deh'; ayye imaṃ kumārikaṃ amhākaṃ kumārakassā 'ti. sā evam āha: ahaṃ khv ayyo tumhe na jānāmi ke vā ime kassa vā 'ti ayañ ca me ekadhītikā tirogāmo ca gantabbo, nāhaṃ dassāmīti. manussā te ājīvakasāvake etad avocuṃ: kissa tumhe ayyo āgat'; atthā 'ti. idha mayaṃ ayyo amukaṃ nāma gaṇakiṃ dhītaraṃ yācimhā amhākaṃ kumārakassa, sā evam āha: ahaṃ khv ayyo tumhe na jānāmi ke vā ime kassa vā 'ti ayañ ca me ekadhītikā tirogāmo ca gantabbo, nāhaṃ dassāmīti. kissa tumhe ayyo taṃ gaṇakiṃ dhītaraṃ yācittha, nanu ayyo Udāyi vattabbo, ayyo Udāyi dāpessatīti. atha kho te ājīvakasāvakā yenāyasmā Udāyi ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu,
[page 136]
136 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [V. 1. 2- .
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Udāyiṃ etad avocuṃ: idha mayaṃ bhante amukaṃ nāma gaṇakiṃ . . . nāhaṃ dassāmīti. sādhu bhante ayyo taṃ gaṇakiṃ dhītaraṃ dāpetu amhākaṃ kumārakassā 'ti. atha kho āyasmā Udāyi yena sā gaṇakī ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā taṃ gaṇakiṃ etad avoca: kiss'; imesaṃ dhītaraṃ na desīti. ahaṃ khv'; ayya ime na jānāmi ke vā ime kassa vā 'ti ayañ ca me ekadhītikā tirogāmo ca gantabbo, nāhaṃ dassāmīti. deh'; imesaṃ, ahaṃ ime jānāmīti. sace bhante ayyo jānāti dassāmīti. atha kho sā gaṇakī tesaṃ ājīvakasāvakānaṃ dhītaraṃ adāsi. ||2|| atha kho te ājīvakasāvakā taṃ kumārikaṃ netvā māsaṃ yeva suṇisabhogena bhuñjiṃsu, tato aparena dāsibhogena bhuñjanti. atha kho sā kumārikā mātuyā santike dūtaṃ pāhesi: aham hi duggatā dukkhitā na sukhaṃ labhāmi, māsaṃ yeva maṃ suṇisabhogena bhuñjiṃsu, tato aparena dāsibhogena bhuñjanti. āgacchatu me mātā nessatū 'ti. atha kho sā gaṇakī yena te ājīvakasāvakā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā te ājīvakasāvake etad avoca: māyyo imaṃ kumārikaṃ dāsibhogena bhuñjittha, suṇisabhogena imaṃ kumārikaṃ bhuñjathā 'ti. te evam āhaṃsu: n'; atth'; amhākaṃ tayā saddhiṃ āhārūpahāro, samaṇena saddhiṃ amhākaṃ āhārūpahāro. gaccha tvaṃ, na mayaṃ taṃ jānāmā 'ti. atha kho sā gaṇakī tehi ājīvakasāvakehi apasāditā punad eva Sāvatthiṃ paccāgañchi. dutiyam pi kho sā kumārikā mātuyā santike dūtaṃ pāhesi: aham hi duggatā . . . nessatū 'ti. atha kho sā gaṇakī yenāyasmā Udāyi ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Udāyiṃ etad avoca: sā kira bhante kumārikā duggatā dukkhitā na sukhaṃ labhati, māsaṃ yeva naṃ suṇisabhogena bhuñjiṃsu, tato aparena dāsibhogena bhuñjanti.
vadeyyātha bhante: māyyo imaṃ kumārikaṃ dāsibhogena bhuñjittha, suṇisabhogena imaṃ kumārikaṃ bhuñjathā 'ti.
atha kho āyasmā Udāyi yena te ājīvakasāvakā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā te ājīvakasāvake etad avoca: māyyo imaṃ kumārikaṃ dāsibhogena bhuñjittha, suṇisabhogena imaṃ kumārikaṃ bhuñjathā 'ti. te evam āhaṃsu: n'; atth'; amhākaṃ tayā saddhiṃ āhārūpahāro, gaṇakiyā saddhiṃ amhākaṃ āhārūpahāro. samaṇena bhavitabbaṃ, avyāvaṭena samaṇo assa sumano.
[page 137]
V. 1. 3-5.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, V. 137
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] gaccha tvaṃ, na mayaṃ taṃ jānāmā 'ti. atha kho āyasmā Udāyi tehi ājīvakasāvakehi apasādito punad eva Sāvatthiṃ paccāgañchi. tatiyam pi kho sā kumārikā mātuyā santike dūtaṃ pāhesi: aham hi duggatā . . . nessatū 'ti. dutiyam pi kho sā gaṇakī yenāyasmā Udāyi . . . vadeyyātha bhante . . . bhuñjathā 'ti. pathamam p'; āhan tehi ājīvakasāvakehi apasādito, gaccha tvaṃ, nāhaṃ gamissāmīti. ||3||
atha kho sā gaṇakī ujjhāyati khīyati vipāceti: evaṃ duggato hotu ayyo Udāyi evaṃ dukkhito hotu ayyo Udāyi evaṃ mā sukhaṃ labhatu ayyo Udāyi, yathā me kumārikā duggatā dukkhitā na sukhaṃ labhati pāpikāya sassuyā pāpakena sasurena pāpakena sāmikenā 'ti. sāpi kho kumārikā ujjhāyati khīyati vipāceti: evaṃ duggato hotu ayyo Udāyi evaṃ dukkhito hotu ayyo Udāyi evaṃ mā sukhaṃ labhatu ayyo Udāyi yathāhaṃ duggatā dukkhitā na sukhaṃ labhāmi pāpikāya sassuyā pāpakena sasurena pāpakena sāmikenā 'ti.
aññāpi itthiyo asantuṭṭhā sassūhi vā sasurehi vā sāmikehi vā tā evaṃ oyācanti: evaṃ duggato hotu . . . yathā mayaṃ duggatā dukkhitā na sukhaṃ labhāma pāpikāhi sassūhi pāpakehi sasurehi pāpakehi sāmikehīti. yā pana tā itthiyo santuṭṭhā sassūhi vā sasurehi vā sāmikehi vā tā evaṃ āyācanti: evaṃ sukhito hotu ayyo Udāyi evaṃ sajjito hotu ayyo Udāyi evaṃ sukhamedho hotu ayyo Udāyi yathā mayaṃ sukhitā sajjitā sukhamedhā bhaddikāhi sassūhi bhaddakehi sasurehi bhaddakehi sāmikehī ti. ||4||
assosuṃ kho bhikkhū ekaccānaṃ itthīnaṃ oyācantīnaṃ ekaccānaṃ itthīnaṃ āyācantīnaṃ. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma āyasmā Udāyi sañcarittaṃ samāpajjissatīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṃghaṃ sannipātāpetvā āyasmantaṃ Udāyiṃ paṭipucchi: saccaṃ kira tvaṃ Udāyi sañcarittaṃ samāpajjasīti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti.
vigarahi buddho bhagavā: kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa sañcarittaṃ samāpajjissasi. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--, evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
[page 138]
138 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [V. 1. 5-2. 2.
yo pana bhikkhu sañcarittaṃ samāpajjeyya itthiyā vā purisamatiṃ purisassa vā itthimatiṃ jāyattane vā jārattane vā, saṃghādiseso 'ti.
evañ c'; idaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti. ||5||1||
tena kho pana samayena sambahulā dhuttā uyyāne paricārentā aññatarissā vesiyā santike dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ āgacchatu uyyāne paricāressāmā 'ti. sā evam āha: ahaṃ khv'; ayyo tumhe na jānāmi ke vā ime kassa vā 'ti, ahañ c'; amhi bahubhaṇḍā bahuparikkhārā bahinagarañ ca gantabbaṃ, nāhaṃ gamissāmīti. atha kho so dūto tesaṃ dhuttānaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesi. evaṃ vutte aññataro puriso te dhutte etad avoca: kissa tumhe ayyo taṃ vesiṃ yācittha, nanu ayyo Udāyi vattabbo, ayyo Udāyi uyyojessatīti. evaṃ vutte aññataro upāsako taṃ purisaṃ etad avoca: mā ayyo evaṃ avaca, na kappati samaṇānaṃ Sakyaputtiyānaṃ evarūpaṃ kātuṃ, nāyyo Udāyi karissatīti. evaṃ vutte karissati na karissatīti abbhutam akaṃsu. atha kho te dhuttā yenāyasmā Udāyi ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Udāyiṃ etad avocuṃ: idha mayaṃ bhante uyyāne paricārentā amukāya nāma vesiyā santike dūtaṃ pahiṇimhā āgacchatu uyyāne paricāressāmā 'ti. sā evam āha: ahaṃ khv'; ayyo tumhe na jānāmi ke vā ime kassa vā 'ti, ahañ c'; amhi bahubhaṇḍā bahuparikkhārā bahinagarañ ca gantabbaṃ, nāhaṃ gamissāmīti. sādhu bhante ayyo taṃ vesiṃ uyyojetū 'ti. atha kho āyasmā Udāyi yena sā vesī ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā taṃ vesiṃ etad avoca: kissa imesaṃ na gacchasīti. ahaṃ khv'; ayya ime na jānāmi . . . nāhaṃ gamissāmīti. gacch'; imesaṃ, ahaṃ ime jānāmīti. sace bhante ayyo jānāti ahaṃ gamissāmīti. atha kho te dhuttā taṃ vesiṃ ādāya uyyānaṃ agamaṃsu. ||1|| atha kho so upāsako ujjhāyati khīyati vipāceti: kathaṃ hi nāma ayyo Udāyi taṃkhaṇikaṃ sañcarittaṃ samāpajjissatīti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tassa upāsakassa ujjhāyantassa khīyantassa vipācentassa. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma āyasmā Udāyi taṃkhaṇikaṃ sañcarittaṃ samāpajjissatīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
[page 139]
V. 2. 2-4. 2.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, V. 139
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] saccaṃ kira tvaṃ Udāyi taṃkhaṇikaṃ sañcarittaṃ samāpajjīti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti.
vigarahi buddho bhagavā --la-- kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa taṃkhaṇikaṃ sañcarittaṃ samāpajjissasi. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--, evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu sañcarittaṃ samāpajjeyya itthiyā vā purisamatiṃ purisassa vā itthimatiṃ jāyattane vā jārattane vā antamaso taṃkhaṇikāya pi, saṃghādiseso 'ti. ||2||2||
yo panā 'ti yo yādiso --la--. bhikkhū ti --pa-- ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti.
sañcarittaṃ samāpajjeyyā 'ti, itthiyā vā pahito purisassa santike gacchati purisena vā pahito itthiyā santike gacchati.
itthiyā vā purisamatin ti, purisassa matiṃ itthiyā āroceti.
purisassa vā itthimatin ti, itthiyā matiṃ purisassa āroceti.
jāyattane vā 'ti jāyā bhavissasi. jārattane vā 'ti jārī bhavissasi.
antamaso taṃkhaṇikāya pīti muhuttikā bhavissasi.
saṃghādiseso 'ti --la-- tena pi vuccati saṃghādiseso 'ti. ||3||
dasa itthiyo: māturakkhitā, piturakkhitā, mātāpiturakkhitā, bhāturakkhitā, bhaginīrakkhitā, ñātirakkhitā, gottarakkhitā, dhammarakkhitā, sārakkhā, saparidaṇḍā.
dasa bhariyāyo: dhanakkītā, chandavāsinī, bhogavāsinī, paṭavāsinī, odapattakinī, obhatacumbaṭā, dāsī ca bhariyā ca, kammakārī ca bhariyā ca, dhajāhaṭā, muhuttikā. ||1||
māturakkhitā nāma, mātā rakkhati gopeti issariyaṃ kāreti vasaṃ vatteti. piturakkhitā nāma, pitā . . . vatteti. mātāpiturakkhitā nāmā, mātāpitaro . . . vattenti. bhāturakkhitā nāma, bhātā . . . vatteti. bhaginīrakkhitā nāma, bhaginī . . . vatteti. ñātirakkhitā nāma, ñātakā . . . vattenti.
gottarakkhitā nāma, sagottā . . . vattenti. dhammarakkhitā nāma, sahadhammikā . . . vattenti. sārakkhā nāma, gabbhe pi pariggahitā hoti mayhaṃ esā 'ti antamaso mālāguḷaparikkhittāpi. saparidaṇḍā nāma, kehici daṇḍo ṭhapito hoti yo itthannāmaṃ itthiṃ gacchati ettako daṇḍo 'ti. ||2||
[page 140]
140 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [V. 4. 3-5.
dhanakkītā nāma, dhanena kiṇitvā vāseti. chandavāsinī nāma, piyo piyaṃ vāseti. bhogavāsinī nāma, bhogaṃ datvā vāseti. paṭavāsinī nāma, paṭaṃ datvā vāseti. odapattakinī nāma, udakapattaṃ āmasitvā vāseti. obhatacumbaṭā nāma, cumbaṭaṃ oropetvā vāseti. dāsī nāma, dāsī c'; eva hoti bhariyā ca. kammakārī nāma, kammakārī c'; eva hoti bhariyā ca. dhajāhaṭā nāma, karamarānītā vuccati. muhuttikā nāma, taṃkhaṇikā vuccati. ||3||
puriso bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati: gaccha bhante itthannāmaṃ māturakkhitaṃ brūhi hohi kira itthannāmassa bhariyā dhanakkītā 'ti, paṭigaṇhati vīmaṃsati paccāharati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa. puriso . . . itthannāmaṃ piturakkhitaṃ brūhi . . . saparidaṇḍaṃ brūhi . . . saṃghādisesassa.
nikkhepapadāni.
puriso bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati: gaccha bhante itthannāmaṃ māturakkhitañ ca piturakkhitañ ca brūhi hotha kira itthannāmassa bhariyāyo dhanakkītā ti, paṭigaṇhati . . . saṃghādisesassa. puriso . . . māturakkhitañ ca mātāpiturakkhitañ ca . . . māturakkhitañ ca saparidaṇḍañ ca . . . saṃghādisesassa.
khaṇḍacakkaṃ.
puriso . . . piturakkhitañ ca mātāpiturakkhitañ ca . . . piturakkhitañ ca māturakkhitañ ca . . . saṃghādisesassa.
baddhacakkamūlaṃ saṃkhittaṃ.
puriso . . . saparidaṇḍañ ca māturakkhitañ ca . . . saparidaṇḍañ ca sārakkhañ ca . . . saṃghādisesassa.
ekamūlakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
evaṃ dumūlakam pi timūlakam pi yāva navamūlakaṃ kātabbaṃ. idaṃ dasamūlakaṃ:
puriso bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati: gaccha bhante itthannāmaṃ māturakkhitañ ca piturakkhitañ ca . . . saparidaṇḍañ ca brūhi hotha kira . . . saṃghādisesassa.
dhanakkītāitthicakkaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||4||
puriso bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati: gaccha bhante itthannāmaṃ māturakkhitaṃ brūhi hohi kira itthannāmassa bhariyā chandavāsinī --la-- bhogavāsinī --la-- . . . muhuttikā 'ti, paṭigaṇhati . . . saṃghādisesassa.
puriso bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati: gaccha bhante itthannāmaṃ māturakkhitañ ca piturakkhitañ ca
[page 141]
V. 4. 5-8.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, V. 141
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] . . . saparidaṇḍañ ca brūhi . . . muhuttikā 'ti, paṭigaṇhati . . . saṃghādisesassa.
muhuttikāitthicakkaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||5||
puriso bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati: gaccha bhante itthannāmaṃ māturakkhitaṃ brūhi hohi kira itthannāmassa bhariyā dhanakkītā 'ti, paṭigaṇhati vīmaṃsati paccāharati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa. puriso . . . bhariyā chandavāsinī --la-- bhogavāsinī . . . muhuttikā 'ti . . . saṃghādisesassa.
nikkhepapadāni.
idaṃ dasamūlakaṃ:
puriso bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati: gaccha bhante itthannāmaṃ saparidaṇḍaṃ brūhi: hohi kira itthannāmassa bhariyā dhanakkītā ca chandavāsinī ca . . . muhuttikā cā 'ti . . . saṃghādisesassa. ||6||
puriso bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati: gaccha bhante itthannāmaṃ māturakkhitaṃ brūhi hohi kira itthannāmassa bhariyā dhanakkītā 'ti . . . saṃghādisesassa.
puriso . . . itthannāmaṃ māturakkhitañ ca piturakkhitañ ca brūhi hotha kira itthannāmassa bhariyāyo dhanakkītā ca chandavāsinī cā 'ti . . . saṃghādisesassa.
puriso . . . itthannāmaṃ māturakkhitañ ca piturakkhitañ ca mātāpiturakkhitañ ca brūhi hotha kira itthannāmassa bhariyāyo dhanakkītā ca chandavāsinī ca bhogavāsinī cā 'ti . . . saṃghādisesassa.
evaṃ ubhatovaḍḍhakaṃ kātabbaṃ.
puriso bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati: gaccha bhante itthannāmaṃ māturakkhitañ ca piturakkhitañ ca . . . saparidaṇḍañ ca brūhi hotha kira itthannāmassa bhariyāyo dhanakkītā ca chandavāsinī ca . . . muhuttikā cā 'ti . . . saṃghādisesassa.
ubhatovaḍḍhakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||7||
purisassa mātā bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati --la-- purisassa pitā bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati --pa-- purisassa mātāpitaro bhikkhuṃ pahiṇanti --pa-- purisassa bhātā bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati --pa-- purisassa bhaginī bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati --pa-- purisassa ñātakā bhikkhuṃ pahiṇanti --pa-- purisassa gottā bhikkhuṃ pahiṇanti
[page 142]
142 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [V. 4. 8-12.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] --pa-- purisassa sahadhammikā bhikkhuṃ pahiṇanti --pa--. ||8||
māturakkhitāya mātā bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati: gaccha bhante itthannāmaṃ brūhi hotu itthannāmassa bhariyā dhanakkītā 'ti . . . saṃghādisesassa. māturakkhitāya mātā bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati: gaccha bhante . . . bhariyā chandavāsinī --pa-- . . . muhuttikā 'ti . . . saṃghādisesassa.
nikkhepapadāni.
idaṃ dasamūlakaṃ:
māturakkhitāya mātā bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati: gaccha bhante itthannāmaṃ brūhi hotu itthannāmassa bhariyā dhanakkītā ca chandavāsinī ca . . . muhuttikā cā 'ti . . . saṃghādisesassa. ||9||
piturakkhitāya pitā bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati --la-- mātāpiturakkhitāya mātāpitaro bhikkhuṃ pahiṇanti --la-- bhāturakkhitāya bhātā bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati --la-- bhaginīrakkhitāya bhaginī bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati --la-- ñātirakkhitāya ñātakā bhikkhuṃ pahiṇanti --la-- gottarakkhitāya gottā bhikkhuṃ pahiṇanti --la-- dhammarakkhitāya sahadhammikā bhikkhuṃ pahiṇanti --la-- sārakkhāya yena pariggahitā hoti so bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati --la-- saparidaṇḍāya yena daṇḍo ṭhapito hoti so bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati: gaccha bhante itthannāmaṃ brūhi hotu itthannāmassa bhariyā dhanakkītā 'ti . . . hotu itthannāmassa bhariyā dhanakkītā ca chandavāsinī ca . . . muhuttikā cā 'ti . . . saṃghādisesassa. ||10||
māturakkhitā bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati: gaccha bhante itthannāmaṃ brūhi homi itthannāmassa bhariyā dhanakkītā 'ti . . . saṃghādisesassa. māturakkhitā . . . bhariyā chandavāsinī --la-- . . . muhuttikā 'ti . . . saṃghādisesassa.
nikkhepapadāni.
saparidaṇḍā bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati: gaccha bhante itthannāmaṃ brūhi: homi itthannāmassa bhariyā dhanakkītā ca chandavāsinī ca . . . muhuttikā cā 'ti, paṭigaṇhati vīmaṃsati paccāharati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
sabbaṃ cakkapeyyālaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||11||
paṭigaṇhati vīmaṃsati paccāharati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
[page 143]
V. 4. 12-5. 1.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, V. 143
paṭigaṇhati vīmaṃsati na paccāharati, āpatti thullaccayassa.
paṭigaṇhati na vīmaṃsati paccāharati, āpatti thullaccayassa.
paṭigaṇhati na vīmaṃsati na paccāharati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
na paṭigaṇhati vīmaṃsati paccāharati, āpatti thullaccayassa.
na paṭigaṇhati vīmaṃsati na paccāharati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
na paṭigaṇhati na vīmaṃsati paccāharati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
na paṭigaṇhati na vīmaṃsati na paccāharati, anāpatti. ||12||
puriso sambahule bhikkhū āṇāpeti: gacchatha bhante itthannāmaṃ itthiṃ vīmaṃsathā 'ti. sabbe paṭigaṇhanti sabbe vīmaṃsanti sabbe paccāharanti, āpatti sabbesaṃ saṃghādisesassa. puriso . . . vīmaṃsathā 'ti. sabbe paṭigaṇhanti sabbe vīmaṃsanti ekaṃ paccāharāpenti, āpatti sabbesaṃ saṃghādisesassa. puriso . . . vīmaṃsathā 'ti.
sabbe paṭigaṇhanti ekaṃ vīmaṃsāpetvā sabbe paccāharanti, āpatti sabbesaṃ saṃghādisesassa. puriso . . . vīmaṃsathā 'ti. sabbe paṭigaṇhanti ekaṃ vīmaṃsāpetvā ekaṃ paccāharāpenti, āpatti sabbesaṃ saṃghādisesassa. ||13|| puriso bhikkhuṃ āṇāpeti: gaccha bhante itthannāmaṃ itthiṃ vīmaṃsā 'ti. paṭigaṇhati vīmaṃsati paccāharati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa. puriso bhikkhuṃ āṇāpeti: gaccha bhante itthannāmaṃ itthiṃ vīmaṃsā 'ti. paṭigaṇhati vīmaṃsati antevāsiṃ paccāharāpeti, āpatti saṃghādisesassa. puriso bhikkhuṃ . . . vīmaṃsā 'ti. paṭigaṇhati antevāsiṃ vīmaṃsāpetvā attanā paccāharati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa. puriso bhikkhuṃ . . . vīmaṃsā 'ti. paṭigaṇhati antevāsiṃ vīmaṃsāpeti, antevāsī vīmaṃsitvā bahiddhā paccāharati, āpatti ubhinnaṃ thullaccayassa. ||14||
gacchanto sampādeti āgacchanto visaṃvādeti, āpatti thullaccayassa. gacchanto visaṃvādeti āgacchanto sampādeti, āpatti thullaccayassa. gacchanto sampādeti āgacchanto sampādeti, āpatti saṃghādisesassa. ||15||
anāpatti saṃghassa vā cetiyassa vā gilānassa vā karaṇīyena gacchati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||16||4||
suttā, matā ca, nikkhantā, anitthi, itthipaṇḍakā,
kalahaṃ katvāna sammodi, sañcarittañ ca paṇḍake 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ āṇāpeti:
[page 144]
144 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [V. 5. 1-VI. 1. 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] gaccha bhante itthannāmaṃ itthiṃ vīmaṃsā 'ti. so gantvā manusse pucchi: kahaṃ itthannāmā 'ti.
suttā bhante 'ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi: kacci nu kho ahaṃ saṃghādisesaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. anāpatti bhikkhu saṃghādisesassa, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ āṇāpeti: gaccha bhante itthannāmaṃ itthiṃ vīmaṃsā 'ti. so gantvā manusse pucchi: kahaṃ itthannāmā 'ti. matā bhante 'ti --la-- nikkhantā bhante 'ti --la-- anitthi bhante 'ti --la-- itthipaṇḍakā bhante 'ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||2||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarā itthi sāmikena saha bhaṇḍitvā mātugharaṃ agamāsi. kulūpako bhikkhu sammodanīyaṃ akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- alaṃvacanīyā bhikkhū 'ti. nālaṃvacanīyā bhagavā 'ti. anāpatti bhikkhu nālaṃvacanīye 'ti. ||3||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu paṇḍake sañcarittaṃ samāpajji. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi: kacci nu kho ahaṃ saṃghādisesaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. anāpatti bhikkhu saṃghādisesassa, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||4||5||
pañcamaṃ saṃghādisesaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
SAṂGHĀDISESA, VI.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe. tena kho pana samayena Āḷavakā bhikkhū saṃyācikāyo kuṭiyo kārāpenti assāmikāyo attuddesikāyo appamāṇikāyo, tāyo na niṭṭhānaṃ gacchanti.
te yācanabahulā viññattibahulā viharanti: purisaṃ detha purisatthakaraṃ detha goṇaṃ detha sakaṭaṃ detha vāsiṃ detha pharasuṃ detha kuṭhāriṃ detha kuddālaṃ detha nikhādanaṃ detha valliṃ detha veḷuṃ detha muñjaṃ detha babbajaṃ detha tiṇaṃ detha mattikaṃ dethā 'ti. manussā upaddutā yācanāya upaddutā viññattiyā bhikkhū disvā ubbijjanti pi uttasanti pi palāyanti pi aññena pi gacchanti aññena pi mukhaṃ karonti dvāraṃ pi thakenti, gāvī pi disvā palāyanti bhikkhū 'ti maññamānā.
[page 145]
VI. 1. 1-3.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, VI. 145
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha kho āyasmā Mahākassapo Rājagahe vassaṃ vuttho yena Āḷavī tena pakkāmi.
anupubbena yena Āḷavī tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ āyasmā Mahākassapo Āḷaviyaṃ viharati Aggāḷave cetiye. atha kho āyasmā Mahākassapo pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya Āḷaviṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. manussā āyasmantaṃ Mahākassapaṃ passitvā ubbijjanti pi uttasanti pi palāyanti pi aññena pi gacchanti aññena pi mukhaṃ karonti dvāraṃ pi thakenti. atha kho āyasmā Mahākassapo Āḷaviyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto bhikkhū āmantesi: pubbāyaṃ āvuso Āḷavī subhikkhā ahosi sulabhapiṇḍā sukarā uñchena paggahena yāpetuṃ. etarahi panāyaṃ Āḷavī dubbhikkhā dullabhapiṇḍā na sukarā uñchena paggahena yāpetuṃ. ko nu kho āvuso hetu ko paccayo yenāyaṃ Āḷavī dubbhikkhā dullabhapiṇḍā na sukarā uñchena paggahena yāpetun ti. atha kho te bhikkhū āyasmato Mahākassapassa etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ||1||
atha kho bhagavā Rājagahe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena Āḷavī tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena Āḷavī tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ bhagavā Āḷaviyaṃ viharati Aggāḷave cetiye. atha kho āyasmā Mahākassapo yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Mahākassapo bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṃghaṃ sannipātāpetvā Āḷavake bhikkhū paṭipucchi: saccaṃ kira tumhe bhikkhave saṃyācikāyo kuṭiyo kārāpetha assāmikāyo attuddesikāyo appamāṇikāyo, tāyo na niṭṭhānaṃ gacchanti. te tumhe yācanabahulā viññattibahulā viharatha purisaṃ detha . . . gāvī pi disvā palāyanti bhikkhū 'ti maññamānā. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā.
kathaṃ hi nāma tumhe moghapurisā saṃyācikāyo kuṭiyo kārāpessatha . . . tāyo na niṭṭhānaṃ gacchanti, te tumhe . . . viharissatha purisaṃ detha . . . mattikaṃ dethā 'ti.
n'; etaṃ moghapurisā appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa-- vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: ||2||
bhūtapubbaṃ bhikkhave dve bhātaro isayo Gaṅgaṃ nadiṃ upanissāya vihariṃsu. atha kho bhikkhave Maṇikaṇṭho nāgarājā Gaṅgaṃ nadiṃ uttaritvā yena kaniṭṭho isi ten'; upasaṃkami,
[page 146]
146 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [VI. 1. 3.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] upasaṃkamitvā kaniṭṭhaṃ isiṃ sattakkhattuṃ bhogehi parikkhipitvā upari muddhani mahantaṃ phaṇaṃ karitvā aṭṭhāsi. atha kho bhikkhave kaniṭṭho isi tassa nāgassa bhayā kiso ahosi lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto dhammanisanthatagatto. addasa kho bhikkhave jeṭṭho isi kaniṭṭhaṃ isiṃ kisaṃ lūkhaṃ dubbaṇṇaṃ uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajātaṃ dhamanisanthatagattaṃ, disvāna kaniṭṭhaṃ isiṃ etad avoca: kissa tvaṃ bho kiso lūkho . . . dhamanisanthatagatto 'ti. idha me bho Maṇikaṇṭho nāgarājā Gaṅgaṃ nadiṃ uttaritvā yenāhaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, {upasaṃkamitvā} maṃ sattakkhattuṃ bhogehi parikkhipitvā upari muddhani mahantaṃ phaṇaṃ karitvā aṭṭhāsi, tassāhaṃ bho nāgassa bhayā kiso lūkho . . . dhamanisanthatagatto 'ti. icchasi pana tvaṃ bho tassa nāgassa anāgamanan ti. icchām'; ahaṃ bho tassa nāgassa anāgamanan ti. api pana tvaṃ bho tassa nāgassa kiñci passasīti. passām'; ahaṃ bho maṇissa kaṇṭhe pilandhanan ti. tena hi tvaṃ bho taṃ nāgaṃ maṇiṃ yāca, maṇiṃ me bho dehi, maṇinā me attho 'ti. atha kho bhikkhave Maṇikaṇṭho nāgarājā Gaṅgaṃ nadiṃ uttaritvā yena kaniṭṭho isi ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. ekamantaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho bhikkhave Maṇikaṇṭhaṃ nāgarājānaṃ kaniṭṭho isi etad avoca: maṇiṃ me bho dehi, maṇinā me attho 'ti. atha kho bhikkhave Maṇikaṇṭho nāgarājā bhikkhu maṇiṃ yācati, bhikkhussa maṇinā attho 'ti khippañ ñeva agamāsi. dutiyam pi kho bhikkhave Maṇikaṇṭho nāgarājā Gaṅgaṃ . . . upasaṃkami. addasa kho bhikkhave kaṇiṭṭho isi Maṇikaṇṭhaṃ nāgarājānaṃ dūrato 'va āgacchantaṃ, disvāna Maṇikaṇṭhaṃ nāgarājānaṃ etad avoca: maṇiṃ me bho dehi, maṇinā me attho 'ti. atha kho bhikkhave Maṇikaṇṭho nāgarājā bhikkhu maṇiṃ yācati, bhikkhussa maṇinā attho 'ti tato 'va paṭinivatti. tatiyam pi kho bhikkhave Maṇikaṇṭho nāgarājā Gaṅgaṃ nadiṃ uttarati.
addasa kho bhikkhave kaniṭṭho isi Maṇikaṇṭhaṃ nāgarājānaṃ Gaṅgaṃ nadiṃ uttarantaṃ, disvāna Maṇikaṇṭhaṃ nāgarājānaṃ etad avoca: maṇiṃ me bho dehi, maṇinā me attho 'ti. atha kho bhikkhave Maṇikaṇṭho nāgarājā kaniṭṭhaṃ isiṃ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi:
[page 147]
VI. 1. 3-4.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, VI. 147
mam'; annapānaṃ vipulaṃ uḷāraṃ uppajjat'; imassa maṇikassa hetu,
tan te na dassaṃ, atiyācako 'si, na cāpi te assamaṃ āgamissaṃ. |
susu yathā sakkharadhotapāṇi tāsesi maṃ selaṃ yācamāno,
tan te na dassaṃ, atiyācako 'si, na cāpi te assamaṃ āgamissan ti.
atha kho bhikkhave Maṇikaṇṭho nāgarājā bhikkhu maṇiṃ yācati, bhikkhussa maṇinā attho 'ti pakkāmi tadā pakkanto 'va ahosi, na puna paccāgañchi. atha kho bhikkhave kaniṭṭho isi tassa nāgassa dassanīyassa adassanena bhiyyosomattāya kiso ahosi lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto dhamanisanthatagatto. addasa kho bhikkhave jeṭṭho isi kaniṭṭhaṃ isiṃ bhiyyosomattāya kisaṃ lūkhaṃ . . . dhamanisanthatagattaṃ, disvāna kaniṭṭhaṃ isiṃ etad avoca: kissa tvaṃ bho bhiyyosomattāya kiso lūkho . . . dhamanisanthatagatto 'ti. tassāhaṃ bho nāgassa dassanīyassa adassanena bhiyyosomattāya kiso lūkho . . . {dhamanisanthatagatto} 'ti.
atha kho bhikkhave jeṭṭho isi kaniṭṭhaṃ isiṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
na taṃ yāce yassa piyaṃ jigiṃse, videsso hoti atiyācanāya:
nāgo maṇiṃ yācito brāhmaṇena adassanañ ñeva tad'; ajjhagamā 'ti.
tesaṃ hi nāma bhikkhave tiracchānagatānaṃ pāṇānaṃ amanāpā bhavissati yācanā amanāpā viññatti, kim aṅga pana manussabhūtānaṃ. ||3||
bhūtapubbaṃ bhikkhave aññataro bhikkhu Himavantapasse viharati aññatarasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe. tassa kho bhikkhave vanasaṇḍassa avidūre mahantaṃ ninnaṃ pallalaṃ.
atha kho bhikkhave mahā sakuṇasaṃgho tasmiṃ pallale divasaṃ gocaraṃ caritvā sāyaṃ taṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ vāsāya upagacchati. atha kho bhikkhave so bhikkhu tassa sakuṇasaṃghassa saddena ubbāḷho yenāhaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā maṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho ahaṃ bhikkhave taṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avocaṃ:
[page 148]
148 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [VI. 1. 4-6.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] kacci bhikkhu khamanīyaṃ kacci yāpanīyaṃ kacci 'si appakilamathena addhānaṃ āgato kuto ca tvaṃ bhikkhu āgacchasīti. khamanīyaṃ bhagavā, yāpanīyaṃ bhagavā, appakilamathena cāhaṃ bhante addhānaṃ āgato. atthi bhante Himavantapasse mahā vanasaṇḍo, tassa kho pana bhante vanasaṇḍassa avidūre mahantaṃ ninnaṃ pallalaṃ.
atha kho bhante mahā sakuṇasaṃgho tasmiṃ pallale divasaṃ gocaraṃ caritvā sāyaṃ taṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ vāsāya upagacchati, tato ahaṃ bhagavā āgacchāmi tassa sakuṇasaṃghassa saddena ubbāḷho 'ti. icchasi pana tvaṃ bhikkhu tassa sakuṇasaṃghassa anāgamanan ti. icchām'; ahaṃ bhagavā tassa sakuṇasaṃghassa anāgamanan ti. tena hi tvaṃ bhikkhu tattha gantvā taṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ ajjhogāhetvā rattiyā paṭhamaṃ yāmaṃ tikkhattuṃ saddam anussāvehi: suṇantu me bhonto sakuṇā yāvatikā imasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe vāsaṃ upagatā, pattena me attho, ekekaṃ me bhonto pattaṃ dadantū 'ti.
rattiyā majjhimaṃ yāmaṃ --la-- rattiyā pacchimaṃ yāmaṃ tikkhattuṃ . . . dadantū 'ti. atha kho bhikkhave so bhikkhu tattha gantvā taṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ ajjhogāhetvā rattiyā paṭhamaṃ yāmaṃ tikkhattuṃ saddam anussāvesi: suṇantu me . . . rattiyā majjhimaṃ yāmaṃ . . . rattiyā pacchimaṃ yāmaṃ . . . dadantū 'ti. atha kho bhikkhave so sakuṇasaṃgho bhikkhu pattaṃ yācati, bhikkhussa pattena attho 'ti tamhā vanasaṇḍā pakkāmi tadā pakkanto 'va ahosi, na puna paccāgañchi. tesañ hi nāma bhikkhave tiracchānagatānaṃ pāṇānaṃ amanāpā bhavissati yācanā amanāpā viññatti, kim aṅga pana manussabhūtānaṃ. ||4||
bhūtapubbaṃ bhikkhave Raṭṭhapālassa kulaputtassa pitā Raṭṭhapālaṃ kulaputtaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
ap'; āhaṃ te na jānāmi Raṭṭhapāla bahujjanā
ye maṃ saṃgamma yācanti, kasmā maṃ tvaṃ na yācasīti. |
yācako appiyo hoti yācaṃ adadam appiyo,
tasmāhan taṃ na yācāmi mā me viddesanā ahū 'ti.
so hi nāma bhikkhave Raṭṭhapālo kulaputto sakaṃ pitaraṃ evaṃ vakkhati, kim aṅga pana jano janaṃ. ||5||
gihīnaṃ bhikkhave dussaṃharāni bhogāni sambhatāni pi duranurakkhiyāni,
[page 149]
VI. 1. 6-2. 2.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, VI. 149
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tattha nāma tumhe moghapurisā evaṃ dussaṃharesu bhogesu sambhatesu pi duranurakkhiyesu yācanabahulā viññattibahulā viharissatha purisaṃ detha purisatthakaraṃ detha goṇaṃ detha sakaṭaṃ detha vāsiṃ detha pharasuṃ detha kuṭhāriṃ detha kuddālaṃ detha nikhādanaṃ detha valliṃ detha veḷuṃ detha muñjaṃ detha babbajaṃ detha tiṇaṃ detha mattikaṃ dethā 'ti. n'; etaṃ moghapurisā appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --la--, evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
saññācikāya pana bhikkhunā kuṭiṃ kārayamānena assāmikaṃ attuddesaṃ pamāṇikā kāretabbā. tatr'; idaṃ pamāṇaṃ: dīghaso dvādasa vidatthiyo sugatavidatthiyā tiriyaṃ satt'; antarā. bhikkhū abhinetabbā vatthudesanāya, tehi bhikkhūhi vatthuṃ desetabbaṃ anārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ. sārambhe ce bhikkhu vatthusmiṃ aparikkamane saññācikāya kuṭiṃ kareyya bhikkhū vā anabhineyya vatthudesanāya pamāṇaṃ vā atikkāmeyya, saṃghādiseso 'ti. ||6||1||
saṃyācikāya nāma, sayaṃ yācitvā purisaṃ pi purisatthakaraṃ pi goṇaṃ pi sakaṭaṃ pi vāsiṃ pi pharasuṃ pi kuṭhāriṃ pi kuddālaṃ pi nikhādanaṃ pi --pa-- tiṇaṃ pi mattikaṃ pi.
kuṭiṃ nāma, ullittā vā hoti avalittā vā ullittāvalittā vā.
kārayamānenā 'ti, karonto vā kārāpento vā.
assāmikan ti na añño koci sāmiko hoti itthi vā puriso vā gahaṭṭho vā pabbajito vā.
attuddesan ti attano atthāya.
pamāṇikā kāretabbā, tatr'; idaṃ pamāṇaṃ: dīghaso dvādasa vidatthiyo sugatavidatthiyā 'ti, bāhirimena mānena. tiriyaṃ satt'; antarā 'ti, abbhantarimena mānena. ||1||
bhikkhū abhinetabbā vatthudesanāyā 'ti: tena kuṭikārakena bhikkhunā kuṭivatthuṃ sodhetvā saṃghaṃ upasaṃkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā vuḍḍhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evam assa vacanīyo: ahaṃ bhante saṃyācikāya kuṭiṃ kattukāmo assāmikaṃ attuddesaṃ, so 'haṃ bhante saṃghaṃ kuṭivatthuolokanaṃ yācāmīti. dutiyam pi yācitabbā, tatiyam pi yācitabbā.
[page 150]
150 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA [VI. 2. 2.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] sace sabbo saṃgho ussahati kuṭivatthuṃ oloketuṃ, sabbena saṃghena oloketabbaṃ. no ce sabbo saṃgho ussahati kuṭivatthuṃ oloketuṃ, ye tattha honti bhikkhū vyattā paṭibalā sārambhaṃ anārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ aparikkamanaṃ jānituṃ, te yācitvā sammannitabbā. evañ ca pana bhikkhave sammannitabbā. vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. ayaṃ itthannāmo bhikkhu saṃyācikāya kuṭiṃ kattukāmo assāmikaṃ attuddesaṃ, so saṃghaṃ kuṭivatthuolokanaṃ yācati.
yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho itthannāmañ ca itthannāmañ ca bhikkhū sammanneyya itthannāmassa bhikkhuno kuṭivatthuṃ oloketuṃ. esā ñatti. suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. ayaṃ itthannāmo bhikkhu . . . yācati. saṃgho itthannāmañ ca itthannāmañ ca bhikkhū sammannati itthannāmassa bhikkhuno kuṭivatthuṃ oloketuṃ. yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa ca itthannāmassa ca bhikkhūnaṃ sammuti itthannāmassa bhikkhuno kuṭivatthuṃ oloketuṃ so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati so bhāseyya. sammatā saṃghena itthannāmo ca itthannāmo ca bhikkhū itthannāmassa bhikkhuno kuṭivatthuṃ oloketuṃ. khamati saṃghassa tasmā tuṇhī, evam etaṃ dhārayāmīti. tehi sammatehi bhikkhūhi tattha gantvā kuṭivatthuṃ oloketabbaṃ, sārambhaṃ anārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ aparikkamanaṃ jānitabbaṃ.
sace sārambhaṃ hoti aparikkamanaṃ mā yidha karīti vattabbo.
sace anārambhaṃ hoti saparikkamanaṃ saṃghassa ārocetabbaṃ anārambhaṃ saparikkamanan ti. tena kuṭikārakena bhikkhunā saṃghaṃ upasaṃkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā vuḍḍhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evam assa vacanīyo: ahaṃ bhante saṃyācikāya kuṭiṃ kattukāmo assāmikaṃ attuddesaṃ, so 'haṃ bhante saṃghaṃ kuṭivatthudesanaṃ yācāmīti.
dutiyam pi yācitabbā, tatiyam pi yācitabbā. vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. ayaṃ itthannāmo bhikkhu saṃyācikāya kuṭiṃ kattukāmo assāmikaṃ attuddesaṃ, so saṃghaṃ kuṭivatthudesanaṃ yācati. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho itthannāmassa bhikkhuno kuṭivatthuṃ deseyya. esā ñatti. suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. ayaṃ itthannāmo bhikkhu . . . yācati.
[page 151]
VI. 2. 2-4.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, VI. 151
saṃgho itthannāmassa bhikkhuno kuṭivatthuṃ deseti. yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa bhikkhuno kuṭivatthussa desanā so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati so bhāseyya. desitaṃ saṃghena itthannāmassa bhikkhuno kuṭivatthuṃ. khamati . . . dhārayāmīti. ||2||
sārambhaṃ nāma, kipillikānaṃ vā āsayo hoti upacikānaṃ vā āsayo hoti undurānaṃ vā āsayo hoti ahīnaṃ vā āsayo hoti vicchikānaṃ vā āsayo hoti satapadīnaṃ vā āsayo hoti hatthīnaṃ vā āsayo hoti assānaṃ vā āsayo hoti sīhānaṃ vā āsayo hoti vyagghānaṃ vā āsayo hoti dīpīnaṃ vā āsayo hoti acchānaṃ vā āsayo hoti taracchānaṃ vā āsayo hoti, yesaṃ kesañci tiracchānagatānaṃ pāṇānaṃ āsayo 'ti, pubbaṇṇanissitaṃ vā hoti aparaṇṇanissitaṃ vā hoti abbhāghātanissitaṃ vā hoti āghātananissitaṃ vā hoti susānanissitaṃ vā hoti uyyānanissitaṃ vā hoti rājavatthunissitaṃ vā hoti hatthisālānissitaṃ vā hoti assasālānissitaṃ vā hoti bandhanāgāranissitaṃ vā hoti pānāgāranissitaṃ vā hoti sūnanissitaṃ vā hoti racchānissitaṃ vā hoti caccaranissitaṃ vā hoti sabhānissitaṃ vā hoti saṃsaraṇanissitaṃ vā hoti. etaṃ sārambhaṃ nāma.
aparikkamanaṃ nāma, na sakkā hoti yathāyuttena sakaṭena anuparigantuṃ samantā nisseṇiyā anuparigantuṃ. etaṃ aparikkamanaṃ nāma.
anārambhaṃ nāma, na kipillikānaṃ vā āsayo hoti na upacikānaṃ vā āsayo hoti . . . na saṃsaraṇanissitaṃ vā hoti, etaṃ anārambhaṃ nāma.
saparikkamanaṃ nāma, sakkā hoti yathāyuttena . . . nisseṇiyā anuparigantuṃ. etaṃ saparikkamanaṃ nāma. ||3||
saṃyācikā nāma sayaṃ yācitvā purisaṃ pi . . . mattikaṃ pi.
kuṭī nāma, ullittā vā hoti avalittā vā ullittāvalittā vā.
kareyyā 'ti karoti vā kārāpeti vā.
bhikkhū vā anabhineyya vatthudesanāya pamāṇaṃ vā atikkāmeyyā 'ti, ñattidutiyena kammena kuṭivatthuṃ na desāpetvā āyāmato vā vitthārato vā antamaso kesaggamattam pi atikkāmetvā karoti vā kārāpeti vā, payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ, ekaṃ piṇḍaṃ anāgate āpatti thullaccayassa, tasmiṃ piṇḍe āgate āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
saṃghādiseso 'ti --la-- tena pi vuccati saṃghādiseso 'ti. ||4||2||
[page 152]
152 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [VI. 3. 1-3.
bhikkhu kuṭiṃ karoti adesitavatthukaṃ sārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ, āpatti saṃghādisesena dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ.
bhikkhu kuṭiṃ karoti adesitavatthukaṃ sārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ, āpatti saṃghādisesena dukkaṭassa. bhikkhu kuṭiṃ karoti adesitavatthukaṃ anārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ, āpatti saṃghādisesena dukkaṭassa. bhikkhu kuṭiṃ karoti adesitavatthukaṃ anārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ, āpatti saṃghādisesassa. bhikkhu kuṭiṃ karoti desitavatthukaṃ sārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ, āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. bhikkhu kuṭiṃ karoti desitavatthukaṃ sārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ, āpatti dukkaṭassa. bhikkhu kuṭiṃ karoti desitavatthukaṃ anārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ, āpatti dukkaṭassa. bhikkhu kuṭiṃ karoti desitavatthukaṃ anārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ, anāpatti. ||1||
bhikkhu kuṭiṃ karoti pamāṇātikkantaṃ sārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ, āpatti saṃghādisesena dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. bhikkhu kuṭiṃ karoti pamāṇātikkantaṃ sārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ, āpatti saṃghādisesena dukkaṭassa. bhikkhu kuṭiṃ karoti pamāṇātikkantaṃ anārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ, āpatti saṃghādisesena dukkaṭassa. bhikkhu kuṭiṃ karoti pamāṇātikkantaṃ anārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ, āpatti saṃghādisesassa. bhikkhu kuṭiṃ karoti pamāṇikaṃ sārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ, āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ.
bhikkhu kuṭiṃ karoti pamāṇikaṃ sārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ, āpatti dukkaṭassa. bhikkhu kuṭiṃ karoti pamāṇikaṃ anārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ, āpatti dukkaṭassa. bhikkhu kuṭiṃ karoti pamāṇikaṃ anārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ, anāpatti. ||2||
bhikkhu kuṭiṃ karoti adesitavatthukaṃ pamāṇātikkantaṃ sārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ, āpatti dvinnaṃ saṃghādisesena dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. bhikkhu kuṭiṃ karoti adesitavatthukaṃ pamāṇātikkantaṃ sārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ, āpatti dvinnaṃ saṃghādisesena dukkaṭassa. bhikkhu kuṭiṃ karoti adesitavatthukaṃ pamāṇātikkantaṃ anārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ, āpatti dvinnaṃ saṃghādisesena dukkaṭassa. bhikkhu kuṭiṃ karoti adesitavatthukaṃ pamāṇātikkantaṃ anārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ, āpatti dvinnaṃ saṃghādisesānaṃ. ||3||
[page 153]
VI. 3. 4-9.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, VI. 153
bhikkhu kuṭiṃ karoti desitavatthukaṃ pamāṇikaṃ sārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ, āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ.
bhikkhu kuṭiṃ karoti desitavatthukaṃ pamāṇikaṃ sārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ, āpatti dukkaṭassa. bhikkhu kuṭiṃ karoti desitavatthukaṃ pamāṇikaṃ anārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ, āpatti dukkaṭassa. bhikkhu kuṭiṃ karoti desitavatthukaṃ pamāṇikaṃ anārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ, anāpatti. ||4||
bhikkhu samādisati kuṭiṃ me karothā 'ti. tassa kuṭiṃ karonti adesitavatthukaṃ sārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ, āpatti saṃghādisesena dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ . . . tassa kuṭiṃ karonti desitavatthukaṃ pamāṇikaṃ anārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ, anāpatti. ||5||
bhikkhu samādisitvā pakkamati kuṭiṃ me karothā 'ti, na ca samādisati desitavatthukā ca hotu anārambhā ca saparikkamanā cā 'ti. tassa kuṭiṃ karonti adesitavatthukaṃ sārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ, āpatti saṃghādisesena dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ . . . desitavatthukaṃ anārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ, anāpatti. ||6||
bhikkhu samādisitvā pakkamati kuṭiṃ me karothā 'ti, na ca samādisati pamāṇikā ca hotu anārambhā ca saparikkamanā cā 'ti. tassa kuṭiṃ karonti pamāṇātikkantaṃ sārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ, āpatti saṃghādisesena dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ . . . pamāṇikaṃ anārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ, anāpatti. ||7||
bhikkhu samādisitvā pakkamati kuṭiṃ me karothā 'ti, na ca samādisati desitavatthukā ca hotu pamāṇikā ca anārambhā ca saparikkamanā cā 'ti. tassa kuṭiṃ karonti adesitavatthukaṃ pamāṇātikkantaṃ sārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ, āpatti dvinnaṃ saṃghādisesena dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ . . . desitavatthukaṃ pamāṇikaṃ anārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ, anāpatti. ||8||
bhikkhu samādisitvā pakkamati kuṭiṃ me karothā 'ti, samādisati ca desitavatthukā ca hotu anārambhā ca saparikkamanā cā 'ti. tassa kuṭiṃ karonti adesitavatthukaṃ sārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ. so suṇāti kuṭī kira me kayirati adesitavatthukā sārambhā aparikkamanā 'ti. tena bhikkhunā sāmaṃ vā gantabbaṃ dūto vā pāhetabbo desitavatthukā ca hotu anārambhā ca saparikkamanā cā 'ti.
[page 154]
154 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [VI. 3. 9-12.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] no ce sāmaṃ vā gaccheyya dūtaṃ vā pahiṇeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. bhikkhu samādisitvā . . . karonti adesitavatthukaṃ sārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ. so suṇāti . . . pāhetabbo desitavatthukā ca hotu anārambhā cā 'ti. no ce . . . dukkaṭassa. bhikkhu samādisitvā . . . desitavatthukā ca hotu saparikkamanā cā 'ti --la-- desitavatthukā hotū 'ti --la-- anārambhā ca hotu saparikkamanā cā 'ti --la-- anārambhā hotū 'ti --la-- saparikkamanā hotū 'ti . . . āpatti dukkaṭassa . . . karonti desitavatthukaṃ anārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ, anāpatti. ||9||
bhikkhu samādisitvā pakkamati kuṭiṃ me karothā 'ti, samādisati ca pamāṇikā ca hotu anārambhā ca saparikkamanā cā 'ti. tassa kuṭiṃ karonti pamāṇātikkantaṃ sārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ. so suṇāti kuṭī kira me kayirati pamāṇātikkantā sārambhā aparikkamanā 'ti. tena bhikkhunā sāmaṃ vā gantabbaṃ dūto vā pāhetabbo pamāṇikā ca hotu anārambhā ca saparikkamanā cā 'ti --la-- pamāṇikā ca hotu anārambhā cā 'ti --la-- pamāṇikā ca hotu saparikkamanā cā 'ti --la-- pamāṇikā hotū 'ti --la-- anārambhā ca hotu saparikkamanā cā 'ti --pa-- anārambhā hotū 'ti --pa-- saparikkamanā hotū 'ti --pa-- anāpatti. ||10|| bhikkhu samādisitvā pakkamati kuṭiṃ me karothā 'ti, samādisati ca desitavatthukā ca hotu pamāṇikā ca anārambhā ca saparikkamanā cā 'ti. tassa kuṭiṃ karonti adesitavatthukaṃ pamāṇātikkantaṃ sārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ. so suṇāti . . . anāpatti. ||11||
bhikkhu samādisitvā pakkamati kuṭiṃ me karothā 'ti, samādisati ca desitavatthukā ca hotu anārambhā ca saparikkamanā cā 'ti. tassa kuṭiṃ karonti adesitavatthukaṃ sārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ, āpatti kārukānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ --pa-- sārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ, āpatti kārukānaṃ dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ --pa-- anārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ, āpatti kārukānaṃ dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ --pa-- anārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ, āpatti kārukānaṃ dukkaṭassa . . . desitavatthukaṃ sārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ, āpatti kārukānaṃ dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ --pa-- sārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ, āpatti kārukānaṃ dukkaṭassa --pa-- anārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ,
[page 155]
VI. 3. 12-VII. 1.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, VII. 155
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] āpatti kārukānaṃ dukkaṭassa --pa-- anārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ, anāpatti. ||12||
bhikkhu samādisitvā pakkamati kuṭiṃ me karothā 'ti, samādisati ca pamāṇikā ca hotu anārambhā ca saparikkamanā cā 'ti . . . bhikkhu samādisitvā pakkamati kuṭiṃ me karothā 'ti, samādisati ca desitavatthukā ca hotu pamāṇikā ca anārambhā ca saparikkamanā cā 'ti . . . anāpatti. ||13||
bhikkhu samādisitvā pakkamati kuṭiṃ me karothā 'ti. tassa kuṭiṃ karonti adesitavatthukaṃ sārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ.
so ce vippakate āgacchati, tena bhikkhunā sā kuṭī aññassa vā dātabbā bhinditvā vā puna kātabbā. no ce aññassa vā dadeyya bhinditvā vā puna kāreyya, āpatti saṃghādisesena dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ . . . bhikkhu samādisitvā pakkamati kuṭiṃ me karothā 'ti. tassa kuṭiṃ karonti desitavatthukaṃ pamāṇikaṃ anārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ, anāpatti. ||14||
attanā vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti saṃghādisesassa. attanā vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, āpatti saṃghādisesassa. parehi vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti saṃghādisesassa. parehi vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, āpatti saṃghādisesassa. ||15||
anāpatti leṇe guhāya tiṇakuṭikāya aññass'; atthāya, vāsāgāraṃ ṭhapetvā sabbattha anāpatti, ummattakassa ādikammikassā 'ti. ||16||3||
kuṭikārasaṃghādisesaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ.
SAṂGHĀDISESA, VII.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Kosambiyaṃ viharati Ghositārāme. tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Channassa upaṭṭhāko gahapati āyasmantaṃ Channaṃ etad avoca: vihāravatthuṃ bhante jānāhi, ayyassa vihāraṃ kārāpessāmīti. atha kho āyasmā Channo vihāravatthuṃ sodhento aññataraṃ cetiyarukkhaṃ chedāpesi gāmapūjitaṃ nigamapūjitaṃ nagarapūjitaṃ janapadapūjitaṃ raṭṭhapūjitaṃ. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā cetiyarukkhaṃ chedāpessanti gāmapūjitaṃ
[page 156]
156 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [VII. 1-2.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] . . . raṭṭhapūjitaṃ. ekindriyaṃ samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā jīvaṃ viheṭhentīti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khīyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma āyasmā Channo cetiyarukkhaṃ chedāpessati gāmapūjitaṃ . . . raṭṭhapūjitan ti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira tvaṃ Channa cetiyarukkhaṃ chedāpesi gāmapūjitaṃ . . . raṭṭhapūjitan ti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā --la-- kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa cetiyarukkhaṃ chedāpessasi gāmapūjitaṃ . . . raṭṭhapūjitaṃ.
jīvasaññino hi moghapurisa manussā rukkhasmiṃ. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--, evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
mahallakaṃ pana bhikkhunā vihāraṃ kārayamānena sassāmikaṃ attuddesaṃ bhikkhū abhinetabbā vatthudesanāya. tehi bhikkhūhi vatthuṃ desetabbaṃ anārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ. sārambhe ce bhikkhu vatthusmiṃ aparikkamane mahallakaṃ vihāraṃ kāreyya bhikkhū vā anabhineyya vatthudesanāya, saṃghādiseso 'ti. ||1||
mahallako nāma vihāro sassāmiko vuccati.
vihāro nāma ullitto vā hoti avalitto vā ullittāvalitto vā.
kārayamānenā 'ti karonto vā kārāpento vā.
sassāmikan ti, añño koci sāmiko hoti itthi vā puriso vā gahaṭṭho vā pabbajito vā.
attuddesan ti attano atthāya.
bhikkhū abhinetabbā vatthudesanāyā 'ti. tena vihārakārakena bhikkhunā vihāravatthuṃ sodhetvā . . . (see Saṃghād., VI.2.2) . . . vacanīyo: ahaṃ bhante mahallakaṃ vihāraṃ kattukāmo sassāmikaṃ attuddesaṃ, so 'haṃ bhante saṃghaṃ vihāravatthuolokanaṃ . . . etaṃ saparikkamanaṃ nāma.
mahallako nāma vihāro sassāmiko vuccati.
vihāro nāma ullitto vā hoti avalitto vā ullittāvalitto vā.
kāreyyā 'ti karoti vā kārāpeti vā.
bhikkhū vā anabhineyya vatthudesanāyā 'ti, ñattidutiyena kammena vihāravatthuṃ na desāpetvā karoti vā kārāpeti vā, payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ,
[page 157]
VII. 2-3.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, VII. 157
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ekaṃ piṇḍaṃ anāgate āpatti thullaccayassa, tasmiṃ piṇḍe āgate āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
saṃghādiseso 'ti --paḥ tena pi vuccati saṃghādiseso 'ti. ||2||
bhikkhu vihāraṃ karoti adesitavatthukaṃ sārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ . . . (see Saṃghād., VI.3.1. The sections which contain "pamāṇātikkanta" and "pamāṇika," are not repeated here.) . . . desitavatthukaṃ anārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ, anāpatti. ||1||
bhikkhu samādisati vihāraṃ me karothā 'ti. tassa vihāraṃ karonti adesitavatthukaṃ sārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ . . . desitavatthukaṃ anārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ, anāpatti. ||2||
bhikkhu samādisitvā pakkamati vihāraṃ me karothā 'ti, na ca samādisati desitavatthuko ca hotu anārambho ca saparikkamano cā 'ti. tassa vihāraṃ karonti adesitavatthukaṃ sārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ . . . desitavatthukam anārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ, anāpatti. ||3||
bhikkhu samādisitvā pakkamati vihāraṃ me karothā 'ti, samādisati ca desitavatthuko ca hotu anārambho ca saparikkamano cā 'ti. tassa vihāraṃ karonti adesitavatthukaṃ sārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ. so suṇāti vihāro kira me kayirati adesitavatthuko sārambho aparikkamano 'ti. tena {bhikkhunā} sāmaṃ vā . . . anāpatti. ||4||
bhikkhu samādisitvā pakkamati vihāraṃ me karothā 'ti, samādisati ca desitavatthuko ca hotu anārambho ca saparikkamano cā 'ti. tassa vihāraṃ karonti adesitavatthukaṃ sārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ, āpatti kārukānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ . . . desitavatthukaṃ anārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ, anāpatti. ||5||
bhikkhu samādisitvā pakkamati vihāraṃ me karothā 'ti.
tassa vihāraṃ karonti adesitavatthukaṃ sārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ. so ce vippakate āgacchati . . . desitavatthukaṃ anārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ, anāpatti. ||6||
attanā vippakataṃ . . . (Saṃghād., VI.3.15,16) . . . ādikammikassā 'ti. ||7||3||
vihārakārasaṃghādisesaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ sattamaṃ.
[page 158]
158 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [VIII. 1. 1-3.
SAṂGHĀDISESA, VIII.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe. tena kho pana samayena āyasmatā Dabbena Mallaputtena jātiyā sattavassena arahattaṃ sacchikataṃ hoti, yaṃ kiñci sāvakena {pattabbaṃ} sabbaṃ tena anuppattaṃ hoti, n'; atthi c'; assa kiñci uttariṃ karaṇīyaṃ katassa vā paticayo. atha kho āyasmato Dabbassa Mallaputtassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evañ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: mayā kho jātiyā sattavassena arahattaṃ sacchikataṃ, yaṃ kiñci sāvakena pattabbaṃ sabbaṃ mayā anuppattaṃ, n'; atthi ca me kiñci uttariṃ karaṇīyaṃ katassa vā paticayo. kiṃ nu kho ahaṃ saṃghassa veyyāvaccaṃ kareyyan ti. atha kho āyasmato Dabbassa Mallaputtassa etad ahosi: yaṃ nūnāhaṃ saṃghassa senāsanañ ca paññāpeyyaṃ bhattāni ca uddiseyyan ti. ||1|| atha kho āyasmā Dabbo Mallaputto sāyaṇhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi, ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Dabbo Mallaputto bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: idha mayhaṃ bhante rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa . . . veyyāvaccaṃ kareyyan ti. tassa mayhaṃ bhante etad ahosi: yaṃ nūnāhaṃ saṃghassa senāsanañ ca paññāpeyyaṃ bhattāni ca uddiseyyan ti. icchām'; ahaṃ bhante saṃghassa senāsanañ ca paññāpetuṃ bhattāni ca uddisitun ti. sādhu sādhu Dabba, tena hi tvaṃ Dabba saṃghassa senāsanañ ca paññāpehi bhattāni ca uddisā 'ti. evaṃ bhante 'ti kho āyasmā Dabbo Mallaputto bhagavato paccassosi. ||2|| atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: tena hi bhikkhave saṃgho Dabbaṃ Mallaputtaṃ senāsanapaññāpakañ ca bhattuddesakañ ca sammannatu. evañ ca pana bhikkhave sammannitabbo: paṭhamaṃ Dabbo yācitabbo, yācitvā vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho āyasmantaṃ Dabbaṃ Mallaputtaṃ senāsanapaññāpakañ ca bhattuddesakañ ca sammanneyya.
[page 159]
VIII. 1. 3-4.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, VIII. 159
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] esā ñatti. suṇātu me bhante saṃgho.
saṃgho āyasmantaṃ Dabbaṃ Mallaputtaṃ senāsanapaññāpakañ ca bhattuddesakañ ca sammannati. yassāyasmato khamati āyasmato Dabbassa Mallaputtassa senāsanapaññāpakassa ca bhattuddesakassa ca sammuti so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati so bhāseyya. sammato saṃghena āyasmā Dabbo Mallaputto senāsanapaññāpako ca bhattuddesako ca. khamati . . . dhārayāmīti. ||3||
sammato ca panāyasmā Dabbo Mallaputto sabhāgānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ekajjhaṃ senāsannaṃ paññāpeti. ye te bhikkhū suttantikā tesaṃ ekajjhaṃ senāsanaṃ paññāpeti te aññamaññaṃ suttantaṃ saṃgāyissantīti, ye te bhikkhū vinayadharā tesaṃ ekajjhaṃ senāsanaṃ paññāpeti te aññamaññaṃ vinayaṃ vinicchissantīti, ye te bhikkhū dhammakathikā tesaṃ ekajjhaṃ senāsanaṃ paññāpeti te aññamaññaṃ dhammaṃ sākacchissantīti, ye te bhikkhū jhāyino tesaṃ ekajjhaṃ senāsanaṃ paññāpeti te aññamaññaṃ na vyābādhissantīti, ye te bhikkhū tiracchānakathikā kāyadaḷhībahulā viharanti tesam pi ekajjhaṃ senāsanaṃ paññāpeti imāya p'; ime āyasmantā ratiyā acchissantīti. ye pi te bhikkhū vikāle āgacchanti tesam pi tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā ten'; eva ālokena senāsanaṃ paññāpeti. api ssu bhikkhū sañcicca vikāle āgacchanti mayaṃ āyasmato Dabbassa Mallaputtassa iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ passissāmā 'ti, te āyasmantaṃ Dabbaṃ Mallaputtaṃ upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ vadenti: amhākaṃ āvuso Dabba senāsanaṃ paññāpehīti. te āyasmā Dabbo Mallaputto evaṃ vadeti: katthāyasmantā icchanti kattha paññāpemīti. te sañcicca dūre apadissanti, amhākaṃ āvuso Dabba Gijjhakūṭe senāsanaṃ paññāpehi, amhākaṃ āvuso Corapapāte senāsanaṃ paññāpehi, amhākaṃ āvuso Isigilipasse Kāḷasilāyaṃ senāsanaṃ paññāpehi, amhākaṃ āvuso Vebhārapasse Sattapaṇṇiguhāyaṃ senāsanaṃ paññāpehi, amhākaṃ āvuso Sītavane Sappasoṇḍikapabbhāre senāsanaṃ paññāpehi, amhākaṃ āvuso Gomaṭakandarāyaṃ senāsanaṃ paññāpehi, amhākaṃ āvuso Tindukakandārāyaṃ senāsanaṃ paññāpehi, amhākaṃ āvuso Tapodakandarāyaṃ senāsanaṃ paññāpehi, amhākaṃ āvuso Tapodārāme senāsanaṃ paññāpehi, amhākaṃ āvuso Jīvakambavane senāsanaṃ paññāpehi,
[page 160]
160 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [VIII. 1. 4-6.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] amhākaṃ āvuso Maddakucchismiṃ migadāye senāsanaṃ paññāpehīti. tesaṃ āyasmā Dabbo Mallaputto tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā aṅguliyā jalamānāya purato purato gacchati, te pi ten'; eva ālokena āyasmato Dabbassa Mallaputtassa piṭṭhito piṭṭhito gacchanti.
tesaṃ āyasmā Dabbo Mallaputto evaṃ senāsanaṃ paññāpeti: ayaṃ mañco idaṃ pīṭhaṃ ayaṃ bhisī idaṃ bimbohanaṃ idaṃ vaccaṭṭhānaṃ idaṃ passāvaṭṭhānaṃ idaṃ pāniyaṃ idaṃ paribhojaniyaṃ ayaṃ kattaradaṇḍo idaṃ saṃghassa katikasaṇṭhānaṃ imaṃ kālaṃ pavisitabbaṃ imaṃ kālaṃ nikkhamitabban ti. tesaṃ āyasmā Dabbo Mallaputto evaṃ senāsanaṃ paññāpetvā punad eva Veḷuvanaṃ paccāgacchati. ||4||
tena kho pana samayena Mettiyabhummajakā bhikkhū navakā c'; eva honti appapuññā ca, yāni saṃghassa lāmakāni senāsanāni tāni tesaṃ pāpuṇanti lāmakāni ca bhattāni. tena kho pana samayena Rājagahe manussā icchanti therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ abhisaṃkhārikaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ dātuṃ sappiṃ pi telaṃ pi uttaribhaṅgaṃ pi, Mettiyabhummajakānaṃ pana bhikkhūnaṃ pākatikaṃ denti yathāraddhaṃ kaṇājakaṃ bilaṅgadutiyaṃ. te pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā there bhikkhū pucchanti: tumhākaṃ āvuso bhattagge kiṃ ahosi, tumhākaṃ kiṃ ahosīti. ekacce therā evaṃ vadanti: amhākaṃ āvuso sappi ahosi telaṃ ahosi uttaribhaṅgaṃ ahosīti. Mettiyabhummajakā pana bhikkhū evaṃ vadanti: amhākaṃ āvuso na kiñci ahosi pākatikaṃ yathāraddhaṃ kaṇājakaṃ bilaṅgadutiyan ti. ||5||
tena kho pana samayena kalyāṇabhattiko gahapati saṃghassa catukkabhattaṃ deti niccabhattaṃ. so bhattagge saputtadāro upatiṭṭhitvā parivisati, aññe odanena pucchanti aññe sūpena pucchanti aññe telena pucchanti aññe uttaribhaṅgena pucchanti. tena kho pana samayena kalyāṇabhattikassa gahapatino bhattaṃ svātanāya Mettiyabhummajakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ uddiṭṭhaṃ hoti. atha kho kalyāṇabhattiko gahapati ārāmaṃ agamāsi kenacid eva karaṇīyena, so yenāyasmā Dabbo Mallaputto ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Dabbaṃ Mallaputtaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi, ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho kalyāṇabhattikaṃ gahapatiṃ āyasmā Dabbo Mallaputto dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi
[page 161]
VIII. 1. 6-7.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, VIII. 161
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] . . . sampahaṃsesi. atha kho kalyāṇabhattiko gahapati āyasmatā Dabbena Mallaputtena dhammiyā kathāya sandassito . . . sampahaṃsito āyasmantaṃ Dabbaṃ Mallaputtaṃ etad avoca: kassa bhante amhākaṃ ghare svātanāya bhattaṃ uddiṭṭhan ti. Mettiyabhummajakānaṃ kho gahapati bhikkhūnaṃ tumhākaṃ ghare svātanāya bhattaṃ uddiṭṭhan ti. atha kho kalyāṇabhattiko gahapati anattamano ahosi: kathaṃ hi nāma pāpabhikkhū amhākaṃ ghare bhuñjissantīti, gharaṃ gantvā dāsiṃ āṇāpesi: ye je sve bhattikā āgacchanti te koṭṭhake āsanaṃ paññāpetvā kaṇājakena bilaṅgadutiyena parivisā 'ti. evaṃ ayyā 'ti kho sā dāsī kalyāṇabhattikassa gahapatino paccassosi. ||6|| atha kho Mettiyabhummajakā bhikkhū hiyyo kho āvuso amhākaṃ kalyāṇabhattikassa gahapatino bhattaṃ uddiṭṭhaṃ, sve amhe kalyāṇabhattiko gahapati saputtadāro upatiṭṭhitvā parivisissati, aññe odanena pucchissanti aññe sūpena pucchissanti
aññe telena pucchissanti aññe uttaribhaṅgena pucchissantīti, te ten'; eva somanassena na cittarūpaṃ rattiyā supiṃsu.
atha kho Mettiyabhummajakā bhikkhū pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya yena kalyāṇabhattikassa gahapatino nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu. addasa kho sā dāsī Mettiyabhummajake bhikkhū dūrato 'va āgacchante, disvāna koṭṭhake āsanaṃ paññāpetvā Mettiyabhummajake bhikkhū etad avoca: nisīdatha bhante 'ti. atha kho Mettiyabhummajakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: nissaṃsayaṃ kho na tāva bhattaṃ siddhaṃ bhavissati yathā mayaṃ koṭṭhake nisīdāpeyyāmā 'ti. atha kho sā dāsī kaṇājakena bilaṅgadutiyena upagacchi bhuñjatha bhante 'ti. mayaṃ kho bhagini niccabhattikā 'ti. jānāmi ayyā niccabhattikā 'ti, api cāhaṃ hiyyo 'va gahapatinā āṇattā: ye je sve bhattikā āgacchanti te koṭṭhake āsanaṃ paññāpetvā kaṇājakena bilaṅgadutiyena parivisā 'ti. bhuñjatha bhante 'ti. atha kho Mettiyabhummajakā bhikkhū hiyyo kho āvuso kalyāṇabhattiko gahapati ārāmaṃ agamāsi Dabbassa Mallaputtassa santike, nissaṃsayaṃ kho mayaṃ Dabbena Mallaputtena gahapatino santike paribhinnā 'ti, te ten'; eva domanassena na cittarūpaṃ bhuñjiṃsu. atha kho Mettiyabhummajakā bhikkhū pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā ārāmaṃ gantvā pattacīvaraṃ paṭisāmetvā bahārāmakoṭṭhake saṃghāṭipallatthikāya nisīdiṃsu tuṇhibhūtā maṅkubhūtā pattakkhandhā adhomukhā pajjhāyantā appaṭibhānā. ||7||
[page 162]
162 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [VIII. 1. 7-9.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]
atha kho Mettiyā bhikkhunī yena Mettiyabhummajakā bhikkhū ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Mettiyabhummajake bhikkhū etad avoca: vandāmi ayyā 'ti. evaṃ vutte Mettiyabhummajakā bhikkhū nālapiṃsu. dutiyam pi kho . . . tatiyam pi kho Mettiyā bhikkhunī Mettiyabhummajake bhikkhū etad avoca: vandāmi ayyā 'ti. tatiyam pi kho Mettiyabhummajakā bhikkhū nālapiṃsu. ky āhaṃ ayyānaṃ aparajjhāmi, kissa maṃ ayyā nālapantīti. tathā hi pana tvaṃ bhagini amhe Dabbena Mallaputtena viheṭhiyamāne ajjhupekkhasīti. ky āhaṃ ayyā karomīti. sace kho tvaṃ bhagini iccheyyāsi ajj'; eva bhagavā Dabbaṃ Mallaputtaṃ nāsāpeyyā 'ti. ky āhaṃ ayyā karomi, kiṃ mayā sakkā kātun ti. ehi tvaṃ bhagini yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkama, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ evaṃ vadehi: idaṃ bhante na cchannaṃ na paṭirūpaṃ, yāyaṃ bhante disā abhayā anītikā anupaddavā sāyaṃ disā sabhayā saītikā saupaddavā, yato nivātaṃ tato pavātaṃ, udakaṃ maññe ādittaṃ, ayyena 'mhi Dabbena Mallaputtena dūsitā 'ti. evaṃ ayyā 'ti kho Mettiyā bhikkhunī Mettiyabhummajakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ paṭissutvā yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi, ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho Mettiyā bhikkhunī bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: idaṃ bhante na cchannaṃ . . . dūsitā 'ti. ||8||
atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṃghaṃ sannipātāpetvā āyasmantaṃ Dabbaṃ Mallaputtaṃ paṭipucchi: sarasi tvaṃ Dabba evarūpaṃ kattā yathāyaṃ bhikkhunī āhā 'ti. yathā maṃ bhante bhagavā jānātīti. dutiyam pi kho bhagavā ḥlaḥ tatiyam pi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Dabbaṃ Mallaputtaṃ etad avoca . . . jānātīti. na kho Dabba Dabbā evaṃ nibbeṭhenti, sace tayā kataṃ katan ti vadehi, sace akataṃ akatan ti vadehīti. yato ahaṃ bhante jāto nābhijānāmi supinantena pi methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevitā pag eva jāgaro 'ti. atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: tena hi bhikkhave Mettiyaṃ bhikkhuniṃ nāsetha ime ca bhikkhū anuyuñjathā 'ti.
[page 163]
VIII. 1. 9-2.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, VIII. 163
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] idaṃ vatvā bhagavā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṃ pāvisi. atha kho te bhikkhū Mettiyaṃ bhikkhuniṃ nāsesuṃ. atha kho Mettiyabhummajakā bhikkhū te bhikkhū etad avocuṃ: māvuso Mettiyaṃ bhikkhuniṃ nāsetha, na sā kiñci aparajjhati, amhehi sā ussāhitā kupitehi anattamanehi cāvanādhippāyehīti. kiṃ pana tumhe āvuso āyasmantaṃ Dabbaṃ Mallaputtaṃ amūlakena pārājikena dhammena anuddhaṃsethā 'ti. evaṃ āvuso 'ti. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma Mettiyabhummajakā bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ Dabbaṃ Mallaputtaṃ amūlakena pārājikena dhammena anuddhaṃsessantīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira tumhe bhikkhave Dabbaṃ Mallaputtaṃ amūlakena pārājikena dhammena anuddhaṃsethā 'ti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā. kathaṃ hi nāma tumhe moghapurisā Dabbaṃ Mallaputtaṃ amūlakena pārājikena dhammena anuddhaṃsessatha. n'; etaṃ moghapurisā appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa-- evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ duṭṭho doso appatīto amūlakena pārājikena dhammena anuddhaṃseyya app eva nāma naṃ imamhā brahmacariyā cāveyyan ti, tato aparena samayena samanuggāhiyamāno vā asamanuggāhiyamāno vā amūlakañ c'; eva taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ hoti bhikkhu ca dosaṃ patiṭṭhāti, saṃghādiseso 'ti. ||9||1||
yo panā 'ti yo yādiso --la--. bhikkhū 'ti --la-- ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti. bhikkhun ti aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ.
duṭṭho doso 'ti, kupito anattamano anabhiraddho āhatacitto khilajāto. appatīto 'ti tena ca kopena tena ca dosena tāya ca anattamanatāya tāya ca anabhiraddhiyā appatīto hoti.
amūlakaṃ nāma adiṭṭhaṃ asutaṃ aparisaṅkitaṃ.
pārājikena dhammenā 'ti catunnaṃ aññatarena.
anuddhaṃseyyā 'ti codeti vā codāpeti vā.
appeva nāma naṃ imamhā brahmacariyā cāveyyan ti bhikkhubhāvā cāveyyaṃ samaṇadhammā cāveyyaṃ sīlakkhandhā cāveyyaṃ tapoguṇā cāveyyaṃ.
[page 164]
164 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [VIII. 2-3. 2.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]
tato aparena samayenā 'ti yasmiṃ khaṇe anuddhaṃsito hoti taṃ khaṇaṃ taṃ layaṃ taṃ muhuttaṃ vītivatte.
samanuggāhiyamāno 'ti yena vatthunā anuddhaṃsito hoti tasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ samanuggāhiyamāno. asamanuggāhiyamāno 'ti na kenaci vuccamāno.
adhikaraṇaṃ nāma, cattāri adhikaraṇāni vivādādhikaraṇaṃ anuvādādhikaraṇaṃ āpattādhikaraṇaṃ kiccādhikaraṇaṃ.
bhikkhu ca dosaṃ patiṭṭhātīti, tucchakaṃ mayā bhaṇitaṃ musā mayā bhaṇitaṃ abhūtaṃ mayā bhaṇitaṃ ajānantena mayā bhaṇitaṃ.
saṃghādiseso 'ti --la-- tena pi vuccati saṃghādiseso 'ti. ||2||
adiṭṭh'; assa hoti pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpajjanto, tañ ce codeti: diṭṭho mayā pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpanno 'si, asamaṇo 'si, asakyaputtiyo 'si, n'; atthi tayā saddhiṃ uposatho vā pavāraṇā vā saṃghakammaṃ vā 'ti, āpatti vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa. asut'; assa hoti pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpanno 'ti, tañ ce codeti: suto mayā . . . āpatti vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa. aparisaṅkit'; assa hoti pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpanno 'ti, tañ ce codeti: parisaṅkito mayā . . . āpatti vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa. ||1||
adiṭṭh'; assa hoti pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpajjanto, tañ ce codeti: diṭṭho mayā suto ca pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpanno 'si . . . āpatti vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa. adiṭṭh'; assa hoti . . . tañ ce codeti: diṭṭho mayā parisaṅkito ca . . . diṭṭho mayā suto ca parisaṅkito ca . . . āpatti vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa. asut'; assa hoti pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpanno 'ti, tañ ce codeti: suto mayā parisaṅkito ca --pa-- suto mayā diṭṭho ca --pa-- suto mayā parisaṅkito ca diṭṭho ca . . . āpatti vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa. aparisaṅkit'; assa hoti pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpanno 'ti. tañ ce codeti: parisaṅkito mayā diṭṭho ca -- parisaṅkito mayā suto ca --pa-- parisaṅkito mayā diṭṭho ca suto ca . . . āpatti vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa. ||2||
[page 165]
VIII. 3. 3-8] SAṂGHĀDISESA, VIII. 165
diṭṭh'; assa hoti pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpajjanto, tañ ce codeti: suto mayā . . . parisaṅkito mayā . . . suto mayā parisaṅkito ca pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpanno 'si . . . āpatti vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa. sut'; assa hoti pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpanno 'ti, tañ ce codeti: parisaṅkito mayā --pa-- diṭṭho mayā --pa-- parisaṅkito mayā diṭṭho ca . . . āpatti vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa. parisaṅkit'; assa hoti pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpajjanto, tañ ce codeti: diṭṭho mayā --pa-- suto mayā --pa-- diṭṭho mayā suto ca . . . āpatti vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa. ||3||
diṭṭh'; assa hoti pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpajjanto, diṭṭhe vematiko diṭṭhaṃ n'; okappeti diṭṭhaṃ na ssarati diṭṭhaṃ sammuṭṭho hoti, sute vematiko . . . sutaṃ sammuṭṭho hoti, parisaṅkite vematiko . . . parisaṅkitaṃ sammuṭṭho hoti, tañ ce codeti: parisaṅkito mayā diṭṭho ca --pa-- parisaṅkito mayā suto ca --pa-- parisaṅkito mayā diṭṭho ca suto ca pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ . . . āpatti vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa. ||4||
adiṭṭh'; assa hoti pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpajjanto, tañ ce codāpeti: diṭṭho 'si pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpanno 'si . . . āpatti vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa. asut'; assa hoti . . . aparisaṅkit'; assa hoti . . . ||5||
adiṭṭh'; assa hoti pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpajjanto, tañ ce codāpeti: diṭṭho 'si suto 'si --pa-- diṭṭho 'si parisaṅkito 'si . . . diṭṭho 'si suto 'si parisaṅkito 'si . . . āpatti vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa. asut'; assa hoti . . . aparisaṅkit'; assa hoti . . . ||6||
diṭṭh'; assa hoti pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpajjanto, tañ ce codāpeti suto 'si --pa-- parisaṅkito 'si --pa-- suto 'si parisaṅkito 'si . . . sut'; assa hoti . . . parisaṅkit'; assa hoti . . . ||7||
diṭṭh'; assa hoti pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpajjanto, diṭṭhe vematiko . . . parisaṅkitaṃ sammuṭṭho hoti, tañ ce codāpeti: parisaṅkito 'si diṭṭho 'si --pa-- parisaṅkitaṃ sammuṭṭho hoti, tañ ce codāpeti: parisaṅkito 'si suto 'si --pa-- parisaṅkitaṃ sammuṭṭho hoti, tañ ce codāpeti: parisaṅkito 'si diṭṭho 'si suto 'si pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ . . . āpatti vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa. ||8||3||
[page 166]
166 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [VIII. 4-IX. 1.
asuddhe suddhadiṭṭhi, suddhe asuddhadiṭṭhi, asuddhe asuddhadiṭṭhi, suddhe suddhadiṭṭhi. ||1||
asuddho hoti puggalo aññataraṃ pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpanno, tañ ce suddhadiṭṭhi samāno anokāsaṃ kārāpetvā cāvanādhippāyo vadeti, āpatti saṃghādisesena dukkaṭassa.
asuddho hoti . . . okāsaṃ kārāpetvā cāvanādhippāyo vadeti, āpatti saṃghādisesassa. asuddho hoti . . . anokāsaṃ kārāpetvā akkosādhippāyo vadeti, āpatti omasavādena dukkaṭassa.
asuddho hoti . . . okāsaṃ kārāpetvā akkosādhippāyo vadeti, āpatti omasavādassa. ||2||
suddho hoti puggalo aññataraṃ pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ anajjhāpanno, tañ ce asuddhadiṭṭhi samāno anokāsaṃ kārāpetvā cāvanādhippāyo vadeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. suddho hoti . . . okāsaṃ kārāpetvā cā vanādhippāyo vadeti, anāpatti.
suddho hoti . . . anokāsaṃ kārāpetvā akkosādhippāyo vadeti, āpatti omasavādena dukkaṭassa. suddho hoti . . . okāsaṃ kārāpetvā akkosādhippāyo vadeti, āpatti omasavādassa. ||3||
asuddho hoti puggalo aññataraṃ pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpanno, tañ ce asuddhadiṭṭhi samāno anokāsaṃ kārāpetvā cāvanādhippāyo vadeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa . . . anāpatti . . . āpatti omasavādena dukkaṭassa . . . āpatti omasavādassa. ||4||
suddho hoti puggalo aññataraṃ pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ anajjhāpanno, tañ ce suddhadiṭṭhi samāno . . . āpatti saṃghādisesena dukkaṭassa . . . āpatti saṃghādisesassa . . . āpatti omasavādena dukkaṭassa . . . āpatti omasavādassa. ||5||
anāpatti suddhe asuddhadiṭṭhissa, asuddhe asuddhadiṭṭhissa, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||6||4||
amūlakasaṃghādisesaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ.
SAṂGHĀDISESA, IX.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe. tena kho pana samayena Mettiyabhummajakā bhikkhū Gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohantā addasaṃsu chakalakaṃ ajikāya vippaṭipajjantaṃ,
[page 167]
IX. 1. 1-2.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, IX. 167
disvāna evam āhaṃsu: handa mayaṃ āvuso imaṃ chakalakaṃ Dabbaṃ Mallaputtaṃ nāma karoma, imaṃ ajikaṃ Mettiyaṃ nāma bhikkhuniṃ karoma, evaṃ mayaṃ voharissāma: pubbe mayaṃ āvuso Dabbaṃ Mallaputtaṃ sutena avocumhā, idāni pana amhehi sāmaṃ diṭṭho Mettiyāya bhikkhuniyā vippaṭipajjanto 'ti. te taṃ chakalakaṃ Dabbaṃ Mallaputtaṃ nāma akaṃsu, taṃ ajikaṃ Mettiyaṃ nāma bhikkhuniṃ akaṃsu. te bhikkhūnaṃ ārocesuṃ: pubbe mayaṃ āvuso Dabbaṃ Mallaputtaṃ sutena avocumhā, idāni pana amhehi sāmaṃ diṭṭho Mettiyāya bhikkhuniyā vippaṭipajjanto 'ti. bhikkhū evam āhaṃsu: māvuso evaṃ avacuttha, nāyasmā Dabbo Mallaputto evaṃ karissatīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṃghaṃ sannipātāpetvā āyasmantaṃ Dabbaṃ Mallaputtaṃ paṭipucchi: sarasi tvaṃ Dabba evarūpaṃ kattā yathā yime bhikkhū āhaṃsū 'ti. yathā maṃ bhante bhagavā jānātīti. dutiyam pi kho bhagavā --pa-- tatiyam pi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Dabbaṃ Mallaputtaṃ etad avoca . . . jānātīti. na kho Dabba . . . jāgaro 'ti. atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: tena hi bhikkhave ime bhikkhū anuyuñjathā 'ti. idaṃ vatvā bhagavā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṃ pāvisi. ||1||atha kho te bhikkhū Mettiyabhummajake bhikkhū anuyuñjiṃsu. te bhikkhūhi anuyuñjiyamānā bhikkhūnaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
kiṃ pana tumhe āvuso āyasmantaṃ Dabbaṃ Mallaputtaṃ aññabhāgiyassa adhikaraṇassa kiñci desaṃ lesamattaṃ upādāya pārājikena dhammena anuddhaṃsethā 'ti. evam āvuso 'ti. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma Mettiyabhummajakā bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ Dabbaṃ Mallaputtaṃ aññabhāgiyassa . . . anuddhaṃsessantīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira tumhe bhikkhave Dabbaṃ Mallaputtaṃ aññabhāgiyassa . . . anuddhaṃsethā 'ti. saccaṃ bhagavā. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: kathaṃ hi nāma tumhe moghapurisā Dabbaṃ Mallaputtaṃ aññabhāgiyassa . . . anuddhaṃsessatha. n'; etaṃ moghapurisā appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--, evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ duṭṭho doso appatīto aññabhāgiyassa adhikaraṇassa kiñci desaṃ lesamattaṃ upādāya pārājikena dhammena anuddhaṃseyya app eva nāma naṃ imamhā brahmacariyā cāveyyan ti,
[page 168]
168 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [IX. 1. 2-2. 3.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tato aparena samayena samanuggāhiyamāno vā asamanuggāhiyamāno vā aññabhāgiyañ c'; eva taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ hoti koci deso lesamatto upādinno bhikkhu ca dosaṃ patiṭṭhāti, saṃghādiseso 'ti. ||2||1||
yo panā 'ti . . . (Saṃghād., VIII.2) . . . appatīto hoti. ||1||
aññabhāgiyassa adhikaraṇassā 'ti, āpattaññabhāgiyaṃ vā hoti adhikaraṇaññabhāgiyaṃ vā.
kathaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ {adhikaraṇassa} aññabhāgiyaṃ. vivādādhikaraṇaṃ anuvādādhikaraṇassa āpattādhikaraṇassa kiccādhikaraṇassa aññabhāgiyaṃ. anuvādādhikaraṇaṃ . . ., āpattādhikaraṇaṃ . . ., kiccādhikaraṇaṃ vivādādhikaraṇassa anuvādādhikaraṇassa āpattādhikaraṇassa aññabhāgiyaṃ. evaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ adhikaraṇassa aññabhāgiyaṃ.
kathaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ adhikaraṇassa tabbhāgiyaṃ. vivādādhikaraṇaṃ vivādādhikaraṇassa tabbhāgiyaṃ. anuvādādhikaraṇaṃ anuvādādhikaraṇassa tabbhāgiyaṃ. āpattādhikaraṇaṃ āpattādhikaraṇassa siyā tabbhāgiyaṃ siyā aññabhāgiyaṃ.
kathaṃ āpattādhikaraṇaṃ āpattādhikaraṇassa aññabhāgiyaṃ.
methunadhammapārājikāpatti adinnādānapārājikāpattiyā manussaviggahapārājikāpattiyā uttarimanussadhammapārājikāpattiyā aññabhāgiyā. adinnādānapārājikāpatti . . ., manussaviggahapārājikāpatti . . ., uttarimanussadhammapārājikāpatti methunadhammapārājikāpattiyā adinnādānapārājikāpattiyā manussaviggahapārājikāpattiyā aññabhāgiyā. evaṃ āpattādhikaraṇaṃ āpattādhikaraṇassa aññabhāgiyaṃ. kathañ ca āpattādhikaraṇaṃ āpattādhikaraṇassa tabbhāgiyaṃ. methunadhammapārājikāpatti methunadhammapārājikāpattiyā tabbhāgiyā . . . uttarimanussadhammapārājikāpatti uttarimanussadhammapārājikāpattiyā tabbhāgiyā. evaṃ āpattādhikaraṇaṃ āpattādhikaraṇassa tabbhāgiyaṃ. kiccādhikaraṇaṃ kiccādhikaraṇassa tabbhāgiyaṃ. evaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ adhikaraṇassa tabbhāgiyaṃ. ||2||
kiñci desaṃ lesamattaṃ upādāyā 'ti. leso nāma dasa lesā:
[page 169]
IX. 2. 3.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, IX. 169
jātileso nāmaleso gottaleso liṅgaleso āpattileso pattaleso cīvaraleso upajjhāyaleso ācariyaleso senāsanaleso.
jātileso nāma: khattiyo diṭṭho hoti pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpajjanto, aññaṃ khattiyaṃ passitvā codeti: khattiyo mayā diṭṭho, pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpanno 'si, asamaṇo 'si, asakyaputtiyo 'si, n'; atthi tayā saddhiṃ uposatho vā pavāraṇā vā saṃghakammaṃ vā 'ti, āpatti vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa. brāhmaṇo diṭṭho hoti --pa-- vesso diṭṭho hoti --pa-- suddo diṭṭho hoti . . . āpatti vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa.
nāmaleso nāma: Buddharakkhito diṭṭho hoti --pa-- Dhammarakkhito diṭṭho hoti --pa-- Saṃgharakkhito diṭṭho hoti pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpajjanto, aññaṃ Saṃgharakkhitaṃ passitvā . . . āpatti vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa.
gottaleso nāma: Gotamo diṭṭho hoti --pa-- Moggallāno diṭṭho hoti --pa-- Kaccāno diṭṭho hoti --pa-- Vāsiṭṭho diṭṭho hoti pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpajjanto, aññaṃ Vāsiṭṭhaṃ passitvā . . . vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa.
liṅgaleso nāma: dīgho diṭṭho hoti --pa-- rasso diṭṭho hoti --pa-- kaṇho diṭṭho hoti --pa-- odāto diṭṭho hoti pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ . . . vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa.
āpattileso nāma: lahukaṃ āpattiṃ ajjhāpajjanto diṭṭho hoti, tañ ce pārājikena codeti: asamaṇo 'si . . . vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa.
pattaleso nāma: lohapattadharo diṭṭho hoti --pa-- sāṭakapattadharo diṭṭho hoti --pa-- sumbhakapattadharo diṭṭho hoti pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ . . . vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa.
cīvaraleso nāma: paṃsukūliko diṭṭho hoti --pa-- gahapaticīvaradharo diṭṭho hoti pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ . . . vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa.
upajjhāyaleso nāma: itthannāmassa saddhivihāriko diṭṭho hoti pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ . . . vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa.
ācariyaleso nāma: itthannāmassa antevāsiko diṭṭho hoti pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ . . . vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa.
senāsanaleso nāma: itthannāmasenāsanavāsiko diṭṭho hoti pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ
[page 170]
170 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [IX. 2. 3-3. 3.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] . . . vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa. ||3||
pārājikena dhammenā 'ti catunnaṃ . . . (Saṃghād., VIII.2) . . . kiccādhikaraṇaṃ.
koci deso lesamatto upādinno 'ti, tesaṃ lesānaṃ aññataro leso upādinno hoti.
bhikkhu ca dosaṃ . . . (Saṃghād., VIII.2) . . . tena pi vuccati saṃghādiseso 'ti. ||4||2||
bhikkhu saṃghādisesaṃ ajjhāpajjanto diṭṭho hoti, saṃghādisese saṃghādisesadiṭṭhi hoti. tañ ce pārājikena codeti asamaṇo 'si . . . saṃghakammaṃ vā 'ti, evaṃ pi āpattaññabhāgiyaṃ hoti leso ca upādinno, āpatti vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa. bhikkhu saṃghādisesaṃ ajjhāpajjanto diṭṭho hoti, saṃghādisese thullaccayadiṭṭhi hoti --pa-- pācittiyadiṭṭhi hoti --pa-- pāṭidesaniyadiṭṭhi hoti --pa-- {dukkaṭadiṭṭhi} hoti --pa-- dubbhāsitadiṭṭhi hoti. tañ ce . . . vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa.
bhikkhu thullaccayaṃ --pa-- pācittiyaṃ --pa-- pāṭidesaniyaṃ --pa-- dukkaṭaṃ --pa-- dubbhāsitaṃ ajjhāpajjanto diṭṭho hoti, dubbhāsite dubbhāsitadiṭṭhi hoti. tañ ce . . . vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa. bhikkhu dubbhāsitaṃ ajjhāpajjanto diṭṭho hoti, dubbhāsite saṃghādisesadiṭṭhi hoti, dubbhāsite thullaccayapācittiyapāṭidesaniyadukkaṭadiṭṭhi hoti. tañ ce . . . vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa.
ekekaṃ mūlaṃ kātūna cakkaṃ bandhitabbaṃ. ||1||
bhikkhu saṃghādisesaṃ ajjhāpajjanto diṭṭho hoti, saṃghādisese saṃghādisesadiṭṭhi hoti. tañ ce pārājikena codāpeti asamaṇo 'si . . . vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa. bhikkhu saṃghādisesaṃ ajjhāpajjanto diṭṭho hoti, saṃghādisese thullaccayadiṭṭhi hoti --pa-- . . . dubbhāsitadiṭṭhi hoti . . . bhikkhu dubbhāsitaṃ ajjhāpajjanto diṭṭho hoti, dubbhāsite dukkaṭadiṭṭhi hoti. tañ ce . . . vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa. ||2||
anāpatti tathāsaññī codeti vā codāpeti vā, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||3||3||
navamaṃ saṃghādisesaṃ samattaṃ.
[page 171]
X. 1. 1-2.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, X. 171
SAṂGHĀDISESA, X.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe. atha kho Devadatto yena Kokāliko Kaṭamorakatissako Khaṇḍadeviyā putto Samuddadatto ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Kokālikaṃ Kaṭamorakatissakaṃ Khaṇḍadeviyā puttaṃ Samuddadattaṃ etad avoca: etha mayaṃ āvuso samaṇassa Gotamassa saṃghabhedaṃ karissāma cakkabhedan ti. evaṃ vutte Kokāliko Devadattaṃ etad avoca: samaṇo kho āvuso Gotamo mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo. kathaṃ mayaṃ samaṇassa Gotamassa saṃghabhedaṃ karissāma cakkabhedan ti.
etha mayaṃ āvuso samaṇaṃ Gotamaṃ upasaṃkamitvā pañca vatthūni yācissāma: bhagavā bhante anekapariyāyena appicchassa santuṭṭhassa sallekhassa dhutassa pāsādikassa apacayassa viriyārambhassa vaṇṇavādī. imāni bhante pañca vatthūni anekapariyāyena appicchatāya santuṭṭhiyā sallekhāya dhutatāya pāsādikatāya apacayāya viriyārambhāya saṃvattanti. sādhu bhante bhikkhū yāvajīvaṃ āraññakā assu, yo gāmantaṃ osareyya vajjaṃ naṃ phuseyya. yāvajīvaṃ piṇḍapātikā assu, yo nimantanaṃ sādiyeyya vajjaṃ naṃ phuseyya.
yāvajīvaṃ paṃsukūlikā assu, yo gahapaticīvaraṃ sādiyeyya vajjaṃ naṃ phuseyya. yāvajīvaṃ rukkhamūlikā assu, yo channaṃ upagaccheyya vajjaṃ naṃ phuseyya. yāvajīvaṃ macchamaṃsaṃ na khādeyyuṃ, yo macchamaṃsaṃ khādeyya vajjaṃ naṃ phuseyyā 'ti. imāni samaṇo Gotamo nānujānissati. te mayaṃ imehi pañcahi vatthūhi janaṃ saññāpessāmā 'ti. sakkā kho āvuso imehi pañcahi vatthūhi samaṇassa Gotamassa saṃghabhedo kātuṃ cakkabhedo, lūkhappasannā hi āvuso manussā 'ti. ||1|| atha kho Devadatto sapariso yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho Devadatto bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: bhagavā bhante anekapariyāyena appicchassa . . . yo macchamaṃsaṃ khādeyya vajjaṃ naṃ phuseyyā 'ti. alaṃ Devadatta, yo icchati āraññako hotu, yo icchati gāmante viharatu, yo icchati piṇḍapātiko hotu,
[page 172]
172 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [X. 1. 2-3.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] yo icchati nimantanaṃ sādiyatu, yo icchati paṃsukūliko hotu, yo icchati gahapaticīvaraṃ sādiyatu.
aṭṭha māse kho mayā Devadatta rukkhamūlasenāsanaṃ anuññātaṃ. tikoṭiparisuddhaṃ macchamaṃsaṃ adiṭṭhaṃ asutaṃ aparisaṅkitan ti. atha kho Devadatto na bhagavā imāni pañca vatthūni anujānātīti haṭṭho udaggo sapariso uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. atha kho Devadatto Rājagahaṃ pavisitvā pañcahi vatthūhi janaṃ saññāpesi: mayaṃ āvuso samaṇaṃ Gotamaṃ upasaṃkamitvā pañca vatthūni yācimhā: bhagavā bhante anekapariyāyena appicchassa . . . yo macchamaṃsaṃ khādeyya vajjaṃ naṃ phuseyyā 'ti. imāni samaṇo Gotamo nānujānāti. te mayaṃ imehi pañcahi vatthūhi samādāya vattāmā 'ti. ||2|| tattha ye te manussā assaddhā appasannā dubbuddhino te evam āhaṃsu: ime kho samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā dhutā sallekhavuttino, samaṇo pana Gotamo bāhulliko bāhullāya cetetīti. ye pana te manussā saddhā pasannā paṇḍitā buddhimanto te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma Devadatto bhagavato saṃghabhedāya parakkamissati cakkabhedāyā 'ti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khīyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma Devadatto saṃghabhedāya parakkamissati cakkabhedāyā 'ti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira tvaṃ Devadatta saṃghabhedāya parakkamasi cakkabhedāyā 'ti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa saṃghabhedāya parakkamissasi cakkabhedāya. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--, evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu samaggassa saṃghassa bhedāya parakkameyya bhedanasaṃvattanikaṃ vā adhikaraṇaṃ samādāya paggayha tiṭṭheyya, so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi evam assa vacanīyo: māyasmā samaggassa saṃghassa bhedāya parakkami bhedanasaṃvattanikaṃ vā adhikaraṇaṃ samādāya paggayha aṭṭhāsi, samet'; āyasmā saṃghena, samaggo hi saṃgho sammodamāno avivadamāno ekuddeso phāsu viharatīti. evañ ca so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi vuccamāno tath'; eva paggaṇheyya,
[page 173]
X. 1. 3-2.] SAṂGHĀDISESA. X. 173
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi yāvatatiyaṃ samanubhāsitabbo tassa paṭinissaggāya. yāvatatiyaṃ ce samanubhāsiyamāno taṃ paṭinissajjeyya, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ. no ce paṭinissajjeyya, saṃghādiseso 'ti. ||3||1||
yo panā 'ti yo yādiso --la--. bhikkhū 'ti --la-- ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti.
samaggo nāma saṃgho samānasaṃvāsako samānasīmāya ṭhito.
bhedāya parakkameyyā 'ti, kathaṃ ime nānā assu vinā assu vaggā assū 'ti pakkhaṃ pariyesati gaṇaṃ bandhati.
bhedanasaṃvattanikaṃ vā adhikaraṇan ti aṭṭhārasa bhedakaravatthūni.
samādāyā 'ti ādāya. paggayhā 'ti dīpeyya. tiṭṭheyyā 'ti na paṭinissajjeyya.
so bhikkhū 'ti yo so saṃghabhedako bhikkhu. bhikkhūhīti aññehi bhikkhūhi ye passanti ye suṇanti, tehi vattabbo: māyasmā samaggassa saṃghassa bhedāya parakkami bhedanasaṃvattanikaṃ vā adhikaraṇaṃ samādāya paggayha aṭṭhāsi, samet'; āyasmā saṃghena, samaggo hi saṃgho sammodamāno avivadamāno ekuddeso phāsu viharatīti.
dutiyam pi vattabbo --la-- tatiyam pi vattabbo --la--.
sace paṭinissajjati, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ. no ce paṭinissajjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. sutvā na vadanti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. so bhikkhu saṃghamajjham pi ākaḍḍhitvā vattabbo: māyasmā samaggassa saṃghassa bhedāya parakkami bhedanasaṃvattanikaṃ vā adhikaraṇaṃ samādāya paggayha aṭṭhāsi, samet'; āyasmā saṃghena, samaggo hi . . . viharatīti. dutiyam pi vattabbo --la-- tatiyam pi vattabbo --la--. sace paṭinissajjati, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ. no ce paṭinissajjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. so bhikkhu samanubhāsitabbo. evañ ca pana bhikkhave samanubhāsitabbo: vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. ayaṃ itthannāmo bhikkhu samaggassa saṃghassa bhedāya parakkamati.
so taṃ vatthuṃ na paṭinissajjati. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ samanubhāseyya tassa vatthussa paṭinissaggāya. esā ñatti. suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. ayaṃ itthannāmo . . . na paṭinissajjati. saṃgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ samanubhāsati tassa vatthussa paṭinissaggāya.
[page 174]
174 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [X. 2-XI. 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa bhikkhuno samanubhāsanā tassa vatthussa paṭinissaggāya so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati so bhāseyya. dutiyam pi etam atthaṃ vadāmi --pa-- tatiyam pi etam atthaṃ vadāmi . . . so bhāseyya. samanubhaṭṭho saṃghena itthannāmo bhikkhu tassa vatthussa paṭinissaggāya. khamati saṃghassa . . . dhārayāmīti.
ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ, dvīhi kammavācāhi thullaccayā, kammavācāpariyosāne āpatti saṃghādisesassa. saṃghādisesaṃ ajjhāpajjantassa ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ dvīhi kammavācāhi thullaccayā paṭippassambhanti.
saṃghādiseso 'ti --la-- tena pi vuccati saṃghādiseso 'ti. ||2||
dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī na paṭinissajjati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa. dhammakamme vematiko na paṭinissajjati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa. dhammakamme adhammakammasaññī na paṭinissajjati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
adhammakamme dhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
adhammakamme vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||1||
anāpatti asamanubhāsantassa, paṭinissajjantassa, ummattakassa, khittacittassa, vedanaṭṭassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||2||3||
saṃghabhedasaṃghādisesaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dasamaṃ.
SAṂGHĀDISESA, XI.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe. tena kho pana samayena Devadatto saṃghabhedāya parakkamati cakkabhedāya.
bhikkhū evam āhaṃsu: adhammavādī Devadatto avinayavādī Devadatto, kathaṃ hi nāma Devadatto saṃghabhedāya parakkamissati cakkabhedāyā 'ti. evaṃ vutte Kokāliko Kaṭamorakatissako Khaṇḍadeviyā putto Samuddadatto te bhikkhū etad avocuṃ: māyasmanto evaṃ avacuttha,
[page 175]
XI. 1-2.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, XI. 175
dhammavādī Devadatto vinayavādī Devadatto, amhākañ ca Devadatto chandañ ca ruciñ ca ādāya voharati, jānāti no bhāsati, amhākaṃ p'; etaṃ khamatīti. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma bhikkhū Devadattassa saṃghabhedāya parakkamantassa anuvattakā bhavissanti vaggavādakā 'ti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira bhikkhave bhikkhū Devadattassa saṃghabhedāya parakkamantassa anuvattakā vaggavādakā 'ti. saccaṃ bhagavā. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: kathaṃ hi nāma te bhikkhave moghapurisā Devadattassa saṃghabhedāya parakkamantassa anuvattakā bhavissanti vaggavādakā.
n'; etaṃ bhikkhave appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa-- evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
tass'; eva kho pana bhikkhussa bhikkhū honti anuvattakā vaggavādakā eko vā dve vā tayo vā, te evaṃ vadeyyuṃ: māyasmanto etaṃ bhikkhuṃ kiñci avacuttha, dhammavādī c'; eso bhikkhu vinayavādī c'; eso bhikkhu amhākañ c'; eso bhikkhu chandañ ca ruciñ ca ādāya voharati, jānāti no bhāsati, amhākaṃ p'; etaṃ khamatīti. te bhikkhū bhikkhūhi evam assu vacanīyā: māyasmanto evaṃ avacuttha, na c'; eso bhikkhu dhammavādī na c'; eso bhikkhu vinayavādī, māyasmantānaṃ pi saṃghabhedo ruccittha, samet'; āyasmantānaṃ saṃghena, samaggo hi saṃgho sammodamāno avivadamāno ekuddeso phāsu viharatīti. evañ ca te bhikkhū bhikkhūhi vuccamānā tath'; eva paggaṇheyyuṃ, te bhikkhū bhikkhūhi yāvatatiyaṃ samanubhāsitabbā tassa paṭinissaggāya. yāvatatiyañ ce samanubhāsiyamānā taṃ paṭinissajjeyyuṃ icc etaṃ kusalaṃ, no ce paṭinissajjeyyuṃ, saṃghādiseso 'ti. ||1||
tass'; eva kho panā 'ti, tassa saṃghabhedakassa bhikkhuno.
bhikkhū hontīti, aññe bhikkhū honti.
anuvattakā 'ti, yaṃdiṭṭhiko hoti yaṃkhantiko yaṃruciko te pi taṃdiṭṭhikā honti taṃkhantikā taṃrucikā. vaggavādakā 'ti, tassa vaṇṇāya pakkhāya ṭhitā honti.
eko vā dve vā tayo vā 'ti, eko vā hoti dve vā tayo vā.
te evaṃ vadeyyuṃ: māyasmanto etaṃ bhikkhuṃ kiñci avacuttha, dhammavādī c'; eso bhikkhu vinayavādī c'; eso bhikkhu amhākaṃ c'; eso bhikkhu chandañ ca ruciñ ca ādāya voharati,
[page 176]
176 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XI. 2.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] jānāti no bhāsati, amhākaṃ p'; etaṃ khamatīti. te bhikkhū 'ti, ye te anuvattakā bhikkhū. bhikkhūhīti aññehi bhikkhūhi ye passanti ye suṇanti, tehi vattabbā: māyasmanto evaṃ avacuttha, na c'; eso bhikkhu dhammavādī na c'; eso bhikkhu vinayavādī, māyasmantānaṃ pi saṃghabhedo ruccittha, samet'; āyasmantānaṃ saṃghena, samaggo hi saṃgho sammodamāno avivadamāno ekuddeso phāsu viharatīti. dutiyam pi vattabbā --pa-- tatiyam pi vattabbā --pa--; sace paṭinissajjanti, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ, no ce paṭinissajjanti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. sutvā na vadanti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. te bhikkhū saṃghamajjham pi ākaḍḍhitvā vattabbā: māyasmanto evaṃ avacuttha, na c'; eso . . . phāsu viharatīti. dutiyam pi vattabbā --pa-- tatiyam pi vattabbā --pa--; sace paṭinissajjanti, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ, no ce paṭinissajjanti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. te bhikkhū samanubhāsitabbā. evañ ca pana bhikkhave samanubhāsitabbā: vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. itthannāmo ca itthannāmo ca bhikkhū itthannāmassa bhikkhuno saṃghabhedāya parakkamantassa anuvattakā vaggavādakā. te taṃ vatthuṃ na paṭinissajjanti. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho itthannāmañ ca itthannāmañ ca bhikkhū samanubhāseyya tassa vatthussa paṭinissaggāya. esā ñatti. suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. itthannāmo ca . . . na paṭinissajjanti.
saṃgho {itthannāmañ} ca itthannāmañ ca bhikkhū samanubhāsati tassa vatthussa paṭinissaggāya. yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa ca itthannāmassa ca bhikkhūnaṃ samanubhāsanā tassa vatthussa paṭinissaggāya so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati so bhāseyya. dutiyam pi etam atthaṃ vadāmi.
tatiyam pi etam atthaṃ vadāmi . . . so bhāseyya. samanubhaṭṭhā saṃghena itthannāmo ca itthannāmo ca bhikkhū tassa vatthussa paṭinissaggāya. khamati saṃghassa . . . dhārayāmīti.
ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ, dvīhi kammavācāhi thullaccayā, kammavācāpariyosāne āpatti saṃghādisesassa. saṃghādisesaṃ ajjhāpajjantānaṃ ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ dvīhi kammavācāhi thullaccayā paṭippassambhanti.
dve tayo ekato samanubhāsitabbā, taduttari na samanubhāsitabbā.
saṃghādiseso 'ti --la-- tena pi vuccati saṃghādiseso 'ti. ||2||
[page 177]
XI. 3-XII. 1.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, XII. 177
dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī na paṭinissajjanti, āpatti saṃghādisesassa. dhammakamme vematikā na paṭinissajjanti, āpatti saṃghādisesassa. dhammakamme adhammakammasaññī na paṭinissajjanti, āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
adhammakamme dhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
adhammakamme vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||1||
anāpatti asamanubhāsantānaṃ, paṭinissajjantānaṃ, ummattakānaṃ, khittacittānaṃ, vedanaṭṭānaṃ, ādikammikānan ti. ||2||3||
bhedānuvattakasaṃghādisesaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ ekādasamaṃ.
SAṂGHĀDISESA, XII.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Kosambiyaṃ viharati Ghositārāme. tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Channo anācāraṃ ācarati. bhikkhū evam āhaṃsu: māvuso Channa evarūpaṃ akāsi, n'; etaṃ kappatīti. so evaṃ vadeti: kiṃ nu kho nāma tumhe āvuso maṃ vattabbaṃ maññatha, ahaṃ kho nāma tumhe vadeyyaṃ. amhākaṃ buddho amhākaṃ dhammo amhākaṃ ayyaputtena dhammo abhisamito. seyyathāpi nāma mahāvāto vāyanto tiṇakaṭṭhapaṇṇakasaṭaṃ ekato ussāreyya, seyyathā vā pana nadī pabbateyyā saṅkhasevālapaṇakaṃ ekato ussāreyya, evam eva tumhe nānānāmā nānāgottā nānājaccā nānākulā pabbajitā ekato ussāritā. kiṃ nu kho nāma tumhe āvuso maṃ vattabbaṃ maññatha. ahaṃ kho nāma tumhe vadeyyaṃ. amhākaṃ buddho amhākaṃ dhammo amhākaṃ ayyaputtena dhammo abhisamito 'ti. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma āyasmā Channo bhikkhūhi sahadhammikaṃ vuccamāno attānaṃ avacanīyaṃ karissatīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira tvaṃ Channa bhikkhūhi sahadhammikaṃ vuccamāno attānaṃ avacanīyaṃ karosīti.
saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā. kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa bhikkhūhi sahadhammikaṃ vuccamāno attānaṃ avacanīyaṃ karissasi. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--,
[page 178]
178 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XII. 1-2.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
bhikkhu pan'; eva dubbacajātiko hoti, uddesapariyāpannesu sikkhāpadesu bhikkhūhi sahadhammikaṃ vuccamāno attānaṃ avacanīyaṃ karoti, mā maṃ āyasmanto kiñci avacuttha kalyāṇaṃ vā pāpakaṃ vā, ahaṃ p'; āyasmante na kiñci vakkhāmi kalyāṇaṃ vā pāpakaṃ vā, viramathāyasmanto mama vacanāyā 'ti: so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi evam assa vacanīyo: māyasmā attānaṃ avacanīyaṃ akāsi, vacanīyaṃ eva āyasmā attānaṃ karotu, āyasmāpi bhikkhū vadetu saha dhammena, bhikkhū pi āyasmantaṃ vakkhanti saha dhammena, evaṃ saṃvaddhā hi tassa bhagavato parisā yad idaṃ aññamaññavacanena aññamaññavuṭṭhāpanenā 'ti. evañ ca so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi vuccamāno tath'; eva paggaṇheyya, so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi yāvatatiyaṃ samanubhāsitabbo tassa paṭinissaggāya. yāvatatiyañ ce samanubhāsiyamāno taṃ paṭinissajjeyya, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ, no ce paṭinissajjeyya, saṃghādiseso 'ti. ||1||
bhikkhu pan'; eva dubbacajātiko hotīti, dubbaco hoti dovacassa karaṇehi dhammehi samannāgato akkhamo appadakkhiṇaggāhī anusāsaniṃ.
uddesapariyāpannesu sikkhāpadesū 'ti pātimokkhapariyāpannesu sikkhāpadesu.
bhikkhūhīti aññehi bhikkhūhi.
sahadhammikaṃ nāma, yaṃ bhagavatā paññattaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ etaṃ sahadhammikaṃ nāma. tena vuccamāno attānaṃ avacanīyaṃ karoti, mā maṃ āyasmanto kiñci avacuttha kalyāṇaṃ vā pāpakaṃ vā, ahaṃ p'; āyasmante na kiñci vakkhāmi kalyāṇaṃ vā pāpakaṃ vā, viramathāyasmanto mama vacanāyā 'ti, sobhikkhū 'ti, yo so dubbacajātiko bhikkhu.
bhikkhūhīti aññehi bhikkhūhi ye passanti ye suṇanti, tehi vattabbo: māyasmā attānaṃ avacanīyaṃ akāsi, vacanīyam eva āyasmā attānaṃ karotu, āyasmāpi bhikkhū vadetu saha dhammena, bhikkhū pi āyasmantaṃ vakkhanti saha dhammena, evaṃ saṃvaddhā hi tassa bhagavato parisā yad idaṃ aññamaññavacanena aññamaññavuṭṭhāpanenā 'ti. dutiyam pi vattabbo --pa-- tatiyam pi vattabbo --pa--; sace paṭinissajjati,
[page 179]
XII. 2-XIII. 1. 1.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, XIII. 179
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] icc etaṃ kusalaṃ, no ce paṭinissajjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. sutvā na vadanti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. so bhikkhu saṃghamajjham pi ākaḍḍhitvā vattabbo: māyasmā attānaṃ avacanīyaṃ akāsi --pa-- aññamaññavuṭṭhāpanenā 'ti. dutiyam pi vattabbo --pa-- tatiyam pi vattabbo --pa--; sace paṭinissajjati, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ, no ce paṭinissajjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. so bhikkhu samanubhāsitabbo.
evañ ca pana bhikkhave samanubhāsitabbo: vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. ayaṃ itthannāmo bhikkhu bhikkhūhi sahadhammikaṃ vuccamāno attānaṃ avacanīyaṃ karoti, so taṃ vatthuṃ na paṭinissajjati. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ samanubhāseyya tassa vatthussa paṭinissaggāya. esā ñatti. suṇātu me bhante saṃgho.
ayaṃ itthannāmo . . . dhārayāmīti.
ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ, dvīhi kammavācāhi thullaccayā, kammavācāpariyosāne āpatti saṃghādisesassa. saṃghādisesaṃ ajjhāpajjantassa ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ dvīhi kammavācāhi thullaccayā paṭippassambhanti. saṃghādiseso 'ti --la-- tena pi vuccati saṃghādiseso 'ti. ||2||
dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī na paṭinissajjati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa. dhammakamme vematiko . . . adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||1||
anāpatti asamanubhāsantassa, paṭinissajjantassa, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||2||3||
dubbacasaṃghādisesaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dvādasamaṃ.
SAṂGHĀDISESA, XIII.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana samayena Assajipunabbasukā nāma Kiṭāgirismiṃ āvāsikā honti alajjino pāpabhikkhū. te evarūpaṃ anācāraṃ ācaranti: mālāvacchaṃ ropenti pi ropāpenti pi siñcanti pi siñcāpenti pi ocinanti pi ocināpenti pi ganthenti pi ganthāpenti pi ekatovaṇṭikamālaṃ karonti pi kārāpenti pi ubhatovaṇṭikamālaṃ karonti pi kārāpenti pi mañjarikaṃ karonti pi kārāpenti pi vidhutikaṃ karonti pi kārāpenti pi vaṭaṃsakaṃ karonti pi kārāpenti pi āveḷaṃ karonti pi kārāpenti pi uracchadaṃ karonti pi kārāpenti pi,
[page 180]
180 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XIII. 1. 1-3.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] te kulitthīnaṃ kuladhītānaṃ kulakumārīnaṃ kulasuṇhānaṃ kuladāsīnaṃ ekatovaṇṭikamālaṃ haranti pi harāpenti pi ubhatovaṇṭikamālaṃ haranti pi harāpenti pi mañjarikaṃ haranti pi harāpenti pi vidhutikaṃ haranti pi harāpenti pi vaṭaṃsakaṃ haranti pi harāpenti pi āveḷaṃ haranti pi harāpenti pi uracchadaṃ haranti pi harāpenti pi, te kulitthīhi kuladhītāhi kulakumārīhi kulasuṇhāhi kuladāsīhi saddhiṃ ekabhājane pi bhuñjanti ekathālake pi pivanti ekāsane pi nisīdanti ekamañce pi tuvaṭṭenti ekattharaṇāpi tuvaṭṭenti ekapāvuraṇāpi tuvaṭṭenti ekattharaṇapāvuraṇāpi tuvaṭṭenti vikāle pi bhuñjanti majjam pi pivanti mālāgandhavilepanam pi dhārenti naccanti pi gāyanti pi vādenti pi lāsenti pi naccantiyāpi naccanti naccantiyāpi gāyanti naccantiyāpi vādenti naccantiyāpi lāsenti gāyantiyāpi naccanti . . . vādentiyāpi naccanti . . . lāsentiyāpi naccanti . . . lāsentiyāpi lāsenti ||1|| aṭṭhapade pi kīḷanti dasapade pi kīḷanti ākāse pi kīḷanti parihārapathe pi kīḷanti santikāya pi kīḷanti khalikāya pi kīḷanti ghaṭikena pi kīḷanti salākahatthena pi kīḷanti akkhena pi kīḷanti paṅgacīrena pi kīḷanti vaṅkakena pi kīḷanti mokkhacikāya pi kīḷanti ciṅgulakena pi kīḷanti pattāḷhakena pi kīḷanti rathakena pi kīḷanti dhanukena pi kīḷanti akkharikāya pi kīḷanti manesikāya pi kīḷanti yathāvajjena pi kīḷanti hatthismim pi sikkhanti assasmim pi sikkhanti rathasmim pi sikkhanti dhanusmim pi sikkhanti tharusmim pi sikkhanti hatthissa pi purato dhāvanti assassa pi purato dhāvanti rathassa pi purato dhāvanti dhāvanti pi ādhāvanti pi usseḷhenti pi appoṭhenti pi nibbujjhanti pi muṭṭhīhi pi yujjhanti raṅgamajjhe pi saṃghāṭiṃ pattharitvā naccakiṃ evaṃ vadanti idha bhagini naccassū 'ti nalāṭikam pi denti vividham pi anācāraṃ ācaranti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu Kāsīsu vassaṃ vuttho Sāvatthiṃ gacchanto bhagavantaṃ dassanāya yena Kiṭāgiri tad avasari.
[page 181]
XIII. 1. 3-5.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, XIII. 181
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha kho so bhikkhu pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya Kiṭāgiriṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi pāsādikena abhikkantena paṭikkantena ālokitena vilokitena sammiñjitena pasāritena okkhittacakkhu iriyāpathasampanno.
manussā taṃ bhikkhuṃ passitvā evaṃ āhaṃsu: kv āyaṃ abalabalo viya mandamando viya bhākuṭikabhākuṭiko viya, ko imassa upagatassa piṇḍakam pi dassati. amhākaṃ pana ayyā Assajipunabbasukā saṇhā sakhilā sukhasambhāsā mihitapubbaṃgamā ehisvāgatavādino abbhākuṭikā uttānamukhā pubbabhāsino, tesaṃ kho nāma piṇḍo dātabbo 'ti. addasa kho aññataro upāsako taṃ bhikkhuṃ Kiṭāgirismiṃ piṇḍāya carantaṃ, disvāna yena so bhikkhu ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ abhivādetvā etad avoca: api bhante piṇḍo labbhatīti. na kho āvuso piṇḍo labbhatīti.
ehi bhante gharaṃ gamissāmā 'ti. ||3|| atha kho so {upāsako} taṃ bhikkhuṃ gharaṃ netvā bhojetvā etad avoca: kahaṃ bhante ayyo gamissatīti. Sāvatthiṃ kho ahaṃ āvuso gamissāmi bhagavantaṃ dassanāyā 'ti. tena hi bhante mama vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vanda evañ ca vadehi: duṭṭho bhante Kiṭāgirismiṃ āvāso; Assajipunabbasukā nāma Kiṭāgirismiṃ āvāsikā alajjino pāpabhikkhū, te evarūpaṃ anācāraṃ ācaranti . . . vividham pi anācāraṃ ācaranti, ye pi te bhante manussā pubbe saddhā ahesuṃ pasannā te pi etarahi assaddhā appasannā, yāni pi tāni saṃghassa pubbe dānapathāni tāni pi etarahi upacchinnāni, riñcanti pesalā bhikkhū nivasanti pāpabhikkhū. sādhu bhante bhagavā Kiṭāgiriṃ bhikkhū pahiṇeyya yathāyaṃ Kiṭāgirismiṃ āvāso saṇṭhaheyyā 'ti. ||4|| evaṃ āvuso 'ti kho so bhikkhu tassa upāsakassa paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena Sāvatthi tena pakkāmi, anupubbena yena Sāvatthi Jetavanaṃ Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāmo yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
āciṇṇaṃ kho pan'; etaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ āgantukehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ paṭisammodituṃ. atha kho bhagavā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: kacci bhikkhu khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ, kacci appakilamathena addhānaṃ āgato, kuto ca tvaṃ bhikkhu āgacchasīti. khamanīyaṃ bhagavā, yāpanīyaṃ bhagavā, appakilamathena cāhaṃ bhante addhānaṃ āgato.
[page 182]
182 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XIII. 1. 5-6.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] idhāhaṃ bhante Kāsīsu vassaṃ vuttho Sāvatthiṃ āgacchanto bhagavantaṃ dassanāya yena Kiṭāgiri tad avasariṃ. atha khv'; āhaṃ bhante pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya Kiṭāgiriṃ piṇḍāya pāvisiṃ. addasa kho maṃ bhante aññataro upāsako Kiṭāgirismiṃ piṇḍāya carantaṃ, disvāna yenāhaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā maṃ abhivādetvā etad avoca: api bhante piṇḍo labbhatīti.
na kho āvuso piṇḍo labbhatīti. ehi bhante gharaṃ gamissāmā 'ti. atha kho bhante so upāsako maṃ gharaṃ netvā bhojetvā etad avoca: kahaṃ bhante ayyo gamissatīti. Sāvatthiṃ kho ahaṃ āvuso gamissāmi bhagavantaṃ dassanāyā 'ti. tena hi . . . saṇṭhaheyyā 'ti. tato ahaṃ bhagavā āgacchāmīti. ||5|| atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṃghaṃ sannipātāpetvā bhikkhū paṭipucchi: saccaṃ kira bhikkhave Assajipunabbasukā nāma Kiṭāgirismiṃ āvāsikā alajjino pāpabhikkhū, te evarūpaṃ anācāraṃ ācaranti: mālāvacchaṃ ropenti pi --la-- vividham pi anācāraṃ ācaranti, ye pi te bhikkhave manussā . . . nivasanti pāpabhikkhū 'ti. saccaṃ bhagavā.
vigarahi buddho bhagavā: kathaṃ hi nāma te bhikkhave moghapurisā evarūpaṃ anācāraṃ ācarissanti, mālāvacchaṃ ropessanti pi ropāpessanti pi siñcissanti pi siñcāpessanti pi ocinissanti pi ocināpessanti pi ganthessanti pi ganthāpessanti pi . . . karissanti pi kārāpessanti pi . . . harissanti pi harāpessanti pi . . . bhuñjissanti . . . pivissanti . . . nisīdissanti . . . tuvaṭṭissanti . . . bhuñjissanti . . . pivissanti . . . dhārissanti naccissanti pi gāyissanti pi vādissanti pi lāsessanti pi . . . kīḷissanti . . . sikkhissanti . . . dhāvissanti . . . ādhāvissanti pi usseḷhissanti pi appoṭhissanti pi nibbujjhissanti pi muṭṭhīhi pi yujjhissanti raṅgamajjhe pi saṃghāṭiṃ pattharitvā naccakiṃ evaṃ vakkhanti idha bhagini naccassū 'ti, nalāṭikam pi dassanti vividham pi anācāraṃ ācarissanti. n'; etaṃ bhikkhave appasannānaṃ . . . vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā Sāriputtamoggallāne āmantesi: gacchatha tumhe Sāriputtā Kiṭāgiriṃ gantvā Assajipunabbasukānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ Kiṭāgirismā pabbājaniyakammaṃ karotha, tumhākaṃ ete saddhivihārino 'ti. kathaṃ mayaṃ bhante Assajipunabbasukānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ Kiṭāgirismā pabbājaniyakammaṃ karoma,
[page 183]
XIII. 1. 6-8.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, XIII. 183
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] caṇḍā te bhikkhū pharusā 'ti. tena hi tumhe Sāriputtā bahukehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ gacchathā 'ti. evaṃ bhante 'ti kho Sāriputtamoggallānā bhagavato paccassosuṃ. ||6|| evañ ca pana bhikkhave kātabbaṃ. paṭhamaṃ Assajipunabbasukā bhikkhū codetabbā, codetvā sāretabbā, sāretvā āpattiṃ ropetabbā, āpattiṃ ropetvā vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. ime Assajipunabbasukā bhikkhū kuladūsakā pāpasamācārā, imesaṃ pāpakā {samācārā} dissanti c'; eva suyyanti ca kulāni ca imehi duṭṭhāni dissanti c'; eva suyyanti ca. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho Assajipunabbasukānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ Kiṭāgirismā pabbājaniyakammaṃ kareyya na Assajipunabbasukehi bhikkhūhi Kiṭāgirismiṃ vatthabban ti. esā ñatti. suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. ime . . . suyyanti ca. saṃgho Assajipunabbasukānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ Kiṭāgirismā pabbājaniyakammaṃ karoti na Assajipunabbasukehi bhikkhūhi Kiṭāgirismiṃ vatthabban ti. yassāyasmato khamati Assajipunabbasukānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ Kiṭāgirismā pabbājaniyassa kammassa karaṇaṃ na Assajipunabbasukehi bhikkhūhi Kiṭāgirismiṃ vatthabban ti so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati so bhāseyya. dutiyam pi etam atthaṃ vadāmi --la-- tatiyam pi etam atthaṃ vadāmi: suṇātu me . . . so bhāseyya. kataṃ saṃghena Assajipunabbasukānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ Kiṭāgirismā pabbājaniyakammaṃ na Assajipunabbasukehi bhikkhūhi Kiṭāgirismiṃ vatthabban ti. khamati saṃghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evam etaṃ dhārayāmīti. ||7|| atha kho Sāriputtamoggallānapamukho bhikkhusaṃgho Kiṭāgiriṃ gantvā Assajipunabbasukānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ Kiṭāgirismā pabbājaniyakammaṃ akāsi na Assajipunabbasukehi bhikkhūhi Kiṭāgirismiṃ vatthabban ti. te saṃghena pabbājaniyakammakatā na sammāvattanti na lomaṃ pātenti na netthāraṃ vattanti bhikkhū na khamāpenti akkosanti paribhāsanti chandagāmitā dosagāmitā mohagāmitā bhayagāmitā pāpenti pakkamanti pi vibbhamanti pi. yete bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma Assajipunabbasukā bhikkhū saṃghena pabbājaniyakammakatā na sammāvattissanti na lomaṃ pātessanti na netthāraṃ vattissanti bhikkhū na khamāpessanti akkosissanti paribhāsissanti chandagāmitā dosagāmitā mohagāmitā bhayagāmitā pāpessanti pakkamissanti pi vibbhamissanti pīti.
[page 184]
184 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XIII. 1. 8-2.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira bhikkhave Assajipunabbasukā bhikkhū saṃghena pabbājaniyakammakatā na sammāvattanti --pa-- vibbhamanti pīti. saccaṃ bhagavā. vigarahi buddho bhagavā --pa--, evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
bhikkhu pan'; eva aññataraṃ gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā upanissāya viharati kuladūsako pāpasamācāro, tassa kho pāpakā samācārā dissanti c'; eva suyyanti ca kulāni ca tena duṭṭhāni dissanti c'; eva suyyanti ca. so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi evam assa vacanīyo: āyasmā kho kuladūsako pāpasamācāro, āyasmato kho pāpakā samācārā dissanti c'; eva suyyanti ca kulāni cāyasmatā duṭṭhāni dissanti c'; eva suyyanti ca.
pakkamat'; āyasmā imamhā āvāsā, alan te idhavāsenā 'ti.
evañ ca so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi vuccamāno te bhikkhū evaṃ vadeyya: chandagāmino ca bhikkhū dosagāmino ca bhikkhū mohagāmino ca bhikkhū bhayagāmino ca bhikkhū, tādisikāya āpattiyā ekaccaṃ pabbājenti ekaccaṃ na pabbājentīti, so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi evam assa vacanīyo: māyasmā evaṃ avaca, na ca bhikkhū chandagāmino na ca bhikkhū dosagāmino na ca bhikkhū mohagāmino na ca bhikkhū bhayagāmino, āyasmā kho kuladūsako pāpasamācāro, āyasmato kho pāpakā samācārā dissanti c'; eva suyyanti ca kulāni cāyasmatā duṭṭhāni dissanti c'; eva suyyanti ca. pakkamat'; āyasmā imamhā āvāsā, alan te idhavāsenā 'ti. evañ ca so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi vuccamāno tath'; eva paggaṇheyya, so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi yāvatatiyaṃ samanubhāsitabbo tassa paṭinissaggāya. yāvatatiyaṃ ce samanubhāsiyamāno taṃ paṭinissajjeyya, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ. no ce paṭinissajjeyya, saṃghādiseso 'ti. ||8||1||
bhikkhu pan'; eva aññataraṃ gāmaṃ va nigamaṃ vā 'ti, gāmo pi nigamo pi nagaraṃ pi gāmo c'; eva nigamo ca.
upanissāya viharatīti, tattha paṭibaddhā honti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārā.
kulaṃ nāma cattāri kulāni khattiyakulaṃ brāhmaṇakulaṃ vessakulaṃ suddakulaṃ.
[page 185]
XIII.2.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, XIII. 185
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] kuladūsako 'ti, kulāni dūseti pupphena vā phalena vā cuṇṇena vā mattikāya vā dantakaṭṭhena vā veḷuyā vā vejjikāya vā jaṅghapesanikena vā.
pāpasamācāro 'ti, mālāvacchaṃ ropeti pi ropāpeti pi siñcati pi siñcāpeti pi ocināti pi ocināpeti pi gantheti pi ganthāpeti pi.
dissanti c'; eva suyyanti cā 'ti, ye sammukhā te passanti ye tirokkhā te suṇanti.
kulāni ca tena duṭṭhānīti, pubbe saddhā hutvā taṃ āgamma assaddhā honti, pasannā hutvā appasannā honti.
dissanti c'; eva suyyanti cā 'ti, ye sammukhā te passanti ye tirokkhā te suṇanti.
so bhikkhū 'ti yo so kuladūsako bhikkhu. bhikkhūhīti aññehi bhikkhūhi ye passanti ye suṇanti, tehi vattabbo: āyasmā kho kuladūsako pāpasamācāro, āyasmato kho . . . idhavāsenā 'ti. evañ ca so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi vuccamāno te bhikkhū evaṃ vadeyya . . . na pabbājentīti, so bhikkhū 'ti yo so kammakato bhikkhu, bhikkhūhīti aññehi bhikkhūhi ye passanti ye suṇanti, tehi vattabbo: māyasmā evaṃ avaca . . . alan te idhavāsenā 'ti. dutiyam pi vattabbo --pa-- tatiyam pi vattabbo --pa--; sace paṭinissajjati, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ, no ce paṭinissajjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. sutvā na vadanti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. so bhikkhu saṃghamajjham pi ākaḍḍhitvā vattabbo: māyasmā evaṃ avaca . . . alan te idhavāsenā 'ti. dutiyam pi vattabbo --pa-- tatiyam pi vattabbo --pa--; sace paṭinissajjati, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ, no ce paṭinissajjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. so bhikkhu samanubhāsitabbo. evañ ca pana bhikkhave samanubhāsitabbo: vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. ayaṃ itthannāmo bhikkhu saṃghena pabbājaniyakammakato bhikkhū chandagāmitā dosagāmitā mohagāmitā bhayagāmitā pāpeti, so taṃ vatthuṃ na paṭinissajjati. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ samanubhāseyya tassa vatthussa paṭinissaggāya.
esā ñatti. suṇātu me . . . dhārayāmīti.
ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ . . . thullaccayā paṭippassambhanti.
saṃghādiseso 'ti, saṃgho 'va tassā āpattiyā parivāsaṃ deti mūlāya paṭikassati mānattaṃ deti abbheti, na sambahulā na ekapuggalo,
[page 186]
186 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XIII. 2-3.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tena vuccati saṃghādiseso 'ti. tass'; eva āpattinikāyassa nāma kammaṃ adhivacanaṃ, tena pi vuccati saṃghādiseso 'ti. ||2||
dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī na paṭinissajjati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa. dhammakamme vematiko . . . adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||1||
anāpatti asamanubhāsantassa, paṭinissajjantassa, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||2||3||
kuladūsakasaṃghādisesaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ terasamaṃ.
uddiṭṭhā kho āyasmanto terasa saṃghādisesā dhammā, nava paṭhamāpattikā cattāro yāvatatiyakā, yesaṃ bhikkhu aññataraṃ vā aññataraṃ vā āpajjitvā yāvatihaṃ jānaṃ paṭicchādeti tāvatihaṃ tena bhikkhunā akāmā parivatthabbaṃ, parivutthaparivāsena bhikkhunā uttariṃ chārattaṃ bhikkhumānattāya paṭipajjitabbaṃ. ciṇṇamānatto bhikkhu yattha siyā vīsatigaṇo bhikkhusaṃgho tattha so bhikkhu abbhetabbo.
ekena pi ce ūno vīsatigaṇo bhikkhusaṃgho taṃ bhikkhuṃ abbheyya, so ca bhikkhu anabbhito te ca bhikkhū gārayhā.
ayaṃ tattha sāmīci. tatthāyasmante pucchāmi kacci 'ttha parisuddhā. dutiyam pi pucchāmi kacci 'ttha parisuddhā.
tatiyam pi pucchāmi kacci 'ttha parisuddhā. parisuddh'; etthāyasmanto, tasmā tuṇhī, evam etaṃ dhārayāmīti.
terasakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. tass'; uddānaṃ:
visaṭṭhi-kāyasaṃsaggaṃ, duṭṭhullo, attakāmañ ca,
sañcarittaṃ, kuṭī c'; eva, vihāro ca, amūlakaṃ, |
kiñcidesañ ca, bhedo ca, tass'; eva anuvattakā,
dubbacaṃ, kuladūsañ ca, saṃghādisesā terasā 'ti.
terasakaṇḍaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
[page 187]
187
Ime kho panāyasmanto dve aniyatā dhammā uddesaṃ āgacchanti.
ANIYATA, I.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Udāyi Sāvatthiyaṃ kulūpako hoti bahukāni kulāni upasaṃkamati. tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Udāyissa upaṭṭhākakulassa kumārikā aññatarassa kulassa kumārakassa dinnā hoti. atha kho āyasmā Udāyi pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya yena taṃ kulaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā manusse pucchi: kahaṃ itthannāmā 'ti. te evam āhaṃsu: dinnā bhante amukassa kulassa kumārakassā 'ti. taṃ pi kho kulaṃ āyasmato Udāyissa upaṭṭhākaṃ hoti. atha kho āyasmā Udāyi yena taṃ kulaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā manusse pucchi: kahaṃ itthannāmā 'ti. te evam āhaṃsu: es'; ayya ovarake nisinnā 'ti. atha kho āyasmā Udāyi yena sā kumārikā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā tassā kumārikāya saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho paṭicchanne āsane alaṃkammaṇiye nisajjaṃ kappesi kālayuttaṃ samullapanto kālayuttaṃ dhammaṃ bhaṇanto. tena kho pana samayena Visākhā Migāramātā bahuputtā hoti bahunattā arogaputtā aroganattā abhimaṅgalasammatā. manussā yaññesu chaṇesu ussavesu Visākhaṃ Migāramātaraṃ paṭhamaṃ bhojenti. atha kho Visākhā Migāramātā nimantitā taṃ kulaṃ agamāsi. addasa kho Visākhā Migāramātā āyasmantaṃ Udāyiṃ tassā kumārikāya saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho paṭicchanne āsane alaṃkammaṇiye nisinnaṃ, disvāna āyasmantaṃ Udāyiṃ etad avoca: idaṃ bhante na cchannaṃ na paṭirūpaṃ yaṃ ayyo mātugāmena saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho paṭicchanne āsane alaṃkammaṇiye nisajjaṃ kappeti.
[page 188]
188 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 1-2.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] kiñ cāpi bhante ayyo anatthiko tena dhammena api ca dussaddhāpayā appasannā manussā 'ti.
evam pi kho āyasmā Udāyi Visākhāya Migāramātuyā vuccamāno nādiyi. atha kho Visākhā Migāramātā nikkhamitvā bhikkhūnaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesi. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma āyasmā Udāyi mātugāmena saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho paṭicchanne āsane alaṃkammaṇiye nisajjaṃ kappessatīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira tvaṃ Udāyi mātugāmena saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho paṭicchanne āsane alaṃkammaṇiye nisajjaṃ kappesīti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa mātugāmena saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho paṭicchanne āsane alaṃkammaṇiye nisajjaṃ kappessasi. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--, evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu mātugāmena saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho paṭicchanne āsane alaṃkammaṇiye nisajjaṃ kappeyya, tam enaṃ saddheyyavacasā upāsikā disvā tiṇṇaṃ dhammānaṃ aññatarena vadeyya pārājikena vā saṃghādisesena vā pācittiyena vā, nisajjaṃ bhikkhu paṭijānamāno tiṇṇaṃ dhammānaṃ aññatarena kāretabbo pārājikena vā saṃghādisesena vā pācittiyena vā yena vā sā saddheyyavacasā upāsikā vadeyya, tena so bhikkhu kāretabbo. ayaṃ dhammo aniyato 'ti. ||1||
yo panā 'ti yo yādiso --la--. bhikkhū 'ti --la-- ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti.
mātugāmo nāma manussitthi, na yakkhī na petī na tiracchānagatā, antamaso tadahujātāpi dārikā, pag eva mahattarī.
saddhin ti ekato.
eko ekāyā 'ti, bhikkhu c'; eva hoti mātugāmo ca.
raho nāma cakkhussa raho sotassa raho. cakkhussa raho nāma, na sakkā hoti akkhiṃ vā nikhaṇiyamāne bhamukaṃ vā ukkhipiyamāne sīsaṃ vā ukkhipiyamāne passituṃ.
sotassa raho nāma, na sakkā hoti pakatikathā sotuṃ.
paṭicchannaṃ nāma āsanaṃ kuḍḍena vā kavāṭena vā kilañjena vā sāṇipākārena vā rukkhena vā thambhena vā kotthaḷiyā vā yena kenaci paṭicchannaṃ hoti.
[page 189]
I. 2. 1-2.] ANIYATA, I. 189
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]
alaṃkammaṇiye 'ti sakkā hoti methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevituṃ.
nisajjaṃ kappeyyā 'ti, mātugāme nisinne bhikkhu upanisinno vā hoti upanipanno vā, bhikkhu nisinne mātugāmo upanisinno vā hoti upanipanno vā, ubho vā nisinnā honti ubho vā nipannā.
saddheyyavacasā nāma āgataphalā abhisametāvinī viññātasāsanā.
upāsikā nāma buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gatā dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gatā saṃghaṃ saraṇaṃ gatā.
disvā 'ti passitvā. ||1||
tiṇṇaṃ dhammānaṃ aññatarena vadeyya, pārājikena vā saṃghādisesena vā pācittiyena vā, nisajjaṃ bhikkhu paṭijānamāno tiṇṇaṃ dhammānaṃ aññatarena kāretabbo pārājikena vā saṃghādisesena vā pācittiyena vā yena vā sā saddheyyavacasā upāsikā vadeyya, tena so bhikkhu kāretabbo.
sā ce evaṃ vadeyya: ayyo mayā diṭṭho nisinno mātugāmassa methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevanto 'ti, so ca taṃ paṭijānāti, āpattiyā kāretabbo. sā ce evaṃ vadeyya: ayyo mayā diṭṭho nisinno mātugāmassa methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevanto 'ti, so ce evaṃ vadeyya: saccāhaṃ nisinno no ca kho methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevin ti, nisajjāya kāretabbo. sā ce evaṃ vadeyya: ayyo mayā diṭṭho nisinno mātugāmassa methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevanto 'ti, so ce evaṃ vadeyya: nāhaṃ nisinno api ca kho nipanno 'ti, nipajjāya kāretabbo. sā ce evaṃ vadeyya: ayyo mayā diṭṭho nisinno mātugāmassa methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevanto 'ti, so ce evaṃ vadeyya: nāhaṃ nisinno api ca kho ṭhito 'ti, na kāretabbo.
sā ce evaṃ vadeyya: ayyo mayā diṭṭho nipanno mātugāmassa methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevanto 'ti, so ca taṃ paṭijānāti, āpattiyā kāretabbo. sā ce evaṃ vadeyya: ayyo . . . paṭisevanto 'ti, so ce evaṃ vadeyya: saccāhaṃ nipanno no ca kho methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevin ti, nipajjāya kāretabbo. sā ce evaṃ vadeyya: ayyo . . . paṭisevanto 'ti, so ce evaṃ vadeyya: nāhaṃ nipanno api ca kho nisinno 'ti, nisajjāya kāretabbo. sā ce evaṃ vadeyya: ayyo . . . paṭisevanto 'ti,
[page 190]
190 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 2. 2-3.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] so ce evaṃ vadeyya: nāhaṃ nipanno api ca kho ṭhito 'ti, na kāretabbo.
sā ce evaṃ vadeyya: ayyo mayā diṭṭho nisinno mātugāmena saddhiṃ kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajjanto 'ti, so ca taṃ paṭijānāti, āpattiyā kāretabbo --pa-- saccāhaṃ nisinno no ca kho kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajjin ti, nisajjāya kāretabbo --pa-- nāhaṃ nisinno api ca kho nipanno 'ti, nipajjāya kāretabbo --pa-- nāhaṃ nisinno api ca kho ṭhito 'ti, na kāretabbo.
sā ce evaṃ vadeyya: ayyo mayā diṭṭho nipanno mātugāmena saddhiṃ kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajjanto 'ti, so ca taṃ paṭijānāti, āpattiyā kāretabbo --pa-- saccāhaṃ nipanno no ca kho kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajjin ti, nipajjāya kāretabbo --pa-- nāhaṃ nipanno api ca kho nisinno 'ti, nisajjāya kāretabbo --pa-- nāhaṃ nipanno api ca kho ṭhito 'ti, na kāretabbo.
sā ce evaṃ vadeyya: ayyo mayā diṭṭho mātugāmena saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho paṭicchanne āsane alaṃkammaṇiye nisinno 'ti, so ca taṃ paṭijānāti, nisajjāya kāretabbo --pa-- nāhaṃ nisinno api ca kho nipanno 'ti, nipajjāya kāretabbo --pa-- nāhaṃ nisinno api ca kho ṭhito 'ti, na kāretabbo.
sā ce evaṃ vadeyya: ayyo mayā . . . alaṃkammaṇiye nipanno 'ti, so ca taṃ paṭijānāti, nipajjāya kāretabbo --pa-- nāhaṃ nipanno api ca kho nisinno 'ti, nisajjāya kāretabbo --pa-- nāhaṃ nipanno api ca kho ṭhito 'ti, na kāretabbo.
aniyato 'ti, na niyato pārājikaṃ vā saṃghādiseso vā pācittiyaṃ vā. ||2||2||
gamanaṃ paṭijānāti nisajjaṃ paṭijānāti āpattiṃ paṭijānāti, āpattiyā kāretabbo. gamanaṃ paṭijānāti nisajjaṃ na paṭijānāti āpattiṃ paṭijānāti, āpattiyā kāretabbo. gamanaṃ paṭijānāti nisajjaṃ paṭijānāti āpattiṃ na paṭijānāti, nisajjāya kāretabbo. gamanaṃ paṭijānāti nisajjaṃ na paṭijānāti āpattiṃ na paṭijānāti, na kāretabbo. gamanaṃ na paṭijānāti nisajjaṃ paṭijānāti āpattiṃ paṭijānāti, āpattiyā kāretabbo. gamanaṃ na paṭijānāti nisajjaṃ na paṭijānāti āpattiṃ paṭijānāti,
[page 191]
I. 3-II. 1.] ANIYATA, II. 191
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] āpattiyā kāretabbo. gamanaṃ na paṭijānāti nisajjaṃ paṭijānāti āpattiṃ na paṭijānāti, nisajjāya kāretabbo. gamanaṃ na paṭijānāti nisajjaṃ na paṭijānāti āpattiṃ na paṭijānāti, na kāretabbo 'ti. ||3||
paṭhamo aniyato niṭṭhito.
ANIYATA, II.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Udāyi bhagavatā paṭikkhittaṃ mātugāmena saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho paṭicchanne āsane alaṃkammaṇiye nisajjaṃ kappetun ti tassā yeva kumārikāya saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappesi kālayuttaṃ samullapanto kālayuttaṃ dhammaṃ bhaṇanto. dutiyam pi kho Visākhā Migāramātā nimantitā taṃ kulaṃ agamāsi. addasa kho Visākhā Migāramātā āyasmantaṃ Udāyiṃ tassā yeva kumārikāya saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho nisinnaṃ, disvāna āyasmantaṃ Udāyiṃ etad avoca: idaṃ bhante na cchannaṃ na paṭirūpaṃ yaṃ ayyo mātugāmena saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappeti. kiñ cāpi bhante ayyo anatthiko tena dhammena api ca dussaddhāpayā appasannā manussā 'ti.
evam pi kho āyasmā Udāyi Visākhāya Migāramātuyā vuccamāno nādiyi. atha kho Visākhā Migāramātā nikkhamitvā bhikkhūnaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesi. ye te bhikkhū . . . (Aniy. I.1; the words paṭicchanne āsane alaṃkammaṇiye are omitted here) . . . evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
na h'; eva kho pana paṭicchannaṃ āsanaṃ hoti nālaṃkammaṇiyaṃ, alañ ca kho hoti mātugāmaṃ duṭṭhullāhi vācāhi obhāsituṃ. yo pana bhikkhu tathārūpe āsane mātugāmena saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappeyya, tam enaṃ saddheyyavacasā upāsikā disvā dvinnaṃ dhammānaṃ aññatarena vadeyya saṃghādisesena vā pācittiyena vā, nisajjaṃ bhikkhu paṭijānamāno dvinnaṃ dhammānaṃ aññatarena kāretabbo saṃghādisesena vā pācittiyena vā yena vā sā saddheyyavacasā upāsikā vadeyya,
[page 192]
192 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [II. 1-2. 2.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tena so bhikkhu kāretabbo. ayaṃ pi dhammo aniyato 'ti. ||1||
na h'; eva kho pana paṭicchannaṃ āsanaṃ hotīti, apaṭicchannaṃ hoti kuḍḍena vā kavāṭena vā kilañjena vā sāṇipākārena vā rukkhena vā thambhena vā kotthaḷikāya vā yena kenaci apaṭicchannaṃ hoti.
nālaṃkammaṇiyan ti, na sakkā hoti methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevituṃ.
alañ ca kho hoti mātugāmaṃ duṭṭhullāhi vācāhi obhāsitun ti, sakkā hoti mātugāmaṃ duṭṭhullāhi vācāhi obhāsituṃ.
yo panā 'ti yo yādiso --pa--. bhikkhū 'ti --la-- ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti.
tathārūpe āsane 'ti evarūpe āsane.
mātugāmo nāma manussitthi, na yakkhī na petī na tiracchānagatā, viññū paṭibalā subhāsitadubbhāsitaṃ duṭṭhullāduṭṭhullaṃ ājānituṃ.
saddhin ti ekato . . . (Aniy. I.2.1) . . . pakatikathā sotuṃ.
nisajjaṃ kappeyyā 'ti, mātugāme nisinne . . . disvā 'ti passitvā. ||1||
dvinnaṃ dhammānaṃ aññatarena vadeyya, saṃghādisesena vā pācittiyena vā, nisajjaṃ bhikkhu paṭijānamāno dvinnaṃ dhammānaṃ aññatarena kāretabbo saṃghādisesena vā pācittiyena vā yena vā sā saddheyyavacasā upāsikā vadeyya, tena so bhikkhu kāretabbo.
sā ce evaṃ vadeyya: ayyo mayā diṭṭho nisinno mātugāmena saddhiṃ kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajjanto 'ti, so ca taṃ paṭijānāti, āpattiyā kāretabbo. sā ce evaṃ vadeyya: ayyo . . . samāpajjanto 'ti, so ce evaṃ vadeyya: saccāhaṃ nisinno no ca kho kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajjin ti, nisajjāya kāretabbo --pa-- nāhaṃ nisinno api ca kho nipanno 'ti, nipajjāya kāretabbo --pa-- nāhaṃ nisinno api ca kho ṭhito 'ti, na kāretabbo.
sā ce evaṃ vadeyya: ayyo mayā diṭṭho nipanno mātugāmena saddhiṃ kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajjanto 'ti, so ca taṃ paṭijānāti, āpattiyā kāretabbo --pa-- saccāhaṃ nipanno no ca kho kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajjin ti, nipajjāya kāretabbo --pa-- nāhaṃ nipanno api ca kho nisinno 'ti, nisajjāya kāretabbo
[page 193]
II. 2. 2-3.] ANIYATA, II. 193
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] --pa-- nāhaṃ nipanno api ca kho ṭhito 'ti, na kāretabbo.
sā ce evaṃ vadeyya: ayyassa mayā sutaṃ nisinnassa mātugāmaṃ duṭṭhullāhi vācāhi obhāsantassā 'ti, so ca taṃ paṭijānāti, āpattiyā kāretabbo. sā ce evaṃ vadeyya: ayyassa mayā . . . obhāsantassā 'ti, so ce evaṃ vadeyya: saccāhaṃ nisinno no ca kho duṭṭhullāhi vācāhi obhāsin ti, nisajjāya kāretabbo --pa-- nāhaṃ nisinno api ca kho nipanno 'ti, nipajjāya kāretabbo --pa-- nāhaṃ nisinno api ca kho ṭhito 'ti, na kāretabbo.
sā ce evaṃ vadeyya: ayyassa mayā sutaṃ nipannassa mātugāmaṃ duṭṭhullāhi vācāhi obhāsantassā 'ti . . . api ca kho ṭhito 'ti, na kāretabbo.
sā ce evaṃ vadeyya: ayyo mayā diṭṭho mātugāmena saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho nisinno 'ti, so ca taṃ paṭijānāti, nisajjāya kāretabbo --pa-- nāhaṃ nisinno api ca kho nipanno 'ti, nipajjāya kāretabbo --pa-- nāhaṃ nisinno api ca kho ṭhito 'ti, na kāretabbo.
sā ce evaṃ vadeyya: ayyo mayā diṭṭho mātugāmena saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho nipanno 'ti, so ca taṃ paṭijānāti, nipajjāya kāretabbo --pa-- nāhaṃ nipanno api ca kho nisinno 'ti, nisajjāya kāretabbo --pa-- nāhaṃ nipanno api ca kho ṭhito 'ti, na kāretabbo.
ayaṃ pīti purimaṃ upādāya vuccati. aniyato 'ti, na niyato saṃghādiseso vā pācittiyaṃ vā. ||2||2||
gamanaṃ paṭijānāti nisajjaṃ paṭijānāti āpattiṃ paṭijānāti, āpattiyā kāretabbo. gamanaṃ paṭijānāti nisajjaṃ na paṭijānāti āpattiṃ paṭijānāti, āpattiyā kāretabbo. gamanaṃ paṭijānāti nisajjaṃ paṭijānāti āpattiṃ na paṭijānāti, nisajjāya kāretabbo. gamanaṃ paṭijānāti nisajjaṃ na paṭijānāti āpattiṃ na paṭijānāti, na kāretabbo. gamanaṃ na paṭijānāti nisajjaṃ paṭijānātiāpattiṃ paṭijānāti, āpattiyā kāretabbo. gamanaṃ na paṭijānāti nisajjaṃ na paṭijānāti āpattiṃ paṭijānāti, āpattiyā kāretabbo. gamanaṃ na paṭijānāti nisajjaṃ paṭijānāti āpattiṃ na paṭijānāti, nisajjāya kāretabbo. gamanaṃ na paṭijānāti nisajjaṃ na paṭijānāti āpattiṃ na paṭijānāti, na kāretabbo 'ti. ||3||
dutiyo aniyato niṭṭhito.
[page 194]
194 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [II.
uddiṭṭhā kho āyasmanto dve aniyatā dhammā. tatthāyasmante pucchāmi kacci 'ttha parisuddhā. dutiyam pi pucchāmi kacci 'ttha parisuddhā. tatiyam pi pucchāmi kacci 'ttha parisuddhā. parisuddh'; etthāyasmanto, tasmā tuṇhī, evam etaṃ dhārayāmīti.
tass'; uddānaṃ:
alaṃkammaṇiyañ c'; eva tath'; eva ca, na h'; eva kho,
aniyatā supaññattaṃ buddhaseṭṭhena tādinā 'ti.
aniyataṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
[page 195]
195
Ime kho panāyasmanto tiṃsa nissaggiyā pācittiyā dhammā uddesaṃ āgacchanti.
NISSAGGIYA, I.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Vesāliyaṃ viharati Gotamake cetiye. tena kho pana samayena bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ ticīvaraṃ anuññātaṃ hoti. chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavatā ticīvaraṃ anuññātan ti aññen'; eva ticīvarena gāmaṃ pavisanti aññena ticīvarena ārāme acchanti aññena ticīvarena nahānaṃ otaranti. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū atirekacīvaraṃ dhāressantīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira tumhe bhikkhave atirekacīvaraṃ dhārethā 'ti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti.
vigarahi buddho bhagavā. kathaṃ hi nāma tumhe moghapurisā atirekacīvaraṃ dhāressatha. n'; etaṃ moghapurisā appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--, evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu atirekacīvaraṃ dhāreyya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti.
evañ c'; idaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti. ||1||
tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Ānandassa atirekacīvaraṃ uppannaṃ hoti āyasmā ca Ānando taṃ cīvaraṃ āyasmato Sāriputtassa dātukāmo hoti āyasmā ca Sāriputto Sākete viharati. atha kho āyasmato Ānandassa etad ahosi: bhagavatā sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ na atirekacīvaraṃ dhāretabban ti, idañ ca me atirekacīvaraṃ uppannaṃ ahañ c'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ āyasmato Sāriputtassa dātukāmo āyasmā ca Sāriputto Sākete viharati.
[page 196]
196 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 2-3. 2.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban ti. atha kho āyasmā Ānando bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. kīvaciraṃ panānanda Sāriputto āgacchissatīti. navamaṃ vā bhagavā divasaṃ dasamaṃ vā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave dasāhaparamaṃ atirekacīvaraṃ dhāretuṃ. evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṃ bhikkhunā ubbhatasmiṃ kaṭhine dasāhaparamaṃ atirekacīvaraṃ dhāretabbaṃ, taṃ atikkāmayato nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||2||
niṭṭhitacīvarasmin ti, bhikkhuno cīvaraṃ kataṃ vā hoti naṭṭhaṃ vā vinaṭṭhaṃ vā daḍḍhaṃ vā cīvarāsā vā upacchinnā.
ubbhatasmiṃ kaṭhine 'ti, aṭṭhannaṃ mātikānaṃ aññatarāya mātikāya ubbhataṃ hoti saṃghena vā antarā ubbhataṃ hoti.
dasāhaparaman ti dasāhaparamatā dhāretabbaṃ.
atirekacīvaraṃ nāma anadhiṭṭhitaṃ avikappitaṃ. cīvaraṃ nāma channaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ vikappanupagapacchimaṃ. ||1||
taṃ atikkāmayato nissaggiyaṃ hotīti, ekādase aruṇuggamane nissaggiyaṃ hoti nissajjitabbaṃ saṃghassa vā gaṇassa vā puggalassa vā. evañ ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbaṃ: tena bhikkhunā saṃghaṃ upasaṃkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā vuḍḍhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evam assa vacanīyo: idaṃ me bhante cīvaraṃ dasāhātikkantaṃ nissaggiyaṃ, imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjāmīti. nissajjitvā āpatti desetabbā. vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena āpatti paṭiggahetabbā, nissaṭṭhacīvaraṃ dātabbaṃ: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. idaṃ cīvaraṃ itthannāmassa bhikkhuno nissaggiyaṃ saṃghassa nissaṭṭhaṃ. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho imaṃ cīvaraṃ itthannāmassa bhikkhuno dadeyyā 'ti.
tena bhikkhunā sambahule bhikkhū upasaṃkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā vuḍḍhānaṃ . . . paggahetvā evam assu vacanīyā: idaṃ me bhante cīvaraṃ dasāhātikkantaṃ nissaggiyaṃ,
[page 197]
I. 3. 2-5.] NISSAGGIYA, I. 197
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] imāhaṃ āyasmantānaṃ nissajjāmīti. nissajjitvā āpatti desetabbā. vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena āpatti paṭiggahetabbā, nissaṭṭhacīvaraṃ dātabbaṃ: suṇantu me āyasmantā. idaṃ cīvaraṃ itthannāmassa bhikkhuno nissaggiyaṃ āyasmantānaṃ nissaṭṭhaṃ.
yad'; āyasmantānaṃ pattakallaṃ, āyasmantā imaṃ cīvaraṃ itthannāmassa bhikkhuno dadeyyun ti.
tena bhikkhunā ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ upasaṃkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evam assa vacanīyo: idaṃ me āvuso cīvaraṃ dasāhātikkantaṃ nissaggiyaṃ, imāhaṃ āyasmato nissajjāmīti.
nissajjitvā āpatti desetabbā. tena bhikkhunā āpatti paṭiggahetabbā, nissaṭṭhacīvaraṃ dātabbaṃ: imaṃ cīvaraṃ āyasmato dammīti. ||2||3||
dasāhātikkante atikkantasaññī, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
dasāhātikkante vematiko, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. dasāhātikkante anatikkantasaññī, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. anadhiṭṭhite adhiṭṭhitasaññī, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. avikappite vikappitasaññī, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. avissajjite vissajjitasaññī, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. anaṭṭhe naṭṭhasaññī, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. avinaṭṭhe vinaṭṭhasaññī, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. adaḍḍhe daḍḍhasaññī, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. avilutte viluttasaññī, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
nissaggiyaṃ cīvaraṃ anissajjitvā paribhuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. dasāhānatikkante atikkantasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
dasāhānatikkante vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. dasāhānatikkante anatikkantasaññī, anāpatti.
anāpatti anto dasāhaṃ adhiṭṭheti vikappeti vissajjeti nassati vinassati ḍayhati acchinditvā gaṇhanti vissāsaṃ gaṇhanti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||4||
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū nissaṭṭhacīvaraṃ na denti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
na bhikkhave nissaṭṭhacīvaraṃ na dātabbaṃ. yo na dadeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||5||
[page 198]
198 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [II. 1-2.
NISSAGGIYA, II.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū bhikkhūnaṃ hatthe cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā santaruttarena janapadacārikaṃ pakkamanti, tāni cīvarāni ciraṃ nikkhittāni kaṇṇakitāni honti, tāni bhikkhū otāpenti.
addasā kho āyasmā Ānando senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto te bhikkhū tāni cīvarāni otāpente. disvāna yena te bhikkhū ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā te bhikkhū etad avoca: kass'; imāni āvuso cīvarāni kaṇṇakitānīti. atha kho te bhikkhū āyasmato Ānandassa etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. āyasmā Ānando ujjhāyati khīyati vipāceti: kathaṃ hi nāma bhikkhū bhikkhūnaṃ hatthe cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā santaruttarena janapadacārikaṃ pakkamissantīti. atha kho āyasmā Ānando bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. saccaṃ kira bhikkhave bhikkhū bhikkhūnaṃ hatthe cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā santaruttarena janapadacārikaṃ pakkamantīti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti.
vigarahi buddho bhagavā. kathaṃ hi nāma te bhikkhave moghapurisā bhikkhūnaṃ hatthe cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā santaruttarena janapadacārikaṃ pakkamissanti. n'; etaṃ bhikkhave appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--, evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṃ bhikkhunā ubbhatasmiṃ kaṭhine ekarattaṃ pi ce bhikkhu ticīvarena vippavaseyya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti.
evañ c'; idaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti. ||1||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu Kosambiyaṃ gilāno hoti. ñātakā tassa bhikkhuno santike dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ: āgacchatu bhaddanto mayaṃ upaṭṭhahissāmā 'ti.
bhikkhū pi evam āhaṃsu: gacchāvuso ñātakā taṃ upaṭṭhahissantīti. so evam āha: bhagavatāvuso sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ na ticīvarena vippavasitabban ti, ahañ c'; amhi gilāno na sakkomi ticīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamituṃ, nāhaṃ gamissāmīti.
[page 199]
II. 2-3. 1.] NISSAGGIYA, II. 199
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave gilānassa bhikkhuno ticīvarena avippavāsasammutiṃ dātuṃ. evañ ca pana bhikkhave dātabbā. tena gilānena bhikkhunā saṃghaṃ upasaṃkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā vuḍḍhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evam assa vacanīyo: ahaṃ bhante gilāno na sakkomi ticīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamituṃ, so 'haṃ bhante saṃghaṃ ticīvarena avippavāsasammutiṃ yācāmīti. dutiyam pi yācitabbā, tatiyam pi yācitabbā. vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. ayaṃ itthannāmo bhikkhu gilāno na sakkoti ticīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamituṃ. so saṃghaṃ ticīvarena avippavāsasammutiṃ yācati. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho itthannāmassa bhikkhuno ticīvarena avippavāsasammutiṃ dadeyya. esā ñatti. suṇātu me . . . yācati. saṃgho itthannāmassa bhikkhuno ticīvarena avippavāsasammutiṃ deti. yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa bhikkhuno ticīvarena avippavāsasammutiyā dānaṃ, so tuṇh'; assa; yassa na kkhamati so bhāseyya. dinnā saṃghena itthannāmassa bhikkhuno ticīvarena avippavāsasammuti, khamati . . . dhārayāmīti.
evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṃ bhikkhunā ubbhatasmiṃ kaṭhine ekarattaṃ pi ce bhikkhu ticīvarena vippavaseyya aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||2||
niṭṭhitacīvarasmin ti, bhikkhuno cīvaraṃ kataṃ vā hoti naṭṭhaṃ vā vinaṭṭhaṃ vā daḍḍhaṃ vā cīvarāsā vā upacchinnā.
ubbhatasmiṃ kaṭhine 'ti, aṭṭhannaṃ mātikānaṃ aññatarāya mātikāya ubbhataṃ hoti saṃghena vā antarā ubbhataṃ hoti.
ekarattaṃ pi ce bhikkhu ticīvarena vippavaseyyā 'ti, saṃghāṭiyā vā uttarāsaṅgena vā antaravāsakena vā.
aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā 'ti ṭhapetvā bhikkhusammutiṃ.
nissaggiyaṃ hotīti saha aruṇuggamanā nissaggiyaṃ hoti nissajjitabbaṃ saṃghassa vā gaṇassa vā puggalassa vā.
evañ ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbaṃ --pa-- idaṃ me bhante ticīvaraṃ rattiṃ vippavutthaṃ aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā nissaggiyaṃ,
[page 200]
200 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [II. 3. 1-5.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjāmīti --pa-- dadeyyā 'ti --pa-- dadeyyun ti, āyasmato dammīti. ||1||
gāmo ekupacāro nānupacāro, nivesanaṃ ekupacāraṃ nānupacāraṃ, uddosito ekupacāro nānupacāro, aṭṭo ekupacāro nānupacāro, mālo ekupacāro nānupacāro, pāsādo ekupacāro nānupacāro, hammiyaṃ ekupacāraṃ nānupacāraṃ, nāvā ekupacārā nānupacārā, sattho ekupacāro nānupacāro, khettaṃ ekupacāraṃ nānupacāraṃ, dhaññakaraṇaṃ ekupacāraṃ nānupacāraṃ, ārāmo ekupacāro nānupacāro, vihāro ekupacāro nānupacāro, rukkhamūlaṃ ekupacāraṃ nānupacāraṃ, ajjhokāso ekupacāro nānupacāro. ||2||
gāmo ekupacāro nāma, ekakulassa gāmo hoti parikkhitto ca: anto gāme cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā anto gāme vatthabbaṃ.
aparikkhitto hoti: yasmiṃ ghare cīvaraṃ nikkhittaṃ hoti tasmiṃ ghare vatthabbaṃ hatthapāsā vā na vijahitabbaṃ.
nānākulassa gāmo hoti parikkhitto ca: yasmiṃ ghare cīvaraṃ nikkhittaṃ hoti tasmiṃ ghare vatthabbaṃ sabhāye vā dvāramūle vā hatthapāsā vā na vijahitabbaṃ. sabhāyaṃ gacchantena hatthapāse cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā sabhāye vā vatthabbaṃ dvāramūle vā hatthapāsā vā na vijahitabbaṃ.
sabhāye cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā sabhāye vā vatthabbaṃ dvāramūle vā hatthapāsā vā na vijahitabbaṃ. aparikkhitto hoti: yasmiṃ ghare cīvaraṃ nikkhittaṃ hoti tasmiṃ ghare vatthabbaṃ hatthapāsā vā na vijahitabbaṃ. ||3||
ekakulassa nivesanaṃ hoti parikkhittañ ca nānāgabbhā nānāovarakā: anto nivesane cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā anto nivesane vatthabbaṃ. aparikkhittaṃ hoti: yasmiṃ gabbhe cīvaraṃ nikkhittaṃ hoti tasmiṃ gabbhe vatthabbaṃ hatthapāsā vā na vijahitabbaṃ.
nānākulassa nivesanaṃ hoti parikkhittaṃ ca nānāgabbhā nānāovarakā: yasmiṃ gabbhe cīvaraṃ nikkhittaṃ hoti tasmiṃ gabbhe vatthabbaṃ dvāramūle vā hatthapāsā vā na vijahitabbaṃ. aparikkhittaṃ hoti: yasmiṃ gabbhe cīvaraṃ nikkhittaṃ hoti tasmiṃ gabbhe vatthabbaṃ hatthapāsā vā na vijahitabbaṃ. ||4||
ekakulassa uddosito hoti parikkhitto ca nānāgabbhā nānāovarakā:
[page 201]
II. 3. 5-14.] NISSAGGIYA, II. 201
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] anto uddosite cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā anto uddosite vatthabbaṃ. aparikkhitto hoti . . . (see 4) . . . nānākulassa uddosito . . . aparikkhitto hoti . . . na vijahitabbaṃ. ||5||
ekakulassa aṭṭo hoti: anto aṭṭe cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā anto aṭṭe vatthabbaṃ. nānākulassa aṭṭo hoti nānāgabbhā nānāovarakā: yasmiṃ gabbhe cīvaraṃ nikkhittaṃ hoti tasmiṃ gabbhe vatthabbaṃ dvāramūle vā hatthapāsā vā na vijahitabbaṃ. ||6||
ekakulassa mālo hoti: anto māle . . . (see 6) . . . nānākulassa mālo hoti . . . na vijahitabbaṃ. ||7||
ekakulassa pāsādo hoti: anto pāsāde . . . nānākulassa pāsādo hoti . . . na vijahitabbaṃ. ||8||
ekakulassa hammiyaṃ hoti: anto hammiye . . . nānākulassa hammiyo hoti . . . na vijahitabbaṃ. ||9||
ekakulassa nāvā hoti: anto nāvāya . . .; nānākulassa nāvā hoti nānāgabbhā nānāovarakā: yasmiṃ ovarake cīvaraṃ nikkhittaṃ hoti tasmiṃ ovarake vatthabbaṃ hatthapāsā vā na vijahitabbaṃ. ||10||
ekakulassa sattho hoti: satthe cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā purato vā pacchato vā satt'; abbhantarā na vijahitabbā, passato abbhantaraṃ na vijahitabbaṃ. nānākulassa sattho hoti: satthe cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā hatthapāsā na vijahitabbaṃ. ||11||
ekakulassa khettaṃ hoti parikkhittañ ca: anto khette cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā anto khette vatthabbaṃ. aparikkhittaṃ hoti: hatthapāsā na vijahitabbaṃ. nānākulassa khettaṃ hoti parikkhittañ ca: anto khette cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā dvāramūle vā vatthabbaṃ hatthapāsā vā na vijahitabbaṃ.
aparikkhittaṃ hoti: hatthapāsā na vijahitabbaṃ. ||12||
ekakulassa dhaññakaraṇaṃ hoti parikkhittañ ca: anto dhaññakaraṇe cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā anto dhaññakaraṇe vatthabbaṃ. aparikkhittaṃ hoti: hatthapāsā na vijahitabbaṃ. nānākulassa dhaññakaraṇaṃ hoti parikkhittañ ca: anto dhaññakaraṇe cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā dvāramūle vā vatthabbaṃ hatthapāsā vā na vijahitabbaṃ. aparikkhittaṃ hoti: hatthapāsā na vijahitabbaṃ. ||13||
ekakulassa ārāmo hoti parikkhitto ca . . . (see 13) . . . aparikkhitto hoti . . . nānākulassa ārāmo hoti . . . aparikkhitto hoti: hatthapāsā na vijahitabbaṃ. ||14||
[page 202]
202 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [II. 3. 15-III. 1. 1.
ekakulassa vihāro hoti parikkhitto ca: anto vihāre cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā anto vihāre vatthabbaṃ. aparikkhitto hoti: yasmiṃ vihāre cīvaraṃ nikkhittaṃ hoti tasmiṃ vihāre vatthabbaṃ hatthapāsā vā na vijahitabbaṃ. nānākulassa vihāro hoti parikkhitto ca: yasmiṃ vihāre cīvaraṃ nikkhittaṃ hoti tasmiṃ vihāre vatthabbaṃ dvāramūle vā hatthapāsā vā na vijahitabbaṃ. aparikkhitto hoti: yasmiṃ vihāre cīvaraṃ nikkhittaṃ hoti tasmiṃ vihāre vatthabbaṃ hatthapāsā vā na vijahitabbaṃ. ||15||
ekakulassa rukkhamūlaṃ hoti: yaṃ majjhantike kāle samantā chāyā pharati anto chāyāya cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā anto chāyāya vatthabbaṃ. nānākulassa rukkhamūlaṃ hoti: hatthapāsā na vijahitabbaṃ. ||16||
ajjhokāso ekupacāro nāma: agāmake araññe samantā satt'; abbhantarā ekupacāro, tato paraṃ nānupacāro. ||17||
vippavutthe vippavutthasaññī aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. vippavutthe vematiko aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. vippavutthe avippavutthasaññī aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. apaccuddhaṭe paccuddhaṭasaññī --la-- avissajjite vissajjitasaññī --la-- anaṭṭhe naṭṭhasaññī --la-- avinaṭṭhe vinaṭṭhasaññī --la-- adaḍḍhe daḍḍhasaññī --la-- avilutte viluttasaññī aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. nissaggiyaṃ cīvaraṃ anissajjitvā paribhuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. avippavutthe {vippavutthasaññī,} āpatti dukkaṭassa. avippavutthe vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. avippavutthe avippavutthasaññī, anāpatti. ||18||
anāpatti anto aruṇe paccuddharati vissajjeti nassati vinassati ḍayhati acchinditvā gaṇhanti vissāsaṃ gaṇhanti, bhikkhusammutiyā, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||19||3||
NISSAGGIYA, III.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno akālacīvaraṃ uppannaṃ hoti. tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ na ppahoti. atha kho so bhikkhu taṃ cīvaraṃ ussāpetvā punappunaṃ vimajjati.
[page 203]
III. 1.] NISSAGGIYA, III. 203
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] addasā kho bhagavā senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto taṃ bhikkhuṃ taṃ cīvaraṃ ussāpetvā punappunaṃ vimajjantaṃ, disvāna yena so bhikkhu ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: kissa tvaṃ bhikkhu imaṃ cīvaraṃ ussāpetvā punappunaṃ vimajjasīti. idaṃ me bhante akālacīvaraṃ uppannaṃ kayiramānaṃ na ppahoti, tenāhaṃ imaṃ cīvaraṃ ussāpetvā punappunaṃ vimajjāmīti. atthi pana te bhikkhu cīvarapaccāsā 'ti. atthi bhagavā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave akālacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetvā cīvarapaccāsā nikkhipitun ti. ||1||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū bhagavatā anuññātaṃ akālacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetvā cīvarapaccāsā nikkhipitun ti, te akālacīvarāni paṭiggahetvā atirekamāsaṃ nikkhipanti, tāni cīvarāni cīvaravaṃse bhaṇḍikābaddhāni tiṭṭhanti. addasā kho āyasmā Ānando senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto tāni cīvarāni cīvaravaṃse bhaṇḍikābaddhāni tiṭṭhante, disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi: kass'; imāni āvuso cīvarāni cīvaravaṃse bhaṇḍikābaddhāni tiṭṭhantīti. amhākaṃ āvuso akālacīvarāni cīvarapaccāsā nikkhittānīti. kīvaciraṃ panāvuso imāni cīvarāni nikkhittānīti. atirekamāsaṃ āvuso 'ti. āyasmā Ānando ujjhāyati khīyati vipāceti: kathaṃ hi nāma bhikkhū akālacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetvā atirekamāsaṃ nikkhipissantīti. atha kho āyasmā Ānando bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. saccaṃ kira bhikkhave bhikkhū akālacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetvā atirekamāsaṃ nikkhipantīti. saccaṃ bhagavā. vigarahi buddho bhagavā. kathaṃ hi nāma te bhikkhave moghapurisā akālacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetvā atirekamāsaṃ nikkhipissantīti.
n'; etaṃ bhikkhave appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--; evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṃ bhikkhunā ubbhatasmiṃ kaṭhine bhikkhuno pan'; eva akālacīvaraṃ uppajjeyya, ākaṅkhamānena bhikkhunā paṭiggahetabbaṃ, paṭiggahetvā khippam eva kāretabbaṃ. no c'; assa pāripūrī māsaparaman tena bhikkhunā taṃ cīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ ūnassa pāripūriyā satiyā paccāsāya, tato ce uttariṃ nikkhipeyya satiyāpi paccāsāya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||2||1||
[page 204]
204 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [III. 2. 1-2.
niṭṭhitacīvarasmin ti . . . ( Nissagg. II. 3) . . . antarā ubbhataṃ hoti.
akālacīvaraṃ nāma anatthate kaṭhine ekādasa māse {uppannaṃ} atthate kaṭhine satta māsi uppannaṃ kāle pi ādissa dinnaṃ, etaṃ akālacīvaraṃ nāma.
uppajjeyyā 'ti uppajjeyya saṃghato vā gaṇato vā ñātito vā mittato vā paṃsukūlaṃ vā attano vā dhanena.
ākaṅkhamānenā 'ti icchamānena paṭiggahetabbaṃ, paṭiggahetvā khippam eva kāretabban ti, dasāhā kāretabbaṃ.
no c'; assa pāripūrīti, kayiramānaṃ na ppahoti. māsaparaman tena bhikkhunā taṃ cīvaraṃ nikkhipitabban ti māsaparamatā nikkhipitabbaṃ. ūnassa pāripūriyā 'ti ūnassa pāripūratthāya.
satiyā paccāsāyā 'ti, paccāsā hoti saṃghato vā gaṇato vā ñātito vā mittato vā paṃsukūlaṃ vā attano vā dhanena. ||1||
tato ce uttariṃ nikkhipeyya satiyāpi paccāsāyā 'ti, tadahuppanne mūlacīvare paccāsācīvaraṃ uppajjati, dasāhā kāretabbaṃ, dvīhuppanne mūlacīvare paccāsācīvaraṃ uppajjati, dasāhā kāretabbaṃ, tīhuppanne mūlacīvare --pa-- catūhuppanne --pa-- {pañcāhuppanne} --pa-- chāhuppanne --pa-- sattāhuppanne --pa-- aṭṭhāhuppanne --pa-- navāhuppanne --pa-- dasāhuppanne mūlacīvare paccāsācīvaraṃ uppajjati, dasāhā kāretabbaṃ. ekādase uppanne --pa-- dvādase uppanne --pa-- terase uppanne --pa-- cuddase uppanne --pa-- pannarase uppanne --pa-- soḷase uppanne --pa-- sattarase uppanne --pa-- aṭṭhārase uppanne --pa-- ekūnavīse uppanne --pa-- vīse uppanne mūlacīvare paccāsācīvaraṃ uppajjati, dasāhā kāretabbaṃ.
ekavīse uppanne mūlacīvare paccāsācīvaraṃ uppajjati, navāhā kāretabbaṃ. dvāvīse uppanne --pa-- tevīse uppanne --pa-- catuvīse uppanne --pa-- pañcavīse uppanne --pa-- chabbīse uppanne catūhā kāretabbaṃ. sattavīse uppanne --pa-- aṭṭhavīse uppanne --pa-- ekūnatiṃse uppanne mūlacīvare paccāsācīvaraṃ uppajjati, ekāhā kāretabbaṃ. tiṃse uppanne mūlacīvare paccāsācīvaraṃ uppajjati, tadah'; eva adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ vikappetabbaṃ vissajjetabbaṃ. no ce adhiṭṭheyya vā vikappeyya vā vissajjeyya vā, ekatiṃse aruṇuggamane nissaggiyaṃ hoti nissajjitabbaṃ saṃghassa vā gaṇassa vā puggalassa vā.
[page 205]
III. 2. 2-IV. 1.] NISSAGGIYA, IV. 205
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] evañ ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbaṃ --pa-- idaṃ me bhante akālacīvaraṃ māsātikkantaṃ nissaggiyaṃ, imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjāmīti, dadeyyā 'ti, dadeyyun ti, āyasmato dammīti. ||2||
visabhāge uppanne mūlacīvare paccāsācīvaraṃ uppajjati rattiyo ca sesā honti, na akāmā kāretabbaṃ. māsātikkante atikkantasaññī, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. māsātikkante vematiko --la-- māsātikkante anatikkantasaññī --la-- anadhiṭṭhite adhiṭṭhitasaññī --la-- avikappite vikappitasaññī --la-- avissajjite vissajjitasaññī --la-- anaṭṭhe naṭṭhasaññī --la-- avinaṭṭhe vinaṭṭhasaññī --la-- adaḍḍhe daḍḍhasaññī --la-- avilutte viluttasaññī, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. nissaggiyaṃ cīvaraṃ anissajjitvā paribhuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
māsānatikkante atikkantasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. māsānatikkante vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. māsānatikkante anatikkantasaññī, anāpatti. ||3||
anāpatti anto māse adhiṭṭheti vikappeti vissajjeti nassati vinassati ḍayhati acchinditvā gaṇhanti vissāsaṃ gaṇhanti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||4||2||
NISSAGGIYA, IV.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Udāyissa purāṇadutiyikā bhikkhunīsu pabbajitā hoti, sā āyasmato Udāyissa santike abhikkhaṇaṃ āgacchati, āyasmāpi Udāyi tassā bhikkhuniyā santike abhikkhaṇaṃ gacchati. tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Udāyi tassā bhikkhuniyā santike bhattavissaggaṃ karoti. atha kho āyasmā Udāyi pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya yena sā bhikkhunī ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā tassā bhikkhuniyā purato aṅgajātaṃ vivaritvā āsane nisīdi, sāpi kho bhikkhunī āyasmato Udāyissa purato aṅgajātaṃ vivaritvā āsane nisīdi. atha kho āyasmā Udāyi sāratto tassā bhikkhuniyā aṅgajātaṃ upanijjhāyi, tassa asuci mucci. atha kho āyasmā Udāyi taṃ bhikkhuniṃ etad avoca: gaccha bhagini udakaṃ āhara antaravāsakaṃ dhovissāmīti. āhar'; ayya,
[page 206]
206 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [IV. 1-2. 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] aham eva dhovissāmīti taṃ asuciṃ ekadesaṃ mukhena aggahesi ekadesaṃ aṅgajāte pakkhipi. sā tena gabbhaṃ gaṇhi. bhikkhuniyo evam āhaṃsu: abrahmacārinī ayaṃ bhikkhunī gabbhinīti. nāhaṃ ayye abrahmacārinīti bhikkhunīnaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesi. bhikkhuniyo ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma ayyo Udāyi bhikkhuniyā purāṇacīvaraṃ dhovāpessatīti. atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo bhikkhūnaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma āyasmā Udāyi bhikkhuniyā purāṇacīvaraṃ dhovāpessatīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira tvaṃ Udāyi bhikkhuniyā purāṇacīvaraṃ dhovāpesīti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. ñātikā te Udāyi aññātikā 'ti. aññātikā bhagavā 'ti.
aññātako moghapurisa aññātikāya na jānāti patirūpaṃ vā apatirūpaṃ vā pāsādikaṃ vā apāsādikaṃ vā. tattha nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā purāṇacīvaraṃ dhovāpessasi. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--; evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā purāṇacīvaraṃ dhovāpeyya vā rajāpeyya vā ākoṭāpeyya vā, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||1||
yo panā 'ti yo yādiso --la--. bhikkhū 'ti --la-- ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti.
aññātikā nāma mātito vā pitito vā yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā asambaddhā.
bhikkhunī nāma ubhatosaṃghe upasampannā.
purāṇacīvaraṃ nāma sakiṃ nivatthaṃ pi sakiṃ pārutaṃ pi. dhovā 'ti āṇāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa, dhotaṃ nissaggiyaṃ hoti. rajā 'ti āṇāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa, rattaṃ nissaggiyaṃ hoti. ākoṭehīti āṇāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa, sakiṃ pāṇippahāraṃ vā muggarappahāraṃ vā dinne nissaggiyaṃ hoti nissajjitabbaṃ saṃghassa vā gaṇassa vā puggalassa vā. evañ ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbaṃ: idaṃ me bhante purāṇacīvaraṃ aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā dhovāpitaṃ nissaggiyaṃ, imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjāmīti, dadeyyā 'ti, dadeyyun ti, āyasmato dammīti. ||1||
[page 207]
IV. 2. 2-V. 1. 1.] NISSAGGIYA, V. 207
aññātikāya aññātikasaññī purāṇacīvaraṃ dhovāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. aññātikāya aññātikasaññī purāṇacīvaraṃ dhovāpeti rajāpeti, nissaggiyena āpatti dukkaṭassa.
aññātikāya aññātikasaññī purāṇacīvaraṃ dhovāpeti ākoṭāpeti, nissaggiyena āpatti dukkaṭassa. aññātikāya aññātikasaññī purāṇacīvaraṃ dhovāpeti rajāpeti ākoṭāpeti, nissaggiyena āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. aññātikāya aññātikasaññī purāṇacīvaraṃ rajāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
aññātikāya aññātikasaññī purāṇacīvaraṃ rajāpeti ākoṭāpeti, nissaggiyena āpatti dukkaṭassa. aññātikāya aññātikasaññī purāṇacīvaraṃ rajāpeti dhovāpeti, nissaggiyena āpatti dukkaṭassa. aññātikāya aññātikasaññī purāṇacīvaraṃ rajāpeti ākoṭāpeti dhovāpeti, nissaggiyena āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ.
aññātikāya aññātikasaññīpurāṇacīvaraṃ ākoṭāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. aññātikāya aññātikasaññī purāṇacīvaraṃ ākoṭāpeti dhovāpeti, nissaggiyena āpatti dukkaṭassa. aññātikāya aññātikasaññīpurāṇacīvaraṃ ākoṭāpeti rajāpeti, nissaggiyena āpatti dukkaṭassa. aññātikāya aññātikasaññī purāṇacīvaraṃ ākoṭāpeti dhovāpeti rajāpeti, nissaggiyena āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. aññātikāya vematiko --pa-- aññātikāya ñātikasaññī --pa--. aññassa purāṇacīvaraṃ dhovāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṃ dhovāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ekato upasampannāya dhovāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ñātikāya aññātikasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ñātikāya vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ñātikāya ñātikasaññī, anāpatti. ||2||
anāpatti ñātikāya dhovantiyā aññātikā dutiyā hoti, avuttā dhovati, aparibhuttaṃ dhovāpeti, cīvaraṃ ṭhapetvā aññaṃ parikkhāraṃ dhovāpeti, sikkhamānāya, {sāmaṇeriyā,} ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||3||2||
NISSAGGIYA, V.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe. tena kho pana samayena Uppalavaṇṇā bhikkhunī Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati. atha kho Uppalavaṇṇā bhikkhunī pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya Sāvatthiṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi,
[page 208]
208 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [V. 1. 1-2.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Sāvatthiyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena Andhavanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami divāvihārāya, Andhavanaṃ ajjhogāhetvā aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle divāvihāraṃ nisīdi. tena kho pana samayena corā katakammā gāviṃ vadhitvā maṃsaṃ gahetvā Andhavanaṃ pavisiṃsu. addasā kho coragāmaṇiko Uppalavaṇṇaṃ bhikkhuniṃ aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle divāvihāraṃ nisinnaṃ, disvān'; assa etad ahosi: sace me puttabhātukā passissanti viheṭhayissanti imaṃ bhikkhunin ti, aññena maggena agamāsi. atha kho so coragāmaṇiko maṃse pakke varamaṃsāni gahetvā paṇṇapuṭaṃ bandhitvā Uppalavaṇṇāya bhikkhuniyā avidūre rukkhe ālaggetvā yo passati samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā dinnaṃ yeva haratū 'ti vatvā pakkāmi. assosi kho Uppalavaṇṇā bhikkhunī samādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvā tassa coragāmaṇikassa imaṃ vācaṃ bhāsamānassa. atha kho Uppalavaṇṇā bhikkhunī taṃ maṃsaṃ gahetvā upassayaṃ agamāsi. atha kho Uppalavaṇṇā bhikkhunī tassā rattiyā accayena taṃ maṃsaṃ sampādetvā uttarāsaṅgena bhaṇḍikaṃ bandhitvā vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā Veḷuvane paccuṭṭhāsi. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena bhagavā gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭho hoti, āyasmā Udāyi ohiyyako hoti vihārapālo. atha kho Uppalavaṇṇā bhikkhunī yenāyasmā Udāyi ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Udāyiṃ etad avoca: kahaṃ bhante bhagavā 'ti.
paviṭṭho bhagini bhagavā gāmaṃ piṇḍāyā 'ti. imaṃ bhante maṃsaṃ bhagavato dehīti. santappito tayā bhagini bhagavā maṃsena; sace me tvaṃ antaravāsakaṃ dadeyyāsi, evaṃ aham pi santappito bhaveyyaṃ antaravāsakenā 'ti. mayaṃ kho bhante mātugāmā nāma kicchalābhā, idañ ca me antimaṃ pañcamaṃ cīvaraṃ, nāhaṃ dassāmīti. seyyathāpi bhagini puriso hatthiṃ datvā kacche sajjeyya evam eva kho tvaṃ bhagini bhagavato maṃsaṃ datvā mayi antaravāsakaṃ na sajjesīti. atha kho Uppalavaṇṇā bhikkhunī āyasmatā Udāyinā nippīḷiyamānā antaravāsakaṃ datvā {upassayaṃ} agamāsi. bhikkhuniyo Uppalavaṇṇāya bhikkhuniyā pattacīvaraṃ paṭigaṇhantiyo Uppalavaṇṇaṃ bhikkhuniṃ etad avocuṃ: kahan te ayye antaravāsako 'ti. Uppalavaṇṇā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīnaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesi. bhikkhuniyo
[page 209]
V. 1. 2-3. 1.] NISSAGGIYA, V. 209
. . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma āyasmā Udāyi bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ paṭiggahessati, kicchalābho mātugāmo 'ti. atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo bhikkhūnaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma āyasmā Udāyi bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ paṭiggahessatīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira tvaṃ Udāyi bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ paṭiggahesīti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. ñātikā te Udāyi aññātikā 'ti. aññātikā bhagavā 'ti. aññātako moghapurisa aññātikāya na jānāti patirūpaṃ vā appatirūpaṃ vā santaṃ vā asantaṃ vā. tattha nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā hatthato cīvaraṃ paṭiggahessasi. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--; evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā hatthato cīvaraṃ paṭiggaṇheyya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti.
evañ c'; edaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti. ||2||1||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā bhikkhunīnaṃ pārivattakacīvaraṃ na paṭiggaṇhanti. bhikkhuniyo . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma ayyā amhākaṃ pārivattakacīvaraṃ na paṭiggahessantīti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tāsaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ ujjhāyantīnaṃ khīyantīnaṃ vipācentīnaṃ. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave pañcannaṃ pārivattakaṃ paṭiggahetuṃ, bhikkhussa bhikkhuniyā sikkhamānāya sāmaṇerassa sāmaṇeriyā. anujānāmi bhikkhave imesaṃ pañcannaṃ pārivattakaṃ paṭiggahetuṃ. evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā hatthato cīvaraṃ paṭiggaṇheyya aññatra pārivattakā, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||2||
yo panā 'ti . . . (see Nissagg. IV.2.1) . . . upasampannā.
[page 210]
210 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [V. 3. 1-VI. 1. 1.
cīvaraṃ nāma channaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ vikappanupagapacchimaṃ.
aññatra pārivattakā 'ti ṭhapetvā pārivattakaṃ.
paṭiggaṇhāti, payoge dukkaṭaṃ, paṭilābhena nissaggiyaṃ hoti nissajjitabbaṃ saṃghassa vā gaṇassa vā puggalassa vā.
evañ ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbaṃ: idaṃ me bhante cīvaraṃ aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā hatthato paṭiggahitaṃ aññatra pārivattakā nissaggiyaṃ, imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjāmīti, dadeyyā 'ti, dadeyyun ti, āyasmato dammīti. ||1||
aññātikāya aññātikasaññī cīvaraṃ paṭiggaṇhāti aññatra pārivattakā, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. aññātikāya vematiko cīvaraṃ paṭiggaṇhāti aññatra pārivattakā, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. aññātikāya ñātikasaññī cīvaraṃ paṭiggaṇhāti aññatra pārivattakā, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. ekato upasampannāya hatthato cīvaraṃ paṭiggaṇhāti aññatra pārivattakā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ñātikāya aññātikasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ñātikāya vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ñātikāya {ñātikasaññī,} anāpatti. ||2||
anāpatti ñātikāya, pārivattakaṃ, parittena vā vipulaṃ vipulena vā parittaṃ, bhikkhu vissāsaṃ gaṇhāti, tāvakālikaṃ gaṇhāti, cīvaraṃ ṭhapetvā aññaṃ parikkhāraṃ gaṇhāti, sikkhamānāya, sāmaṇeriyā, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||3||3||
NISSAGGIYA, VI.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto paṭṭho hoti dhammiṃ kathaṃ kātuṃ. atha kho aññataro seṭṭhiputto yenāyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Upanandaṃ Sakyaputtaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi, ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho taṃ seṭṭhiputtaṃ āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi . . . sampahaṃsesi. atha kho so seṭṭhiputto āyasmatā Upanandena Sakyaputtena dhammiyā kathāya sandassito . . . sampahaṃsito āyasmantaṃ Upanandaṃ Sakyaputtaṃ etad avoca: vadeyyātha bhante yena attho, paṭibalā mayaṃ ayyassa dātuṃ yad idaṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānan ti.
[page 211]
VI. 1-2.] NISSAGGIYA, VI. 211
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] sace me tvaṃ āvuso dātukāmo 'si, ito ekaṃ sāṭakaṃ dehīti. āgamehi bhante yāva gharaṃ gacchāmi, gharaṃ gato ito vā ekaṃ sāṭakaṃ pahiṇissāmi ito vā sundarataran ti. dutiyam pi kho āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto taṃ seṭṭhiputtaṃ etad avoca . . . tatiyam pi kho āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto taṃ seṭṭhiputtaṃ etad avoca: sace . . . dehīti. amhākaṃ kho bhante kulaputtakānaṃ kismiṃ viya ekasāṭakaṃ gantuṃ, āgamehi bhante yāva gharaṃ gacchāmi, gharaṃ gato ito vā ekaṃ sāṭakaṃ pahiṇissāmi ito vā sundarataran ti. kiṃ pana tayā āvuso adātukāmena pavāritena yaṃ tvam pavāretvā na desīti. atha kho so seṭṭhiputto āyasmatā Upanandena Sakyaputtena nippīḷiyamāno ekaṃ sāṭakaṃ datvā agamāsi. ||1|| manussā taṃ seṭṭhiputtaṃ passitvā etad avocuṃ: kissa tvaṃ ayyo ekasāṭako āgacchasīti. atha kho so seṭṭhiputto tesaṃ manussānaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesi. manussā . . . vipācenti: mahicchā ime samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā asantuṭṭhā, na yimesaṃ sukarā dhammanimantanāpi kātuṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma seṭṭhiputtena dhammanimantanāya kayiramānāya sāṭakaṃ gahessantīti.
assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ . . . vipācentānaṃ.
ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto seṭṭhiputtaṃ cīvaraṃ viññāpessatīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira tvaṃ Upananda seṭṭhiputtaṃ cīvaraṃ viññāpesīti. saccaṃ bhagavā. ñātako te Upananda aññātako 'ti. aññātako bhagavā 'ti. aññātako moghapurisa aññātakassa na jānāti patirūpaṃ vā appatirūpaṃ vā santaṃ vā asantaṃ vā. tattha nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa aññātakaṃ seṭṭhiputtaṃ cīvaraṃ viññāpessasi. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pe--; evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu aññātakaṃ gahapatiṃ vā gahapatāniṃ vā cīvaraṃ viññāpeyya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti.
evañ c'; idaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti. ||2||1||
tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū Sāketā Sāvatthiṃ addhānamaggapaṭipannā honti.
[page 212]
212 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [VI. 2-3. 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] antarā magge corā nikkhamitvā te bhikkhū acchindiṃsu. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavatā paṭikkhittaṃ aññātakaṃ gahapatiṃ vā gahapatāniṃ vā cīvaraṃ viññāpetun ti kukkuccāyantā na viññāpesuṃ, yathā naggā 'va Sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhikkhū abhivādenti. bhikkhū evam āhaṃsu: sundarā kho ime āvuso ājīvakā ye ime bhikkhū abhivādentīti. te evam āhaṃsu: na mayaṃ āvuso ājīvakā, bhikkhū mayan ti.
bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ Upāliṃ etad avocuṃ: iṅghāvuso Upāli ime anuyuñjāhīti. atha kho āyasmā Upāli te bhikkhū anuyuñjitvā bhikkhū etad avoca: bhikkhū ime āvuso, detha nesaṃ cīvarānīti. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma bhikkhū naggā āgacchissanti, nanu nāma tiṇena vā paṇṇena vā paṭicchādetvā āgantabban ti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave acchinnacīvarassa vā naṭṭhacīvarassa vā aññātakaṃ gahapatiṃ vā gahapatāniṃ vā cīvaraṃ viññāpetuṃ yaṃ āvāsaṃ, paṭhamaṃ upagacchati sace tattha hoti saṃghassa vihāracīvaraṃ vā uttarattharaṇaṃ vā bhummattharaṇaṃ vā bhisicchavi vā taṃ gahetvā pārupituṃ labhitvā odahissāmīti. no ce hoti saṃghassa vihāracīvaraṃ vā uttarattharaṇaṃ vā bhummattharaṇaṃ vā bhisicchavi vā, tiṇena vā paṇṇena vā paṭicchādetvā āgantabbaṃ, na tv eva naggena āgantabbaṃ. yo āgaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu aññātakaṃ gahapatiṃ vā gahapatāniṃ vā cīvaraṃ viññāpeyya aññatra samayā, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. tatthāyaṃ samayo: acchinnacīvaro vā hoti bhikkhu naṭṭhacīvaro vā, ayaṃ tattha samayo 'ti. ||2||
yo panā 'ti yo yādiso --pa--. bhikkhū 'ti --pa-- ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti.
aññātako nāma mātito vā pitito vā yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā asambaddho.
gahapati nāma yo koci agāraṃ ajjhāvasati. gahapatānī nāma yā kāci agāraṃ ajjhāvasati.
[page 213]
VI. 3. 1-VII. 1.] NISSAGGIYA, VII. 213
cīvaraṃ nāma channaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ vikappanupagapacchimaṃ.
aññatra samayā 'ti ṭhapetvā samayaṃ.
acchinnacīvaro nāma, bhikkhussa cīvaraṃ acchinnaṃ hoti rājūhi vā corehi vā dhuttehi vā yehi kehici vā acchinnaṃ hoti.
naṭṭhacīvaro nāma, bhikkhussa cīvaraṃ agginā vā daḍḍhaṃ hoti udakena vā vuḷhaṃ hoti undurehi vā upacikāhi vā khāyitaṃ hoti paribhogajiṇṇaṃ vā hoti. ||1||
aññatra samayā viññāpeti, payoge dukkaṭaṃ, paṭilābhena nissaggiyaṃ hoti nissajjitabbaṃ saṃghassa vā gaṇassa vā puggalassa vā. evañ ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbaṃ --pa-- idaṃ me bhante cīvaraṃ aññātakaṃ gahapatikaṃ aññatra samayā viññāpitaṃ nissaggiyaṃ, imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjāmīti. dadeyyā 'ti, dadeyyun ti, āyasmato dammīti. ||2||
aññātake aññātakasaññī aññatra samayā cīvaraṃ viññāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. aññātake vematiko aññatra samayā cīvaraṃ viññāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. aññātake ñātakasaññī aññatra samayā cīvaraṃ viññāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. ñātake aññātakasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ñātake vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ñātake ñātakasaññī, anāpatti. ||3||
anāpatti samaye, ñātakānaṃ, pavāritānaṃ, aññass'; atthāya, attano dhanena, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||4||3||
NISSAGGIYA, VII.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū acchinnacīvarake bhikkhū upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ vadanti: bhagavatā āvuso anuññātaṃ acchinnacīvarassa vā naṭṭhacīvarassa vā aññātakaṃ gahapatiṃ vā gahapatāniṃ vā cīvaraṃ viññāpetuṃ, viññāpetha āvuso cīvaran ti. alaṃ āvuso laddhaṃ amhehi cīvaran ti.
mayaṃ āyasmantānaṃ viññāpemā 'ti. viññāpetha āvuso 'ti.
atha kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū gahapatike upasaṃkamitvā etad avocuṃ: acchinnacīvarakā āvuso bhikkhū āgatā, detha nesaṃ cīvarānīti, bahuṃ cīvaraṃ viññāpesuṃ. tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso sabhāyaṃ nisinno aññataraṃ purisaṃ etad avoca:
[page 214]
214 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [VII. 1-2. 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] acchinnacīvarakā ayyo bhikkhū āgatā, tesaṃ mayā cīvaraṃ dinnan ti. so pi evam āha: mayāpi dinnan ti. aparo pi evam āha: mayāpi dinnan ti. te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā na mattaṃ jānitvā bahuṃ cīvaraṃ viññāpessanti. dussavaṇijjaṃ vā samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā karissanti paggāhikasālaṃ vā pasāressantīti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ . . . vipācentānaṃ. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū na mattaṃ jānitvā bahuṃ cīvaraṃ viññāpessantīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira tumhe bhikkhave na mattaṃ jānitvā bahuṃ cīvaraṃ viññāpethā 'ti.
saccaṃ bhagavā. vigarahi buddho bhagavā. kathaṃ hi nāma tumhe moghapurisā na mattaṃ jānitvā bahuṃ cīvaraṃ viññāpessatha. n'; etaṃ moghapurisā appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--; evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
tañ ce aññātako gahapati vā gahapatānī vā bahūhi cīvarehi abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreyya, santaruttaraparaman tena bhikkhunā tato cīvaraṃ sāditabbaṃ, tato ce uttariṃ sādiyeyya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||1||
tañ ce 'ti, acchinnacīvarakaṃ bhikkhuṃ.
aññātako . . . (see Nissagg. VI.3.1) . . . yā kāci agāraṃ ajjhāvasati.
bahūhi cūvarehīti bahukehi cīvarehi.
abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreyyā 'ti, yāvatakaṃ icchasi tāvatakaṃ gaṇhāhīti.
santaruttaraparaman tena bhikkhunā tato cīvaraṃ sāditabban ti. sace tīṇi naṭṭhāni honti dve sāditabbāni, dve naṭṭhāni ekaṃ sāditabbaṃ, ekaṃ naṭṭhaṃ na kiñci sāditabbaṃ.
tato ce uttariṃ sādiyeyyā 'ti, tat'; uttariṃ viññāpeti, payoge dukkaṭaṃ, paṭilābhena nissaggiyaṃ hoti nissajjitabbaṃ saṃghassa vā gaṇassa vā puggalassa vā. evañ ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbaṃ --pa-- idaṃ me bhante cīvaraṃ aññātakaṃ gahapatikaṃ upasaṃkamitvā tat'; uttariṃ viññāpitaṃ nissaggiyaṃ,
[page 215]
VII. 2. 1-VIII. 1.] NISSAGGIYA, VIII. 215
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjāmīti, dadeyyā 'ti, dadeyyun ti, āyasmato dammīti. ||1|| aññātake aññātakasaññī tat'; uttariṃ cīvaraṃ viññāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. aññātake vematiko . . . (see Nissagg., VI.3.3) . . . anāpatti. ||2|| anāpatti sesakaṃ āharissāmīti haranto gacchati, sesakaṃ tuyh'; eva hotū 'ti denti, na acchinnakāraṇā denti, na naṭṭhakāraṇā denti, ñātakānaṃ, pavāritānaṃ, attano dhanena, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||3||2||
NISSAGGIYA, VIII.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso pajāpatiṃ etad avoca: ayyaṃ Upanandaṃ cīvarena acchādessāmīti. assosi kho aññataro piṇḍacāriko bhikkhu tassa purisassa imaṃ vācaṃ bhāsamānassa. atha kho so bhikkhu yenāyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Upanandaṃ Sakyaputtaṃ etad avoca: mahāpuñño 'si tvaṃ āvuso Upananda; amukasmiṃ okāse aññataro puriso pajāpatiṃ etad avoca: ayyaṃ Upanandaṃ cīvarena acchādessāmīti.
atth'; āvuso maṃ so upaṭṭhāko 'ti. atha kho āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto yena so puriso ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā taṃ purisaṃ etad avoca: saccaṃ kira maṃ tvaṃ āvuso cīvarena acchādetukāmo 'sīti. api me 'yya evaṃ hoti: ayyaṃ Upanandaṃ cīvarena acchādessāmīti. sace kho maṃ tvaṃ āvuso cīvarena acchādetukāmo 'si evarūpena cīvarena acchādehi, ky āhaṃ tena acchanno pi karissāmi yāhaṃ na paribhuñjissāmīti atha kho so puriso . . . vipāceti: mahicchā ime samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā asantuṭṭhā, na yime sukarā cīvarena acchādetuṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma ayyo Upanando mayā pubbe appavārito maṃ upasaṃkamitvā cīvare vikappaṃ āpajjissatīti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tassa purisassa . . . vipācentassa. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto pubbe appavārito gahapatikaṃ upasaṃkamitvā cīvare vikappaṃ āpajjissatīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
[page 216]
216 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [VIII. 1-2. 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] saccaṃ kira tvaṃ Upananda pubbe appavārito gahapatikaṃ upasaṃkamitvā cīvare vikappaṃ āpajjasīti.
saccaṃ bhagavā. ñātako te Upananda aññātako 'ti. aññātako bhagavā 'ti. aññātako moghapurisa aññātakassa na jānāti patirūpaṃ vā appatirūpaṃ vā santaṃ vā asantaṃ vā. tattha nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa pubbe appavārito aññātakaṃ gahapatikaṃ upasaṃkamitvā cīvare vikappaṃ āpajjissasi. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--; evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
bhikkhuṃ pan'; eva uddissa aññātakassa gahapatissa vā gahapatāniyā vā cīvaracetāpanaṃ upakkhaṭaṃ hoti iminā cīvaracetāpanena cīvaraṃ cetāpetvā itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ cīvarena acchādessāmīti. tatra ce so bhikkhu pubbe appavārito upasaṃkamitvā cīvare vikappaṃ āpajjeyya sādhu vata maṃ āyasmā iminā cīvaracetāpanena evarūpaṃ vā evarūpaṃ vā cīvaraṃ cetāpetvā acchādehīti, kalyāṇakamyataṃ upādāya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||1||
bhikkhuṃ pan'; eva uddissā 'ti bhikkhuss'; atthāya bhikkhuṃ ārammaṇaṃ karitvā bhikkhuṃ acchādetukāmo.
aññātako nāma mātito vā pitito vā yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā asambaddho.
gahapati nāma yo koci agāraṃ ajjhāvasati. gahapatānī nāma yā kāci agāraṃ ajjhāvasati.
cīvaracetāpanaṃ nāma hiraññaṃ vā suvaṇṇaṃ vā muttā vā maṇi vā pavāḷo vā phālo vā paṭako vā suttaṃ vā kappāso vā.
iminā cīvaracetāpanenā 'ti paccupaṭṭhitena. cetāpetvā 'ti parivattetvā. acchādessāmi dassāmi.
tatra ce so bhikkhū 'ti yaṃ bhikkhuṃ uddissa cīvaracetāpanaṃ upakkhaṭaṃ hoti so bhikkhu. pubbe appavārito 'ti pubbe avutto hoti kīdisena te bhante cīvarena attho, kīdisan te cīvaraṃ cetāpemīti.
upasaṃkamitvā 'ti gharaṃ gantvā yattha katthaci upasaṃkamitvā.
cīvare vikappaṃ āpajjeyyā 'ti āyataṃ vā hotu vitthataṃ vā appitaṃ vā saṇhaṃ vā.
[page 217]
VIII. 2. 1-IX. 1.] NISSAGGIYA, IX. 217
iminā cīvaracetāpanenā 'ti paccupaṭṭhitena.
evarūpaṃ vā evarūpaṃ vā 'ti, āyataṃ vā vitthataṃ vā appitaṃ vā saṇhaṃ vā.
cetāpetvā 'ti parivattetvā. acchādehīti dajjehi.
kalyāṇakamyataṃ upādāyā 'ti sādhatthiko mahagghatthiko.
tassa vacanena āyataṃ vā vitthataṃ vā appitaṃ vā saṇhaṃ vā cetāpeti, payoge dukkaṭaṃ, paṭilābhena nissaggiyaṃ hoti nissajjitabbaṃ saṃghassa vā gaṇassa vā puggalassa vā. evañ ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbaṃ --pa-- idaṃ me bhante cīvaraṃ pubbe appavārito aññātakaṃ gahapatikaṃ upasaṃkamitvā cīvare vikappaṃ āpannaṃ nissaggiyaṃ. imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjāmīti, dadeyyā 'ti, dadeyyun ti, āyasmato dammīti. ||1||
aññātake aññātakasaññī pubbe appavārito gahapatikaṃ upasaṃkamitvā cīvare vikappaṃ āpajjati, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. aññātake vematiko pubbe appavārito gahapatikaṃ upasaṃkamitvā cīvare vikappaṃ āpajjati, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. aññātake ñātakasaññī pubbe appavārito gahapatikaṃ upasaṃkamitvā cīvare vikappaṃ āpajjati, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. ñātake aññātakasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ñātake vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ñātake ñātakasaññī, anāpatti. ||2||
anāpatti ñātakānaṃ, pavāritānaṃ, aññass'; atthāya, attano dhanena, mahagghaṃ cetāpetukāmassa appagghaṃ cetāpeti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||3||2||
NISSAGGIYA, IX.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso aññataraṃ purisaṃ etad avoca: ahaṃ ayyaṃ Upanandaṃ Sakyaputtaṃ cīvarena acchādessāmīti. so pi evam āha: ahaṃ pi ayyaṃ Upanandaṃ cīvarena acchādessāmīti. assosi kho aññataro piṇḍacāriko bhikkhu tesaṃ purisānaṃ imaṃ kathāsallāpaṃ. atha kho so bhikkhu yenāyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Upanandaṃ Sakyaputtaṃ etad avoca: mahāpuñño 'si tvaṃ āvuso Upananda; amukasmiṃ okāse aññataro puriso aññataraṃ purisaṃ etad avoca:
[page 218]
218 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [IX. 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ahaṃ ayyaṃ Upanandaṃ Sakyaputtaṃ cīvarena acchādessāmīti. so pi evam āha: ahaṃ pi ayyaṃ Upanandaṃ cīvarena acchādessāmīti. atth'; āvuso maṃ te upaṭṭhākā 'ti. atha kho āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto yena te purisā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā te purise etad avoca: saccaṃ kira maṃ tumhe āvuso cīvarehi acchādetukām'; atthā 'ti.
api n'; ayya evaṃ hoti: ayyaṃ Upanandaṃ cīvarehi acchādessāmā 'ti. sace kho maṃ tumhe āvuso cīvarehi acchādetukām'; atthā evarūpena cīvarena acchādetha, ky āhaṃ tehi acchanno pi karissāmi yān'; āhaṃ na paribhuñjissāmīti. atha kho te purisā . . . vipācenti: mahicchā ime samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā asantuṭṭhā, na yime sukarā cīvarehi acchādetuṃ.
kathaṃ hi nāma ayyo Upanando amhehi pubbe appavārito upasaṃkamitvā cīvare vikappaṃ āpajjissatīti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ purisānaṃ . . . vipācentānaṃ. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto pubbe appavārito gahapatike upasaṃkamitvā cīvare vikappaṃ āpajjissatīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira tvaṃ Upananda pubbe appavārito gahapatike upasaṃkamitvā cīvare vikappaṃ āpajjasīti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. ñātakā te Upananda aññātakā 'ti. aññātakā bhagavā 'ti. aññātako moghapurisa aññātakānaṃ na jānāti patirūpaṃ vā appatirūpaṃ vā santaṃ vā asantaṃ vā. tattha nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa pubbe appavārito aññātake gahapatike upasaṃkamitvā cīvare vikappaṃ āpajjissasi. n'; etaṃ mohapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--; evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
bhikkhuṃ pan'; eva uddissa ubhinnaṃ aññātakānaṃ gahapatīnaṃ vā gahapatānīnaṃ vā paccekacīvaracetāpanā upakkhaṭā honti imehi mayaṃ paccekacīvaracetāpanehi paccekacīvarāni cetāpetvā itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ cīvarehi acchādessāmā 'ti. tatra ce so bhikkhu pubbe appavārito upasaṃkamitvā cīvare vikappaṃ āpajjeyya sādhu vata maṃ āyasmanto imehi paccekacīvaracetāpanehi evarūpaṃ vā evarūpaṃ vā cīvaraṃ cetāpetvā acchādetha ubho 'va santā ekenā 'ti, kalyāṇakamyataṃ upādāya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||1||
[page 219]
IX. 2-X. 1. 1.] NISSAGGIYA, X. 219
bhikkhuṃ pan'; eva . . . (see Nissagg. VIII. 2. 1) . . . bhikkhuṃ acchādetukāmā.
ubhinnan ti dvinnaṃ.
aññātakā nāma . . . asambaddhā.
gahapatikā nāma ye keci agāraṃ ajjhāvasanti. gahapatāniyo nāma yā kāci agāraṃ ajjhāvasanti.
cīvaracetāpanā nāma hiraññā vā suvaṇṇā vā muttā vā maṇī vā pavāḷā vā phālā vā paṭakā vā suttā vā kappāsā vā.
imehi cīvaracetāpanehīti paccupaṭṭhitehi. cetāpetvā 'ti parivattetvā. acchādessāmā 'ti dassāma.
tatra ce so bhikkhū 'ti yaṃ bhikkhuṃ uddissa cīvaracetāpanā upakkhaṭā honti so bhikkhu. pubbe appavārito 'ti . . . cīvaraṃ cetāpemā 'ti.
upasaṃkamitvā 'ti . . . cīvare vikappaṃ āpajjeyyā 'ti āyataṃ . . . imehi cīvaracetāpanehīti paccupaṭṭhitehi.
evarūpaṃ . . . acchādethā 'ti dajjetha.
ubho 'vā santā ekenā 'ti, dve pi janā ekena.
kalyāṇakamyataṃ upādāyā 'ti sādhatthiko mahagghatthiko.
tassa vacanena āyataṃ vā vitthataṃ vā appitaṃ vā saṇhaṃ vā cetāpenti, payoge dukkaṭaṃ . . . (Nissagg. VIII.2. 1-3; instead oḍ aññātakaṃ gahapatikaṃ, gahapatikaṃ, read, aññātake gahapatike, gahapatike) . . . mahagghaṃ cetāpetukāmānaṃ appagghaṃ cetāpeti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||2||
NISSAGGIYA, X.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Upanandassa Sakyaputtassa dūtena cīvaracetāpanaṃ pāhesi iminā cīvaracetāpanena cīvaraṃ cetāpetvā ayyaṃ Upanandaṃ cīvarena acchādehīti. atha kho so dūto yenāyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Upanandaṃ Sakyaputtaṃ etad avoca: idaṃ kho bhante āyasmantaṃ uddissa cīvaracetāpanaṃ ābhataṃ, paṭiggaṇhātu āyasmā cīvaracetāpanan ti. evaṃ vutte āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto taṃ dūtaṃ etad avoca:
[page 220]
220 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [X. 1. 1-2.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] na kho mayaṃ āvuso cīvaracetāpanaṃ paṭiggaṇhāma, cīvarañ ca kho mayaṃ paṭiggaṇhāma kālena kappiyan ti. evaṃ vutte so dūto āyasmantaṃ Upanandaṃ Sakyaputtaṃ etad avoca: atthi panāyasmato koci veyyāvaccakaro 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro upāsako ārāmaṃ agamāsi kenacid eva karaṇīyena. atha kho āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto taṃ dūtaṃ etad avoca: eso kho āvuso upāsako bhikkhūnaṃ veyyāvaccakaro 'ti. atha kho so dūto taṃ upāsakaṃ saññāpetvā yenāyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Upanandaṃ Sakyaputtaṃ etad avoca: yaṃ kho bhante āyasmā veyyāvaccakaraṃ niddisi saññatto so mayā, upasaṃkamatu āyasmā kālena, cīvarena taṃ acchādessatīti. tena kho pana samayena so mahāmatto āyasmato Upanandassa Sakyaputtassa santike dūtaṃ pāhesi: paribhuñjatu ayyo taṃ cīvaraṃ, icchāma mayaṃ ayyena taṃ cīvaraṃ paribhuttan ti. atha kho āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto taṃ upāsakaṃ na kiñci avacāsi. dutiyam pi kho so mahāmatto āyasmato Upanandassa Sakyaputtassa santike dūtaṃ pāhesi: paribhuñjatu . . . paribhuttan ti. dutiyam pi kho āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto taṃ upāsakaṃ na kiñci avacāsi. tatiyam pi kho so mahāmatto āyasmato Upanandassa Sakyaputtassa santike dūtaṃ pāhesi: paribhuñjatu . . . paribhuttan ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena negamassa samayo hoti negamena ca katikā katā hoti yo pacchā āgacchati paññāsaṃ bandho 'ti. atha kho āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto yena so upāsako ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā taṃ upāsakaṃ etad avoca: attho me āvuso cīvarenā 'ti. ajjuṇho bhante āgamehi, ajja negamassa samayo hoti negamena ca katikā katā hoti yo pacchā āgacchati paññāsaṃ bandho 'ti. ajj'; eva me āvuso cīvaraṃ dehīti ovaṭṭikāya parāmasi. atha kho so upāsako āyasmatā Upanandena Sakyaputtena nippīḷiyamāno āyasmato Upanandassa Sakyaputtassa cīvaraṃ cetāpetvā pacchā agamāsi.
manussā taṃ upāsakaṃ etad avocuṃ: kissa tvaṃ ayyo pacchā āgato, paññāsaṃ jino 'sīti. atha kho so upāsako tesaṃ manussānaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesi. manussā . . . vipācenti: mahicchā ime samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā asantuṭṭhā,
[page 221]
X. 1. 2-3.] NISSAGGIYA, X. 221
na yimesaṃ sukaraṃ veyyāvaccaṃ pi kātuṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma upāsakena ajjuṇho bhante āgamehīti vuccamānā nāgamissantīti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ . . . vipācentānaṃ. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto upāsakena ajjuṇho bhante āgamehīti vuccamāno nāgamissatīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
saccaṃ kira tvaṃ Upananda upāsakena ajjuṇho bhante āgamehīti vuccamāno nāgamesīti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti.
vigarahi buddho bhagavā. kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa upāsakena ajjuṇho bhante āgamehīti vuccamāno nāgamissasi. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--; evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha: ||2||
bhikkhuṃ pan'; eva uddissa rājā vā rājabhoggo vā brāhmaṇo vā gahapatiko vā dūtena cīvaracetāpanaṃ pahiṇeyya iminā cīvaracetāpanena cīvaraṃ cetāpetvā itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ cīvarena acchādehīti. so ce dūto taṃ bhikkhuṃ upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ vadeyya: idaṃ kho bhante āyasmantaṃ uddissa cīvaracetāpanaṃ ābhataṃ, paṭiggaṇhātu āyasmā cīvaracetāpanan ti, tena bhikkhunā so dūto evam assa vacanīyo: na kho mayaṃ āvuso cīvaracetāpanaṃ paṭiggaṇhāma, cīvarañ ca kho mayaṃ paṭiggaṇhāma kālena kappiyan ti. so ce dūto taṃ bhikkhuṃ evaṃ vadeyya: atthi panāyasmato koci veyyāvaccakaro 'ti, cīvaratthikena bhikkhave bhikkhunā veyyāvaccakaro niddisitabbo ārāmiko vā upāsako vā eso kho āvuso bhikkhūnaṃ veyyāvaccakaro 'ti. so ce dūto taṃ veyyāvaccakaraṃ saññāpetvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ vadeyya: yaṃ kho bhante āyasmā veyyāvaccakaraṃ niddisi saññatto so mayā, upasaṃkamatu āyasmā kālena, cīvarena taṃ acchādessatīti, cīvaratthikena bhikkhave bhikkhunā veyyāvaccakaro upasaṃkamitvā dvittikkhattuṃ codetabbo sāretabbo attho me āvuso cīvarenā 'ti; dvittikkhattuṃ codiyamāno sāriyamāno taṃ cīvaraṃ abhinipphādeyya, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ. no ce abhinipphādeyya, catukkhattuṃ pañcakkhattuṃ chakkhattuparamaṃ tuṇhibhūtena uddissa ṭhātabbaṃ; catukkhattuṃ pañcakkhattuṃ chakkhattuparamaṃ tuṇhibhūto uddissa tiṭṭhamāno taṃ cīvaraṃ abhinipphādeyya,
[page 222]
222 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [X. 1. 3-2. 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] icc etaṃ kusalaṃ. tato ce uttariṃ vāyamamāno taṃ cīvaraṃ abhinipphādeyya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. noce abhinipphādeyya, yat 'assa cīvaracetāpanaṃ ābhataṃ tattha sāmaṃ vā gantabbaṃ dūto vā pāhetabbo: yaṃ kho tumhe āyasmanto bhikkhuṃ uddissa cīvaracetāpanaṃ pahiṇittha na taṃ tassa bhikkhuno kiñci atthaṃ anubhoti, yuñjant'; āyasmanto sakaṃ, mā vo sakaṃ vinassā 'ti. ayaṃ tattha sāmīcīti. ||3||1||
bhikkhuṃ pan'; eva uddissā 'ti bhikkhuss'; atthāya bhikkhuṃ ārammaṇaṃ karitvā bhikkhuṃ acchādetukāmo.
rājā nāma yo koci rajjaṃ kāreti. rājabhoggo nāma yo koci rañño bhattavetanāhāro. brāhmaṇo nāma jātiyā brāhmaṇo. gahapatiko nāma ṭhapetvā rājaṃ rājabhoggaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ avaseso gahapatiko nāma.
cīvaracetāpanaṃ nāma hiraññaṃ vā suvaṇṇaṃ vā muttā vā maṇi vā.
iminā cīvaracetāpanenā 'ti paccupaṭṭhitena. cetāpetvā 'ti parivattetvā. acchādehīti dajjehi.
so ce dūto taṃ bhikkhuṃ upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ vadeyya: idaṃ kho bhante āyasmantaṃ uddissa cīvaracetāpanaṃ ābhataṃ, paṭiggaṇhātu āyasmā cīvaracetāpanan ti, tena bhikkhunā so dūto evaṃ assa vacanīyo . . . eso kho āvuso bhikkhūnaṃ veyyāvaccakaro 'ti. na vattabbo: tassa dehīti vā so vā nikkhipissati so vā parivattissati so vā cetāpessatīti.
so ce dūto taṃ veyyāvaccakaraṃ saññāpetvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ vadeyya: yaṃ kho bhante āyasmā veyyāvaccakaraṃ niddisi saññatto so mayā, upasaṃkamatu āyasmā kālena, cīvarena taṃ acchādessatīti, cīvaratthikena bhikkhave bhikkhunā veyyāvaccakaro upasaṃkamitvā dvittikkhattuṃ codetabbo sāretabbo attho me āvuso cīvarenā 'ti.
na vattabbo: dehi me cīvaraṃ āhara me cīvaraṃ parivattehi me cīvaraṃ cetāpehi me cīvaran ti. dutiyaṃ pi vattabbo --pa-- tatiyaṃ pi vattabbo --pa--. sace abhinipphādeti, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ. no ce abhinipphādeti, tattha gantvā tuṇhibhūtena uddissa ṭhātabbaṃ, na āsane nisīditabbaṃ na āmisaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ na dhammo bhāsitabbo, kiṃkāraṇā āgato 'sīti pucchiyamāno jānāhi āvuso 'ti vattabbo. sace āsane vā nisīdati āmisaṃ vā paṭiggaṇhāti dhammaṃ vā bhāsati,
[page 223]
X. 2.] NISSAGGIYA, X. 223
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ṭhānaṃ bhañjati. dutiyam pi ṭhātabbaṃ. tatiyam pi thātabbaṃ.
catukkhattuṃ codetvā catukkhattuṃ ṭhātabbaṃ, pañcakkhattuṃ codetvā dvikkhattuṃ ṭhātabbaṃ, chakkhattuṃ codetvā na ṭhātabbaṃ. ||1||
tato ce uttariṃ vāyamamāno taṃ cīvaraṃ abhinipphādeti, payoge dukkaṭaṃ, paṭilābhena nissaggiyaṃ hoti nissajjitabbaṃ saṃghassa vā gaṇassa vā puggalassa vā. evañ ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbaṃ --pa-- idaṃ me bhante cīvaraṃ atirekatikkhattuṃ codanāya atirekachakkhattuṃ ṭhānena abhinipphāditaṃ nissaggiyaṃ, imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjāmīti. dadeyyā 'ti, dadeyyun ti, āyasmato dammīti.
no ce abhinipphādeyya yat'; assa cīvaracetāpanaṃ ābhataṃ tattha sāmaṃ vā gantabbaṃ dūto vā pāhetabbo: yaṃ kho tumhe āyasmanto bhikkhuṃ uddissa cīvaracetāpanaṃ pahiṇittha na taṃ tassa bhikkhuno kiñci atthaṃ anubhoti, yuñjant'; āyasmanto sakaṃ mā vo sakaṃ vinassā 'ti; ayaṃ tattha sāmīcīti, ayaṃ tattha anudhammatā. ||2||
atirekatikkhattuṃ codanāya atirekachakkhattuṃ ṭhānena atirekasaññī abhinipphādeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. atirekatikkhattuṃ codanāya atirekachakkhattuṃ ṭhānena vematiko abhinipphādeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. atirekatikkhattuṃ codanāya atirekachakkhattuṃ ṭhānena ūnakasaññī abhinipphādeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. ūnakatikkhattuṃ codanāya ūnakachakkhattuṃ ṭhānena atirekasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ūnakatikkhattuṃ codanāya ūnakachakkhattuṃ ṭhānena vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ūnakatikkhattuṃ codanāya ūnakachakkhattuṃ ṭhānena ūnakasaññī, anāpatti. ||3||
anāpatti tikkhattuṃ codanāya chakkhattuṃ ṭhānena, ūnakatikkhattuṃ codanāya ūnakachakkhattuṃ ṭhānena, acodiyamāno deti, sāmikā codetvā denti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||4||2||
kaṭhinavaggo paṭhamo. tass'; uddānaṃ:
das', ekaratti, māso ca, dhovanañ ca, paṭiggaho,
aññātakāni tīṇ'; eva, ubhinnaṃ, dūtakena ca.
[page 224]
224 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XI. 1-2. 1.
NISSAGGIYA, XI.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Āḷaviyaṃ viharati Aggāḷave cetiye. tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū kosiyakārake upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ vadenti: bahū āvuso kosakārake pacatha, amhākaṃ pi dassatha, mayam pi icchāma kosiyamissakaṃ santhataṃ kātun ti. te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā amhe upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ vakkhanti: bahū āvuso . . . santhataṃ kātun ti. amhākaṃ pi alābhā amhākaṃ pi dulladdhaṃ ye mayaṃ ājīvassa hetu puttadārassa kāraṇā bahū khuddake pāṇe saṃghātaṃ āpādemā 'ti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ . . . vipācentānaṃ. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū kosiyakārake upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ vakkhanti: bahū āvuso . . . santhataṃ kātun ti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira tumhe bhikkhave kosiyakārake upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ vadetha: bahū āvuso . . . santhataṃ kātun ti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā. kathaṃ hi nāma tumhe moghapurisā kosiyakārake upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ vakkhatha: bahū āvuso . . . santhataṃ kātun ti. n'; etaṃ moghapurisā appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--; evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu kosiyamissakaṃ santhataṃ kārāpeyya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||1||
yo panā 'ti yo yādiso --la--. bhikkhū 'ti --la-- ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti.
santhataṃ nāma santharitvā kataṃ hoti avāyimaṃ.
kārāpeyyā 'ti, ekena pi kosiyaṃsunā missitvā karoti vā kārāpeti vā, payoge dukkaṭaṃ, paṭilābhena nissaggiyaṃ hoti nissajjitabbaṃ saṃghassa vā gaṇassa vā puggalassa vā. evañ ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbaṃ --pa-- idaṃ me bhante kosiyamissakaṃ santhataṃ kārāpitaṃ nissaggiyaṃ, imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjāmīti. dadeyyā 'ti, dadeyyun ti, āyasmato dammīti. ||1||
[page 225]
XI. 2-XII. 2.] NISSAGGIYA, XII. 225
attanā vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. attanā vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. parehi vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. parehi vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. aññass'; atthāya karoti vā kārāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anāpatti vitānaṃ vā bhummattharaṇaṃ vā sāṇipākāraṃ vā bhisiṃ vā bimbohanaṃ vā karoti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||2||2||
NISSAGGIYA, XII.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Vesāliyaṃ viharati Mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū suddhakāḷakānaṃ eḷakalomānaṃ santhataṃ kārāpenti. manussā vihāracārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā passitvā . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā suddhakāḷakānaṃ eḷakalomānaṃ santhataṃ kārāpessanti, seyyathāpi gihikāmabhogino 'ti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ . . . vipācentānaṃ. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū suddhakāḷakānaṃ eḷakalomānaṃ santhataṃ kārāpessantīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira tumhe bhikkhave suddhakāḷakānaṃ eḷakalomānaṃ santhataṃ kārāpethā 'ti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā. kathaṃ hi nāma tumhe moghapurisā suddhakāḷakānaṃ eḷakalomānaṃ santhataṃ kārāpessatha. n'; etaṃ moghapurisā appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--; evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu suddhakāḷakānaṃ eḷakalomānaṃ santhataṃ kārāpeyya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||1||
yo panā ti . . . adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti.
kāḷakaṃ nāma dve kāḷakāni jātiyā kāḷakaṃ vā rajanakāḷakaṃ vā.
santhataṃ nāma santharitvā kataṃ hoti avāyimaṃ.
[page 226]
226 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XII. 2-XIII. 2.
kārāpeyyā 'ti karoti vā kārāpeti vā. payoge . . . puggalassa vā. evañ ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbaṃ: idaṃ me bhante suddhakāḷakānaṃ eḷakalomānaṃ santhataṃ kārāpitaṃ . . . ādikammikassā 'ti. ||2||
NISSAGGIYA, XIII.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavatā paṭikkhittaṃ suddhakāḷakānaṃ eḷakalomānaṃ santhataṃ kārāpetun ti te thokaṃ yeva odātaṃ ante ādiyitvā tath'; eva suddhakāḷakānaṃ eḷakalomānaṃ santhataṃ kārāpenti. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū thokaṃ yeva odātaṃ ante ādiyitvā tath'; eva suddhakāḷakānaṃ eḷakalomānaṃ santhataṃ kārāpessantīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira tumhe bhikkhave thokaṃ yeva odātaṃ ante ādiyitvā tath'; eva suddhakāḷakānaṃ eḷakalomānaṃ santhataṃ kārāpethā 'ti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā. kathaṃ hi nāma tumhe moghapurisā thokaṃ yeva . . . santhataṃ kārāpessatha. n'; etaṃ moghapurisā appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--; evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
navaṃ pana bhikkhunā santhataṃ kārayamānena dve bhāgā suddhakāḷakānaṃ eḷakalomānaṃ ādātabbā tatiyaṃ odātānaṃ catutthaṃ gocariyānaṃ. anādā ce bhikkhu dve bhāge suddhakāḷakānaṃ eḷakalomānaṃ tatiyaṃ odātānaṃ catutthaṃ gocariyānaṃ navaṃ santhataṃ kārāpeyya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||1||
navaṃ nāma karaṇaṃ upādāya vuccati.
santhataṃ nāma santharitvā kataṃ hoti avāyimaṃ.
kārayamānenā 'ti karonto vā kārāpento vā.
dve bhāgā suddhakāḷakānaṃ eḷakalomānaṃ ādātabbā 'ti,
dhārayitvā dve tulā ādātabbā. tatiyaṃ odātānan ti tulaṃ odātānaṃ. catutthaṃ gocariyānan ti tulaṃ gocariyānaṃ.
[page 227]
XIII. 2-XIV. 1.] NISSAGGIYA, XIV. 227
anādā ce bhikkhu dve bhāge suddhakāḷakānaṃ eḷakalomānaṃ tatiyaṃ odātānaṃ catutthaṃ gocariyānan ti, anādiyitvā tulaṃ odātānaṃ tulaṃ gocariyānaṃ navaṃ santhataṃ karoti vā kārāpeti vā, payoge dukkaṭaṃ paṭilābhena nissaggiyaṃ hoti nissajjitabbaṃ . . . puggalassa vā. evañ ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbaṃ: idaṃ me bhante santhataṃ anādiyitvā tulaṃ odātānaṃ tulaṃ gocariyānaṃ kārāpitaṃ nissaggiyaṃ, imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjāmīti, dadeyyā 'ti, dadeyyun ti, āyasmato dammīti.
attanā vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti . . . (see Nissaggiya, XI) . . . paribhuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
anāpatti tulaṃ odātānaṃ tulaṃ gocariyānaṃ ādiyitvā karoti, bahutaraṃ odātānaṃ bahutaraṃ gocariyānaṃ ādiyitvā karoti, suddhaṃ odātānaṃ suddhaṃ gocariyānaṃ ādiyitvā karoti, vitānaṃ vā bhummattharaṇaṃ vā sāṇipākāraṃ vā bhisiṃ vā bimbohanaṃ vā karoti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||2||
NISSAGGIYA, XIV.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū anuvassaṃ santhataṃ kārāpenti, te yācanabahulā viññattibahulā viharanti eḷakalomāni detha eḷakalomehi attho 'ti. manussā . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā anuvassaṃ santhataṃ kārāpessanti yācanabahulā viññattibahulā viharissanti eḷakalomāni detha eḷakalomehi attho 'ti. amhākaṃ pana sakiṃ katāni santhatāni pañca pi cha pi vassāni honti yesaṃ no dārakā ūhananti pi ummihanti pi undurehi pi khajjanti, ime pana samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā anuvassaṃ santhataṃ kārāpenti yācanabahulā viññattibahulā viharanti eḷakalomāni detha eḷakalomehi attho 'ti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ . . . vipācentānaṃ. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma bhikkhū anuvassaṃ santhataṃ kārāpessanti yācanabahulā viññattibahulā viharissanti . . . attho 'ti.
atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
[page 228]
228 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XIV. 1-2.
saccaṃ kira bhikkhave bhikkhū anuvassaṃ santhataṃ kārāpenti yācanabahulā viññattibahulā viharanti . . . attho 'ti.
saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā. kathaṃ hi nāma te bhikkhave moghapurisā anuvassaṃ santhataṃ kārāpessanti yācanabahulā viññattibahulā viharissanti . . . attho 'ti. n'; etaṃ bhikkhave appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa-- evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
navaṃ pana bhikkhunā santhataṃ kārāpetvā chabbassāni dhāretabbaṃ. orena ce channaṃ vassānaṃ taṃ santhataṃ vissajjetvā vā avissajjetvā vā aññaṃ navaṃ santhataṃ kārāpeyya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti.
evañ c'; idaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti. ||1||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu Kosambiyaṃ gilāno hoti. ñātakā tassa bhikkhuno santike dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ: āgacchatu bhaddanto, mayaṃ upaṭṭhahissāmā 'ti.
bhikkhū pi evam āhaṃsu: gacchāvuso, ñātakā taṃ upaṭṭhahissantīti. so evam āha: bhagavatā āvuso sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ: navaṃ pana bhikkhunā santhataṃ kārāpetvā chabbassāni dhāretabban ti, ahañ c'; amhi gilāno na sakkomi santhataṃ ādāya pakkamituṃ mayhañ ca vinā santhatā na phāsu hoti, nāhaṃ gamissāmīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave gilānassa bhikkhuno santhatasammutiṃ dātuṃ. evañ ca pana bhikkhave dātabbā: tena gilānena bhikkhunā saṃghaṃ upasaṃkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā vuḍḍhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evam assa vacanīyo: ahaṃ bhante gilāno na sakkomi santhataṃ ādāya pakkamituṃ, so 'haṃ bhante saṃghaṃ santhatasammutiṃ yācāmīti. dutiyam pi yācitabbā, tatiyam pi yācitabbā. vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho.
ayaṃ itthannāmo bhikkhu gilāno na sakkoti santhataṃ ādāya pakkamituṃ, so saṃghaṃ santhatasammutiṃ yācati. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho itthannāmassa bhikkhuno santhatasammutiṃ dadeyya. esā ñatti. suṇātu me bhante saṃgho.
[page 229]
XIV. 2-3.] NISSAGGIYA, XIV. 229
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ayaṃ . . . santhatasammutiṃ yācati. saṃgho itthannāmassa bhikkhuno santhatasammutiṃ deti. yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa bhikkhuno santhatasammutiyā dānaṃ so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati so bhāseyya.
dinnā saṃghena itthannāmassa bhikkhuno santhatasammuti, khamati . . . dhārayāmīti.
evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
navaṃ pana bhikkhunā santhataṃ kārāpetvā chabbassāni dhāretabbaṃ. orena ce channaṃ vassānaṃ taṃ santhataṃ vissajjetvā vā avissajjetvā vā aññaṃ navaṃ santhataṃ kārāpeyya aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||2||
navaṃ nāma . . . avāyimaṃ.
kārāpetvā 'ti karitvā vā kārāpetvā vā.
chabbassāni dhāretabban ti chabbassaparamatā dhāretabbaṃ. orena ce channaṃ vassānan ti ūnakachabbassāni.
taṃ santhataṃ vissajjetvā 'ti aññesaṃ datvā. avissajjetvā 'ti na kassaci datvā.
aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā 'ti ṭhapetvā bhikkhusammutiṃ aññaṃ navaṃ santhataṃ karoti vā kārāpeti vā, payoge dukkaṭaṃ, paṭilābhena nissaggiyaṃ hoti nissajjitabbaṃ saṃghassa vā gaṇassa vā puggalassa vā. evañ ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbaṃ: idaṃ me bhante santhataṃ ūnakachabbassāni kārāpitaṃ aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā nissaggiyaṃ, imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjāmīti, dadeyyā 'ti, dadeyyun ti, āyasmato dammīti.
attanā vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ . . . parehi vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
anāpatti chabbassāni karoti, atirekachabbassāni karoti, aññass'; atthāya karoti vā kārāpeti vā, aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjati, vitānaṃ vā bhummattharaṇaṃ vā sāṇipākāraṃ vā bhisiṃ vā bimbohanaṃ vā karoti, bhikkhusammutiyā, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||3||
[page 230]
230 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XV. 1. 1.
NISSAGGIYA, XV.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: icchām'; ahaṃ bhikkhave temāsaṃ paṭisalliyituṃ, n'; amhi kenaci upasaṃkamitabbo aññatra ekena piṇḍapātanīhārakenā 'ti. evaṃ bhante 'ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paṭisuṇitvā nāssu'; dha koci bhagavantaṃ upasaṃkamati aññatra ekena piṇḍapātanīhārakena. tena kho pana samayena Sāvatthiyaṃ saṃghena katikā katā hoti: icchat'; āvuso bhagavā temāsaṃ paṭisalliyituṃ, na bhagavā kenaci upasaṃkamitabbo aññatra ekena piṇḍapātanīhārakena. yo bhagavantaṃ upasaṃkamati, so pācittiyaṃ desāpetabbo 'ti.
atha kho āyasmā Upaseno Vaṅgantaputto sapariso yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. āciṇṇaṃ kho pan'; etaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ āgantukehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ paṭisammodituṃ. ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ Upasenaṃ Vaṅgantaputtaṃ bhagavā etad avoca: kacci vo Upasena khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ, kacci 'ttha appakilamathena addhānaṃ āgatā 'ti. khamanīyaṃ bhagavā, yāpanīyaṃ bhagavā, appakilamathena ca mayaṃ bhante addhānaṃ āgatā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Upasenassa Vaṅgantaputtassa saddhivihāriko bhikkhu bhagavato avidūre nisinno hoti. atha kho bhagavā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: manāpāni te bhikkhu paṃsukūlānīti.
na kho me bhante manāpāni paṃsukūlānīti. kissa pana tvaṃ bhikkhu paṃsukūliko 'ti. upajjhāyo me bhante paṃsukūliko, evaṃ ahaṃ pi paṃsukūliko 'ti. atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Upasenaṃ Vaṅgantaputtaṃ etad avoca: pāsādikā kho ty āyaṃ Upasena parisā. kathaṃ tvaṃ Upasena parisaṃ vinesīti. yo maṃ bhante upasampadaṃ yācati tāhaṃ evaṃ vadāmi: ahaṃ kho āvuso āraññako piṇḍapātiko paṃsukūliko. sace tvaṃ pi āraññako bhavissasi piṇḍapātiko paṃsukūliko, evāhan taṃ upasampādessāmīti. sace me paṭisuṇāti upasampādemi, no ce me paṭisuṇāti na upasampādemi.
[page 231]
XV. 1. 1-3.] NISSAGGIYA, XV. 231
yo maṃ nissayaṃ yācati tāhaṃ evaṃ vadāmi: ahaṃ kho āvuso āraññako piṇḍapātiko paṃsukūliko. sace tvaṃ pi āraññako bhavissasi piṇḍapātiko paṃsukūliko, evāhan te nissayaṃ dassāmīti. sace me paṭisuṇāti nissayaṃ demi, no ce me paṭisuṇāti na nissayaṃ demi. evaṃ kho ahaṃ bhante parisaṃ vinemīti. ||1|| sādhu sādhu Upasena, sādhu kho tvaṃ Upasena parisaṃ vinesi. jānāsi pana tvaṃ Upasena Sāvatthiyā saṃghassa katikan ti. na kho ahaṃ bhante jānāmi Sāvatthiyā saṃghassa katikan ti. Sāvatthiyā kho Upasena saṃghena katikā katā: icchat'; āvuso bhagavā temāsaṃ paṭisalliyituṃ, na bhagavā kenaci upasaṃkamitabbo aññatra ekena piṇḍapātanīhārakena. yo bhagavantaṃ upasaṃkamati, so pācittiyaṃ desāpetabbo 'ti. paññāyissati bhante Sāvatthiyā saṃgho sakāya katikāya: na mayaṃ appaññattaṃ paññāpessāma paññattaṃ vā na samucchindissāma yathāpaññattesu sikkhāpadesu samādāya vattissāmā 'ti.
sādhu sādhu Upasena, na apaññattaṃ paññāpetabbaṃ paññattaṃ vā na samucchinditabbaṃ yathāpaññattesu sikkhāpadesu samādāya vattitabbaṃ. anujānāmi Upasena ye te bhikkhū āraññakā piṇḍapātikā paṃsukūlikā yathāsukhaṃ maṃ dassanāya upasaṃkamantū 'ti. tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū bahi dvārakoṭṭhake ṭhitā honti mayaṃ āyasmantaṃ Upasenaṃ Vaṅgantaputtaṃ pācittiyaṃ desāpessāmā 'ti. atha kho āyasmā Upaseno Vaṅgantaputto sapariso uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. atha kho te bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ Upasenaṃ Vaṅgantaputtaṃ etad avocuṃ: jānāsi tvaṃ āvuso Upasena Sāvatthiyā saṃghassa katikan ti. bhagavāpi maṃ āvuso evaṃ āha: jānāsi pana tvaṃ . . . samādāya vattissāmā 'ti.
anuññātāvuso bhagavatā ye te bhikkhū āraññakā piṇḍapātikā paṃsukūlikā yathāsukhaṃ maṃ dassanāya upasaṃkamantū 'ti. atha kho te bhikkhū saccaṃ kho āyasmā Upaseno āha, na apaññattaṃ paññāpetabbaṃ paññattaṃ vā na samucchinditabbaṃ yathāpaññattesu sikkhāpadesu samādāya vattitabban ti. ||2|| assosuṃ kho bhikkhū anuññātā kira bhagavatā ye te bhikkhū āraññakā piṇḍapātikā paṃsukūlikā yathāsukhaṃ maṃ dassanāya upasaṃkamantū 'ti. te bhagavantaṃ dassanaṃ pihantā santhatāni ujjhitvā āraññakaṅgaṃ piṇḍapātikaṅgaṃ paṃsukūlikaṅgaṃ samādiyiṃsu.
[page 232]
232 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XV. 1. 3-2.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha kho bhagavā sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto addasa santhatāni tahaṃ tahaṃ ujjhitāni, passitvā bhikkhū āmantesi: kass'; imāni bhikkhave santhatāni tahaṃ tahaṃ ujjhitānīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: tena hi bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññāpessāmi dasa atthavase paṭicca saṃghasuṭṭhutāya saṃghaphāsutāya --pa-- evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
nisīdanasanthataṃ pana bhikkhunā kārayamānena purāṇasanthatassa sāmantā sugatavidatthi ādātabbā dubbaṇṇakaraṇāya. anādā ce bhikkhu purāṇasanthatassa sāmantā sugatavidatthiṃ navaṃ nisīdanasanthataṃ kārāpeyya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||3||1||
nisīdanaṃ nāma sadasaṃ vuccati.
santhataṃ nāma santharitvā kataṃ hoti avāyimaṃ.
kārayamānenā 'ti karonto vā kārāpento vā.
purāṇasanthataṃ nāma sakiṃ nivatthaṃ pi sakiṃ pārutaṃ pi.
sāmantā sugatavidatthi ādātabbā dubbaṇṇakaraṇāyā 'ti, thirabhāvāya vaṭṭaṃ vā caturassaṃ vā chinditvā ekadese vā santharitabbaṃ vijaṭetvā vā santharitabbaṃ.
anādā ce bhikkhu purāṇasanthatassa sāmantā sugatavidatthin ti, anādiyitvā purāṇasanthatassa sāmantā sugatavidatthiṃ navaṃ nisīdanasanthataṃ karoti vā kārāpeti vā, payoge dukkaṭaṃ, paṭilābhena nissaggiyaṃ hoti nissajjitabbaṃ . . . puggalassa vā. evañ ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbaṃ: idaṃ me bhante nisīdanasanthataṃ anādiyitvā purāṇasanthatassa sāmantā sugatavidatthiṃ kārāpitaṃ nissaggiyaṃ, imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjāmīti, dadeyyā 'ti, dadeyyun ti, āyasmato dammīti.
attanā vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ . . . (see Nissaggiya, XI.) . . . aññass'; atthāya karoti vā kārāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
anāpatti purāṇasanthatassa sāmantā sugatavidatthiṃ ādiyitvā karoti,
[page 233]
XV. 2-XVI. 1.] NISSAGGIYA, XVI. 233
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] alabhanto thokataraṃ ādiyitvā karoti, alabhanto anādiyitvā karoti, aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjati, vitānaṃ vā bhummattharaṇaṃ vā sāṇipākāraṃ vā bhisiṃ vā bimbohanaṃ vā karoti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||2||
NISSAGGIYA, XVI.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno Kosalesu janapadesu Sāvatthiṃ gacchantassa antarā magge eḷakalomāni uppajjiṃsu. atha kho so bhikkhu tāni eḷakalomāni uttarāsaṅgena bhaṇḍikaṃ bandhitvā agamāsi. manussā taṃ bhikkhuṃ passitvā uppaṇḍesuṃ kittakena te bhante kītāni kittako udayo bhavissatīti. so bhikkhu tehi manussehi uppaṇḍiyamāno maṅku ahosi. atha kho so bhikkhu Sāvatthiṃ gantvā tāni eḷakalomāni ṭhitako 'va āsumbhi. bhikkhū taṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avocuṃ: kissa tvaṃ āvuso imāni eḷakalomāni ṭhitako 'va āsumbhasīti. tathā hi panāhaṃ āvuso imesaṃ eḷakalomānaṃ kāraṇā manussehi uppaṇḍito 'ti. kīva dūrato pana tvaṃ āvuso imāni eḷakalomāni āharasīti. atirekatiyojanaṃ āvuso 'ti. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma bhikkhu atirekatiyojanaṃ eḷakalomāni āharissatīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira tvaṃ bhikkhu atirekatiyojanaṃ eḷakalomāni āharasīti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa atirekatiyojanaṃ eḷakalomāni āharissasi. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--; evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
bhikkhuno pan'; eva addhānamaggapaṭipannassa eḷakalomāni uppajjeyyuṃ. ākaṅkhamānena bhikkhunā paṭiggahetabbāni, paṭiggahetvā tiyojanaparamaṃ sahatthā hāretabbāni asante hārake, tato ce uttariṃ hareyya asante pi hārake nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||1||
[page 234]
234 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XVI. 2-XVII. 1.
bhikkhuno pan'; eva addhānamaggapaṭipannassā 'ti, panthaṃ gacchantassa.
eḷakalomāni uppajjeyyun ti, uppajjeyyuṃ saṃghato vā gaṇato vā ñātito vā mittato vā paṃsukūlaṃ vā attano vā dhanena.
ākaṅkhamānenā 'ti icchamānena.
paṭiggahetabbāni paṭiggahetvā tiyojanaparamaṃ sahatthā hāretabbānīti, tiyojanaparamatā sahatthā hāretabbāni.
asante hārake 'ti, nāñño koci hārako hoti itthi vā puriso vā gahaṭṭho vā pabbajito vā.
tato ce uttariṃ hareyya asante pi hārake 'ti, paṭhamaṃ pādaṃ tiyojanaṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. dutiyaṃ pādaṃ atikkāmeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. anto tiyojane ṭhito bahi tiyojanaṃ pāteti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. aññassa yāne vā bhaṇḍe vā ajānantassa pakkhipitvā tiyojanaṃ atikkāmeti, nissaggiyāni honti nissajjitabbāni . . . puggalassa vā.
evañ ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbāni: imāni me bhante eḷakalomāni tiyojanaṃ atikkāmitāni nissaggiyāni, imān'; āhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjāmīti, dadeyyā 'ti, dadeyyun ti, āyasmato dammīti.
atirekatiyojane atirekasaññī atikkāmeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. atirekatiyojane vematiko atikkāmeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. atirekatiyojane ūnakasaññī atikkāmeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. ūnakatiyojane atirekasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ūnakatiyojane vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ūnakatiyojane ūnakasaññī, anāpatti.
anāpatti tiyojanaṃ harati, ūnakatiyojanaṃ harati, tiyojanaṃ harati pi paccāharati pi, tiyojanaṃ vāsādhippāyo gantvā tato paraṃ harati, acchinnaṃ paṭilabhitvā harati, nissaṭṭhaṃ paṭilabhitvā harati, aññaṃ harāpeti katabhaṇḍaṃ, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||2||
NISSAGGIYA, XVII.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sakkesu viharati Kapilavatthusmiṃ Nigrodhārāme. tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhunīhi eḷakalomāni dhovāpenti pi rajāpenti pi vijaṭāpenti pi.
[page 235]
XVII. 1-2.] NISSAGGIYA, XVII. 235
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] bhikkhuniyo eḷakalomāni dhovantiyo rajantiyo vijaṭentiyo riñcanti uddesaṃ paripucchaṃ adhisīlaṃ adhicittaṃ adhipaññaṃ.
atha kho Mahāpajāpatī Gotamī yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. ekamantaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho Mahāpajāpatiṃ Gotamiṃ bhagavā etad avoca: kacci Gotami bhikkhuniyo appamattā ātāpiniyo pahitattā viharantīti. kuto bhante bhikkhunīnaṃ appamādo, ayyā chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhunīhi eḷakalomāni dhovāpenti pi . . . riñcanti uddesaṃ paripucchaṃ adhisīlaṃ adhicittaṃ adhipaññan ti. atha kho bhagavā Mahāpajāpatiṃ Gotamiṃ dhammiyā kathāya . . . sampahaṃsesi. atha kho Mahāpajāpatī Gotamī bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya . . . sampahaṃsitā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṃghaṃ sannipātāpetvā chabbaggiye bhikkhū paṭipucchi: saccaṃ kira tumhe bhikkhave bhikkhunīhi eḷakalomāni dhovāpetha pi rajāpetha pi vijaṭāpetha pīti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. ñātikāyo tumhākaṃ bhikkhave aññātikāyo 'ti. aññātikāyo bhagavā 'ti. aññātakā moghapurisā aññātikānaṃ na jānanti paṭirūpaṃ vā appaṭirūpaṃ vā pāsādikaṃ vā apāsādikaṃ vā. tattha nāma tumhe moghapurisā aññātikāhi bhikkhunīhi eḷakalomāni dhovāpessatha pi rajāpessatha pi vijaṭāpessatha pi.
n'; etaṃ moghapurisā appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--; evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā eḷakalomāni dhovāpeyya vā rajāpeyya vā vijaṭāpeyya vā, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||1||
yo panā 'ti yo yādiso --pa--. bhikkhū 'ti --la-- ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti.
aññātikā nāma mātito vā pitito vā yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā asambaddhā.
bhikkhunī nāma ubhatosaṃghe upasampannā.
dhovā 'ti āṇāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa, dhotāni nissaggiyāni honti. rajā 'ti āṇāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa, rattāni nissaggiyāni honti. vijaṭehīti āṇāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa, vijaṭitāni nissaggiyāni honti nissajjitabbāni
[page 236]
236 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XVII. 2-XVIII. 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] . . . puggalassa vā. evañ ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbāni: imāni me bhante eḷakalomāni aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā dhovāpitāni nissaggiyāni, imān'; āhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjāmīti, dadeyyā 'ti, dadeyyun ti, āyasmato dammīti.
aññātikāya aññātikasaññī eḷakalomāni dhovāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. aññātikāya aññātikasaññī eḷakalomāni dhovāpeti rajāpeti, nissaggiyena āpatti dukkaṭassa. aññātikāya aññātikasaññī eḷakalomāni dhovāpeti vijaṭāpeti, nissaggiyena āpatti dukkaṭassa. aññātikāya aññātikasaññī eḷakalomāni dhovāpeti rajāpeti vijaṭāpeti, nissaggiyena āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. aññātikāya aññātikasaññī eḷakalomāni rajāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. aññātikāya aññātikasaññī eḷakalomāni rajāpeti vijaṭāpeti, nissaggiyena āpatti dukkaṭassa.
aññātikāya aññātikasaññī eḷakalomāni rajāpeti dhovāpeti, nissaggiyena āpatti dukkaṭassa. aññātikāya aññātikasaññī eḷakalomāni rajāpeti vijaṭāpeti dhovāpeti, nissaggiyena āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. aññātikāya aññātikasaññī eḷakalomāni vijaṭāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. aññātikāya aññātikasaññī eḷakalomāni vijaṭāpeti dhovāpeti, nissaggiyena āpatti dukkaṭassa. aññātikāya aññātikasaññī eḷakalomāni vijaṭāpeti rajāpeti, nissaggiyena āpatti dukkaṭassa. aññātikāya aññātikasaññī eḷakalomāni vijaṭāpeti dhovāpeti rajāpeti, nissaggiyena āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. aññātikāya vematiko --pa-- aññātikāya ñātikasaññī --pa--. aññassa eḷakalomāni dhovāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ekato upasampannāya dhovāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ñātikāya aññātikasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ñātikāya vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ñātikāya ñātikasaññī, anāpatti.
anāpatti ñātikāya dhovantiyā aññātikā dutiyā hoti, avuttā dhovati, aparibhuttaṃ katabhaṇḍaṃ dhovāpeti, sikkhamānāya, sāmaṇeriyā, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||2||
NISSAGGIYA, XVIII.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe. tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto Rājagahe aññatarassa kulassa kulūpako hoti niccabhattiko,
[page 237]
XVIII. 1.] NISSAGGIYA, XVIII. 237
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] yaṃ tasmiṃ kule uppajjati khādaniyaṃ vā bhojaniyaṃ vā tato āyasmato Upanandassa Sakyaputtassa paṭiviso ṭhapiyyati. tena kho pana samayena sāyaṃ tasmiṃ kule maṃsaṃ uppannaṃ hoti, tato āyasmato Upanandassa Sakyaputtassa paṭiviso ṭhapito hoti. tassa kulassa dārako rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya rodati maṃsaṃ me dethā 'ti. atha kho so puriso pajāpatiṃ etad avoca: ayyassa paṭivisaṃ dārakassa dehi, aññaṃ cetāpetvā ayyassa dassāmā 'ti. atha kho āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya yena taṃ kulaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. atha kho so puriso yenāyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Upanandaṃ Sakyaputtaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so puriso āyasmantaṃ Upanandaṃ Sakyaputtaṃ etad avoca: hiyyo kho bhante sāyaṃ maṃsaṃ uppannaṃ ahosi, tato ayyassa paṭiviso ṭhapito. ayaṃ bhante dārako rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya rodati maṃsaṃ me dethā 'ti, ayyassa paṭiviso dārakassa dinno. kahāpaṇena bhante kiṃ āhariyyatū 'ti. pariccatto me āvuso kahāpaṇo 'ti.
āma bhante pariccatto 'ti. tañ ñeva me āvuso kahāpaṇaṃ dehīti. atha kho so puriso āyasmato Upanandassa Sakyaputtassa kahāpaṇaṃ datvā ujjhāyati khīyati vipāceti: yath'; eva mayaṃ rūpiyaṃ paṭigaṇhāma evam ev'; ime samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā rūpiyaṃ paṭigaṇhantīti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tassa purisassa . . . vipācentassa. ye te bhikkhū appicchā . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto rūpiyaṃ paṭiggahessatīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccam kira tvaṃ Upananda rūpiyaṃ paṭiggahesīti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā. kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa rūpiyaṃ paṭiggahessasi. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--, evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu jātarūparajataṃ uggaṇheyya vā uggaṇhāpeyya vā upanikkhittaṃ vā sādiyeyya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||1||
[page 238]
238 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XVIII. 2.
yo panā 'ti . . . adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti.
jātarūpaṃ nāma satthuvaṇṇo vuccati. rajataṃ nāma kahāpaṇo lohamāsako dārumāsako jatumāsako ye vohāraṃ gacchanti.
uggaṇheyyā 'ti sayaṃ gaṇhāti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
uggaṇhāpeyyā 'ti aññaṃ gāhāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
upanikkhittaṃ vā sādiyeyyā 'ti, idaṃ ayyassa hotū 'ti upanikkhittaṃ vā sādiyati, nissaggiyaṃ hoti saṃghamajjhe nissajjitabbaṃ. evañ ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbaṃ: tena bhikkhunā saṃghaṃ upasaṃkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā vuḍḍhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evam assa vacanīyo: ahaṃ bhante rūpiyaṃ paṭiggahesiṃ, idaṃ me nissaggiyaṃ, imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjāmīti, nissajjitvā āpatti desetabbā. vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena āpatti paṭiggahetabbā. sace tattha āgacchati ārāmiko vā upāsako vā, so vattabbo: āvuso imaṃ jānāhīti. sace so bhaṇati iminā kiṃ āhariyyatū 'ti, na vattabbo imaṃ vā imaṃ vā āharā 'ti, kappiyaṃ ācikkhitabbaṃ sappiṃ vā telaṃ vā madhuṃ vā phāṇitaṃ vā. sace so tena parivattetvā kappiyaṃ āharati, rūpiyapaṭiggāhakaṃ ṭhapetvā sabbeh'; eva paribhuñjitabbaṃ.
evañ ce taṃ labhetha, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ. no ce labhetha, so vattabbo: āvuso imaṃ chaḍḍehīti. sace so chaḍḍeti, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ. no ce chaḍḍeti, pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgato bhikkhu rūpiyachaḍḍako sammannitabbo: yo na chandāgatiṃ gaccheyya, na dosāgatiṃ gaccheyya, na mohāgatiṃ gaccheyya, na bhayāgatiṃ gaccheyya, chaḍḍitāchaḍḍitañ ca jāneyya. evañ ca pana bhikkhave sammannitabbo: paṭhamaṃ bhikkhu yācitabbo. yācitvā vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ rūpiyachaḍḍakaṃ sammanneyya. esā ñatti. suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. saṃgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ rūpiyachaḍḍakaṃ sammannati. yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa bhikkhuno rūpiyachaḍḍakassa sammuti so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati so bhāseyya. sammato saṃghena itthannāmo bhikkhu rūpiyachaḍḍako, khamati . . . dhārayāmīti. tena sammatena bhikkhunā animittaṃ katvā pātetabbaṃ. sace nimittaṃ katvā pāteti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
[page 239]
XVIII. 2-XIX. 2.] NISSAGGIYA, XIX. 239
rūpiye rūpiyasaññī rūpiyaṃ paṭigaṇhāti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. rūpiye vematiko rūpiyaṃ paṭigaṇhāti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. rūpiye arūpiyasaññī rūpiyaṃ paṭigaṇhāti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
arūpiye rūpiyasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. arūpiye vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. arūpiye arūpiyasaññī, anāpatti.
anāpatti ajjhārāme vā ajjhāvasathe vā uggahetvā vā uggahāpetvā vā nikkhipati yassa bhavissati so harissatīti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||2||
NISSAGGIYA, XIX.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū nānappakārakaṃ rūpiyasaṃvohāraṃ samāpajjanti. manussā . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā nānappakārakaṃ rūpiyasaṃvohāraṃ samāpajjissanti seyyathāpi gihikāmabhogino 'ti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ . . . vipācentānaṃ.
ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū nānappakārakaṃ rūpiyasaṃvohāraṃ samāpajjissantīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira tumhe bhikkhave nānappakārakaṃ rūpiyasaṃvohāraṃ samāpajjathā 'ti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: kathaṃ hi nāma tumhe moghapurisā nānappakārakaṃ rūpiyasaṃvohāraṃ samāpajjissatha. n'; etaṃ moghapurisā appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--; evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu nānappakārakaṃ rūpiyasaṃvohāraṃ samāpajjeyya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||1||
yo panā 'ti . . . adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti.
nānappakārakaṃ nāma kataṃ pi akataṃ pi katākataṃ pi.
kataṃ nāma sīsūpagaṃ gīvūpagaṃ hatthūpagaṃ pādūpagaṃ kaṭūpagaṃ. akataṃ nāma ghanakataṃ vuccati. katākataṃ nāma tadubhayaṃ.
[page 240]
240 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XIX. 2-XX. 1.
rūpiyaṃ nāma satthuvaṇṇo kahāpaṇo lohamāsako dārumāsako jatumāsako ye vohāraṃ gacchanti.
samāpajjeyyā 'ti, katena kataṃ cetāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. katena akataṃ cetāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. katena katākataṃ cetāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
akatena kataṃ . . . akatena akataṃ . . . akatena katākataṃ . . . katākatena kataṃ . . . katākatena akataṃ . . . katākatena katākataṃ cetāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
saṃghamajjhe nissajjitabbaṃ. evañ ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbaṃ: tena bhikkhunā saṃghaṃ upasaṃkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā vuḍḍhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evam assa vacanīyo: ahaṃ bhante nānappakārakaṃ rūpiyasaṃvohāraṃ samāpajjiṃ, idaṃ me nissaggiyaṃ, imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjāmīti, nissajjitvā āpatti desetabbā. vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena āpatti paṭiggahetabbā. sace tattha āgacchati ārāmiko vā upāsako vā . . . (see Nissaggiya, XVIII.2; instead of rūpiyapaṭiggāhakaṃ, rūpiyaṃ paṭigaṇhāti read, rūpiyacetāpakaṃ, rūpiyaṃ cetāpeti.) . . . arūpiye rūpiyasaññī rūpiyaṃ cetāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. arūpiye vematiko rūpiyaṃ cetāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. arūpiye arūpiyasaññī rūpiyaṃ cetāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. arūpiye rūpiyasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
arūpiye vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. arūpiye arūpiyasaññī, anāpatti.
anāpatti ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||2||
NISSAGGIYA, XX.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto paṭṭho hoti cīvarakammaṃ kātuṃ. so paṭapilotikānaṃ saṃghāṭiṃ karitvā surattaṃ suparikammakataṃ katvā pārupi. atha kho aññataro paribbājako mahagghaṃ paṭaṃ pārupitvā yenāyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Upanandaṃ Sakyaputtaṃ etad avoca:
[page 241]
XX. 1-2.] NISSAGGIYA, XX. 241
sundarā kho ty āyaṃ āvuso saṃghāṭī, dehi me paṭenā 'ti.
jānāhi āvuso 'ti. āmāvuso jānāmīti. handāvuso 'ti adāsi.
atha kho so paribbājako taṃ saṃghāṭiṃ pārupitvā paribbājakārāmaṃ agamāsi. paribbājakā taṃ paribbājakaṃ etad avocuṃ: sundarā kho ty āyaṃ āvuso saṃghāṭī, kuto tayā laddhā 'ti. tena me āvuso paṭena parivattitā 'ti. katīhi pi ty āyaṃ āvuso saṃghāṭī bhavissati, so yeva te paṭo varo 'ti.
atha kho so paribbājako saccaṃ kho paribbājakā āhaṃsu, katīhi pi my āyaṃ saṃghāṭī bhavissati, so yeva me paṭo varo 'ti yenāyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Upanandaṃ Sakyaputtaṃ etad avoca: handa te āvuso saṃghāṭiṃ, dehi me paṭan ti. nanu tvaṃ āvuso mayā vutto jānāhi āvuso 'ti, nāhaṃ dassāmīti.
atha kho so paribbājako . . . vipāceti: gihī nam pi gihissa vippaṭisārissa denti, kiṃ pana pabbajito pabbajitassa na dassatīti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tassa paribbājakassa . . . vipācentassa. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto paribbājakena saddhiṃ kayavikkayaṃ samāpajjissatīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira tvaṃ Upananda paribbājakena saddhiṃ kayavikkayaṃ samāpajjasīti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa paribbājakena saddhiṃ kayavikkayaṃ samāpajjissasi. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--, evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu nānappakārakaṃ kayavikkayaṃ samāpajjeyya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||1||
yo panā 'ti . . . adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti.
nānappakārakaṃ nāma, cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārā antamaso cuṇṇapiṇḍo pi dantakaṭṭhaṃ pi dasikasuttaṃ pi.
kayavikkayaṃ samāpajjeyyā 'ti, iminā imaṃ dehi iminā imaṃ āhara iminā imaṃ parivattehi iminā imaṃ cetāpehīti ajjhācarati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. yato kayitañ ca hoti vikkayitañ ca attano bhaṇḍaṃ parahatthagataṃ parabhaṇḍaṃ attano hatthagataṃ, nissaggiyaṃ hoti nissajjitabbaṃ . . .
[page 242]
242 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XX. 2-XXI. 1.
puggalassa vā. evañ ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbaṃ: ahaṃ bhante nānappakārakaṃ kayavikkayaṃ samāpajjiṃ, idaṃ me nissaggiyaṃ, imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjāmīti, dadeyyā 'ti, dadeyyun ti, āyasmato dammīti.
kayavikkaye kayavikkayasaññī, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
kayavikkaye vematiko, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. kayavikkaye na kayavikkayasaññī, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. na kayavikkaye kayavikkayasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. na kayavikkaye vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. na kayavikkaye na kayavikkayasaññī, anāpatti.
anāpatti agghaṃ pucchati, kappiyakārakassa ācikkhati, idaṃ amhākaṃ atthi amhākañ ca iminā ca iminā ca attho 'ti bhaṇati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||2||
kosiyavaggo dutiyo.
tass'; uddānaṃ:
kosiya-suddha-dve bhāgā, chabbassāni, nisīdanaṃ,
dve ca lomāni, uggaṇhe, ubho nānappakārakā.
NISSAGGIYA, XXI.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bahū patte sannicayaṃ karonti. manussā vihāracārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā passitvā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā bahū patte sannicayaṃ karissanti, pattavaṇijjaṃ vā samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā karissanti āmattikāpaṇaṃ vā pasāressantīti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ . . . vipācentānaṃ. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū atirekapattaṃ dhāressantīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ: saccaṃ kira tumhe bhikkhave atirekapattaṃ dhārethā 'ti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: kathaṃ hi nāma tumhe moghapurisā atirekapattaṃ dhāressatha. n'; etaṃ moghapurisā appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--,
[page 243]
XXI. 1-3.] NISSAGGIYA, XXI. 243
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu atirekapattaṃ dhāreyya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti.
evañ c'; idaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti. ||1||
tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Ānandassa atirekapatto uppanno hoti, āyasmā ca Ānando taṃ pattaṃ āyasmato Sāriputtassa dātukāmo hoti, āyasmā ca Sāriputto Sākete viharati. atha kho āyasmato Ānandassa etad ahosi: bhagavatā sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ na atirekapatto dhāretabbo 'ti, ayañ ca me atirekapatto uppanno ahañ c'; imaṃ pattaṃ āyasmato Sāriputtassa dātukāmo āyasmā ca Sāriputto Sākete viharati. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban ti. atha kho āyasmā Ānando bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. kīvaciraṃ panānanda Sāriputto āgacchissatīti. navamaṃ vā bhagavā divasaṃ dasamaṃ vā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave dasāhaparamaṃ atirekapattaṃ dhāretuṃ. evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
dasāhaparamaṃ atirekapatto dhāretabbo, taṃ atikkā-
mayato nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||2||
dasāhaparaman ti dasāhaparamatā dhāretabbo.
atirekapatto nāma anadhiṭṭhito avikappito.
patto nāma dve pattā ayopatto mattikāpatto. tayo pattassa
vaṇṇā, ukkaṭṭho patto majjhimo patto omako patto. ukkaṭṭho nāma patto aḍḍhāḷhakodanaṃ gaṇhāti catubhāgaṃ khādanaṃ tadūpiyaṃ vyañjanaṃ. majjhimo nāma patto nāḷikodanaṃ gaṇhāti . . . vyañjanaṃ. omako nāma patto patthodanaṃ gaṇhāti . . . vyañjanaṃ. tato ukkaṭṭho apatto, omako apatto.
taṃ atikkāmayato nissaggiyo hotīti, ekādase aruṇuggamane nissaggiyo hoti nissajjitabbo . . . puggalassa vā. evañ ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbo: tena bhikkhunā saṃghaṃ upasaṃkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā vuḍḍhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evam assa vacanīyo: ayaṃ me bhante patto dasāhātikkanto nissaggiyo,
[page 244]
244 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XXI. 3-XXII. 1. 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjāmīti.
nissajjitvā āpatti desetabbā, vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena āpatti paṭiggahetabbā, nissaṭṭhapatto dātabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. ayaṃ patto itthannāmassa bhikkhuno nissaggiyo saṃghassa nissaṭṭho. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho imaṃ pattaṃ itthannāmassa bhikkhuno dadeyyā 'ti. tena bhikkhunā sambahule bhikkhū upasaṃkamitvā . . . (see Nissagg. I.3-4) . . . avinaṭṭhe vinaṭṭhasaññī, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. abhinne bhinnasaññī, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. avilutte viluttasaññī, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. nissaggiyaṃ pattaṃ anissajjitvā paribhuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. dasāhānatikkante atikkantasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. dasāhānatikkante vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
dasāhānatikkante anatikkantasaññī, anāpatti.
anāpatti anto dasāhaṃ adhiṭṭheti vikappeti vissajjeti nassati vinassati bhijjati acchinditvā gaṇhanti vissāsaṃ gaṇhanti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||3||
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū nissaṭṭhapattaṃ na denti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave nissaṭṭhapatto na dātabbo. yo na dadeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||4||
NISSAGGIYA, XXII.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sakkesu viharati Kapilavatthusmiṃ Nigrodhārāme. tena kho pana samayena aññatarena kumbhakārena bhikkhū pavāritā honti: yesaṃ ayyānaṃ pattena attho ahaṃ pattenā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū na mattaṃ jānitvā bahū patte viññāpenti. yesaṃ khuddakā pattā te mahante patte viññāpenti, yesaṃ mahantā pattā te khuddake patte viññāpenti. atha kho so kumbhakāro bhikkhūnaṃ bahū patte karonto na sakkoti aññaṃ vikkāyikaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ kātuṃ, attanāpi na yāpeti puttadārāpi 'ssa kilamanti. manussā . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā na mattaṃ jānitvā bahū patte viññāpessanti. ayaṃ imesaṃ bahū patte karonto na sakkoti aññaṃ vikkāyikaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ kātuṃ,
[page 245]
XXII. 1. 1-3.] NISSAGGIYA, XXII. 245
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] attanāpi na yāpeti, puttadārāpi 'ssa kilamantīti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ . . . vipācentānaṃ. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma bhikkhū na mattaṃ jānitvā bahū patte viññāpessantīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira bhikkhave bhikkhū na mattaṃ jānitvā bahū patte viññāpentīti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: kathaṃ hi nāma te bhikkhave moghapurisā na mattaṃ jānitvā bahū patte viññāpessanti. n'; etaṃ bhikkhave appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--, vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na bhikkhave patto viññāpetabbo. yo viññāpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno patto bhinno hoti. atha kho so bhikkhu bhagavatā paṭikkhittaṃ pattaṃ viññāpetun ti kukkuccāyanto na viññāpeti, hatthesu piṇḍāya carati. manussā . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā hatthesu piṇḍāya carissanti seyyathāpi titthiyā 'ti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ . . . vipācentānaṃ. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etaṃ atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave naṭṭhapattassa vā bhinnapattassa vā pattaṃ viññāpetun ti. ||2||
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavatā anuññātaṃ naṭṭhapattassa vā bhinnapattassa vā pattaṃ viññāpetun ti, te appamattakena pi bhinnena appamattakena pi khaṇḍena vilikhitamattena pi bahū patte viññāpenti.
atha kho so kumbhakāro bhikkhūnaṃ tath'; eva bahū patte karonto na sakkoti aññaṃ vikkāyikaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ kātuṃ, attanāpi na yāpeti, puttadārāpi 'ssa kilamanti. manussā tath'; eva . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā na mattaṃ jānitvā bahū patte viññāpessanti. ayaṃ imesaṃ bahū patte karonto na sakkoti aññaṃ vikkāyikaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ kātuṃ, attanāpi na yāpeti, puttadārāpi 'ssa kilamantīti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ . . . vipācentānaṃ. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū appamattakena pi bhinnena appamattakena pi khaṇḍena vilikhitamattena pi bahū patte viññāpessantīti.
[page 246]
246 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XXII. 1. 3-2. 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira tumhe bhikkhave appamattakena pi . . . bahū patte viññāpethā 'ti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: kathaṃ hi nāma tumhe moghapurisā appamattakena pi . . . bahū patte viññāpessatha. n'; etaṃ moghapurisā appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--; evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu ūnapañcabandhanena pattena aññaṃ navaṃ pattaṃ cetāpeyya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
tena bhikkhunā so patto bhikkhuparisāya nissajjitabbo, yo ca tassā bhikkhuparisāya pattapariyanto so tassa bhikkhuno padātabbo ayaṃ te bhikkhu patto yāva bhedanāya dhāretabbo 'ti. ayaṃ tattha sāmīcīti. ||3||1||
yo panā 'ti . . . adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti.
ūnapañcabandhano nāma patto abandhano vā ekabandhano vā dvibandhano vā tibandhano vā catubandhano vā.
abandhanokāso nāma patto yassa dvaṅgulā rāji na hoti.
bandhanokāso nāma patto yassa dvaṅgulā rāji hoti. navo nāma patto viññattiṃ upādāya vuccati.
cetāpeyyā 'ti viññāpeti. payoge dukkaṭaṃ, paṭilābhena nissaggiyo hoti saṃghamajjhe nissajjitabbo. sabbeh'; eva adhiṭṭhitapattaṃ gahetvā sannipatitabbaṃ. na lāmako patto adhiṭṭhātabbo mahagghaṃ pattaṃ gahessāmīti. sace lāmakaṃ pattaṃ adhiṭṭheti mahagghaṃ pattaṃ gahessāmīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. evañ ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbo.
tena bhikkhunā saṃghaṃ upasaṃkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā vuḍḍhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evam assa vacanīyo: ayaṃ me bhante patto ūnapañcabandhanena pattena cetāpito nissaggiyo, imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjāmīti. nissajjitvā āpatti desetabbā, yyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena āpatti paṭiggahetabbā. pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgato bhikkhu pattagāhāpako sammannitabbo: yo na chandāgatiṃ gaccheyya, na dosāgatiṃ gaccheyya, na mohāgatiṃ gaccheyya, na bhayāgatiṃ gaccheyya, gahitāgahitañ ca jāneyya.
[page 247]
XXII. 2. 1-2.] NISSAGGIYA, XXII. 247
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] evañ ca pana bhikkhave sammannitabbo: paṭhamaṃ bhikkhu yācitabbo, yācitvā vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ pattagāhāpakaṃ sammanneyya. esā ñatti. suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. saṃgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ pattagāhāpakaṃ sammannati. yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa bhikkhuno pattagāhāpakassa sammuti so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati so bhāseyya. sammato saṃghena itthannāmo bhikkhu pattagāhāpako, khamati . . . dhārayāmīti. tena sammatena bhikkhunā patto gāhetabbo. thero vattabbo: gaṇhātu bhante thero pattan ti. sace thero gaṇhāti, therassa patto dutiyassa gāhetabbo. na ca tassa anuddayatāya na gahetabbo. yo na gaṇheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. apattakassa na gāhetabbo. eten'; eva upāyena yāva saṃghanavakā gāhetabbo.
yo ca tassā bhikkhuparisāya pattapariyanto so tassa bhikkhuno padātabbo ayan te bhikkhu patto yāva bhedanāya dhāretabbo 'ti. tena bhikkhunā so patto na adese nikkhipitabbo na abhogena bhuñjitabbo na vissajjetabbo kathāyaṃ patto nasseyya vā vinasseyya vā bhijjeyya vā 'ti. sace adese vā nikkhipati abhogena vā bhuñjati vissajjeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
ayaṃ tattha sāmīcīti ayaṃ tattha anudhammatā. ||1||
abandhanena pattena abandhanaṃ pattaṃ cetāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. abandhanena pattena ekabandhanaṃ . . . dvibandhanaṃ . . . tibandhanaṃ . . . catubandhanaṃ pattaṃ cetāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. ekabandhanena pattena abandhanaṃ . . . ekabandhanaṃ . . . dvibandhanaṃ . . . tibandhanaṃ . . . catubandhanaṃ pattaṃ cetāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. dvibandhanena pattena . . . tibandhanena pattena . . . catubandhanena pattena abandhanaṃ pattaṃ --pa-- ekabandhanaṃ pattaṃ --pa-- dvibandhanaṃ pattaṃ --pa-- tibandhanaṃ pattaṃ --pa-- catubandhanaṃ pattaṃ cetāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
abandhanena pattena abandhanokāsaṃ pattaṃ cetāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. abandhanena pattena ekabandhanokāsaṃ . . . catubandhanena pattena catubandhanokāsaṃ pattaṃ cetāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
[page 248]
248 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XXII. 2. 2-XXIII. 1. 1.
abandhanokāsena pattena abandhanaṃ pattaṃ cetāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ . . . catubandhanokāsena pattena catubandhanaṃ pattaṃ cetāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
abandhanokāsena pattena abandhanokāsaṃ pattaṃ . . . catubandhanokāsena pattena catubandhanokāsaṃ pattaṃ cetāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
anāpatti naṭṭhapattassa, bhinnapattassa, ñātakānaṃ, pavāritānaṃ, aññass'; atthāya, attano dhanena, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||2||2||
NISSAGGIYA, XXIII.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Pilindavaccho Rājagahe pabbhāraṃ sodhāpeti leṇaṃ kattukāmo. atha kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro yenāyasmā Pilindavaccho ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Pilindavacchaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro āyasmantaṃ Pilindavacchaṃ etad avoca: kiṃ bhante thero kārāpetīti. pabbhāraṃ mahārāja sodhāpemi leṇaṃ kattukāmo 'ti. attho bhante ayyassa ārāmikenā 'ti. na kho mahārāja bhagavatā ārāmiko anuññāto 'ti. tena hi bhante bhagavantaṃ paṭipucchitvā mama āroceyyāthā 'ti. evaṃ mahārājā 'ti kho āyasmā Pilindavaccho rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisārassa paccassosi.
atha kho āyasmā Pilindavaccho rājānaṃ Māgadhaṃ Seniyaṃ Bimbisāraṃ dhammiyā kathāya . . . sampahaṃsesi. atha kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro āyasmatā Pilindavacchena dhammiyā kathāya . . . sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyāsanā āyasmantaṃ Pilindavacchaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. atha kho āyasmā Pilindavaccho bhagavato santike dūtaṃ pāhesi: rājā bhante Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro ārāmikaṃ dātukāmo. kathaṃ nu kho bhante paṭipajjitabban ti. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave ārāmikan ti. dutiyam pi kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro yenāyasmā Pilindavaccho ten'; upasaṃkami,
[page 249]
XXIII. 1. 1-2.] NISSAGGIYA, XXIII. 249
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Pilindavacchaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro āyasmantaṃ Pilindavacchaṃ etad avoca: anuññāto bhante bhagavatā ārāmiko 'ti. evaṃ mahārājā 'ti.
tena hi bhante ayyassa ārāmikaṃ dammīti. atha kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro āyasmato Pilindavacchassa ārāmikaṃ paṭisuṇitvā vissaritvā cirena satiṃ paṭilabhitvā aññataraṃ sabbatthakaṃ mahāmattaṃ āmantesi: yo mayā bhaṇe ayyassa ārāmiko paṭissuto dinno so ārāmiko 'ti. na kho deva ayyassa ārāmiko dinno 'ti. kīvaciraṃ nu kho bhaṇe ito hitaṃ hotīti. atha kho so mahāmatto rattiyo vigaṇetvā rājānaṃ Māgadhaṃ Seniyaṃ Bimbisāraṃ etad avoca: pañca deva rattisatānīti. tena hi bhaṇe ayyassa pañca ārāmikasatāni dethā 'ti. evaṃ devā 'ti kho so mahāmatto rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisārassa paṭisuṇitvā āyasmato Pilindavacchassa pañca ārāmikasatāni pādāsi, pāṭiyekko gāmo nivisi. Ārāmikagāmako 'ti pi naṃ āhaṃsu Pilindagāmako 'ti pi naṃ āhaṃsu. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Pilindavaccho tasmiṃ gāmake kulūpako hoti. atha kho āyasmā Pilindavaccho pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya Pilindagāmakaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. tena kho pana samayena tasmiṃ gāmake ussavo hoti, dārikā alaṃkitā mālākitā kīḷanti. atha kho āyasmā Pilindavaccho Pilindagāmake sapadānaṃ piṇḍāya caramāno yena aññatarassa ārāmikassa nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. tena kho pana samayena tassā ārāmikiniyā dhītā aññe dārike alaṃkite mālākite passitvā rodati: mālaṃ me detha alaṃkāraṃ me dethā 'ti. atha kho āyasmā Pilindavaccho taṃ ārāmikiniṃ etad avoca: kissāyaṃ dārikā rodatīti. ayaṃ bhante dārikā aññe dārike alaṃkite mālākite passitvā rodati: mālaṃ me detha alaṃkāraṃ me dethā 'ti. kuto amhākaṃ duggatānaṃ mālā kuto alaṃkāro 'ti. atha kho āyasmā Pilindavaccho aññataraṃ tiṇaṇḍupakaṃ gahetvā taṃ ārāmikiniṃ etad avoca: hand'; imaṃ tiṇaṇḍupakaṃ tassā dārikāya sīse paṭimuñcā 'ti. atha kho sā ārāmikinī taṃ tiṇaṇḍupakaṃ gahetvā tassā dārikāya sīse paṭimuñci, sā ahosi suvaṇṇamālā abhirūpā dassanīyā pāsādikā,
[page 250]
250 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XXIII. 1. 2-3.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] n'; atthi tādisā rañño pi antepure suvaṇṇamālā. manussā rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisārassa ārocesuṃ: amukassa deva ārāmikassa ghare suvaṇṇamālā abhirūpā dassanīyā pāsādikā, n'; atthi tādisā devassa pi antepure suvaṇṇamālā. kuto tassa duggatassa. nissaṃsayaṃ corikāya ābhatā 'ti. atha kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro taṃ ārāmikakulaṃ bandhāpesi. dutiyam pi kho āyasmā Pilindavaccho pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya Pilindagāmakaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Pilindagāmake sapadānaṃ piṇḍāya caramāno yena tassa ārāmikassa nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paṭivissake pucchi: kahaṃ imaṃ ārāmikakulaṃ gatan ti. etissā bhante suvaṇṇamālāya kāraṇā raññā bandhāpitan ti. ||2|| atha kho āyasmā Pilindavaccho yena rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisārassa nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. atha kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro yenāyasmā Pilindavaccho ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Pilindavacchaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho rājānaṃ Māgadhaṃ Seniyaṃ Bimbisāraṃ āyasmā Pilindavaccho etad avoca: kissa mahārāja ārāmikakulaṃ bandhāpitan ti. tassa bhante ārāmikassa ghare suvaṇṇamālā abhirūpā dassanīyā pāsādikā, n'; atthi tādisā amhākam pi antepure suvaṇṇamālā. kuto tassa duggatassa.
nissaṃsayaṃ corikāya ābhatā 'ti. atha kho āyasmā Pilindavaccho rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisārassa pāsādaṃ suvaṇṇan ti adhimucci, so ahosi sabbasovaṇṇamayo. idaṃ pana te mahārāja tāvabahuṃ suvaṇṇaṃ kuto 'ti. aññātaṃ bhante, ayyassa so iddhānubhāvo 'ti taṃ ārāmikakulaṃ muñcāpesi. manussā ayyena kira Pilindavacchena sarājikāya parisāya uttarimanussadhammaṃ iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ dassitan ti attamanā abhippasannā āyasmato Pilindavacchassa pañca bhesajjāni abhihariṃsu seyyath'; īdaṃ: sappiṃ navanītaṃ telaṃ madhuṃ phāṇitaṃ. pakatiyāpi ca āyasmā Pilindavaccho lābhī hoti, pañcannaṃ bhesajjānaṃ laddhaṃ laddhaṃ parisāya vissajjeti. parisā c'; assa hoti bāhullikā, laddhaṃ laddhaṃ kolambe pi ghaṭe pi pūretvā paṭisāmeti, parissāvanāni pi thavikāyo pi pūretvā vātapānesu laggeti, tāni olīnavilīnāni tiṭṭhanti, undurehi pi vihārā okiṇṇavikiṇṇā honti.
[page 251]
XXIII. 1. 3-2.] NISSAGGIYA, XXIII. 251
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] manussā vihāracārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā passitvā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: antokoṭṭhāgārikā ime samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā seyyathāpi rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro 'ti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ . . . vipācentānaṃ. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma bhikkhū evarūpāya bāhullāya cetessantīti.
atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
saccaṃ kira bhikkhave bhikkhū evarūpāya bāhullāya cetentīti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: kathaṃ hi nāma te bhikkhave moghapurisā evarūpāya bāhullāya cetessanti. n'; etaṃ bhikkhave appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--, evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yāni kho pana tāni gilānānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ paṭisāyaniyāni bhesajjāni seyyath'; īdaṃ: sappi navanītaṃ telaṃ madhu phāṇitaṃ, tāni paṭiggahetvā sattāhaparamaṃ sannidhikārakaṃ paribhuñjitabbāni. taṃ atikkāmayato nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||3||1||
yāni kho pana tāni gilānānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ paṭisāyaniyāni bhesajjānīti: sappi nāma gosappi vā ajikāsappi vā māhisaṃ vā sappi, yesaṃ maṃsaṃ kappati tesaṃ sappi. navanītaṃ nāma tesaṃ yeva navanītaṃ. telaṃ nāma tilatelaṃ sāsapatelaṃ madhukatelaṃ eraṇḍatelaṃ vasātelaṃ. madhu nāma makkhikāmadhu. phāṇitaṃ nāma ucchumhā nibbattaṃ.
tāni paṭiggahetvā sattāhaparamaṃ sannidhikārakaṃ paribhuñjitabbānīti, sattāhaparamatā paribhuñjitabbāni. taṃ atikkāmayato nissaggiyaṃ hotīti, aṭṭhame aruṇuggamane nissaggiyaṃ hoti nissajjitabbaṃ . . . puggalassa vā. evañ ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbaṃ: idaṃ me bhante bhesajjaṃ sattāhātikkantaṃ nissaggiyaṃ, imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjāmīti, dadeyyā 'ti, dadeyyun ti, āyasmato dammīti.
sattāhātikkante atikkantasaññī, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
sattāhātikkante vematiko, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. sattāhātikkante anatikkantasaññī, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. anadhiṭṭhite adhiṭṭhitasaññī, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. avissajjite vissajjitasaññī, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. anaṭṭhe naṭṭhasaññī, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. avinaṭṭhe vinaṭṭhasaññī, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
[page 252]
252 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XXIII. 2-XXIV. 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] adaḍḍhe daḍḍhasaññī, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. avilutte viluttasaññī, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
nissaṭṭhaṃ paṭilabhitvā na kāyikena paribhogena paribhuñjitabbaṃ, na ajjhoharitabbaṃ, padīpe vā kāḷavaṇṇe vā upanetabbaṃ, aññena bhikkhunā kāyikena paribhogena paribhuñjitabbaṃ, na ajjhoharitabbaṃ. sattāhānatikkante atikkantasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. sattāhānatikkante vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. sattāhānatikkante anatikkantasaññī, anāpatti.
anāpatti anto sattāhaṃ adhiṭṭheti vissajjeti nassati vinassati ḍayhati acchinditvā gaṇhanti vissāsaṃ gaṇhanti, anupasampannassa cattena vantena muttena, anapekkho datvā paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||2||
NISSAGGIYA, XXIV.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana samayena bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ vassikasāṭikā anuññātā hoti. chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavatā vassikasāṭikā anuññātā 'ti paṭigacc'; eva vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ pariyesanti paṭigacc'; eva katvā nivāsenti, jiṇṇāya vassikasāṭikāya naggā kāyaṃ ovassāpenti. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū paṭigacc'; eva vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ pariyesissanti paṭigacc'; eva katvā nivāsessanti jiṇṇāya vassikasāṭikāya naggā kāyaṃ ovassāpessantīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
saccaṃ kira tumhe bhikkhave paṭigacc'; eva vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ pariyesatha paṭigacc'; eva katvā nivāsetha jiṇṇāya vassikasāṭikāya naggā kāyaṃ ovassāpethā 'ti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā. kathaṃ hi nāma tumhe moghapurisā paṭigacc'; eva . . . pariyesissatha . . . nivāsessatha . . . ovassāpessatha. n'; etaṃ moghapurisā appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--; evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
māso seso gimhānan ti bhikkhunā vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ pariyesitabbaṃ, addhamāso seso gimhānan ti katvā nivāsetabbaṃ.
[page 253]
XXIV. 1-2.] NISSAGGIYA, XXIV. 253
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] orena ce māso seso gimhānan ti vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ pariyeseyya oren'; addhamāso seso gimhānan ti katvā nivāseyya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||1||
māso seso gimhānan ti bhikkhunā vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ pariyesitabban ti, ye manussā pubbe pi vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ denti te upasaṃkamitvā evam assu vacanīyā: kālo vassikasāṭikāya samayo vassikasāṭikāya aññe pi manussā vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ dentīti. na vattabbo detha me vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ āharatha me vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ parivattetha me vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ cetāpetha me vassikasāṭikacīvaran ti.
addhamāso seso gimhānan ti katvā nivāsetabban ti, addhamāse sese gimhāne katvā nivāsetabbaṃ.
orena ce māso seso gimhānan ti atirekamāse sese gimhāne vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ pariyesati, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
oren'; addhamāso seso gimhānan ti atirekaddhamāse sese gimhāne katvā nivāseti, nissaggiyaṃ hoti nissajjitabbaṃ . . . puggalassa vā. evañ ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbaṃ: idaṃ me bhante vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ atirekamāse sese gimhāne pariyiṭṭhaṃ atirekaddhamāse sese gimhāne katvā paridahitaṃ nissaggiyaṃ, imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjāmīti, dadeyyā 'ti, dadeyyun ti, āyasmato dammīti.
atirekamāse sese gimhāne atirekasaññī vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ pariyesati, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. atirekamāse sese gimhāne vematiko vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ pariyesati, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. atirekamāse sese gimhāne ūnakasaññī vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ pariyesati, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
atirekaddhamāse sese gimhāne atirekasaññī katvā nivāseti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. atirekaddhamāse sese gimhāne vematiko katvā nivāseti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. atirekaddhamāse sese gimhāne ūnakasaññī katvā nivāseti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. satiyā vassikasāṭikāya naggo kāyaṃ ovassāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ūnakamāse sese gimhāne atirekasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ūnakamāse sese gimhāne vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ūnakamāse sese gimhāne ūnakasaññī, anāpatti. ūnakaddhamāse sese gimhāne atirekasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ūnakaddhamāse sese gimhāne vematiko,
[page 254]
254 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XXIV. 2-XXV. 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] āpatti dukkaṭassa. ūnakaddhamāse sese gimhāne ūnakasaññī, anāpatti.
anāpatti māso seso gimhānan ti vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ pariyesati, addhamāso seso gimhānan ti katvā nivāseti, ūnakamāso seso gimhānan ti vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ pariyesati, ūnakaddhamāso seso gimhānan ti katvā nivāseti. pariyiṭṭhāya vassikasāṭikāya vassaṃ ukkaḍḍhiyyati, nivatthāya vassikasāṭikāya vassaṃ ukkaḍḍhiyyati, dhovitvā nikkhipitabbaṃ, samaye nivāsetabbaṃ. acchinnacīvarassa, naṭṭhacīvarassa, āpadāsu, ummattakassa, {ādikammikassā} 'ti. ||2||
NISSAGGIYA, XXV.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto bhātuno saddhivihārikaṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: eh'; āvuso janapadacārikaṃ pakkamissāmā 'ti. nāhaṃ bhante gamissāmi, dubbalacīvaro 'mhīti. eh'; āvuso, ahan te cīvaraṃ dassāmīti tassa cīvaraṃ adāsi. assosi kho so bhikkhu: bhagavā kira janapadacārikaṃ pakkamissatīti. atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etad ahosi: na dān'; āhaṃ āyasmatā Upanandena Sakyaputtena saddhiṃ janapadacārikaṃ pakkamissāmi, bhagavatā saddhiṃ janapadacārikaṃ pakkamissāmīti. atha kho āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto taṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: ehi dāni āvuso janapadacārikaṃ pakkamissāmā 'ti. nāhaṃ bhante tayā saddhiṃ janapadacārikaṃ pakkamissāmi, bhagavatā saddhiṃ janapadacārikaṃ pakkamissāmīti. yaṃ pi ty āhaṃ āvuso cīvaraṃ adāsiṃ mayā saddhiṃ janapadacārikaṃ pakkamissatīti, kupito anattamano acchindi. atha kho so bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesi. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto bhikkhussa sāmaṃ cīvaraṃ datvā kupito anattamano acchindissatīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
saccaṃ kira tvaṃ Upananda bhikkhussa sāmaṃ cīvaraṃ datvā kupito anattamano acchindīti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti.
vigarahi buddho bhagavā: kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa bhikkhussa sāmaṃ cīvaraṃ datvā kupito anattamano acchindissasi.
[page 255]
XXV. 1-2.] NISSAGGIYA, XXV. 255
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--; evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhussa sāmaṃ cīvaraṃ datvā kupito anattamano acchindeyya vā acchindāpeyya vā, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||1||
yo panā 'ti . . . adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti.
bhikkhussā 'ti aññassa bhikkhussa.
sāman ti sayaṃ datvā.
cīvaraṃ nāma channaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ vikappanupagapacchimaṃ.
kupito anattamano 'ti anabhiraddho āhatacitto khilajāto.
acchindeyyā 'ti sayaṃ acchindati, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
acchindāpeyyā 'ti aññaṃ āṇāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. sakiṃ āṇatto bahukaṃ pi acchindati, nissaggiyaṃ hoti nissajjitabbaṃ . . . puggalassa vā. evañ ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbaṃ: idaṃ me bhante cīvaraṃ bhikkhussa sāmaṃ datvā acchinnaṃ nissaggiyaṃ, imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjāmīti, dadeyyā 'ti, dadeyyun ti, āyasmato dammīti.
upasampanne upasampannasaññī cīvaraṃ datvā kupito anattamano acchindati vā acchindāpeti vā, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. upasampanne vematiko cīvaraṃ . . . acchindāpeti vā, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. upasampanne anupasampannasaññī cīvaraṃ . . . acchindāpeti vā, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. aññaṃ parikkhāraṃ datvā kupito anattamano acchindati vā acchindāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anupasampannassa cīvaraṃ vā aññaṃ vā parikkhāraṃ datvā kupito anattamano acchindati vā acchindāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
anupasampanne upasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anupasampanne vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anupasampanne anupasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
anāpatti so vā deti tassa vā vissāsanto gaṇhāti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||2||
[page 256]
256 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XXVI. 1-2.
NISSAGGIYA, XXVI.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe. tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū cīvarakārasamaye bahuṃ suttaṃ viññāpesuṃ, kate pi cīvare bahu suttaṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ hoti.
atha kho chabbaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: handa mayaṃ āvuso aññaṃ pi suttaṃ viññāpetvā tantavāyehi cīvaraṃ vāyāpemā 'ti. atha kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū aññaṃ pi suttaṃ viññāpetvā tantavāyehi cīvaraṃ vāyāpesuṃ, vīte pi cīvare bahu suttaṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ hoti. dutiyam pi kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū aññaṃ pi suttaṃ viññāpetvā tantavāyehi cīvaraṃ vāyāpesuṃ, vīte pi cīvare bahu suttaṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ hoti. tatiyam pi kho . . . vāyāpesuṃ. manussā . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā sāmaṃ suttaṃ viññāpetvā tantavāyehi cīvaraṃ vāyāpessantīti.
assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ . . . vipācentānaṃ. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sāmaṃ suttaṃ viññāpetvā tantavāyehi cīvaraṃ vāyāpessantīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira tumhe bhikkhave sāmaṃ suttaṃ viññāpetvā tantavāyehi cīvaraṃ vāyāpethā 'ti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā. kathaṃ hi nāma tumhe moghapurisā sāmaṃ suttaṃ viññāpetvā tantavāyehi cīvaraṃ vāyāpessatha. n'; etaṃ moghapurisā appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--; evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu sāmaṃ suttaṃ viññāpetvā tantavāyehi cīvaraṃ vāyāpeyya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||1||
yo panā 'ti yo yādiso . . . adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti.
sāman ti sayaṃ viññāpetvā.
suttaṃ nāma cha suttāni: khomaṃ kappāsikaṃ koseyyaṃ kambalaṃ sāṇaṃ bhaṅgaṃ.
tantavāyehīti pesakārehi vāyāpeti, payoge dukkaṭaṃ, patilābhena nissaggiyaṃ hoti nissajjitabbaṃ . . . puggalassa vā.
[page 257]
XXVI. 2-XXVII. 1.] NISSAGGIYA, XXVII. 257
evañ ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbaṃ: idaṃ me bhante cīvaraṃ sāmaṃ suttaṃ viññāpetvā tantavāyehi vāyāpitaṃ nissaggiyaṃ, imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjāmīti, dadeyyā 'ti, dadeyyun ti, āyasmato dammīti.
vāyāpite vāyāpitasaññī, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. vāyāpite vematiko, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. vāyāpite avāyāpitasaññī, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. avāyāpite vāyāpitasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. avāyāpite vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. avāyāpite avāyāpitasaññī, anāpatti.
anāpatti cīvaraṃ sibbetuṃ āyoge, kāyabandhane, aṃsabandhake, pattatthavikāya, parissāvane, ñātakānaṃ, pavāritānaṃ, aññass'; atthāya, attano dhanena, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||2||
NISSAGGIYA, XXVII.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso pavāsaṃ gacchanto pajāpatiṃ etad avoca: suttaṃ dhārayitvā amukassa tantavāyassa dehi, cīvaraṃ vāyāpetvā nikkhipa, āgato ayyaṃ Upanandaṃ cīvarena acchādessāmīti. assosi kho aññataro piṇḍacāriko bhikkhu tassa purisassa imaṃ vācaṃ bhāsamānassa. atha kho so bhikkhu yenāyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Upanandaṃ Sakyaputtaṃ etad avoca: mahāpuñño 'si tvaṃ āvuso Upananda, amukasmiṃ okāse aññataro puriso pavāsaṃ gacchanto pajāpatiṃ etad avoca: suttaṃ . . . acchādessāmīti. atth'; āvuso maṃ so upaṭṭhāko 'ti. so pi kho tantavāyo āyasmato Upanandassa Sakyaputtassa upaṭṭhāko hoti. atha kho āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto yena so tantavāyo ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā tantavāyaṃ etad avoca: idaṃ kho āvuso cīvaraṃ maṃ uddissa viyyati, āyatañ ca karohi vitthatañ ca appitañ ca suvītañ ca suppavāyitañ ca suvilekhitañ ca suvitacchitañ ca karohīti. ete kho me bhante suttaṃ dhārayitvā adaṃsu iminā suttena cīvaraṃ vināhīti.
na bhante sakkā āyataṃ vā vitthataṃ vā appitaṃ vā kātuṃ,
[page 258]
258 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XXVII. 1.
sakkā ca kho bhante suvītañ ca suppavāyitañ ca suvilekhitañ ca suvitacchitañ ca kātun ti. iṅgha tvaṃ āvuso āyatañ ca karohi vitthatañ ca appitañ ca, na tena suttena paṭibaddhaṃ bhavissatīti. atha kho so tantavāyo yathābhataṃ suttaṃ tante upanetvā yena sā itthi ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā taṃ itthiṃ etad avoca: suttena ayye attho 'ti. nanu tvaṃ ayyo mayā vutto iminā suttena cīvaraṃ vināhīti.
saccāhaṃ ayye tayā vutto iminā suttena cīvaraṃ vināhīti, api ca maṃ ayyo Upanando evaṃ āha: iṅgha tvaṃ . . . paṭibaddhaṃ bhavissatīti. atha kho sā itthi yatta kaṃ yeva suttaṃ paṭhamaṃ adāsi tattakaṃ pacchā adāsi. assosi kho āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto: so kira puriso pavāsato āgato 'ti. atha kho āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto yena tassa purisassa nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. atha kho so puriso yenāyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Upanandaṃ Sakyaputtaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so puriso pajāpatiṃ etad avoca: vītaṃ taṃ cīvaran ti. ām'; ayya vītaṃ taṃ cīvaran ti.
āhara ayyaṃ Upanandaṃ cīvarena acchādessāmīti. atha kho sā itthi taṃ cīvaraṃ nīharitvā sāmikassa datvā etam atthaṃ ārocesi. atha kho so puriso āyasmato Upanandassa Sakyaputtassa cīvaraṃ datvā ujjhāyati khīyati vipāceti: mahicchā ime samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā asantuṭṭhā, na yime sukarā cīvarena acchādetuṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma ayyo Upanando mayā pubbe appavārito gahapatikassa tantavāye upasaṃkamitvā cīvare vikappaṃ āpajjissatīti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tassa purisassa . . . vipācentassa. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto pubbe appavārito gahapatikassa tantavāye upasaṃkamitvā cīvare vikappaṃ āpajjissatīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira tvaṃ Upananda pubbe appavārito gahapatikassa tantavāye upasaṃkamitvā cīvare vikappaṃ āpajjīti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. ñātako te Upananda aññātako 'ti. aññātako bhagavā 'ti. aññātako moghapurisa aññātakassa na jānāti patirūpaṃ vā appatirūpaṃ vā santaṃ vā asantaṃ vā. tattha nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa pubbe appavārito aññātakassa gahapatikassa tantavāye upasaṃkamitvā cīvare vikappaṃ āpajjissasi.
[page 259]
XXVII. 1-2.] NISSAGGIYA, XXVII. 259
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--, evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
bhikkhuṃ pan'; eva uddissa aññātako gahapati vā gahapatānī vā tantavāyehi cīvaraṃ vāyāpeyya. tatra ce so bhikkhu pubbe appavārito tantavāye upasaṃkamitvā cīvare vikappaṃ āpajjeyya idaṃ kho āvuso cīvaraṃ maṃ uddissa viyyati, āyatañ ca karotha vitthatañ ca appitañ ca suvītañ ca suppavāyitañ ca suvilekhitañ ca suvitacchitañ ca karotha, app eva nāma mayaṃ pi āyasmantānaṃ kiñcimattaṃ anupadajjeyyāmā 'ti, evañ ca so bhikkhu vatvā kiñcimattaṃ anupadajjeyya antamaso piṇḍapātamattaṃ pi, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||1||
bhikkhuṃ pan'; eva uddissā 'ti bhikkhussa atthāya bhikkhuṃ ārammaṇaṃ karitvā bhikkhuṃ acchādetukāmo.
aññātako nāma mātito vā pitito vā yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā asambaddho.
gahapati nāma yo koci agāraṃ ajjhāvasati. gahapatānī nāma yā kāci agāraṃ ajjhāvasati.
tantavāyehīti pesakārehi.
cīvaraṃ nāma channaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ vikappanupagapacchimaṃ.
vāyāpeyyā 'ti vināpeti.
tatra ce so bhikkhū 'ti, yaṃ bhikkhuṃ uddissa cīvaraṃ viyyati so bhikkhu.
pubbe appavārito 'ti, pubbe avutto hoti: kīdisena te bhante cīvarena attho, kīdisaṃ te cīvaraṃ vāyāpemīti.
tantavāye upasaṃkamitvā 'ti gharaṃ gantvā yattha katthaci upasaṃkamitvā.
cīvare vikappaṃ āpajjeyyā 'ti, idaṃ kho āvuso cīvaraṃ maṃ uddissa viyyati, āyatañ ca karotha vitthatañ ca appitañ ca suvītañ ca suppavāyitañ ca suvilekhitañ ca suvitacchitañ ca karotha, app eva nāma mayaṃ pi āyasmantānaṃ kiñcimattaṃ anupadajjeyyāmā 'ti, evañ ca so bhikkhu vatvā kiñcimattaṃ anupadajjeyya antamaso piṇḍapātamattam pīti, piṇḍapāto nāma yāgu pi bhattaṃ pi khādaniyaṃ pi cuṇṇapiṇḍo pi dantakaṭṭhaṃ pi dasikasuttaṃ pi antamaso dhammaṃ pi bhaṇati.
[page 260]
260 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XXVII. 2-XXVIII. 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]
tassa vacanena āyataṃ vā vitthataṃ vā appitaṃ vā karoti, payoge dukkaṭaṃ, paṭilābhena nissaggiyaṃ hoti nissajjitabbaṃ . . . puggalassa vā. evañ ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbaṃ: idaṃ me bhante cīvaraṃ pubbe appavārito aññātakassa gahapatikassa tantavāye upasaṃkamitvā cīvare vikapp aṃ āpannaṃ nissaggiyaṃ, imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjāmīti, dadeyyā 'ti, dadeyyun ti, āyasmato dammīti.
aññātake aññātakasaññī pubbe appavārito gahapatikassa tantavāye upasaṃkamitvā cīvare vikappaṃ āpajjati, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. aññātake vematiko pubbe . . . āpajjati, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. aññātake ñātakasaññī pubbe . . . āpajjati, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. ñātake aññātakasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ñātake vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
ñātake ñātakasaññī, anāpatti.
anāpatti ñātakānaṃ, pavāritānaṃ, aññass'; atthāya, attano dhanena, mahagghaṃ vāyāpetukāmassa appagghaṃ vāyāpeti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||2||
NISSAGGIYA, XXVIII.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana samayena aññataro mahāmatto pavāsaṃ gacchanto bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pāhesi: āgacchantu bhaddantā, vassāvāsikaṃ dassāmīti. bhikkhū vassaṃ vutthānaṃ bhagavatā vassāvāsikaṃ anuññātan ti kukkuccāyantā nāgamaṃsu.
atha kho so mahāmatto . . . vipāceti: kathaṃ hi nāma bhaddantā mayā dūte pahite nāgacchissanti. ahaṃ pi senāya gacchāmi, dujjānaṃ jīvitaṃ dujjānaṃ maraṇan ti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tassa mahāmattassa . . . vipācentassa. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave accekacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetvā nikkhipitun ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū bhagavatā anuññātaṃ accekacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetvā nikkhipitun ti,
[page 261]
XXVIII. 1. 2-2.] NISSAGGIYA, XXVIII. 261
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] te accekacīvarāni paṭiggahetvā cīvarakālasamayaṃ atikkāmenti. tāni cīvarāni cīvaravaṃse bhaṇḍikābaddhāni tiṭṭhanti. addasā kho āyasmā Ānando senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto tāni cīvarāni cīvaravaṃse bhaṇḍikābaddhāni tiṭṭhante, disvā bhikkhū etad avoca: kass'; imāni āvuso cīvarāni cīvaravaṃse bhaṇḍikābaddhāni tiṭṭhantīti. amhākaṃ āvuso accekacīvarānīti. kīvaciraṃ panāvuso imāni cīvarāni nikkhittānīti. atha kho te bhikkhū āyasmato Ānandassa yathānikkhittaṃ ārocesuṃ. āyasmā Ānando . . . vipāceti: kathaṃ hi nāma bhikkhū accekacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetvā cīvarakālasamayaṃ atikkāmessantīti. atha kho āyasmā Ānando bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. saccaṃ kira bhikkhave bhikkhū accekacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetvā cīvarakālasamayaṃ atikkāmentīti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā. kathaṃ hi nāma te bhikkhave moghapurisā accekacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetvā cīvarakālasamayaṃ atikkāmessanti. n'; etaṃ bhikkhave appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--, evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
dasāhānāgataṃ kattikatemāsipuṇṇamaṃ bhikkhuno pan'; eva accekacīvaraṃ uppajjeyya, accekaṃ maññamānena bhikkhunā paṭiggahetabbaṃ, paṭiggahetvā yāva cīvarakālasamayaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. tato ce uttariṃ nikkhipeyya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||2||1||
dasāhānāgatan ti dasāhānāgatāya pavāraṇāya.
kattikatemāsipuṇṇaman ti, pavāraṇā kattikā vuccati.
accekacīvaraṃ nāma, senāya vā gantukāmo hoti pavāsaṃ vā gantukāmo hoti gilāno vā hoti gabbhinī vā hoti assaddhassa vā saddhā uppannā hoti appasannassa vā pasādo uppanno hoti. so ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya: āgacchantu bhaddantā, vassāvāsikaṃ dassāmīti, etaṃ accekacīvaraṃ nāma.
accekaṃ maññamānena bhikkhunā paṭiggahetabbaṃ, paṭiggahetvā yāva cīvarakālasamayaṃ nikkhipitabban ti, saññāṇaṃ katvā nikkhipitabbaṃ idaṃ accekacīvaran ti.
cīvarakālasamayo nāma anatthate kaṭhine vassānassa pacchimo māso, atthate kaṭhine pañca māsā.
[page 262]
262 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XXVIII. 2-XXIX. 1.
tato ce uttariṃ nikkhipeyyā 'ti, anatthate kaṭhine vassānassa pacchimaṃ divasaṃ atikkāmeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. atthate kaṭhine kaṭhinuddhāradivasaṃ atikkāmeti, nissaggiyaṃ hoti nissajjitabbaṃ . . . puggalassa vā. evañ ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbaṃ: idaṃ me bhante accekacīvaraṃ cīvarakālasamayaṃ atikkāmitaṃ nissaggiyaṃ, imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjāmīti, dadeyyā 'ti, dadeyyun ti, āyasmato dammīti.
accekacīvare accekacīvarasaññī cīvarakālasamayaṃ atikkāmeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. accekacīvare vematiko cīvarakālasamayaṃ atikkāmeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. accekacīvare anaccekacīvarasaññī cīvarakālasamayaṃ atikkāmeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. anadhiṭṭhite adhiṭṭhitasaññī --pa-- avikappite vikappitasaññī --pa-- avissajjite vissajjitasaññī --pa-- anaṭṭhe naṭṭhasaññī --pa-- avinaṭṭhe vinaṭṭhasaññī --pa-- adaḍḍhe daḍḍhasaññī --pa-- avilutte viluttasaññī cīvarakālasamayaṃ atikkāmeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. nissaggiyaṃ cīvaraṃ anissajjitvā paribhuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anaccekacīvare accekacīvarasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anaccekacīvare vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anaccekacīvare anaccekacīvarasaññī, anāpatti.
anāpatti anto samayaṃ adhiṭṭheti vikappeti vissajjeti nassati vinassati ḍayhati acchinditvā gaṇhanti vissāsaṃ gaṇhanti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||2||
NISSAGGIYA, XXIX.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū vutthavassā āraññakesu senāsanesu viharanti, kattikacorakā bhikkhū laddhalābhā 'ti paripātenti.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave āraññakesu senāsanesu viharantena tiṇṇaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ antaraghare nikkhipitun ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū bhagavatā anuññātaṃ āraññakesu senāsanesu viharantena tiṇṇaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ antaraghare nikkhipitun ti,
[page 263]
XXIX. 1. 2-2.] NISSAGGIYA, XXIX. 263
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] te tiṇṇaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ antaraghare nikkhipitvā atirekachārattaṃ vippavasanti. tāni cīvarāni nassanti pi vinassanti pi ḍayhanti pi undurehi pi khajjanti. bhikkhū duccolā honti lūkhacīvarā. bhikkhū evaṃ āhaṃsu: kissa tumhe āvuso duccolā lūkhacīvarā 'ti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhikkhūnaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma bhikkhū tiṇṇaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ antaraghare nikkhipitvā atirekachārattaṃ vippavasissantīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira bhikkhave bhikkhū tiṇṇaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ antaraghare nikkhipitvā atirekachārattaṃ vippavasantīti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti.
vigarahi buddho bhagavā. kathaṃ hi nāma te bhikkhave moghapurisā tiṇṇaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ antaraghare nikkhipitvā atirekachārattaṃ vippavasissanti. n'; etaṃ bhikkhave appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--, evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
upavassaṃ kho pana kattikapuṇṇamaṃ yāni kho pana tāni āraññakāni senāsanāni sāsaṅkasammatāni sappaṭibhayāni tathārūpesu bhikkhu senāsanesu viharanto ākaṅkhamāno tiṇṇaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ antaraghare nikkhipeyya, siyā ca tassa bhikkhuno kocid eva paccayo tena cīvarena vippavāsāya, chārattaparamaṃ tena bhikkhunā tena cīvarena vippavasitabbaṃ. tato ce uttariṃ vippavaseyya aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||2||1||
upavassaṃ kho panā 'ti vutthavassānaṃ.
kattikapuṇṇaman ti kattikacātumāsinī vuccati.
yāni kho pana tāni āraññakāni senāsanānīti, āraññakaṃ nāma senāsanaṃ pañcadhanusatikaṃ pacchimaṃ.
sāsaṅkaṃ nāma ārāme ārāmūpacāre corānaṃ niviṭṭhokāso dissati ṭhitokāso dissati nisinnokāso dissati nipannokāso dissati. sappaṭibhayaṃ nāma ārāme ārāmūpacāre corehi manussā hatā dissanti viluttā dissanti ākoṭitā dissanti.
tathārūpesu bhikkhu senāsanesu viharanto 'ti, evarūpesu bhikkhu senāsanesu viharanto.
[page 264]
264 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XXIX. 2.
ākaṅkhamāno 'ti icchamāno.
tiṇṇaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaran ti, saṃghāṭiṃ vā uttarāsaṅgaṃ vā antaravāsakaṃ vā.
antaraghare nikkhipeyyā 'ti sāmantā gocaragāme nikkhipeyya.
siyā ca tassa bhikkhuno kocid eva paccayo tena cīvarena vippavāsāyā 'ti, siyā paccayo siyā karaṇīyaṃ.
chārattaparamaṃ tena bhikkhunā tena cīvarena vippavasitabban ti, chārattaparamatā vippavasitabbaṃ.
aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā 'ti ṭhapetvā bhikkhusammutiṃ.
tato ce uttariṃ vippavaseyyā 'ti, sattame aruṇuggamane nissaggiyaṃ hoti nissajjitabbaṃ . . . puggalassa vā. evañ ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbaṃ: idaṃ me bhante cīvaraṃ atirekachārattaṃ vippavutthaṃ aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā nissaggiyaṃ, imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjāmīti, dadeyyā 'ti, dadeyyun ti, āyasmato dammīti.
atirekachāratte atirekasaññī vippavasati aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. atirekachāratte vematiko vippavasati aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. atirekachāratte ūnakasaññī vippavasati aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. apaccuddhaṭe paccuddhaṭasaññī --pa-- avissajjite vissajjitasaññī --pa-- anaṭṭhe naṭṭhasaññī --pa-- avinaṭṭhe vinaṭṭhasaññī --pa-- adaḍḍhe daḍḍhasaññī --pa-- avilutte viluttasaññī vippavasati aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
nissaggiyaṃ cīvaraṃ anissajjitvā paribhuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ūnakachāratte atirekasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ūnakachāratte vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ūnakachāratte ūnakasaññī, anāpatti.
anāpatti chārattaṃ vippavasati, ūnakachārattaṃ vippavasati, chārattaṃ vippavasitvā puna gāmasīmaṃ okkamitvā vasitvā pakkamati, anto chārattaṃ paccuddharati vissajjeti nassati vinassati ḍayhati acchinditvā gaṇhanti vissāsaṃ gaṇhanti, bhikkhusammutiyā, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||2||
[page 265]
XXX. 1.] NISSAGGIYA, XXX. 265
NISSAGGIYA, XXX.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana samayena Sāvatthiyaṃ aññatarassa pūgassa saṃghassa cīvarabhattaṃ paṭiyattaṃ hoti bhojetvā cīvarena acchādessāmā 'ti. atha kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū yena so pūgo ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā taṃ pūgaṃ etad avocuṃ: dethāvuso amhākaṃ imāni cīvarānīti. na mayaṃ bhante dassāma, amhākaṃ saṃghassa anuvassaṃ sacīvarabhikkhā paññattā 'ti. bahū āvuso saṃghassa dāyakā bahū saṃghassa bhattā, mayaṃ tumhe nissāya tumhe sampassantā idha viharāma, tumhe ce amhākaṃ na dassatha atha ko carahi amhākaṃ dassati. dethāvuso amhākaṃ imāni cīvarānīti. atha kho so pūgo chabbaggiyehi bhikkhūhi nippīḷiyamāno yathāpaṭiyattaṃ cīvaraṃ chabbaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ datvā saṃghaṃ bhattena parivisi. ye te bhikkhū jānanti saṃghassa cīvarabhattaṃ paṭiyattaṃ na ca jānanti chabbaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dinnan ti, te evam āhaṃsu: oṇojetha āvuso saṃghassa cīvaran ti. n'; atthi bhante, yathāpaṭiyattaṃ cīvaraṃ ayyā chabbaggiyā attano pariṇāmesun ti.
ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū jānaṃ saṃghikaṃ lābhaṃ pariṇataṃ attano pariṇāmessantīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira tumhe bhikkhave jānaṃ saṃghikaṃ lābhaṃ pariṇataṃ attano pariṇāmethā 'ti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā. kathaṃ hi nāma tumhe moghapurisā jānaṃ saṃghikaṃ lābhaṃ pariṇataṃ attano pariṇāmessatha. n'; etaṃ moghapurisā appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--, evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu jānaṃ saṃghikaṃ lābhaṃ pariṇataṃ attano pariṇāmeyya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||1||
yo panā 'ti . . . adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti.
jānāti nāma sāmaṃ vā jānāti aññe vā tassa ārocenti so vā āroceti.
[page 266]
266 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XXX. 2.
saṃghikaṃ nāma saṃghassa dinnaṃ hoti pariccattaṃ.
lābho nāma cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārā antamaso cuṇṇapiṇḍo pi dantakaṭṭhaṃ pi dasikasuttaṃ pi.
pariṇataṃ nāma, dassāma karissāmā 'ti vācā bhinnā hoti.
attano pariṇāmeti, payoge dukkaṭaṃ, paṭilābhena nissaggiyaṃ hoti nissajjitabbaṃ . . . puggalassa vā. evañ ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbaṃ: idaṃ me bhante jānaṃ saṃghikaṃ lābhaṃ pariṇataṃ attano pariṇāmitaṃ nissaggiyaṃ, imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjāmīti, dadeyyā 'ti, dadeyyun ti, āyasmato dammīti.
pariṇate pariṇatasaññī attano pariṇāmeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. pariṇate vematiko attano pariṇāmeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. pariṇate apariṇatasaññī attano pariṇāmeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. saṃghassa pariṇataṃ aññasaṃghassa vā cetiyassa vā pariṇāmeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. cetiyassa pariṇataṃ aññacetiyassa vā saṃghassa vā puggalassa vā pariṇāmeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. puggalassa pariṇataṃ aññapuggalassa vā saṃghassa vā cetiyassa vā pariṇāmeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. apariṇate pariṇatasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. apariṇate vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. apariṇate apariṇatasaññī, anāpatti.
anāpatti kattha demā 'ti pucchiyamāno yattha tumhākaṃ deyyadhammo paribhogaṃ vā labheyya paṭisaṃkhāraṃ vā labheyya ciraṭṭhitiko vā assa yattha vā pana tumhākaṃ cittaṃ pasīdati tattha dethā 'ti bhaṇati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||2||
pattavaggo tatiyo. tass'; uddānaṃ:
dve ca pattāni, bhesajjaṃ, vassikā, dānapañcamaṃ,
sāmaṃ, vāyāpan', acceko, sāsaṅkaṃ, saṃghikena cā 'ti.
uddiṭṭhā kho āyasmanto tiṃsa nissaggiyā pācittiyā dhammā. tatthāyasmante pucchāmi: kacci 'ttha parisuddhā.
dutiyam pi pucchāmi: kacci 'ttha parisuddhā. tatiyam pi pucchāmi: kacci 'ttha parisuddhā. parisuddh'; etthāyasmanto, tasmā tuṇhī, evaṃ etaṃ dhārayāmīti.
Nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.